UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001 Commission File Number 1-6028
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Indiana 35-1140070 (State of Incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
Registrant's telephone number (215) 448-1400
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class Exchanges on which registered ------------------- ----------------------------- Common Stock New York, Chicago and Pacific Common Share Purchase Rights New York, Chicago and Pacific $3.00 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A New York and Chicago 8.35% Trust Originated Preferred Securities, Series B* ** New York 7.40% Trust Originated Preferred Securities, Series C* New York 5.67% Trust Originated Preferred Securities, Series D* New York, Chicago and Pacific 7.65% Trust Preferred Securities, Series E* New York |
* Issued by Lincoln National Capital II, Lincoln National Capital III, Lincoln National Capital IV and Lincoln National Capital V, respectively. Payments of distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption are guaranteed by Lincoln National Corporation.
** Redeemed on January 7, 2002.
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ x ] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ x ]
As of March 1, 2002, 187,585,451 shares of common stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of such shares (based upon the closing price of these shares on the New York Stock Exchange) held by non-affiliates was approximately $9,726,306,000.
Select information from the registrant's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders has been incorporated by reference into Part II of this Form 10-K. Select materials from the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, scheduled for May 9, 2002 have been incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
The exhibit index to this report is located on page 27.
Lincoln National Corporation
Table of Contents Item Page ---- ---- PART I 1. Business A. Business Overview 3 B. Description of Business Segments: 1. Annuities 5 2. Life Insurance 9 3. Investment Management 10 4. Lincoln UK 11 C. Other Matters: 1. Regulatory 12 2. Miscellaneous 12 2. Properties 13 3. Legal Proceedings 13 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 13 PART II 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 13 6. Selected Financial Data 13 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis 13 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 13 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 13 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures 13 PART III 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 14 11. Executive Compensation 14 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 14 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 15 PART IV 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 15 Index to Exhibits 27 Signatures 28 |
PART I
Lincoln National Corporation ("LNC") is a holding company. Through subsidiary companies, LNC operates multiple insurance and investment management businesses. The collective group of companies uses "Lincoln Financial Group" as its marketing identity. Based on assets, LNC is the 34th largest U.S. Corporation (2000 Fortune 500, Largest U.S. Corporations, April 2001). Operations are divided into four business segments: 1) Annuities (effective March 7, 2002, this segment will be known as Lincoln Retirement), 2) Life Insurance, 3) Investment Management and 4) Lincoln UK. Over the past five years, segments have been redefined as follows. Prior to 1997, LNC had a Property-Casualty segment. This segment was sold in 1997 and the related segment information was reclassified to discontinued operations. The Lincoln UK segment, which was added in 1997, was included in the Life Insurance and Annuities segment prior to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." During the first quarter of 2000, changes to the structure of LNC's internal organization resulted in the creation of a separate Annuities segment and a separate Life Insurance segment. In the first quarter of 2001, LNC established a new wholesaling distribution organization, Lincoln Financial Distributors ("LFD"), to focus on the changing business needs of financial intermediaries. LFD's results are reported within Other Operations. Previously, LNC's wholesaling efforts were conducted separately within the Annuities, Life Insurance and Investment Management segments. Prior to the fourth quarter of 2001, LNC had a Reinsurance segment. LNC's reinsurance operations were acquired by Swiss Re on December 7, 2001 and the related segment information prior to the close of this transaction was moved to Other Operations.
Revenues, pre-tax income and assets for LNC's major business segments and other operations are shown in this Form 10-K report as part of the consolidated financial statements (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements as set forth in LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders which is incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Form 10-K). The LNC "Other Operations" category includes the financial data for operations that are not directly related to the business segments, unallocated corporate items (such as, corporate investment income and interest expense on short-term and long-term borrowings), the operations of Lincoln Financial Advisors ("LFA") and LFD, and the historical results of the former Reinsurance segment along with the ongoing amortization of deferred gain on the indemnity reinsurance portion of the transaction with Swiss Re (for further discussion of the transaction with Swiss Re, refer to Acquisitions, Divestitures and Discontinued Lines of Business below).
Although one of the subsidiaries held by LNC was formed in 1905, LNC itself was formed in 1968. LNC is an Indiana corporation that maintains its principal offices at 1500 Market Street, Suite 3900, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19102-2112. As of December 31, 2001, there were 66 persons engaged in the governance of the LNC holding company. Total employment of Lincoln National Corporation at December 31, 2001 on a consolidated basis was 6,780. Of this total, approximately 2,380 employees are included in "Other Operations" related primarily to the operations of LFA and LFD.
The primary operating subsidiaries that comprise LNC are Lincoln National Life Insurance Company ("LNL"); First Penn-Pacific Life Insurance Company ("First Penn"); Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York ("Lincoln Life New York"), Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. ("Delaware"), Lincoln National (UK) plc, LFA and LFD.
LNL is an Indiana corporation with its annuities operations headquartered in Fort Wayne, Indiana and its life insurance operations headquartered in Hartford, Connecticut. LNL is the 8th largest U.S. stockholder-owned life insurance company, based on revenues (2000 Fortune Rankings of Largest Life Insurance Companies by Revenues, April 2001) and the 5th largest life insurer in the U.S. when measured by total life insurance in-force (Best's Review, August 2001). The primary operations of LNL are reported in the Annuities and Life Insurance segments. LNL also has operations that are reported in the Investment Management segment and the results of LNL's reinsurance operations acquired by Swiss Re via an indemnity reinsurance transaction are reported in Other Operations.
First Penn is an Indiana corporation headquartered in Schaumburg, Illinois. First Penn offers universal life, term life and deferred fixed annuity products for distribution in most states of the United States. Through the end of 2000, all of the operations of First Penn were reported in the Life Insurance segment. Beginning in the first quarter of 2001, the reporting of First Penn's annuities business was moved from the Life Insurance segment into the Annuities segment.
Lincoln Life New York is a New York company headquartered in Syracuse, New York. Lincoln Life New York offers fixed annuities, variable annuities, universal life, variable universal life, term life and other individual life insurance products within the state of New York utilizing the distribution networks described below under Distribution of Products. The operations of Lincoln Life New York are reported in the Annuities and Life Insurance segments.
Acquisitions, Divestitures and Discontinued Lines of Business
Over the last several years, LNC has undertaken a variety of acquisitions and divestitures, and has exited certain businesses. These actions have been conducted with the goal of strengthening shareholder value by providing more consistent sources of earnings and by focusing on financial products that have the potential for significantly growing earnings. To this end, the following transactions have occurred during the three years covered by this Form 10-K:
During 2001, Swiss Re acquired LNC's reinsurance operation for $2.0 billion. In addition, LNC retained the capital supporting the reinsurance operation. After giving affect to the increased levels of capital needed within the Life Insurance and Annuity segments that result from the change in the ongoing mix of business under LNC's internal capital allocation models, the disposition of LNC's reinsurance operation has freed-up approximately $100 million of capital. The transaction structure involved a series of indemnity reinsurance transactions combined with the sale of certain stock companies that comprised LNC's reinsurance operation. An immediate gain of $15.0 million after-tax was recognized on the sale of the stock companies.
Under the indemnity reinsurance agreements, Swiss Re reinsured certain liabilities and obligations of LNC. Because LNC is not relieved of its legal liability to the ceding companies, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 113, "Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts" ("FAS 113"), the liabilities and obligations associated with the reinsured contracts remain on the consolidated balance sheets of LNC with a corresponding reinsurance receivable from Swiss Re.
A gain of $723.1 million ($1.1 billion pre-tax) was generated under the indemnity reinsurance agreements. This gain was recorded as a deferred gain on LNC's consolidated balance sheet in accordance with the requirements of FAS 113 and is being amortized into earnings at the rate that earnings on the reinsured business are expected to emerge, over a period of seven to 15 years on a declining basis. During 2001, LNC recognized in Other Operations $5.0 million ($7.9 million pre-tax) of deferred gain amortization. In addition, LNC recognized $7.9 million ($12.5 million pre-tax) of accelerated deferred gain amortization relating to the fact that certain Canadian indemnity reinsurance contracts were novated after the sale, but prior to year-end.
During 2000, LNC transferred Lincoln UK's sales force to Inter-Alliance Group PLC. Concurrent with the announcement of this transfer, LNC also ceased writing new business in the United Kingdom ("UK") through direct distribution. These actions followed a strategic review of the Lincoln UK segment in late 1999, where LNC concluded that trends in the UK insurance market including the unfavorable regulatory environment raised significant concerns regarding the ongoing fit of the Lincoln UK segment within LNC's overall strategic plans. While these actions have changed the focus of Lincoln UK's business to maintaining the in-force policies, it is not closed to new business and continues to sell some new products.
During 1999, as a result of a comprehensive review of the group markets business in the former Reinsurance segment, LNC discontinued writing new HMO excess-of-loss and group carrier medical reinsurance programs. LNC also purchased Alden Risk Management Services, an employer stop-loss business, for $41.5 million in cash. In another 1999 Reinsurance segment transaction, LNC transferred a block of disability income business to MetLife under an indemnity reinsurance agreement. LNC transferred $490.4 million of cash to Metlife representing the statutory reserves on the block, net of $18.5 million of purchase price consideration. In accordance with the accounting rules for indemnity reinsurance transactions, at December 31, 2001, a deferred gain of $64.8 million related to this transaction is included in the overall deferred gain associated with the acquisition of the reinsurance operations by Swiss Re and is being amortized at the rate that earnings are expected to emerge on this reinsured business.
Distribution of Products
LNC has an extensive distribution network for the sale of fixed annuities, variable annuities, universal life insurance, variable universal life insurance, term life insurance, other individual insurance coverages, retail mutual funds, 401(k) products and managed account products. LNC's distribution strategy reflects a marketplace where consumers increasingly want to do business on their own terms. LNC's network consists of internally owned wholesaling and retailing business units: LFD and LFA, respectively, as well as distribution for annuities through alliances with third parties including American Funds Distributors ("AFD"), SEI, and Wells Fargo. LFD, headquartered in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, consists of approximately 250 internal and external wholesalers organized to penetrate multiple channels including the Wirehouse/Regional channel, the Independent Financial Planner channel, the Marketing General Agent channel and the Financial Institutions channel. Through its relationships with a large number of financial intermediaries, LFD has access to approximately 7,500 insurance brokers, 14,000 bank agents, 50,000 stockbrokers and 53,000 financial planners including LFA.
LFA is a retail broker/dealer and financial planning firm that offers a full range of financial and estate planning services. LFA and its consolidated affiliate, Sagemark, offer access to annuities, 401(k) plans, pensions, universal and variable universal life insurance and other wealth accumulation and protection products and services, and is a preferred distributor of LNC retail products. LFA and Sagemark are headquartered in Hartford, Connecticut and consist of nearly 2,200 planners in 39 offices across the United States.
Institutional investment products managed in the Investment Management segment including large case 401(k) plans which are marketed by a separate sales force in conjunction with pension consultants. These products are offered to defined benefit and defined contribution plan sponsors, endowments, foundations and insurance companies.
National Branding Campaign
During 2001, Lincoln Financial Group ("LFG"), the marketing name for LNC and its affiliates, continued building its brand on a national basis through an integrated package of national magazine, television and Internet advertising, sponsorships of major sporting events, educational partnerships, public relations and promotional events. National studies conducted by LNC indicate significant increases in consumer awareness of and familiarity with Lincoln Financial Group. This is especially true among LNC's primary target audience, the affluent, and an important sub-target, the super-affluent. The affluent market is defined as U.S. households having at least $500,000 of investable net worth, with the super affluent having at least $1 million. Nearly 70% of adults aged 35-64 saw an LFG advertisement 5 or times during 2001. Based on a May 2001 national consumer tracking study, awareness of LFG is up 41% since advertising began in late 1998.
In 2001, LFG began a new advertising campaign to build awareness and familiarize key intermediary audiences of bank representatives, financial planners, insurance brokers and wirehouse/regional stockbrokers about its broad range of products and services. Nine of ten intermediaries have heard of the company and awareness of the new advertising campaign increased significantly by the end of 2001. A new website was launched during August 2001 (www.LFG.com) which presents the various capabilities of the company in a clear yet more comprehensive way.
B. Description of Business Segments
1. Annuities
The Annuities segment (effective March 7, 2002, this segment will be known as Lincoln Retirement), headquartered in Fort Wayne, Indiana, with additional operations in Portland, Maine and Schaumburg, Illinois, provides tax-deferred investment growth and lifetime income opportunities for its clients through the manufacture and sale of fixed and variable annuities. There are two lines of business within this segment, individual annuities and employer-sponsored markets. Both lines of business offer fixed annuity and variable annuity products.
The individual annuities line of business targets individuals to purchase non-qualified and qualified fixed and variable annuities as tax-deferred accumulation vehicles that can ultimately provide income flow for life in retirement. Annuities are attractive, because they provide tax-deferred growth in the underlying principal, thereby deferring the tax consequences of the growth in value until withdrawals are made from the accumulation values, often at lower tax rates occurring during retirement. In addition to favorable tax treatment, annuities are unique in that retirees can select a variety of payout alternatives to help provide an income flow during life. The individual annuities market is a growth market that has seen an increase in competition along with new product types and promotion.
The employer-sponsored line of business markets fixed and variable annuities along with a mutual fund based product to public sector employees including school teachers and health care providers for use in retirement plans under Sections 403(b) and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") and also markets to private sector companies for use in retirement plans under Section 401(k) of the Code. The employer-sponsored market is a relatively mature market in which LNC's primary competitors are mutual fund companies. Of the Annuities segment's employer-sponsored market account values, 95% are made up of public sector accounts.
Products
In general, an annuity is a contract between an insurance company and an individual or group in which the insurance company, after receipt of one or more contributions, agrees to pay an amount of money either in one lump sum or on a periodic basis (i.e., annually, semi-annually, quarterly or monthly), beginning on a certain date and continuing for a period of time as specified in the contract. Such payments can begin the month after the deposit is received (referred to as an immediate annuity) or at a future date in time (referred to as a deferred annuity). This retirement vehicle helps protect an individual from outliving his money and it takes on two forms, a fixed annuity or a variable annuity.
Fixed Annuity: A fixed deferred annuity preserves the principal value of the contract while guaranteeing a minimum interest rate to be credited to the accumulation value. LNC offers both single and flexible premium fixed deferred annuities to the individual annuities market. Single premium fixed deferred annuities are contracts that allow only a single contribution to be made. Flexible premium fixed deferred annuities are contracts that allow multiple contributions on either a scheduled or non-scheduled basis. With fixed deferred annuities, the contractholder has the right to surrender the contract and receive the current accumulation value less any applicable surrender charge and, if applicable, market value adjustment. Fixed annuity contributions are invested in LNC's general account. LNC bears the investment risk for fixed annuity contracts. To protect itself from premature withdrawals, LNC imposes surrender charges. Surrender charges are typically applicable during the early years of the annuity contract, with a declining level of surrender charges over time. LNC expects to earn a spread between what it earns on the underlying general account investments supporting the fixed annuity product line and what it credits to its fixed annuity contractholders' accounts.
The strong equity markets and low interest rate environment experienced
through the first quarter of 2000 contributed to fixed annuities being
replaced by variable annuities as the annuity of choice for retirement
planning. In 2001, even with the historically low interest rate
environment, fixed annuities have taken on increased importance due to
sustained volatility of the equity markets that began in the second
quarter of 2000. LNC primarily distributes fixed annuities through the
Financial Institutions channel and to a lesser extent in the Independent
Financial Planner and Wirehouse/Regional channels. LNC's fixed annuity
sales in 2001 were bolstered by new product offerings including the
Lincoln ChoicePlusSM Fixed Annuity and the StepFive(registered
trademark) Fixed Annuity. The guarantees of the StepFive Fixed Annuity
have been especially well-received in the Financial Institutions
channel. The market value adjusted ("MVA") feature of the Lincoln
ChoicePlus Fixed Annuity is expected to be more attractive in the
Wirehouse/Regional channel during a volatile interest rate environment.
This feature increases or decreases the cash surrender value of the
annuity based on a decrease or increase in interest rates.
Contractholders participate in gains when the contract is surrendered in
a falling interest rate market, and LNC is protected from losses up to a
cap when the contract is surrendered in a rising interest rate market.
Variable Annuity: A variable annuity provides the contractholder the ability to direct the investment of deposits into one or more sub-accounts offered by the product. The value of the contractholder's account varies with the performance of the underlying sub-accounts chosen by the contractholder. The underlying assets of the sub-accounts of the separate account are managed within a special insurance series of mutual funds. Because the contractholder's return is tied to the performance of the segregated assets underlying the variable annuity, the contractholder bears the investment risk associated with these investments. LNC charges the contractholder insurance and administrative fees based upon the value of the variable contract.
The separate account choices for LNC's variable annuities cover diverse asset classes with varying levels of risk and include both equity funds and fixed income funds. The Individual and Group Multi-Fund(registered trademark) Variable Annuity product line offers 33 fund choices from 13 well known advisors: Alliance Capital(registered trademark), American Fund Insurance Series(Service Mark), Baron Capital Funds, Delaware Investments, Delaware Lincoln Investment Advisers, Deutsche Asset Management, Fidelity Investments(registered trademark), Goldman Sachs, Janus, MFS Investment Management, Neuberger Berman Management Inc., Putnam Investments, Inc. and Vantage Investment Advisers. LNC's Lincoln Choice Plus(Service Mark) Variable Annuity, an individual multi-manager product line, has arguably the best fund line up with up to 44 offerings from AIM(registered trademark), Alliance Capital(registered trademark) , American Funds Insurance Series(Service Mark), Delaware Investments, Delaware Lincoln Investment Advisers, Deutsche Asset Management, Fidelity Investments(registered trademark) , Franklin(registered trademark), Liberty Funds Distributor, Inc., MFS Investment Management(registered trademark) and Templeton(registered trademark). LNC's American Legacy Variable Annuity, a premier single manager individual and group variable annuity product line, offers 13 mutual fund choices from American Funds Insurance Series(Service Mark). American Funds is the 3rd largest mutual fund company for 2001 based on assets under management. LNC's alliance with SEI, the number one provider of wrap accounts in America (Cerulli Associates), has yielded the SEI Individual Variable Annuity product line, which offers 11 SEI mutual fund choices from the SEI Insurance Products Trust as investment options. LNC's Alliance Program, which is for the employer-sponsored market, has over 2000 mutual fund choices plus a fixed account. This product is customized for each employer.
Most of LNC's variable annuity products also offer the choice of a fixed option that provides for guaranteed interest credited to the account value. In addition, many of LNC's individual variable annuities feature minimum guaranteed death benefits. These minimum guaranteed death benefits include either guaranteed return of premium, the highest account value attained on any policy anniversary through attained age 80 (i.e., high water mark), or a 5% annual step up of the account value depending on the specific terms of the contract.
LNC earns mortality assessments and expense assessments on variable annuity accounts to cover insurance and administrative charges. These expenses are built into accumulation unit values, which when multiplied by the number of units owned for any sub-account equals the contractholder's account value for that sub-account. Some products feature decreasing fee schedules based on account value break points. The fees that LNC earns from these policies are classified as insurance fees on the income statement. In addition, for some contracts, LNC collects surrender charges when contractholders surrender their contracts during the early years of a contract. For other contracts, LNC collects surrender charges when contractholders surrender their contracts during a number of years subsequent to each deposit. LNC's individual variable annuity products have a maximum surrender period of ten years. The assets that support variable annuities are included in the assets held in separate accounts balance and the related liabilities for the current account values are included in the liabilities related to separate accounts balance.
In 2001, LNC continued the product momentum established in the year 2000 when it introduced more new variable annuity products than it did in the preceding five years. During 2001, LNC began offering L-shares in several product lines including the ChoicePlus II, American Legacy III and the new Wells Fargo product line which also offers B and C-shares. LNC now offers through most of its variable annuity product lines, A-share, B-share, C-share, L-share and bonus variable annuities. The differences in A, B, C and L-shares relate to the sales charge and fee structure associated with the contract. An A-share has a front-end sales charge. A B-share has a contingent deferred sales charge that is only paid if the account is surrendered or withdrawals are in excess of contractual free withdrawals within the contract's specified surrender charge period. A C-share has no front-end sales charge or back-end surrender charge. Like a B-share, an L-share has a contingent deferred sales charge that is only paid if the account is surrendered or withdrawals are in excess of contractual free withdrawals within the contract's specified surrender charge period. The differences between the L-share and B-share are the length of the surrender charge period and the fee structure. L-shares have a shorter surrender charge period, so for the added liquidity, mortality and expense assessments are higher.
A bonus annuity is a variable annuity contract, which offers a bonus credit to a contract based on a specified percentage (typically ranging from 2% to 5%) of each deposit. Bonus products, in general, have come under increased scrutiny due to concerns with whether they have been properly designed and sold with the contractholders' interests in mind. The concern is that the higher expenses and extended surrender charge periods that are often associated with bonus annuities may not be adequately understood by contractholders. In developing bonus annuity products for its Lincoln ChoicePlus and American Legacy variable annuities, LNC has attempted to address these concerns, while at the same time designing products that are competitive in the marketplace. A key competitive feature of LNC's bonus annuity that is attractive to long-term contractholders is the persistency credit. This feature rewards a contractholder with a bonus credit of 20 basis points per annum after maintaining an account for 14 years. In addition, a 30 basis point per annum persistency credit is offered on LNC's L-share products after a contractholder maintains an account for eight years.
In addition to new product offerings in 2001, LNC introduced a new and innovative product feature, the Income4Life(Service Mark) Solution. LNC will also introduce in the first quarter of 2002 the Accumulated Benefit Enhancement ("ABE") rider. Both innovations have patents pending. The Income4Life Solution allows variable annuity contractholders access and control during the income distribution phase of their contract. This added flexibility allows the contractholder to access the account value for transfers, additional withdrawals and other service features like portfolio rebalancing. The ABE rider lets clients transfer their balances to LNC variable annuity products and retain the death benefit of their prior variable annuity. Unlike bonus products, which require longer surrender penalties and increased mortality and expense assessments, this rider is available on all share classes of most LNC variable annuity product lines with no additional charge.
According to Variable Annuity Research and Data Services ("VARDS"), LNC's American Legacy III Variable Annuity ranked number three out of 135 variable annuities for asset-weighted performance for the three-year period ended December 31, 2001. Challenging equity markets like 2001 may prompt contractholders of competitors' variable annuities to consider better-performing LNC variable annuities. The ABE feature allows contractholders who choose to do so to make the transition without having to give up their existing death benefit.
In 2001, LNC introduced the ChoicePlus II(Service Mark) Elite Series of Funds(Service Mark). This common fund lineup crosses LNC's variable annuity, variable life insurance, and 401(k) business lines, making it easier for financial advisors to do business with LNC. It also allows LNC to deepen its relationship with fewer fund families and reduce administrative expenses.
Also in 2001, LNC enhanced American Legacy and Multi-Fund variable annuities through new fund additions. LNC introduced the new Multi-Fund(registered trademark) 5 Variable Annuity with four option packages.
LNC also introduced the Estate Enhancement Benefit feature on its individual variable annuities. This is designed to help beneficiaries offset the impact of taxes on appreciated value. This new optional feature integrates the other death benefits provided with a new death benefit based on earnings in the contract.
Distribution
Fixed annuity products as well as the Lincoln ChoicePlus Variable Annuity product line are distributed by LFD and LFA. LFA also distributes the Multi-Fund(registered trademark) Variable Annuity product line and Alliance Program. Three other manufactured variable annuity product lines, the American Legacy Variable Annuity, SEI Variable Annuity and Wells Fargo Variable Annuity are distributed by American Funds Distributors ("AFD"), SEI and LFD, respectively. In addition, LFA, as a client of AFD and SEI in the Independent Planner channel, distributes both the American Legacy Variable Annuity and SEI Variable Annuity product lines.
Market Position
Capitalizing on a broad product portfolio and a strong and diverse distribution network, LNC is a leader in both the individual and employer-sponsored annuity markets. According to VARDS, LNC ranks 4th in assets as of December 31, 2001 and 9th in variable annuity sales in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2001. Although fixed annuity sales did not gain momentum until the second quarter of 2001, LNC ranked 9th in fixed annuity sales through financial institutions for 2001 and 4th for the fourth quarter of 2001 (Kenneth Kehrer Associates Fixed Annuity Sales Through Financial Institutions Rankings for 2001).
LNC was an early entrant into the fixed and variable annuity business and as such has a mature book of business with many contracts that are out of the surrender charge period. As a result, LNC, as well as other seasoned industry participants, have been vulnerable to what are referred to as Section 1035 exchanges, named after the Internal Revenue Code Section that governs these exchanges. In 1035 exchanges, contractholders surrender their LNC annuity and make a non-taxable transfer to another insurance company's non-qualified annuity. Over the last year, however, LNC's lapse rate has improved dramatically from approximately 12% in 2000 to below 10% in 2001. The overall improvement in lapses along with sales of fixed annuities were the chief contributors to LNC's return to positive net cash flows in the second half of 2001. Heightened scrutiny by regulators of tax-free 1035 exchanges appears to be reducing the frequency of such exchanges on an industry-wide basis. In addition, LNC initiated targeted conservation efforts on both the fixed and variable annuity product lines to reduce lapses. Finally, overall market conditions contributed to the overall improvement in retention. Contractholders whose variable annuity contracts have guaranteed minimum death benefits that are in the money due to equity market declines are less likely to transfer from these contracts. To sustain and further improve overall retention levels, LNC is continuing to utilize targeted conservation efforts and is exploring other retention initiatives. In addition, LNC believes that maintaining a strong and balanced portfolio of fixed and variable annuities helps generate positive net cash flows in any economic environment.
Approximately 1,390 employees are involved in this business segment.
2. Life Insurance
The Life Insurance business segment, headquartered in Hartford, Connecticut, with additional operations in Schaumburg, Illinois (First Penn), focuses on the creation and protection of wealth for its clients through the manufacture and sale of life insurance products. The Hartford operation offers both single and survivorship versions of universal life ("UL"), variable universal life ("VUL"), and interest-sensitive whole life ("ISWL"), as well as corporate owned life insurance ("COLI") and term insurance. This operation targets the affluent market, defined as households with at least $500,000 of investable net worth. Two key measures of the effectiveness of meeting the needs of this market include average face amount of policies sold, which was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, and average premiums paid per policy sold, which were approximately $23,000 for the same period.
Additional offerings through its First Penn operations include term life, linked-benefit life, universal life and variable universal life insurance products. Since its entry into the term insurance market in 1995, First Penn has emerged as a recognized leader in service and product development. First Penn is also a leader in the linked-benefit product category. The linked-benefit product is a universal life insurance policy linked with an accelerated benefits rider that provides a benefit for long-term care needs.
Products
The Life Insurance segment's book of business includes interest/market-sensitive products (UL, VUL, ISWL, COLI) and traditional life products (term and whole life). Profitability is driven by mortality margins (defined below), investment margins (spreads/fees), expenses and surrender fees.
Mortality margins represent the difference between amounts charged the customer to cover the mortality risk and the death benefits paid. Mortality charges are either specifically deducted from the contractholder's fund (i.e. cost of insurance assessments or "COIs") or embedded in the premiums charged to the customer. In either case, these amounts are a function of the rates priced into the product and level of insurance in-force (less reserves previously set aside to fund benefits). Insurance in-force, in turn, is driven by sales, persistency and mortality experience.
Another important source of earnings from life insurance contracts is investment margins, described below under Fixed Life Insurance. Similar to the annuity product classifications described above, life products can be classified as "fixed" and "variable" contracts. This classification describes whether the policyholder or LNC bears the investment risk of the assets supporting the policy. This also determines the manner in which LNC earns profits from these products, either as investment spreads for fixed products or as fees charged for variable products.
Fixed Life Insurance (primarily UL and ISWL): Premiums and deposits received on fixed products are invested in LNC's general account investment portfolio, so LNC bears the risk on investment performance. LNC manages investment margins, (i.e. the difference between the rate the portfolio earns compared to the rate that is credited to the customer) by seeking to maximize current yields, in line with asset/liability and risk management targets, while crediting a competitive rate to the customer. Crediting rates are typically subject to guaranteed minimums specified in the underlying life insurance contract.
Variable Universal Life Insurance (VUL): Deposits received on VUL products are invested in separate accounts which offer several investment options for the customer's selection. The investment choices are the same, in most cases, as the investment choices offered in LNC's variable annuity contracts. In addition, VUL products offer a fixed account option which is managed by LNC. Investment risk is borne by the customer on all but the fixed account option. LNC charges fees for mortality costs and administrative expenses, as well as investment management fees.
Corporate Owned Life Insurance ("COLI"): COLI is typically purchased by corporations funding non-qualified benefit plans. These include 401(k) excess - voluntary deferrals of executive salary and/or bonus in excess of 401(k) limits and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERP's) in a variety of forms, paid for with corporate funds. LNC's COLI product line has been enhanced and is now in the top tier of a very competitive segment of the life insurance business.
Term Life Insurance: Term life insurance provides a death benefit without a cash accumulation balance. Policy premiums are generally paid annually.
Distribution
Distribution of the Life Insurance segment's products currently occurs through the internally owned wholesaling arm, LFD, as well as the internally owned3 retail sales arm, LFA. Both channels have an industry-wide reputation of being highly skilled in the development of financial and estate planning solutions for the affluent market.
Market Position
LNC is a leading provider of life insurance products designed specifically for the high net-worth and affluent markets. Product breadth, design innovation, competitiveness and speed to market all contribute to the strength of LNC's life insurance operations. Averaging eight new products and features per year since 1998, including three new VUL and UL products and 4 new riders in 2001, the segment is successful at meeting changing needs when market trends shift.
In 2000, LNL was ranked 5th largest life insurer in the U.S. when measured by total life insurance in-force (Best's Review, August 2001). LNC's current market leadership position is a result of the breadth and quality of its product portfolio along with its commitment to exceptional customer service, its extensive distribution network and the growth opportunity offered by its target market, the affluent.
Approximately 890 employees are involved in this business segment.
3. Investment Management
The Investment Management segment, which is headquartered in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania with offices in Fort Wayne, London, Denver, and New York, provides investment products and services to both individual and institutional investors. The primary companies within this business segment include Lincoln National Investments, Inc. ("LNI"), Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc. ("LNIC"), and Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. ("Delaware"). LNI and LNIC are intermediate level holding companies that own the operating companies within this segment. The operating subsidiaries within Delaware offer a broad line of mutual funds, retirement plan services and other investment products including managed accounts to their retail investors and also offer investment advisory services to their institutional clients which include pension funds, foundations, endowment funds and trusts. Delaware serves as investment advisor to 274 institutional accounts; acts as investment manager and/or shareholder services agent for 98 open-end funds; and serves as investment manager for 10 closed-end funds. The Investment Management segment also provides investment advisory services for certain insurance and corporate portfolios of LNC.
In 1999, the Investment Management segment was reorganized as follows:
1) LNC's internal investment advisor, Lincoln Investment Management, was
moved from Other Operations to this segment and 2) Lincoln Life's 401(k)
business was moved from the former Life Insurance and Annuities segment
to this segment.
Products
The Investment Management segment provides an array of products for a range of investors. Products include domestic and international equity and fixed-income retail mutual funds, separate accounts, institutional mutual funds, managed accounts, and retirement plans and services, as well as administration services for these products.
For the individual investor, Delaware offers various products including mutual funds and managed accounts. Delaware also provides investment management and account administration services for variable annuity products. Delaware offers alternative pricing schemes for mutual funds including traditional front-end load funds, back-end load funds, and level-load funds. Variable annuity products provide the contractholder the ability to direct the investment of deposits into one or more funds offered by the product. The Institutional Class shares of the mutual funds are also available to institutional clients and retirement plan participants (such as defined contribution plans). Delaware also provides investment services to high net worth and small institutional investor markets through managed accounts. A managed account is provided to individual investors through relationships with broker-dealer sponsored programs.
Delaware offers various retirement plans and services, including 401(k) plans. A 401(k) plan allows employees to divert a portion of their salary to a company-sponsored tax-sheltered account, thus deferring taxes until retirement. These plans offer several investing options such as equity and fixed income products. In 2002, Delaware plans to enter the 529 college savings plan market with the roll-out of 529 programs for the state of Hawaii and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, which were awarded to Delaware in 2001, but remain subject to contract negotiations.
Delaware provides a broad range of institutional investment advisory services to corporate and public retirement plans, endowments and foundations, nuclear decommissioning trusts, socially responsible investors, sub-advisory clients and Taft-Hartley plans, among others. Most clients utilize individually managed separate accounts, which means clients have the opportunity to customize the management of their portfolio by including or excluding certain types of securities, sectors or segments within a given asset class. Because of their individually managed nature, these separate accounts are best suited for larger investment mandates. Currently, Delaware's minimum account size is typically $10 million for U.S. investments and $100 million for non-U.S. investments.
The portfolios of the Delaware Pooled Trust products are no-load mutual funds designed for the institutional investor and high net worth individual. Delaware Pooled Trust includes registered SEC mutual funds managed in styles that are similar to separate account offerings and are best suited for medium-sized institutional investment mandates. Delaware's minimum account size for these vehicles is typically $1 million.
Distribution
The businesses in the Investment Management segment deliver their broad range of products through multiple distribution channels, enabling them to reach an expanding community of retail and institutional investors. Delaware distributes retail mutual funds, managed accounts and retirement products through the LFD distribution network, LFA, and Delaware's direct retirements sales force. Institutional products are marketed primarily by Delaware's institutional marketing group working through pension consultants. These products are also offered to defined benefit and defined contribution plan sponsors, endowments, foundations and insurance companies.
Market Position
Diversity of investment styles, as well as diversity of clients served,
are prudent ways to manage risk in varying market environments.
Delaware, historically known primarily for a conservative, "value"
equity investment style, has evolved over the last few years into an
investment manager with strong and diversified offerings across multiple
asset classes including value and growth equity investment styles;
high-grade, high-yield and municipal fixed-income investment styles;
balanced and quantitive investment styles; and international and global
equity and fixed income investment styles. In 2000, LNC initiated
various actions focused on improving investment performance across all
of these assets classes with the ultimate goal of attracting and
retaining assets under management. These actions included hiring and
retaining the best people and putting the best investment processes in
place. Tangible results from these initiatives began to develop in the
year 2000 and have continued into 2001 as investment performance
improved relative to benchmarks in many retail and institutional asset
classes. Although the segment experienced net cash outflows of $0.7
billion in 2001, the overall improvement from the prior year was $6.5
billion. The key contributor to this improvement was retention of
assets, primarily in response to the improved investment performance.
Institutional inflows increased $0.3 billion while retail sales were
down $0.8 billion in what was a difficult sales environment given the
weak equity markets which were heightened by the aftermath of September
11. While the Investment Management segment has made measurable progress
on the initiatives of investment performance and asset retention, its
focus in 2002 is not only to sustain and improve upon those results, but
also to bolster sales and improve overall profitability.
Approximately 1,330 employees are involved in this business segment.
3. Lincoln UK
Lincoln UK is headquartered in Barnwood, Gloucester, England, and is licensed to do business throughout the United Kingdom ("UK"). Although Lincoln UK transferred its sales force to Inter-Alliance Group PLC in the third quarter of 2000, it continues to manage, administer and accept new deposits on its current block of business and, as required by UK regulation, accept new business for certain products. Lincoln UK's product portfolio principally consists of unit-linked life and pension products, which are similar to U.S. produced variable life and annuity products.
The closure of the Uxbridge office and related transfer of operations to the Barnwood office were completed in 2001. The number of employees noted below reflects the actual level of staffing for the current business structure.
Approximately 790 employees are involved in this business segment.
C. Other Matters
1. Regulatory
LNC's Annuities, Life Insurance and Lincoln UK business segments, in common with those of other insurance companies, are subject to regulation and supervision by the states, territories and countries in which they are licensed to do business. The laws of these jurisdictions generally establish supervisory agencies with broad administrative powers relative to granting and revoking licenses to transact business, regulating trade practices, licensing agents, prescribing and approving policy forms, regulating premium rates for some lines of business, establishing reserve requirements, regulating competitive matters, prescribing the form and content of financial statements and reports, regulating the type and amount of investments permitted and prescribing minimum levels of capital. The ability to continue an insurance business is dependent upon the maintenance of the licenses in the various jurisdictions. In addition, variable annuities and variable life insurance businesses and products are subject to regulation and supervision by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the National Association of Securities Dealers ("NASD").
LNC's Investment Management segment, in common with other investment management groups, is subject to regulation and supervision by the SEC, NASD, the Investment Management Regulatory Organization ("IMRO"), the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and jurisdictions of the states, territories and foreign countries in which they are licensed to do business.
LFA is subject to regulation and supervision by the SEC and NASD on broker/dealer and registered investment advisor issues.
2. Miscellaneous
LNC's insurance subsidiaries protect themselves against losses greater than the amount they are willing to retain on any one risk or event by purchasing reinsurance from unaffiliated insurance companies (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements as set forth in LNC's 2001 Annual Report to shareholders which is incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Form 10-K).
All businesses LNC is involved in are highly competitive due to the market structure and the large number of competitors. At the end of 2000, the latest year for which data is available, there were approximately 1,300 life insurance companies in the United States. As noted previously, Lincoln Life is the 8th largest stockholder-owned life insurance company in the United States based on revenues (2000 Fortune Ranking of Largest Life Insurance Companies by Revenues, April 2001). LNC's investment management companies were the 47th largest U.S. investment management group at the end of 2000 (2000 Institutional Investor 300 Money Managers, July 2001). Also, many of the products offered by LNC's operating companies are similar to products offered by non-insurance financial services companies, such as banks. The Financial Services Modernization Act was passed in November 1999 and repealed the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933 and expands the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. This act allows, among other things, cross-ownership by banks, securities firms and insurance companies. In 2001, there were some cross-ownership activities in the financial services industry; however, there was minimal impact on LNC's operations.
Because of the nature of the insurance and investment management businesses, there is no single customer or group of customers upon whom the business is dependent. Although LNC does not have any significant concentration of customers, LNC's Annuities segment has a long-standing distribution relationship with American Funds Distributors that is significant to this segment. In 2001, the American Legacy Variable Annuity sold through American Funds Distributors accounted for about 21% of LNC's total gross annuity deposits. The relationship with American Funds Distributors is highly valued by LNC. Both LNC and American Funds Distributors are continuously seeking ways to increase sales and retain existing business.
LNC does not have a separate unit that conducts market research. Research activities related to new products or services, or the improvement of existing products or services, are conducted within the business segments. Expenses related to such activities are not material. Also, sales are not dependent upon select geographic areas. LNC has foreign operations that are significant in relationship to the consolidated group (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements as set forth in LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders which is incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Form 10-K).
LNC and the various operating businesses own or lease approximately 3.7 million square feet of office space. The governance group for LNC and the Investment Management segment lease 0.6 million square feet of office space in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The operating units in the Fort Wayne, Indiana area own or lease 1.3 million square feet. Also, businesses operating in Schaumburg, Illinois; Hartford, Connecticut and the United Kingdom own or lease another 0.8 million square feet of office space. An additional 1.0 million square feet of office space is owned or leased in other U.S. cities and foreign countries for branch offices and other operations. As shown in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements as set forth in LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders which is incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Form 10-K), the rental expense on operating leases for office space and equipment for continuing operations totaled $83.4 million for 2001. Office space rent expense accounts for $68.8 million of this total. This discussion regarding properties does not include information on investment properties.
LNC and its subsidiaries are involved in various pending or threatened legal proceedings, including purported class actions, arising from the conduct of business. In some instances, these proceedings include claims for unspecified or substantial punitive damages and similar types of relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability or requests for equitable relief. After consultation with legal counsel and a review of available facts, it is management's opinion that these proceedings ultimately will be resolved without materially affecting the consolidated financial position of LNC. (See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements as set forth in LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Form 10-K).
During the fourth quarter of 2001, no matters were submitted to security holders for a vote.
PART II
Information required by this item is set forth on page 133 of LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information required by this item is set forth on page 33 of LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information required by this is set forth on pages 36 through 69 of LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information required by this item is set forth on pages 69 through 76 of LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information required by this item is set forth on page 33, pages 77 through 127 and page 129 of LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
There have been no disagreements with LNC's independent auditors which are reportable pursuant to Item 304 of Regulation S-K.
PART III
Information for this item relating to directors of LNC is incorporated by reference to the sections captioned "NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR", "DIRECTORS CONTINUING IN OFFICE" and " COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934", of LNC's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting scheduled for May 9, 2002.
Executive Officers of the Registrant as of March 14, 2002 were as follows:
Name Age** Position with LNC and Business Experience During the Past Five Years ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jon A. Boscia 49 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director, LNC (since 2001). President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, LNC (1998-2001). Chief Executive Officer, LNL* (1996-1998). President, Chief Operating Officer, LNL* (1994-1996). George E. Davis 58 Senior Vice President, LNC (since 1993). Jason S. Glazier 34 Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer and Chief E-Commerce Officer, LNC (since 2001). Senior Vice President and Chief E-Commerce Officer, LNC (2000-2001). John H. Gotta 51 Chief Executive Officer - Life Insurance, LNL* (since 1999). Senior Vice President, LNL* (1998-1999). Charles E. Haldeman 53 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, LNIC and President and Chief Executive Officer, Delaware (since 2000). J. Michael Hemp 55 President, LFA* (since 2000). Barbara S. Kowalczyk 51 Senior Vice President, LNC (since 1994). Dennis L. Schoff 42 Senior Vice President, LNC and General Counsel (since 2002). Lorry J. Stensrud 52 Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer - Annuities, LNL* (since 2000). Michael Tallett-Williams 48 Managing Director, Lincoln National (UK)* (since 2000). Finance Director, Lincoln National (UK)* (1995-2000). Westley V. Thompsen 46 Chief Executive Officer, LFD* (since 2000). Casey J. Trumble 48 Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer, LNC (since 1998). Vice President, LNC (1994-1998). Richard C. Vaughan 52 Executive Vice President (since 1995) and Chief Financial Officer, LNC (since 1992). * Denotes a subsidiary of LNC. ** Age shown is based on the officer's age as of March 14, 2002. |
There is no family relationship between any of the foregoing executive
officers, all of whom are elected annually.
Information for this item is incorporated by reference to the section captioned "EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION" of LNC's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting scheduled for May 9, 2002.
Information for this item is incorporated by reference to the sections captioned "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS" and "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS, NOMINEES AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS" of LNC's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting scheduled for May 9, 2002.
Information for this item is incorporated by reference to the section captioned "TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENT" of LNC's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting scheduled for May 9, 2002.
Part IV
The following consolidated financial statements of Lincoln National Corporation are included in LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders and are incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Form 10-K:
Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2001 and 2000
Consolidated Statements of Income - Years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity - Years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
The following consolidated financial statement schedules of Lincoln National Corporation are included in Item 14(d):
I - Summary of Investments - Other than Investments in Related Parties
II - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
III - Supplementary Insurance Information
IV - Reinsurance
V - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable, or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements, and therefore omitted.
The following exhibits of Lincoln National Corporation are included in Item 14 - (Note: The numbers preceding the exhibits correspond to the specific numbers within Item 601 of Regulation S-K.):
3(a) The Articles of Incorporation of LNC as last amended effective May 12, 1994. 3(b) The Bylaws of LNC as last amended February 18, 2002. 4(a) Indenture of LNC dated as of January 15, 1987 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) of LNC's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, filed with the Commission on March 27, 1995. 4(b) First Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 1, 1992, to Indenture of LNC dated as of January 15, 1987. 4(c) Specimen Notes for 7 1/8% Notes due July 15, 1999 and for 7 5/8% Notes due July 15, 2002. 4(d) Rights Agreement of LNC as last amended November 14, 1996. 4(e) Indenture of LNC dated as of September 15, 1994, between LNC and The Bank of New York, as Trustee is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(e) of LNC's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, as filed with the Commission on March 11, 1999. 4(f) Form of Note dated as of September 15, 1994. 4(g) Form of Zero Coupon Security dated as of September 15, 1994. 4(h) Specimen of LNC's 9 1/8% Debentures due October 1, 2024 is incorporated by reference to Schedule I of LNC's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 29, 1994. 4(i) Specimen of LNC's 7 1/4% Debenture due May 15, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Schedule III of LNC's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 17, 1995. 4(j) Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of May 1, 1996 between LNC and The First National Bank of Chicago. 4(k) Guarantee Agreement for Lincoln National Capital II. 4(l) Form of Lincoln National Capital II 8.35% Trust Originated Preferred Securities, Series B (Commission File No. 333-04133). 4(m) Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Lincoln National Capital I and Lincoln National Capital II between LNC, as depositor, The First National Bank of Chicago, as property trustee, First Chicago Delaware, Inc., as Delaware trustee, and certain administrative trustees is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(o) of LNC's Registration Statement (Commission File No. 333-4133) filed with the Commission on May 21, 1996. 4(n) Specimen of 6 1/2% Notes due March 15, 2008 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 LNC's Form 8-K, as filed with the commission on March 24, 1998. 4(o) Specimen of 7% Notes due March 15, 2018 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of LNC's Form 8-K, as filed with the Commission on March 24, 1998. 4(p) Amended and Restated Trust Agreement for Lincoln National Capital III between LNC, as depositor, The First National Bank of Chicago, as property trustee, First Chicago Delaware, Inc., as Delaware trustee and the administrative trustees is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of LNC's form 8-K, as filed with the Commission on July 30, 1998. 4(q) Form of 7.40% Trust Originated Preferred Securities, Series C, of Lincoln National Capital III is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of LNC's Form 8-K, as filed with the Commission on July 30, 1998. 4(r) Guarantee Agreement for Lincoln National Capital III is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of LNC's Form 8-K, as filed with the Commission on July 30, 1998. 4(s) Amended and Restated Trust Agreement for Lincoln National Capital IV between LNC, as depositor, The First National Bank of Chicago, a property trustee, First Chicago Delaware, Inc., as Delaware trustee and the administrative trustees is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of LNC's form 8-K, as filed with the Commission on August 27, 1998. 4(t) Guarantee Agreement for Lincoln National Capital IV is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of LNC's Form 8-K, as filed with the Commission on August 27, 1998. 4(u) Purchase Contract Agreement between LNC and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Purchase Contract Agent, relating to Lincoln National Capital IV is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of LNC's Form 8-K, as filed with the Commission on August 27, 1998. 4(v) Pledge Agreement among LNC, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as agent, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Purchase Agent, relating to Lincoln National Capital IV is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of LNC's Form 8-K, as filed with the Commission on August 27, 1998. 10(a)* The Lincoln National Corporation 1986 Stock Option Incentive Plan. 10(b)* Salary Continuation Plan for Executives of Lincoln National Corporation and Affiliates as amended through August 1, 2000. 10(c)* Lincoln National Corporation Executives' Severance Benefit Plan as Amended and Restated effective January 10, 2002. 10(d)* The Lincoln National Corporation Outside Directors Retirement Plan as last amended effective March 15, 1990. 10(e)* Lincoln National Corporation Directors' Value Sharing Plan as last amended effective May 14, 1998. 10(f)* Lincoln National Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees (Commission File No. 33-51721) as last amended effective February 16, 1998. 10(g)* Lincoln National Corporation 1993 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (Commission File No. 33-58113) as last amended effective May 10, 2001. 10(h)* Lincoln National Corporation Executives' Excess Compensation Benefit Plan. 10(i)* First Amendment to Lincoln National Corporation Executives' Excess Compensation Benefit Plan effective December 22, 1999 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k) of LNC's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 11, 2000. 10(j)* Lincoln National Corporation 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan, as last amended effective May 13, 1999. 10(k) Lease and Agreement dated August 1, 1984, with respect to LNL's Home Office properties located at Clinton Street and Harrison Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) of LNC's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, filed with the Commission on March 27, 1996. 10(l) Form of Lease and Agreement dated March 1, 1999, with respect to LNC's Corporate Office located at Centre Square West Tower, 1500 Market Street, Suite 3900, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(p) of LNC's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed with the Commission on March 11, 2000. 10(m) Agreement of Lease dated February 17, 1998, with respect to LNL's life products headquarters located at 350 Church Street, Hartford, Connecticut. 10(n) Lease and Agreement dated December 10, 1999 with respect to Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. for Home Office property located at One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(r) of LNC's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed with the Commission on March 11, 2000. 10(o) Sublease and Agreement dated December 10, 1999 by and between Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. and New York Central Lines LLC for property located at Two Commerce Square, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(s) of LNC's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed with the Commission on March 11, 2000. 10(p) Consent to Sublease dated December 10, 1999 with respect to Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. for property located at Two Commerce Square and Philadelphia Plaza Phase II, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(t) of LNC's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed with the Commission on March 11, 2000. |
* This exhibit is a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 14 of this report.
12 Historical Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
13 Portions of LNC's Annual Report to Shareholders that are expressly incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K. Other sections of the Annual Report furnished for the information of the Commission are not deemed "filed" as part of this Form 10-K.
21 List of Subsidiaries of LNC.
23 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
Financial Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2000, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 8-K on October 25, 2000. Financial Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2000, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 8-K on November 6, 2000.
The exhibits of Lincoln National Corporation are listed in Item 14(a)(3) above.
The financial statement schedules for Lincoln National Corporation follow on pages 19 through 26.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION SCHEDULE I - SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS - OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES December 31 (000s omitted) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Column A Column B Column C Column D -------- -------- -------- -------- Amount at Which Fair Shown in the Type of Investment Cost Value Balance Sheet ------------------------ ---- ----- ------------- Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale: Bonds: United States government and government agencies and authorities $357,881 $410,510 $410,510 States, municipalities and political subdivisions 45,866 44,725 44,725 Asset/Mortgage-backed securities 3,417,596 3,524,678 3,524,678 Foreign governments 1,117,253 1,174,720 1,174,720 Public utilities 2,535,542 2,529,354 2,529,354 Convertibles and bonds with warrants attached 791 566 566 All other corporate bonds 20,398,464 20,575,192 20,575,192 Redeemable preferred stocks 82,588 85,928 85,928 ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- Total 27,955,981 28,345,673 28,345,673 Equity securities available-for-sale: Common stocks: Public utilities 294 306 306 Banks, trusts and insurance companies 18,971 22,561 22,561 Industrial, miscellaneous and all other 271,899 296,415 296,415 Nonredeemable preferred stocks 153,234 151,177 151,177 ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- Total Equity Securities 444,398 470,459 470,459 Mortgage loans on real estate: 4,535,550 4,535,550(1) Real estate: Investment properties 262,307 262,307 Acquired in satisfaction of debt 5,575 5,575 Policy loans 1,939,683 1,939,683 Derivative instruments 46,445 46,445 Other investments 507,386 507,386 ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- Total Investments $35,650,880 $36,113,078 |
(1) Investments deemed to have declines in value that are other than temporary are written down or reserved for to reduce the carrying value to their estimated realizable value.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION SCHEDULE II - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT BALANCE SHEETS Lincoln National Corporation (Parent Company Only) December 31 (000's omitted) 2001 2000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Assets: Investments in subsidiaries * $5,140,208 $5,198,438 Investments 592 81,175 Derivative instruments (2,806) -- Cash and invested cash ** 321,245 342,945 Property and equipment 2,678 2,696 Accrued investment income 514 649 Receivable from subsidiaries * 210,500 197,500 Loans to subsidiaries * 1,594,278 1,489,413 Federal income taxes recoverable 26,792 61,925 Other assets 129,806 64,155 -------------- ------------- Total Assets 7,423,807 7,438,896 Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Liabilities: Cash collateral on loaned securities 75,750 148,421 Dividends payable 59,565 57,914 Short-term debt 254,968 150,000 Long-term debt 861,730 712,207 Loans from subsidiaries * 875,870 1,265,778 Accrued expenses and other liabilities 250,820 153,889 -------------- ------------- Total Liabilities 2,378,703 2,488,209 Shareholders' Equity Series A preferred stock 762 857 Common stock 1,255,112 1,003,651 Retained earnings 3,834,427 3,915,598 Foreign currency translation adjustment (8,062) 21,930 Minimum pension liability adjustment (35,959) -- Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale and derivative instruments [excluding unrealized gain of subsidiaries: 2001-$218,380; 2000-$3,397] (1,176) 8,651 -------------- ------------- Total Shareholders' Equity 5,045,104 4,950,687 -------------- ------------- Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity $7,423,807 $7,438,896 * Eliminated in consolidation. ** Includes short-term funds invested on behalf of LNC's subsidiaries. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes of LNC on pages 77 through 127 of LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders which are incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Form 10-K. |
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION SCHEDULE II - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (Continued) STATEMENTS OF INCOME Lincoln National Corporation (Parent Company Only) Year Ended December 31 (000s omitted) 2001 2000 1999 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Revenue: Dividends from subsidiaries* $532,482 $474,318 $584,226 Interest from subsidiaries* 89,080 90,988 80,395 Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate -- -- 3,807 Net investment income 20,350 38,715 28,689 Realized gain on investments 18,275 20,898 13,311 Other 2,846 11,312 5,760 ------------ ------------ ---------------- Total Revenue 663,033 636,231 716,188 Expenses: Operating and administrative 19,401 7,743 15,090 Interest-subsidiaries* 17,848 31,804 23,820 Interest-other 116,312 130,817 117,941 ------------ ------------ ---------------- Total Expenses 153,561 170,364 156,851 ------------ ------------ ---------------- Income Before Federal Income Tax Benefit, Equity in Income of Subsidiaries, Less Dividends 509,472 465,867 559,337 Federal income tax benefit 13,258 19,853 16,899 ------------ ------------ ---------------- Income Before Equity in Income of Subsidiaries, Less Dividends 522,730 485,720 576,236 Equity in income of subsidiaries, less dividends 67,481 135,673 (115,882) ------------ ------------ ---------------- Net Income $590,211 $621,393 $460,354 |
* Eliminated in consolidation.
These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes of LNC on pages 77 through 127 of LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders which are incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION SCHEDULE II - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (Continued) STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS Lincoln National Corporation (Parent Company Only) Year Ended December 31 (000s omitted) 2000 1999 1998 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cash Flows from Operating Activities: Net Income $590,211 $621,393 $460,354 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Equity in income of subsidiaries less than (greater than) distributions* (67,481) (115,173) 103,060 Equity in undistributed earnings of unconsolidated affiliates -- -- (3,807) Realized gain on investments (18,275) (20,898) (13,311) Federal income taxes 65,501 17,822 19,623 Other 22,616 7,297 (23,004) ------------ ------------- ------------- Net Adjustments 2,361 (110,952) 82,561 ------------ ------------- ------------- Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 592,572 510,441 542,915 Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Net sales (purchases) of investments (56,058) 69,442 (113,449) Cash collateral on loaned securities (72,671) (38,027) 135,822 Increase in investment in subsidiaries* (19,900) (20,364) (75,242) Sale of (investment in) unconsolidated affiliate -- 3,517 (7,013) Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries 141,743 85,000 -- Net (purchase) sale of property and equipment (205) 225 1,620 Other 64,737 17,095 (62,092) ------------ ------------- ------------- Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities 57,646 116,888 (120,354) Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Decrease in long-term debt (includes payments and transfers to short-term debt) (99,968) -- -- Issuance of long-term debt 249,220 -- -- Net increase (decrease) in short-term debt 104,968 (122,451) 122,495 Increase in loans from subsidiaries* (389,909) (53,089) 27,153 Decrease in loans to subsidiaries* (104,865) (83,880) (100,505) Increase (decrease) in receivables from subsidiaries (13,000) 25,500 (69,700) Increase in Common Stock 225,254 -- -- Common stock issued for benefit plans 90,259 32,741 48,015 Retirement of Common Stock (503,750) (210,021) (377,719) Dividends paid to shareholders (230,127) (222,661) (218,435) ------------ ------------- ------------- Net Cash Used in Financing Activities (671,918) (633,861) (568,696) ------------ ------------- ------------- Net Decrease in Cash (21,700) (6,532) (146,135) Cash and Invested Cash at Beginning of the Year 342,945 349,477 495,612 ------------ ------------- ------------- Cash and Invested Cash at End-of-Year $321,245 $342,945 $349,477 |
* Eliminated in consolidation.
These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes of LNC on pages 77 through 127 of LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders which are incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION SCHEDULE III - SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E Column F -------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ -------------- Insurance Other Policy Deferred Policy and Claims and Acquisition Claim Unearned Benefits Premium Segment Costs Reserves Premiums Payable Revenue (1) ------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ -------------- Year Ended December 31, 2001 Annuities $912,819 $2,653,963 $-- $-- $646,422 Life Insurance 1,265,606 13,049,065 -- -- 969,341 Investment Management -- -- -- -- -- Lincoln UK 587,345 1,426,577 -- -- 214,801 Other (incl. consol. adj's.) 119,541 4,479,664 -- -- 1,417,479 ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ -------------- Total $2,885,311 $21,609,269 $-- $-- $3,248,043 Year Ended December 31, 2000 Annuities $812,465 $2,693,517 $-- $-- $734,426 Life Insurance 1,079,333 12,892,092 -- -- 950,692 Investment Management -- -- -- -- -- Lincoln UK 635,002 1,626,453 -- -- 357,798 Other (incl. consol. adj's.) 543,707 4,516,036 -- -- 1,431,637 ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ -------------- Total $3,070,507 $21,728,098 $-- $-- $3,474,553 Year Ended December 31, 1999 Annuities $848,062 $2,662,945 $-- $-- $639,322 Life Insurance 864,372 12,326,467 -- -- 912,597 Investment Management -- -- -- -- -- Lincoln UK 679,709 1,642,891 -- -- 354,525 Other (incl. consol. adj's.) 408,147 4,292,465 -- -- 1,512,676 ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ -------------- Total $2,800,290 $20,924,768 $-- $-- $3,419,120 |
(1) Includes insurance fees on universal life and other interest-sensitive products.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION SCHEDULE III - SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION (Continued) Column G Column H Column I Column J Column K Column L -------- -------------- ------------- ---------------- -------------- -------------- Amortization of Net Deferred Policy Other Investment Acquisition Operating Premiums Segment Income (2) Benefits Costs Expenses (2) Written ------- -------------- ------------- ---------------- -------------- -------------- Year Ended December 31, 2001 Annuities $1,369,961 $1,127,747 $131,991 $395,714 $-- Life Insurance 910,166 1,066,968 95,008 308,816 -- Investment Management 53,573 -- -- 414,650 -- Lincoln UK 64,787 83,397 31,608 116,673 -- Other (incl. consol. adj's.) 281,130 1,131,628 111,404 600,895 -- -------------- ------------- ---------------- -------------- -------------- Total $2,679,617 $3,409,740 $370,011 $1,836,748 $-- Year Ended December 31, 2000 Annuities $1,393,512 $1,120,791 $87,962 $486,945 $-- Life Insurance 871,453 1,017,816 121,583 286,944 -- Investment Management 57,742 -- -- 432,068 -- Lincoln UK 70,258 178,545 70,336 213,100 -- Other (incl. consol. adj's.) 354,153 1,240,008 60,224 698,894 -- -------------- ------------- ---------------- -------------- -------------- Total $2,747,118 $3,557,160 $340,105 $2,117,951 $-- Year Ended December 31, 1999 Annuities $1,474,173 $1,184,285 $87,477 $475,344 $-- Life Insurance 840,133 1,005,812 97,232 325,180 -- Investment Management 56,884 -- -- 412,991 -- Lincoln UK 75,257 306,221 73,316 167,136 -- Other (incl. consol. adj's.) 361,065 1,308,706 44,024 746,012 -- -------------- ------------- ---------------- -------------- -------------- Total $2,807,512 $3,805,024 $302,049 $2,126,663 $-- |
(2) The allocation of expenses between investments and other operations are based on a number of assumptions and estimates. Results would change if different methods were applied.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION SCHEDULE IV - REINSURANCE Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E Column F -------- -------------- ------------- ---------------- -------------- -------------- Percentage Ceded Assumed of Amount Gross to Other from Other Assumed Description Amount Companies Companies Net Amount to Net ----------- -------------- ------------- ---------------- -------------- -------------- (000s omitted) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Year Ended December 31, 2001 Individual life insurance in-force $255,700,000 $586,500,000 $396,200,000 $ 65,400,000 605.8% Premiums: Life insurance and annuities (1) $2,552,962 $679,630 $1,034,131 $2,907,463 35.6% Health insurance 263,607 346,489 423,462 340,580 124.3% -------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- Total $2,816,569 $1,026,119 $1,457,593 $3,248,043 Year Ended December 31, 2000 Individual life insurance in-force $241,000,000 $191,500,000 $396,100,000 $445,600,000 88.9% Premiums: Life insurance and annuities (1) $2,583,403 $453,537 $934,913 $3,064,779 30.5% Health insurance 151,204 106,328 364,898 409,774 89.0% -------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- Total $2,734,607 $559,865 $1,299,811 $3,474,553 Year Ended December 31, 1999 Individual life insurance in-force $221,300,000 $171,100,000 $295,300,000 $345,500,000 85.5% Premiums: Life insurance and annuities (1) $2,363,373 $458,798 $816,046 $2,720,621 30.0% Health insurance 167,489 162,202 693,212 698,499 99.2% -------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- Total $2,530,862 $621,000 $1,509,258 $3,419,120 |
(1) Includes insurance fees on universal life and other interest-sensitive products.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION SCHEDULE V - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E -------- ------------- ----------------------------------- -------------- ------------- Additions Charged to Balance at Charged to Other Balance Beginning Costs Accounts- Deductions- at End Description of Period Expenses (1) Describe Describe (2) of Period -------------- ------------ ---------------- ------------ ------------- ------------- (000s omitted) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Year Ended December 31, 2001 Deducted from Asset Accounts: Reserve for Mortgage Loans on Real Estate $4,907 $736 $-- $(3,432) $2,211 Included in Other Liabilities: Investment Guarantees 323 -- -- -- 323 Year Ended December 31, 2000 Deducted from Asset Accounts: Reserve for Mortgage Loans on Real Estate $4,691 $1,830 $-- $(1,614) $4,907 Included in Other Liabilities: Investment Guarantees 323 -- -- -- 323 Year Ended December 31, 1999 Deducted from Asset Accounts: Reserve for Mortgage Loans on Real Estate $4,794 $807 $-- $(910) $4,691 Included in Other Liabilities: Investment Guarantees 323 -- -- -- 323 (1) Excludes charges for the direct write-off of assets. (2) Deductions reflect sales or foreclosures of the underlying holdings. |
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EXHIBIT INDEX FOR THE ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2000
Exhibit Number Page ------- ------ 3(a) Articles of Incorporation dated as of May 12, 1994. 29 3(b) Bylaws of LNC as last amended February 18, 2002. 79 4(a) Indenture of LNC dated as of January 15, 1987.* 4(b) LNC First Supplemental Indenture dated July 1, 1992, to Indenture of LNC dated as of January 15, 1987. 90 4(c) Specimen Notes for 7 1/8% Notes due July 15, 1999 and 7 5/8% Notes due July 15, 2002. 95 4(d) Rights Agreement dated November 14, 1996. 113 4(e) Indenture of LNC dated as of September 15, 1994.* 4(f) Form of Note dated as of September 15, 1994. 156 4(g) Form of Zero Coupon Security dated as of September 15, 1994. 162 4(h) Specimen Debenture for 9 1/8% Notes due October 1, 2024.* 4(i) Specimen of 7 1/4% Debenture due May 15, 2005.* 4(j) Junior Subordinated Indenture of LNC as of May 1, 1996. 167 4(k) Guarantee Agreement for Lincoln National Capital II. 238 4(l) Form of Lincoln National Capital II Preferred Securities, Series B. 258 4(m) Declaration of Trust for Lincoln National Capital I and Lincoln Capital II.* 4(n) Specimen Notes for 6 1/2% Notes due March 15, 2008.* 4(o) Specimen Notes for 7% Notes due March 15, 2018.* 4(p) Trust Agreement for Lincoln National Capital III.* 4(q) Form of Lincoln National Capital III Preferred Securities, Series C.* 4(r) Guarantee Agreement for Lincoln National Capital III.* 4(s) Trust Agreement for Lincoln National Capital IV.* 4(t) Guarantee Agreement for Lincoln National Capital IV.* 4(u) Purchase Contract Agreement for Lincoln National Capital IV.* 4(v) Pledge Agreement for Lincoln National Capital IV.* 10(a) LNC 1986 Stock Option Plan. 261 10(b) Salary Continuation Plan for Executives of Lincoln National Corporation and Affiliates. 275 10(c) LNC Executives' Severance Benefit Plan. 282 10(d) The LNC Outside Directors Retirement Plan. 309 10(e) LNC Directors' Value Sharing Plan. 310 10(f) The LNC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees. 319 10(g) LNC 1993 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors. 342 10(h) Lincoln National Corporation Executives' Excess Compensation Pension Benefit Plan. 350 10(i) First Amendment to LNC Executives' Excess Compensation Benefit Plan dated December 22, 1999.* 10(j) LNC 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan as amended. 354 10(k) Lease and Agreement LNL home office property.* 10(l) Form of Lease-LNC's Corporate Offices dated March 14, 1999.* 10(m) Lease and Agreement-additional LNL headquarter property. 371 10(n) Form of Delaware's Lease and Agreement for One Commerce Square Property.* 10(o) Form of Delaware's Sublease for Two Commerce Square Property.* 10(p) Form of Delaware's Consent to Sublease for Philadelphia Plaza II Property.* 12 Historical Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. 422 13 Portions of LNC's Annual Report to Shareholders that are expressly incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K. Other sections of the Annual Report furnished for the information of the Commission are not deemed "filed" as part of this Form 10-K. 423 21 List of Subsidiaries. 518 23 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors. 537 |
* Incorporated by reference
Signature Page
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Pursuant to the requirements
of Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of By /s/ Jon A. Boscia March 14, 2002 1934, LNC has duly caused ------------------------------------------- this report to be signed on Jon A. Boscia its behalf by the under- (President, Chief Executive Officer signed, thereunto duly and Director) authorized. By /s/ Richard C. Vaughan March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- Richard C. Vaughan (Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer) By /s/ Casey J. Trumble March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- Casey J. Trumble (Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer) Pursuant to the requirements By /s/ J. Patrick Barrett March 14, 2002 of the Securities Exchange ------------------------------------------- Act of 1934, this report J. Patrick Barrett has been signed below by the following Directors By /s/ Thomas D. Bell, Jr. March 14, 2002 of LNC on the date indicated. ------------------------------------------- Thomas D. Bell, Jr By /s/ Jenne K. Britell, Ph.D. March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- Jenne K. Britell, Ph.D. By /s/ John G. Drosdick March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- John G. Drosdick By /s/ Eric G. Johnson March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- Eric G. Johnson By /s/ M. Leanne Lachman March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- M. Leanne Lachman By /s/ Michael F. Mee March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- Michael F. Mee By /s/ John M. Pietruski March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- John M. Pietruski By /s/ Ron J. Ponder, Ph.D. March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- Ron J. Ponder, Ph.D. By /s/ Jill S. Ruckelshaus March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- Jill S. Ruckelshaus By /s/ Glenn F. Tilton March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- Glenn F. Tilton By /s/ Gilbert R. Whitaker, Jr., Ph.D. March 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------- Gilbert R. Whitaker, Jr., Ph.D. |
Exhibit 3(a)
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Filed and Approved in Indiana January 5, 1968; Last Amended May 12, 1994)
ARTICLE I
Name
The name of the Corporation is Lincoln National Corporation.
ARTICLE II
Purpose
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Indiana Business Corporation Law. (Amended May 28, 1987)
ARTICLE III
Term of Existence
The period during which the Corporation shall continue is perpetual.
ARTICLE IV
Registered Office and Registered Agent
The address of the Corporation's registered office in Indiana is Circle Tower, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204, and the name of the Corporation's registered agent at that office is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc. (Last amended May 28, 1987)
ARTICLE V
Number, Terms and Voting Rights of Shares
Section 1. Number and Classes of Shares. The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is eight hundred ten million (810,000,000) shares, consisting of eight hundred million (800,000,000) shares of a single class of shares to be known as Common Stock, and ten million (10,000,000) shares of a single class of shares to be known as Preferred Stock. (Last amended May 12, 1994)
Section 2. Terms of Common Stock. Only when all dividends accrued on all preferred or special classes of shares entitled to preferential dividends shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment, but not otherwise, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when and as declared by the Board of Directors. In event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled, after due payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and the amounts to which the holders of preferred or special classes of shares may be entitled, to share ratably in the remaining net assets of the Corporation. (Last amended May 10, 1988)
Section 3. Voting Rights of Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided by law, every holder of Common Stock of the Corporation shall have the right at every shareholders' meeting to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation on the date established by the Board of Directors as the record date for determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting. (Amended May 28, 1969)
Section 4. Terms of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors shall have authority to determine and state in the manner provided by law the rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions (other than voting rights) of the Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series for such an amount of consideration as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors shall have authority to determine and state in the manner provided by law the designations and the relative rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions (other than voting rights) of each series. (Last amended May 10, 1988)
Section 5. Voting Rights of Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided by law, every holder of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall have the right at every shareholders' meeting to one vote for each share of Preferred Stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation on the date established by the Board of Directors as the record date for determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting.
At any time when six or more quarterly dividends, whether or not consecutive, on the Preferred Stock, or on any one or more series thereof, shall be in default, the holders of all Preferred Stock at the time or times outstanding as to which such default shall exist shall be entitled, at the next annual meeting of shareholders, voting as a class, to vote for and elect two Directors of the Corporation.
In the case of any vacancy in the office of a Director occurring among the Directors elected by the holders of the shares of the Preferred Stock voting as a class pursuant to this Section, the remaining Director or Directors elected by the holders of the shares of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section may elect a successor or successors to hold office until the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders.
At all meetings of shareholders held for the purpose of electing Directors during such time as the holders of the shares of the Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting as a class, to elect Directors pursuant to this Section, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock then entitled, as a class, to elect Directors pursuant to this Section shall be required to constitute a quorum of such class for the election of Directors; provided, that the absence of a quorum of the holders of Preferred Stock shall not prevent the election at any such meeting or adjournment thereof of Directors by any other class or classes of stock if the necessary quorum of the holders of such stock is present in person or by proxy at such meeting.
The right of the holders of Preferred Stock, voting as a class, to participate in the election of Directors pursuant to this Section shall continue in effect, in the case of all Preferred Stock entitled to receive cumulative dividends, until all accumulated and unpaid dividends have been paid or declared and set apart for payment on all cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of which shall have been entitled to vote at the previous annual meeting of shareholders, or in the case of all non-cumulative Preferred Stock until non-cumulative dividends have been paid or declared and set apart for payment for four consecutive quarterly dividend periods on all non-cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of which shall have been entitled to vote at the previous annual meeting of shareholders, and thereafter the right of the holders of Preferred Stock, voting as a class, to participate in the election of Directors pursuant to this Section shall terminate.
Upon termination of the right of the holders of Preferred Stock, voting as a class, to participate in the election of Directors pursuant to this Section, the term of office of each Director then in office elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock shall terminate, and any vacancy so created may be filled as provided by the bylaws of the Corporation.
Any Director or Directors elected by the holders of Preferred Stock,
voting as a class pursuant to this Section, may be removed, with or
without cause, only by a vote of the holders of three-fourths of the
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock taken at a meeting as provided by
Section 4 of Article VII of these Articles of Incorporation.
The Corporation shall not, without the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a class:
(a) Amend these Articles of Incorporation to create or authorize any kind of stock ranking prior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock with respect to payment of dividends or distribution on dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or create or authorize any security convertible into shares of stock of any such kind; or
(b) Amend, alter, change or repeal any of the express terms of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, then outstanding in a manner prejudicial to the holders thereof; provided, that if any such amendment, alteration, change or repeal would be prejudicial to the holders of one or more, but not all, of the series of the Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, only such consent of the holders of two-thirds of the total number of outstanding shares of all series so affected shall be required, unless a different or greater vote shall be required by law; or
(c) Authorize the voluntary dissolution of the Corporation or any revocation of dissolution proceedings theretofore approved, authorize the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property of the Corporation, or approve any limitation of the term of existence of the Corporation; or
(d) Merge or consolidate with another corporation in such manner that the Corporation does not survive as a continuing entity, if thereby the rights, preferences, or powers of the Preferred Stock would be adversely affected, or if there would thereupon be authorized or outstanding securities which the Corporation, if it owned all of the properties then owned by the resulting corporation, could not create without the approval of the holders of the Preferred Stock.
(Last amended May 10, 1988)
Section 6. Class Voting. The holders of the outstanding shares of a class, or of any series thereof, shall not be entitled to vote as a class except as shall be expressly provided by this Article or by law. (Amended May 28, 1969)
ARTICLE VI
Initial Stated Capital
The Corporation will not commence business until consideration of the value of at least One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) has been received for the issuance of shares.
ARTICLE VII
Directors
Section 1. Number. The Initial Board of Directors shall be composed of thirteen members. The number of Directors may from time to time be fixed by the bylaws of the Corporation at any number not less than three. In the absence of a bylaw fixing the number of Directors, the number shall be thirteen.
Section 2. Qualifications. Directors need not be shareholders of the Corporation, but shall have other qualifications as the bylaws of the Corporation prescribe.
Section 3. Classification. When the Board of Directors consists of nine or more members, the bylaws of the Corporation may provide that the Directors shall be divided into two or more classes whose terms of office shall expire at different times, but no term shall continue longer than three years.
Section 4. Removal. Any or all of the members of the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose by a vote of the holders of three-fourths of the shares of the Corporation outstanding and then entitled to vote at an election of Directors.
Section 5. Amendment, Repeal, etc. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least three-fourths of the shares of the Corporation outstanding and then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, voting together and not by class, shall be required to alter, amend, repeal, or adopt provisions inconsistent with, this Article VII of these Articles of Incorporation. (Added May 30, 1985)
ARTICLE VIII
Initial Board of Directors
The names and post-office addresses of the first Board of Directors of the Corporation are as follows:
Name Number and Street City State Zip Code Edward D. Auer .......... The Lincoln National Life Insurance Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 Company 1301 South Harrison Street Wallis B. Dunckel ....... Bankers Trust Company New York New York 10015 P.O. Box 318 Robert A. Efroymson... Real Silk Hosiery Mills, Inc. Indianapolis Indiana 46204 611 North Park Avenue William B. F. Hall ........ 2000 Lincoln Bank Tower Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 A. J. Hettinger, Jr. ....... Lazard Freres & Co. New York New York 10005 44 Wall Street James F. Keenan ....... Keenan Hotel Co., Inc. Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 1006 South Harrison Street William T. McKay ........ 1423 East California Road Fort Wayne Indiana 46805 Walter O. Menge ......... The Lincoln National Life Insurance Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 Company 1301 South Harrison Street Henry W. Persons ....... The Lincoln National Life Insurance Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 Company 1301 South Harrison Street Henry F. Rood ............. The Lincoln National Life Insurance Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 Company 1301 South Harrison Street Ronald G. Stagg .......... The Lincoln National Life Insurance Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 Company 1301 South Harrison Street Harold A. MacKinnon .. 1391 Ruffner Road Schenectady New York 12309 Thomas A. Watson ..... The Lincoln National Life Insurance Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 Company 1301 South Harrison Street |
ARTICLE IX
Incorporators
Section 1. Names and Post-Office Addresses. The names and post-office addresses of the incorporators of the Corporation are as follows:
Name Number and Street City State Zip Code ---- ----------------- ---- ----- -------- Henry F. Rood ............ 1301 South Harrison Street Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 Gordon C. Reeves ...... 1301 South Harrison Street Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 Jack D. Hunter ............ 1301 South Harrison Street Fort Wayne Indiana 46801 |
Section 2. Age. All of such incorporators are of lawful age.
ARTICLE X
Provisions for Regulation of Business and
Conduct of Affairs of Corporation
No shares of the Common Stock of The Lincoln National Life Insurance
Company owned by the Corporation shall be sold, leased, exchanged,
mortgaged, pledged, or otherwise disposed of except by the vote of
the holders of three-fourths of the shares of the Corporation
outstanding and entitled to vote thereon at an annual or special meeting
of the shareholders held upon notice which includes notice of the
proposed sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, or other disposition.
(Last amended May 28, 1987)
ARTICLE XI
Provisions for Certain Business Combinations
Section 1. Vote Required.
Clause(a). Higer Vote for Certain Business Combinations. In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or these Articles of Incorporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2 of this Article XI:
1. any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (A) any Interested Shareholder (as hereinafter defined), or (B) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Shareholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Shareholder; or
2. any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder of any assets, of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $1,000,000 or more; or
3. the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $1,000,000 or more; or
4. the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder; or
5. any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Shareholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder; shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least three-fourths of the shares of the Corporation outstanding and then entitled to vote at an election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), voting together and not by class (it being understood that for purposes of this Article XI, each share of the Voting Stock shall have the number of votes granted to it pursuant to Article V of these Articles of Incorporation). Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.
Clause (b). Definition of "Business Combination". The term "Business Combination" as used in this Article XI shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of paragraphs 1 through 5 of Clause (a) of this Section 1.
Section 2. When Higher Vote is Not Required. The provisions of Section 1 of this Article XI shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, if all of the conditions specified in either of the following Clauses (a) and (b) are met:
Clause (a). Approval by Continuing Directors. The Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined).
Clause (b). Price and Procedure Requirements. All of the following conditions shall have been met:
1. The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined), as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination, of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to the higher of the following:
A. the Highest Per Share Price paid by the Interested Shareholder for any shares of Common Stock acquired by it (i) within the two-year period immediately prior to the first public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination (the "Announcement Date") or (ii) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher; and
B. the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (such latter date is referred to in this Article XI as the "Determination Date"), whichever is higher.
2. The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value, as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination, of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any other class of outstanding Voting Stock shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (it being intended that the requirements of this Clause (b)2 shall be required to be met with respect to every class of outstanding Voting Stock whether or not the Interested Shareholder has previously acquired any shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):
A. the Highest Per Share Price paid by the Interested Shareholder for any shares of such class of Voting Stock acquired by it (i) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or (ii) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher;
B. the highest preferential amount per share to which the holders of shares of such class of Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; and
C. the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher.
3. The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class of outstanding Voting Stock (including Common Stock) shall be in cash or in the same form as the Interested Shareholder has previously paid for shares of such class of Voting Stock. If the Interested Shareholder has paid for shares of any class of Voting Stock with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration for such class of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class of Voting Stock previously acquired by it.
4. After such Interested Shareholder has become an Interested
Shareholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination:
(A) except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, there
shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date
therefor any full periodic dividends (whether or not cumulative) on the
outstanding Preferred Stock, No Par Value; (B) there shall have been
(i) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Stock
(except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock),
except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, and
(ii) an increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect
any reclassification (including any reverse stock split),
recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which has the
effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock,
unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is approved by a
majority of the Continuing Directors; and (C) such Interested Shareholder
shall not have become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of
Voting Stock except as part of the transaction which results in such
Interested Shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder.
5. After such Interested Shareholder has become an Interested Shareholder, such Interested Shareholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation (or any Subsidiary of the Corporation), whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.
6. A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall have been mailed to shareholders of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement was required to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).
Section 3. Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Article XI:
Clause (a). A "person" shall include any individual, firm, corporation or other entity. When two or more persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, or other group for the purpose of acquiring Voting Stock of the Corporation, such partnership, syndicate or group shall be deemed a "person".
Clause (b). "Interested Shareholder" shall mean any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which:
1. is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or
2. is an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or
3. is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by any Interested Shareholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.
Clause (c). A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:
1. which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates (as hereinafter defined) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or
2. which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or
3. which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock.
Clause (d). For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder pursuant to Clause (b) of this Section 3, the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of Clause (c) of this Section 3 but shall not include any other shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
Clause (e). "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on January 13, 1985.
Clause (f). "Subsidary" means any corporation of which a majority of any
class of equity securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the
Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the
definition of Interested Shareholder set forth in Clause (b) of this
Section 3, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation of
which a majority of each class of equity securities is owned, directly
or indirectly, by the Corporation.
Clause (g). "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") who is unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and was a member of the Board prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board.
Clause (h). "Fair Market Value" means:
1. in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange-Listed Stock, or if such stock is not quoted on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing sale price, or, if none, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value of a share of such stock as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in good faith, in any case with respect to any class of stock, appropriately adjusted for any dividend or distribution in shares of such stock or any stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or combination of outstanding shares of such stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of such stock; and
2. in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in good faith.
Clause (i). References to "Highest Per Share Price" shall in each case with respect to any class of stock reflect an appropriate adjustment for any dividend or distribution in shares of such stock or any stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or combination of outstanding shares of such stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of such stock.
Clause (j). In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation survives, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as used in Clauses (b)1 and 2 of Section 2 of this Article XI shall include the shares of Common Stock and/or the shares of any other class of outstanding Voting Stock owned by the holders of such shares.
Section 4. Powers of the Board of Directors. A majority of the Continuing Directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article XI, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, (a) whether a person is an Interested Shareholder, (b) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person, (c) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, and (d) whether the assets which are the subject of any Business Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair Market Value of $1,000,000 or more.
Section 5. No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested Shareholders. Nothing contained in this Article XI shall be construed to relieve any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary or other obligation imposed by law.
Section 6. Amendment, Repeal, etc. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, in these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of three-fourths or more of the voting power of the shares of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together and not by class, shall be required to alter, amend, repeal, or adopt provisions inconsistent with, this Article XI of these Articles of Incorporation.
(Article XI added May 30, 1985)
CERTIFICATE OF RESOLUTION BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS
DETERMINING AND STATING THE DESIGNATION AND THE
RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS (OTHER THAN VOTING RIGHTS)
OF A SERIES OF A CLASS OF PREFERRED SHARES
OF
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Filed and Approved in Indiana August 20, 1969; Amended May 24, 1988)
RESOLVED that, pursuant to the authority expressly granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation by the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, this Board of Directors hereby creates and authorizes the issue of, for the consideration stated, a series of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation, to consist of 2,233,421 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, and this Board of Directors hereby fixes the designation and the relative rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions (other than voting rights) of the shares of such series as follows:
Section 1. Designation.
1.1 The designation of the series of Preferred Stock created by this resolution shall be "$3.00 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A" (the "Series A Preferred Stock").
Section 2. Dividends.
2.1 The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available for the purpose, cash dividends at the rate of $3.00 per share per annum, and no more, payable $0.75 per share quarterly on the fifth day of March, June, September, and December of each year to such stockholders of record on the respective dates, not exceeding 50 days preceding such dividend dates, fixed for the purpose by the Board of Directors.
2.2. Dividends shall be cumulative on shares of the Series A Preferred Stock from and after dates determined as follows:
(a) if issued on or prior to the record date for the first dividend on such shares, then from and after the fifth day of March, June, September or December next preceding such record date;
(b) if issued during the period immediately after a record date for a dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock and ending on the payment date for such dividend, then from and after such dividend payment date; and
(c) if otherwise from and after the fifth day of March, June, September, or December next preceding the date of issue of such shares.
Accumulation of dividends shall not bear interest.
2.3 No dividends (other than dividends payable in Common Stock of the Corporation) shall be paid or declared on the Common Stock of the Corporation or on any other series of the Preferred Stock or on any other class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking as to dividends junior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, unless full dividends on all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods have been paid and unless full dividends on all such shares for the then current dividend period shall have been paid or declared.
Section 3. Preference in Liquidation.
3.1 In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all creditors of the Corporation, but before any distribution or payment shall be made in respect of the Common Stock or any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding up, an amount equal to $80 per share, plus an amount equal to all unpaid dividends thereon accrued on a daily basis to the date when funds for payment are made available to the holders; and no payment on account of liquidation, dissolution or winding up shall be made to the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other stock of the Corporation ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to assets, unless there shall likewise be paid at the same time to the holders of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock like proportionate distributive amounts ratably, in proportion to the full distributive amounts to which they are respectively entitled. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no rights in respect of the remaining assets of the Corporation.
3.2 Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations, nor the sale or transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of its assets, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 3.
Section 4. Redemption.
4.1 At any time or from time to time after October 31, 1974, (but not before such time) and so long as any dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are not in arrears, the Corporation at the option of its Board of Directors, shall have the right to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or from time to time in part, at a price equal to $80 per share plus an amount equal to all unpaid dividends thereon accrued on a daily basis to the date of redemption.
4.2 Notice of every redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to the date fixed for redemption, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective addresses as the same shall appear on the books of the Corporation. In the case of a redemption of a part only of the Series A Preferred Stock the Corporation shall select by lot the shares so to be redeemed.
4.3 If notice or redemption shall have been mailed as aforesaid, and if on or before the redemption date specified in such notice a sum equal to the redemption price of the shares so called for redemption shall have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares so called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, whether or not certificates for the shares so called for redemption shall have been surrendered for cancellation, such shares, from and after the date of redemption so designated, shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, the right to receive dividends thereon shall cease to accrue and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the redemption price.
4.4 The Corporation may, however, at any time prior to the redemption date specified in the notice of redemption but after such notice of redemption shall have been mailed as aforesaid, deposit in trust, for the account of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, with a bank or trust company in good standing organized under the laws of the United States of America or of the State of New York, or of the State of Illinois, doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, or in the City of Chicago, Illinois, having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $5,000,000, designated in such notice of redemption, a sum equal to the redemption price of such shares so called for redemption, and thereupon, whether or not certificates for the shares so called for redemption shall have been surrendered for cancellation (if such notice shall state that holders of the shares so called for redemption may receive their redemption price at any time after such deposit), all shares with respect to which such deposit shall have been made shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, the right to receive dividends thereon for any period after the date so fixed for redemption shall cease to accrue and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith upon such deposit in trust cease and terminate except only (a) the rights of the holders thereof to receive from such bank or trust company, at any time after the time of such deposit, the redemption price of such shares to be redeemed, or (b) the right to exercise, on or before the close of business on the third business day prior to the date fixed for redemption, the privileges of conversion. Any moneys so deposited by the Corporation which shall not be required for such redemption because of the exercise of any such right of conversion, shall be repaid to the Corporation forthwith. Any moneys so deposited by the Corporation and unclaimed at the end of six years from the date fixed for such redemption shall be repaid to the Corporation upon its request expressed in a resolution of its Board of Directors, after which repayment the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for the payment thereof.
4.5 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock so redeemed shall, after the Corporation takes appropriate steps required or permitted by the laws of Indiana, have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred
Stock, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue shall not be decreased by the redemption of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
4.6 Nothing in this Section 4 shall limit any legal right of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of the Preferred Stock at not exceeding the price at which the same may be redeemed at the option of the Corporation.
Section 5. Conversion Rights.
5.1 Subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 5, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the respective holder thereof, at the office of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, and at such other place or places, if any, as the Board of Directors may determine, into one fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock (the "Common Stock") of the Corporation. In case of the redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, such right of conversion shall terminate, as to the shares called for redemption, at the close of business on the third business day prior to the date fixed for redemption, unless default shall be made in the payment of the redemption price. Upon conversion the Corporation shall make no payment or adjustment on account of unpaid dividends accrued on the Series A Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion.
5.2 The Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock shall be Common Stock as constituted at the date of this resolution, except as otherwise provided in subdivision (b) of Section 5.5.
5.3 Before any holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into Common Stock, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such Series A Preferred Stock at the office of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, which certificate or certificates, if the Corporation shall so request, shall be duly endorsed to the Corporation or in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer to the Corporation or in blank, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at that office that he elects so to convert Series A Preferred Stock, and shall state in writing therein the name of or names in which he wishes the certificate or certificates for Common Stock to be issued. Every such notice of election to convert shall constitute a contract between the holder of such Series A Preferred Stock and the Corporation, whereby the holder of such Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed to subscribe for the amount of Common Stock which he shall be entitled to receive upon such conversion, and, in satisfaction of such subscription, to deposit the Series A Preferred Stock to be converted and to release the Corporation from all liability thereunder, and thereby the Corporation shall be deemed to agree that the surrender of the certificate or certificates for the Series A Preferred Stock and the extinguishment of liability thereon shall constitute full payment of such subscription for Common Stock to be issued upon such conversion.
5.4 As soon as practicable after such deposit of certificates for Series A Preferred Stock accompanied by the written notice and the statement above prescribed, the Corporation will issue and deliver at the office of the transfer agent to the person for whose account such Series A Preferred Stock was so surrendered, or to his nominee or nominees, certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid, together with a cash adjustment of any fraction of a share as herein stated, if not evenly convertible. Subject to the following provisions of this paragraph, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made as of the date of such surrender of the Series A Preferred Stock to be converted; and the person or persons entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Common Stock on such date. The Corporation shall not be required to convert, and no surrender of Series A Preferred Stock shall be effective for that purpose, while the stock transfer books of the Corporation are closed for any purpose; but the surrender of Series A Preferred Stock for conversion during any period while such books are so closed shall become effective for conversion immediately upon the re-opening of such books, as if the conversion had been made on the date such Series A Preferred Stock was surrendered.
5.5 The number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
(a) In case the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time
(1) declare a dividend payable in Common Stock,
(2) issue any shares of its Common Stock in subdivision of outstanding shares of Common Stock, by reclassification or otherwise, or
(3) make any combination of shares of Common Stock, by reclassification or otherwise,
the conversion rate shall be adjusted so that the holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon the conversion of such share the number of shares of the Corporation which he would have owned or have been entitled to receive after the happening of any of the events described above had such share been converted immediately prior to the happening of such event. Further such adjustments shall be made whenever any of the events listed above shall occur.
(b) In case of any capital reorganization or any reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation of in case of the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation, or in case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation of the assets of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, the holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have the right to convert such share into the kind and number of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, as the case may be, by a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible; and, in any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth with respect to rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth herein (including the specified adjustments) shall thereafter be applicable, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.
(c) In case the Corporation shall issue rights or warrants to the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than 95% of the "current market price" per share of Common Stock (as defined in Section 5.9) on the date at which a record is taken of the holders of such issuance, the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series A Preferred Stock was immediately theretofore convertible by a fraction, of which the numerator shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the time of the taking of such record plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription or purchase, and of which the denominator shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the time of the taking of such record plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares so offered would purchase at such current market price per share for such date.
(d) No adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock into which any share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 5% in the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series A Preferred Stock is then convertible; provided, however, that any adjustment which by reason of this subdivision (d) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 5.5 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be.
Whenever such an adjustment is to be made, the Corporation shall forthwith file with the transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, a statement signed by the President or one of the Vice Presidents of the Corporation and by its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, stating the adjustment to be made. Such statement shall show in detail the facts requiring such adjustment. Whenever such an adjustment is to be made, the Corporation will forthwith cause a notice stating the adjustment to be mailed to the respective holders of record of Series A Preferred Stock. Where appropriate, such notice may be given in advance and included as a part of a notice required to be mailed under the provisions of the following paragraph of this Section 5.5
In case at any time:
(i) the Corporation shall pay any dividend payable in stock upon its Common Stock or make any distribution (other than cash dividends) to the holders of its Common Stock; or
(ii) the Corporation shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or any other rights; or
(iii) the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation or the sale or conveyance of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation shall be proposed by the Corporation;
then in any one or more of those cases, the Corporation shall cause at least fifteen days' prior notice to be mailed to the transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock and the Common Stock and to the holders of record of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock of the date on which (x) the books of the Corporation shall close, or a record be taken for such stock dividend, distribution or subscription rights, or (y) such consolidation or merger or conveyance shall take place, as the case may be. Such notice shall also specify the date as of which holders of Common Stock of record shall participate in the dividend, distribution or subscription rights or shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, as the case may be, and shall specify the proposed transactions in reasonable detail.
5.6 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue shall not be decreased by the conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
5.7 The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number of shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock from time to time outstanding. The Corporation shall from time to time, in accordance with the laws of Indiana increase the authorized amount of its Common Stock if at any time the number of shares of Common Stock remaining unissued shall not be sufficient to permit the conversion of all the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock.
5.8 No fractions of shares of Common Stock will be issued upon conversion. In the event that because of any adjustments required to be made by Section 5.5 fractions of shares of Common Stock would be required to be issued upon conversion, the Corporation will, in lieu of issuing such fractions of shares, pay to the person otherwise entitled to such fractions the cash value of such fractions based upon the current market price (as defined in Section 5.9) per share of Common Stock on the day prior to that on which shares of Series A Preferred Stock are surrendered by such person for conversion.
5.9 The "current market price" per share of Common Stock as to any specified day shall be deemed to be the last reported sale price of the Common Stock for such day (or, if there is no sale on such day, the last bid quotation for the Common Stock) on the New York Stock Exchange (or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on a national securities exchange designated by the Corporation) or, if the Common Stock is not listed upon any national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock for such day as furnished by the trading department of any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to time by the Corporation for the purpose and deemed by it to be reliable. If an exchange was not open, or if the Common Stock was not traded on an exchange or elsewhere, on a day as of which the current market price is to be determined, the determination of price or quotation shall be made as of the last business day before such day.
5.10 The Corporation will pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant hereto. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the Series A Preferred Stock so converted was registered, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax, or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
5.11 The Corporation covenants that if any shares of Common Stock, required to be reserved for purposes of conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock hereunder, require registration with, or approval of, any governmental authority under any federal or state law or listing on any national securities exchange, before such shares may be issued upon conversion, the Corporation will in good faith and as expeditiously as possible take such action as may be necessary to secure such registration or approval or listing on the relevant national securities exchange, as the case may be.
Section 6. Consideration for Issue of Series A Preferred Stock.
6.1 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be issued in exchange for shares of common stock of Chicago Title and Trust Company pursuant to the terms of the Memorandum of Understanding between this Corporation and Chicago Title and Trust Company, which memorandum was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation at its special meeting of April 28, 1969. Pursuant to Section 4 of Article V of the Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors hereby fixes as the amount of consideration to be received by the Corporation for the issue of each share of Series A Preferred Stock, one share of common stock of Chicago Title and Trust Company.
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF THE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Filed and Approved in Indiana July 3, 1990)
The undersigned officer of LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION (hereinafter referred to as "Corporation") existing pursuant to the provisions of the Indiana Business Corporation Law, as amended (hereinafter referred to as the "Act"), desiring to give notice of corporate action effectuating amendment of its Articles of Incorporation, certifies to the following facts:
ARTICLE I
AMENDMENT
SECTION 1. The date of incorporation of the Corporation is January 5, 1968.
SECTION 2. The name of the Corporation is LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION.
SECTION 3. The text of the amendment, which determines and sets forth the designation and the relative rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions (other than voting rights) of the shares of a series of Preferred Stock, is as follows:
Section 1. Designation.
1.1 The designation of the series of Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation created by this amendment is the "5 1/2% Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series E", without par value (the "Series E Preferred Stock").
Section 2. Authorized Number of Shares
2.1 The number of authorized shares constituting the Series E Preferred Stock is 2,201,443 shares.
Section 3. Dividends.
3.1 The holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") out of assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 5 1/2% of the Liquidation Preference (specified in section 5.1 hereof) per share, and no more, payable quarterly on the 5th day of March, June, September and December in each year beginning on the first quarterly dividend payment date following the first date on which the Corporation shall issue any shares of the Series E Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock shall be cumulative from the first date on which the Corporation shall issue any shares of the Series E Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock shall be payable to holders of record as they appear on the stock record books of the Corporation on the dividend payment dates, provided that the Board or any duly authorized committee may in any case fix a record date, not more than 60 days nor less than 15 days before the dividend payment date, in which event the dividend shall be payable to the holders of record on such record date (whether or not such holders shall have exercised their rights of conversion after such record date). Dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
Holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, in respect of any dividend payment or payments on shares of Series E Preferred Stock which may be in arrears.
3.2 No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on shares of any series of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation for any period unless full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have been or shall contemporaneously be declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set apart for such payment for the current and all past dividend periods; provided, however, that there may be declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set apart for such payment full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock created by resolutions of the Board adopted on May 28, 1969 outstanding on the first date the Corporation issues any shares of Series E Preferred Stock and dividends pro rata, as provided in the next proviso, on all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock and of all series of Preferred Stock ranking on a parity with the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to dividends; and provided further that dividends may be declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set apart for such payment pro rata on all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock and all series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation ranking on a parity with the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to dividends so that the amounts of the dividends per share declared on the respective outstanding series of such Preferred Stock shall bear to each other the same ratios that the amounts of accumulated and unpaid dividends on such respective series shall bear to each other.
3.3 No dividend (other than a dividend payable in Common Stock of the Corporation or in any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the shares of Series E Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment, and no other distribution shall be declared or made, on shares of Common Stock of the Corporation or any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and no shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Series E Preferred Stock, of the Corporation and no other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to or on a parity with the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up (except Series F Preferred Stock contemplated in resolutions adopted by the Board on June 25, 1990) shall be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (and no moneys shall be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such shares) by the Corporation (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of Common Stock or other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up), unless, in each such case, full cumulative cash dividends on all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have been or shall contemporaneously be declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set apart for such payment for the current and all past dividend periods and unless, in the case of any such action after the twelfth anniversary of the first date on which shares of Series E Preferred Stock are issued, no shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be outstanding.
Section 4. Voting.
The holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall have the voting rights provided in Section 5 Article V of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.
Section 5. Liquidation Rights.
5.1 In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all creditors of the Corporation, but before any distribution or payment shall be made in respect of the Common Stock or any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series E Preferred Stock upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, an amount equal to $68.85 per share (the "Liquidation Preference"), plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to the distribution or payment date, but such holders shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution or payment in connection with any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation distributable among the holders of all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock and of any other shares of the Corporation ranking on a parity with the Series E Preferred Stock upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up shall be insufficient to permit the payment in full to all such holders of the preferential amounts to which they are entitled, then, the net assets so distributable shall be distributed among such holders ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.
5.2 Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations, nor the sale or transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of its assets, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 5.
Section 6. Redemption.
6.1 The Corporation may at its option at any time or from time to time
redeem, in whole or in part, any share of Series E Preferred Stock that,
at the time the notice of redemption thereof is given as provided in
Section 6.3 hereof, is not beneficially owned by the Dai-ichi Mutual Life
Insurance Company ("Dai-ichi") or any direct or indirect successor to all
or substantially all of Dai-ichi's business or by any corporation at
least 99% of whose outstanding voting securities is at the time owned
directly or indirectly by such Company or any such successor and which
agrees to be bound to the same obligations as to which Dai-ichi is bound
under that certain Investment Agreement, dated as of June 25, 1990,
at a redemption price per share, in cash, equal to the Liquidation
Preference plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid
dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to the redemption
date.
If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock
that are subject to redemption pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 6.1 are to be redeemed, the Board shall have complete discretion as
to which of such shares subject to redemption are to be redeemed.
6.2 On the twelfth anniversary of the first date on which shares of
Series E Preferred Stock are issued, the Corporation shall redeem (but
only out of assets of the Corporation legally available therefor and
subject to any applicable redemption or dividend limitations set forth
in Section 2.3 of the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and
Section 3(d) of the terms of the Series B, C and D Preferred Stocks, as
such terms are in effect at the date of this amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation, Section 9.3 of the Purchase Agreement, dated as of July
13, 1979, for the purchase of the Company's 9-3/4% Subordinated Notes due
1994, Section 8.6 of the $300,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement, dated
as of July 14, 1987, among the Company, Swiss Bank Corporation
International Limited, Swiss Bank Corporation, New York Branch, and
several financial institutions and Section 5.06 of the $200,000,000
Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 1987, among the
Company, certain financial institutions and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York) all shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding, at
a redemption price per share, in cash, equal to the Liquidation
Preference per share plus an amount equal to all accumulated and
unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to the
redemption date, provided, however, that this Section 6.2 shall not apply
to any shares in exchange for which the Corporation shall on such date
issue other securities pursuant to and in accordance with the
provisions of Section 7 hereof. In the event that on such twelfth
anniversary date the Corporation shall be unable, by reason of an
insufficiency of assets legally available therefor or by reason of the
redemption and dividend limitations referred to above, to redeem all
of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, the
Corporation shall redeem on such twelfth anniversary date under this
Section 6.2 such number of shares as it shall be able to redeem, pro
rata as nearly as practicable (without redemption of fractions of
shares) in proportion to the respective numbers of shares held by each
holder, and thereafter, if and to the extent assets shall at any time or
from time to time become legally available therefore and such
redemption and dividend limitations shall permit, the Corporation
shall as promptly as practicable redeem shares of Series E Preferred Stock,
pro rata as provided above, at such redemption price, plus an amount
equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not
earned or declared) to the redemption date.
6.3 In the event the Corporation shall elect or be obligated to redeem shares of Series E Preferred Stock, notice of such redemption shall be given by airmail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares to be redeemed, at such holder's address as the same shall appear on the stock record books of the Corporation. Each such notice shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by the holder are to be redeemed, the number of such holder's shares to be redeemed; (3) the redemption price; (4) the place or places in the States of Indiana or New York where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; (5) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on the redemption date specified in the notice; (6) the provision of this amendment to the Articles of Incorporation authorizing or requiring such redemptions; and (7) the then effective Conversion Price (as defined in Section 8.1 hereof), that until the close of business on the redemption date the holders may exercise their right to convert shares of Series E Preferred Stock being redeemed and that such right will terminate at the close of business on the redemption date.
6.4 From and after the redemption date specified in any such notice of redemption, unless default shall be made by the Corporation in providing monies at the time and place specified for payment of the redemption price pursuant to such notice, all dividends on the shares of Series E Preferred Stock thereby called for redemption shall cease to accumulate and all rights of the holders thereof as such holders, except the right to receive the redemption price upon surrender, shall cease and terminate.
6.5 The Corporation may, however, at any time prior to the redemption date specified in a duly given notice of redemption but after such notice of redemption shall have been mailed as aforesaid, deposit in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed, with a bank or trust company in good standing organized under the laws of the United States of America or of the State of New York, or of the State of Indiana, doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, or in the State of Indiana, having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $50,000,000, designated in such notice of redemption, an amount in cash equal to the redemption price of all such shares so called for redemption under arrangements providing irrevocably for payment to such holders, and thereupon, whether or not certificates for the shares so called for redemption shall have been surrendered for cancellation (if such notice shall state that holders of the shares so called for redemption may receive their redemption price at any time after such deposit), all shares with respect to which such deposit shall have been made shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, dividends thereon for any period after the date so fixed for redemption shall cease to accumulate and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith upon such deposit in trust cease and terminate except only (a) the rights of the holders thereof to receive from such bank or trust company, at any time after the time of such deposit, the redemption price of such shares to be redeemed, or (b) the right to exercise, on or before the close of business on the date fixed for redemption, the privileges of conversion. Any moneys so deposited by the Corporation which shall not be required for such redemption because of the exercise of any such right of conversion, shall be repaid to the Corporation forthwith. Any moneys so deposited by the Corporation and unclaimed at the end of six years from the date fixed for such redemption shall be repaid to the Corporation upon its request expressed in a resolution of its Board of Directors, after which repayment the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for the payment thereof.
6.6 Nothing in this Section 6 shall limit any legal right of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of the Series E Preferred Stock at not exceeding the price at which the same may be redeemed at the option of the Corporation.
Section 7. Exchange.
7.1 On the twelfth anniversary of the first date on which shares of Series E Preferred Stock are issued, the Corporation may, at its option, with respect to any shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding, other than any for which notice of redemption shall have previously been given, issue in exchange therefor either:
(1) a whole number of shares of a series of nonconvertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation, or
(2) a whole number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, or any combination of shares described in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) (and cash in lieu of fractional interests, if any), provided that the shares so issued shall (a) have on the date of issue an aggregate fair market value, as determined by an Independent Financial Firm (as defined hereinafter in this section 7.1) selected by the Board, equal to the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock for which such shares are to be issued in exchange, plus an amount equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series E Preferred Stock (whether or not earned or declared) to the exchange date; (b) be free of any transfer restriction and, if and to the extent necessary for public offering and resale, registered or qualified under the Federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and under such State securities laws as any holder may reasonably request (provided, that in connection with qualification under State securities laws the Corporation shall not be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction when it is not so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any State where it is not otherwise subject to taxation or general service of process); and (c) in the case of Common Stock, listed on each securities exchange, if any, upon which outstanding Common Stock is listed at the time of the exchange. The term "Independent Financial Firm," as of any time, shall mean an internationally recognized investment banking or investment advisory firm which does not at such time have a direct or indirect material interest in, or other direct or indirect material relationship with, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
7.2 In the event the Corporation shall elect to issue shares in
exchange pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, notice of such exchange shall be
given by airmail, postage prepaid, mailed not less that 30 nor more than 60
days prior to the exchange date, to each holder of record of the
shares of Series E Preferred Stock to be exchanged, at such holder's
address as the same shall appear on the stock record books of the
Corporation. Each such notice shall state: (1) the exchange date; (2)
the number and terms of the shares to be issued in exchange for shares
held by such holder; (3) the identity of the Independent Financial Firm
selected by the Board to determine fair market value as provided in
Section 7.1 hereof; (4) the place or places in the State of Indiana or
New York where certificates for the shares of Series E Preferred Stock
to be exchanged are to be surrendered for the shares to be issued in
exchange therefor; (5) that dividends on the shares of Series E Preferred
Stock to be exchanged will cease to accumulate on the exchange date; and
(6) the then effective Conversion Price (as defined in Section 8.1
hereof), that until the close of business on the exchange date the
holders may exercise the right to convert shares of Series E Preferred
Stock being exchanged and that such right shall terminate at the close of
business on the exchange date.
7.3 From and after the exchange date specified on any such notice of exchange, unless default shall be made by the Corporation in issuing the shares to be issued in the exchange, all dividends on the shares of Series E Preferred Stock to be exchanged as specified in the notice shall cease to accumulate and all rights of the holders thereof as such holders, except the right to receive the shares to be issued in the exchange, shall cease and terminate and the person or persons entitled to the shares to be issued in the exchange shall be treated for all purposes as the registered holder of the shares to be issued.
Section 8. Conversion.
8.1 Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Section 8, the holder of each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall have the right, at the holder's option, at any time (except that, if such share is called for redemption or exchange, not after the close of business on the date fixed for such redemption or exchange, unless default shall be made in the payment of the redemption price or the issuance of shares in the exchange) to convert such share into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/1,000th of a share) obtained by dividing the Liquidation Preference of such share being converted by the Conversion Price (as defined below) and by surrender of such share so to be converted, such surrender to be made in the manner provided in Section 8.2.
For the purposes of this Section 8, the term "Common Stock" shall include any stock of any class of the Corporation which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and which is not subject to redemption by the Corporation. However, shares issuable on conversion of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall include only shares of the class designated as Common Stock of the Corporation as of the date of this amendment to the Articles of Incorporation creating the Series E Preferred Stock, or shares of any class or classes resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and which are not subject to redemption by the Corporation; provided that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class then so issuable upon conversion shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications.
The term "Conversion Price" shall mean the Initial Conversion Price, as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8. The term "Initial Conversion Price" shall mean an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference. On the fifth anniversary of the first date on which shares of Series E Preferred Stock are issued, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be increased by 4-1/6% and on the eighth anniversary of such first date, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be increased by 4%.
8.2 In order to exercise the conversion privilege, the holder of each share of Series E Preferred Stock to be converted shall surrender the certificate representing such share at the office of the conversion agent for the Series E Preferred Stock in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, appointed for such purpose by the Corporation or, if no conversion agent has been appointed, to the Corporation at its offices at 1300 South Clinton, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46801 Attention: Treasurer (such conversion agent or Corporation, as the case may be, referred to herein as the "conversion agent"), with the Notice of Election to Convert on the back of said certificate completed and signed. Such notice shall be substantially in the following form:
"NOTICE OF ELECTION TO CONVERT
The undersigned, being a holder of the 5-1/2% Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series E (the "Series E Preferred Stock") of Lincoln National Corporation, irrevocably exercises the right to convert ------------- outstanding shares of Series E Preferred stock on --------------------, into shares of Common Stock of Lincoln National Corporation in accordance with the terms of the Series E Preferred Stock, and directs that the shares issuable and deliverable upon the conversion, together with any check in payment for fractional shares, be issued and delivered in the denominations indicated below to the registered holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If shares are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto.
Dated:
Fill in for registration of shares of Common Stock if to be issued otherwise than to registered holder:
------------------------------------- If fractional interests: Name TAX ID #----------------------- ------------------------------------- Address ------------------------------------- ------------------------------- (Please print name and address, including (Signature) postal code number) |
Denominations:----------------------"
Unless the shares issuable in conversion are to be issued in the same as the name in which such share of Series E Preferred Stock is registered, each share surrendered for conversion shall be accompanied by instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the holder or his duly authorized attorney and an amount sufficient to pay any transfer or similar tax. A payment shall be made on conversion for dividends accumulated on the Series E Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion but not for dividends on Common Stock delivered on such conversion. As promptly as practicable after the surrender of the certificates for shares of Series E Preferred Stock as aforesaid, the Corporation shall issue and shall deliver at such office to such holder, or on his written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion if such shares in accordance with provision of this Section 8, and any fractional interest in respect of a share of Common Stock arising upon such conversion shall be settled as provided in Section 8.3 hereof.
Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which the certificates for shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have been surrendered and such notice received by the Corporation as aforesaid, and the person or persons in whose name or names any certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the shares represented thereby at such time on such date and such conversion shall be at the Conversion Price in effect at such time on such date. All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversions of the Series E Preferred Stock shall upon delivery be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, free of all liens and charges and not subject to any preemptive rights.
8.3 No fractional shares or scrip representing fractions of shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Series E Preferred Stock. Instead of any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock which would otherwise be deliverable upon the conversion of a share of Series E Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall pay to the holder of such share an amount in cash (computed to the nearest one cent) equal to the Average Market Price of the Common Stock at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day of conversion. If more than one share shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate Conversion Price of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock so surrendered.
The term "Average Market Price" of any security on any date means the average of the daily closing prices of such security for a period of five consecutive trading days within the 10 days immediately preceding the day in question, which five consecutive trading days are selected by the Corporation provided, however, that if the "ex" date for any event (other than the event requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment pursuant to Section 8.4 occurs during the 10-trading day period in question and prior to the "ex" date for the event requiring computation, the closing price for each trading day prior to the "ex" date for such other event shall be adjusted by multiplying such closing price by the same fraction by which the Conversion Price is required to be adjusted pursuant to Section 8.4 as a result of such other event (and in the case of Section 8.4(a) the fraction that would result in the adjustment provided for therein). The closing price for each day shall be the last reported sales price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case on the New York Stock Exchange or, if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on such Exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on which such security is listed or admitted to trading on such Exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on which such security is listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations National Market System or, if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or quoted on such National Market System, the average of the closing bid and asked prices in the over-the-counter market as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to time by the issuer of such security for that purpose. For the purposes of this definition, the term "trading day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday, other than any day on which such security is not traded on such exchange or in such market. For the purposes of this definition, the term "`ex' date", (i) when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the closing price was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution and (ii) when used with respect to any subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular was on such exchange or in such market after the time at which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.
8.4 In addition to the increases in the Conversion Price set forth in the
Section 8.1 hereof, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to
time as follows:
(a) In case the Corporation shall hereafter (i) pay a dividend or make a distribution on the Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (iii) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the holder of any share of Series E Preferred Stock thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock which he would have been entitled to receive immediately following such action had such share been converted immediately prior thereto. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8.4(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date, in the case of a dividend or distribution, or immediately after the effective date, in the case of a subdivision or combination.
(b) In case the Corporation shall hereafter pay or make a dividend or
other distribution in shares of Common Stock on any class of capital
stock of the Corporation other than the Common Stock, the Conversion
Price in effect immediately after the record date mentioned in the
next sentence shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price
determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately
prior to the record date mentioned in the next sentence by a fraction of
which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding at the close of business on the record date mentioned in
the next sentence and the denominator shall be the sum of such number
of shares and the total number of shares constituting such dividend or
other distribution. Such reduction shall become effective immediately
after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled
to receive such dividend or other distribution. For the purposes of this
Section 8.4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time
outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the
Corporation but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip
certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock. The
Corporation shall not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares
of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Corporation.
(c) In case the Corporation shall hereafter issue rights or warrants to holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock generally entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the Average Market Price of the Common Stock (as defined in Section 8.3 hereof) on the record date mentioned in the next sentence (other than pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan of the Corporation or any substantially similar plan) the Conversion Price shall be reduced so that the same shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the record date mentioned in the next sentence by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the record date mentioned in the next sentence plus the number of shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares so offered for subscription or purchase would purchase at such Average Market Price, and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the record date mentioned in the next sentence plus the number of shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription of purchase. Such reduction shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants. For the purposes of this Section 8.4(c), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Corporation but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock. Rights or warrants issued or distributed by the Company to all holders of its Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock, which rights or warrants (x) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock, (y) are not exercisable and (z) are issued also in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, in each case in clauses (x) through (z) until the occurrence of a specified event or events ("Trigger Event"), shall for purposes of this Section 8.4 not be deemed issued or distributed until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event. Such rights or warrants are referred to herein as "Rights".
(d) In case the Corporation shall, by dividend or otherwise, hereafter
distribute to holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock
generally evidences of its indebtedness, any securities of the
Corporation, any rights or warrants to subscribe to securities of the
Corporation, cash or assets (excluding (i) any cash dividend paid from
retained earnings of the Corporation to the extent such dividends in any
calendar year do not in the aggregate exceed 150% of the aggregate regular
periodic cash dividends actually paid in the prior calendar year, (ii)
dividends or distributions payable in stock for which adjustment is
made pursuant to Section 8.4(a) or 8.4(b) hereof, (iii) rights or warrants
to subscribe to Common Stock for which adjustment is made pursuant to
Section 8.4(c) hereof, and (iv) pursuant to a consolidation, merger,
statutory exchange, sale or conveyance for which adjustment is made
pursuant to Section 8.11 hereof), then in each such case the Conversion
Price shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price determined
by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the
record date mentioned in the next sentence by a fraction (not equal
or less than zero) of which the numerator shall be the Average Market
Price of the Common Stock (as defined in Section 8.3 hereof) on the record
date mentioned in the next sentence less the fair market value (as
determined by the Board and Dai-ichi (or any direct or indirect
successor to all or substantially all of such Company's business)
jointly (if such Company or successor or any corporation at least 99% of
whose outstanding voting securities at the time outstanding is owned by
such Company or successor shall be a holder of any of the Series E
Preferred Stock) or an internationally recognized investment banking firm
selected by them if they are unable to reach agreement, or the Board in its
reasonable discretion whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced
by a board resolution filed with the conversion agent (if none of the
foregoing shall be a holder of Series E Preferred Stock) of the portion of
the evidences of indebtedness, securities, right or warrants, cash or
assets so distributed to the holder of one share of Common Stock, and of
which the denominator shall be such Average Market Price of the Common
Stock. Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the
record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive
such distribution. Such determination of fair market value shall be set
forth in a statement filed with the conversion agent by the Corporation as
soon as practicable.
(e) The reclassification (including any reclassification upon a merger in
which the Corporation is the continuing corporation but excluding
a reclassification upon a consolidation, merger, statutory exchange,
sale or conveyance as to which Section 8.11 applies) of Common Stock
into securities including other than Common Stock shall be deemed to
involve (i) a distribution of such securities other than Common Stock to
all holders of Common Stock and the effective date of such
reclassification shall be deemed to be "the record date for the
determination of shareholders entitled to receive such
distribution" within the meaning of Section 8.4(d) hereof, and
(ii) a subdivision or combination, as the case may be, of the number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such
reclassification into the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately thereafter and the effective date of such reclassification
shall be deemed to be "the day upon which such subdivision becomes
effective" or "the day upon which such combination becomes
effective," as the case may be.
(f) In any case in which this Section 8 shall require that an adjustment be made immediately following a record date or an effective date, the Corporation may elect to defer (but only until five business days following the prompt filing by the Corporation with the conversion agent of the certificate of independent accountants required by Section 8.4(h) hereof) issuing to the holder of any share of Series E Preferred Stock converted after such record date or effective date the additional shares of Common Stock or other capital stock issuable upon such conversion over and above the shares of Common Stock or other capital stock issuable upon such conversion on the basis of the Conversion Price prior to adjustment, and paying to such holder any amount of cash in lieu of a fractional share.
(g) All calculations under this Section 8 shall be made to the nearest one cent or to the nearest 1/1,000th of a share, as the case may be. Anything in this Section 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall be entitled to make such reduction in the Conversion Price, in addition to those required by this Section 8, as it considers to be advisable in order that any stock dividend, subdivision of shares, distribution of rights to purchase stock or securities, or distribution of securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock hereafter made by the Corporation to its shareholders shall not be taxable to the recipients.
(h) Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted as herein provided, (A) the Corporation shall promptly obtain and file with the conversion agent a certificate of a firm of independent public accountants (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Corporation) setting forth the Conversion Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and the manner of computing the same, and (B) a notice stating that the Conversion Price has been adjusted and setting forth that the adjusted Conversion Price shall forthwith be airmailed by the Corporation to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock at their addresses as shown on the stock record books of the Corporation.
(i) In the event that at any time as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8, the holder of any share of Series E Preferred Stock thereafter surrendered for conversion shall become entitled to receive any shares of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, thereafter the Conversion Price of such other shares so receivable upon conversion of any share shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to Common Stock contained in this Section 8.
(j) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event the Corporation shall declare any dividend or distribution requiring an adjustment in the Conversion Price hereunder and shall, thereafter and before the payment of such dividend or distribution to shareholders, legally abandon its plan to pay such dividend or distribution, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder, if changed to reflect such dividend or distribution, shall be changed to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect immediately after the date of such abandonment had such dividend or distribution never been declared. Such change shall become effective immediately after the date of such abandonment.
(k) No adjustment (except pursuant to Section 8.4(a)) in the Conversion Price need be made unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 2% in the Conversion Price provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this subsection (k) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment, and provided further, that adjustment shall be required and made in accordance with the provisions hereof not later than such time as may be required in order to preserve the tax-free nature of a distribution to the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock.
8.5 In case:
(i) the Corporation shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on its Common Stock other than a cash dividend payable in cash out of its retained earnings for which adjustment under Section 8.4(d) is not required; or
(ii) the Corporation shall authorize the granting to the holders of the Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or of any other rights; or
(iii) there shall be any capital stock reorganization or reclassification of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination of the outstanding Common Stock and other than a change in the par value of the Common Stock), or any consolidation or merger to which the Corporation is a party or any statutory exchange of securities with another corporation, or any sale or transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, in each case which is to be effected in such a way that holders of the Common Stock will be entitled to receive stock, securities, cash or other property with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock; or
(iv) there shall be a voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation; then the Corporation shall cause to be filed with the conversion agent, and shall cause to be airmailed to the holders of shares of the Series E Preferred Stock at their addresses as shown on the stock record books of the Corporation, at least 15 days (or 10 days in any case specified in clause (i) or (ii) above) prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, rights or warrants, or, is a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution, rights or warrants are to be determined, or (B) the date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
8.6 The Corporation covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of the aggregate of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its issued shares of Common Stock held in its treasury, or both, for the purpose of effecting conversions of the Series E Preferred Stock, the full number of shares of Common Stock, deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock not theretofore converted. For purposes of this Section 8.6, the number of shares of Common Stock which shall be deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single holder.
8.7 Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value (if any) of the shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock, at such adjusted Conversion Price.
8.8 The Corporation shall use its best efforts to list the shares of Common Stock required to be delivered upon conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock prior to such delivery upon each securities exchange, if any, upon which the outstanding Common Stock is listed at the time of such delivery.
8.9 Prior to the delivery of any securities which the Corporation shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to comply with all Federal and state laws and regulations thereunder requiring the registration of such securities with, or any approval of or consent to the delivery thereof by, any governmental authority.
8.10 The Corporation shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversions of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the holder of the Series E Preferred Stock to be converted and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue or delivery has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
8.11 In case of any consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is a party (other than a merger in which the Corporation is the continuing corporation), or in case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation of the property of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirely, or in the case of any statutory exchange of securities with another corporation (including any exchange effected in connection with a merger of a third corporation into the Corporation), in each case effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, cash or other property with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, the holder of each share of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have the right thereafter to convert such share into the kind and amount of stock, securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series E Preferred Stock might have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance, assuming such holder of Common Stock failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale, or conveyance (provided, that if the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance is not the same for each share of Common Stock in respect of which such rights of election shall not have been exercised ("non-electing share"), then for the purpose of this Section 8.11 the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance for each non-electing share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the non-electing shares). Thereafter, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to appropriate adjustments with respect to their conversion rights to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 8.11 shall correspondingly be made applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be, in relation to any shares of stock or other securities or property thereafter deliverable on the conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock. Any such adjustment shall be approved by a firm of independent public accountants (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Corporation), evidenced by a certificate to that effect delivered to the conversion agent. The foregoing provisions of this Section 8.11 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers, statutory exchanges, sales or conveyances.
8.12 Notwithstanding Section 8.4(c) and (d) hereof, no adjustments to the Conversion Price by reason of any issuance or distribution or any Rights shall be made if either (i) the Corporation had made proper provision so that each holder of shares of Series E Preferred Stock who converts such shares into shares of Common Stock after the record date for such distribution and prior to the expiration or redemption of the Rights shall be entitled to receive upon such conversion, in addition to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, a number of Rights to be determined as follows: (A) if such conversion occurs on or prior to the date for the distribution to the holders of Rights of separate certificates evidencing such Rights ("Distribution Date"), the same number of Rights to which a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion is entitled at the time of such conversion in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Rights; and (B) if such conversion occurs after the Distribution Date, the same number of Rights to which a holder of the same number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series E Preferred Stock so converted was convertible immediately prior to the Distribution Date would have been entitled on the Distribution Date in accordance with the terms and provisions of and applicable to the Rights or (ii) each holder of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have received rights at all times substantially equivalent to the Rights, if any, held from time to time by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock held by such Series E Preferred Stock holder.
Section 9. Status Upon Conversion, Redemption or Exchange.
Upon any conversion, redemption or exchange of shares of Series E Preferred Stock, the shares of Series E Preferred Stock so converted, redeemed or exchanged shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock undesignated as to series.
Section 10. General.
10.1 Certificates representing shares of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be exchangeable, at the option of the holder, for a new certificate or certificates of the same or different denominations representing in the aggregate the same number of shares.
10.2 The headings of the various subdivisions of this amendment to the Articles of Incorporation are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.
ARTICLE II
MANNER OF ADOPTION AND VOTE
SECTION 1. Action by Directors. The Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted the foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation by resolution duly adopted at a meeting held on June 25, 1990, at which a quorum was present.
SECTION 2. Action by Shareholders. The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors without shareholder action. Pursuant to Sections 23-1-25-2(d) and 23-1-38-2(7) of the Act, no shareholder action is required in connection with such amendment to the Articles of Incorporation.
SECTION 3. Compliance with Legal Requirements. The manner of adoption of the Articles of Amendment and the vote by which they were adopted constitute full legal compliance with the provisions of the Act and the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation.
I hereby state subject to the penalties of perjury, that the statements contained herein are true this 3rd day of July, 1990.
John L. Steinkamp Vice President
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF THE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Filed and Approved in Indiana May 24, 1991)
The undersigned officer of LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION (the "Corporation") existing pursuant to the provisions of the Indiana Business Corporation Law, as amended (the "Act"), desiring to give notice of corporate action effectuating amendment of its Articles of Incorporation, certifies to the following facts:
ARTICLE I
AMENDMENT
SECTION 1. The date of Incorporation of the Corporation is January 5, 1968.
SECTION 2. The name of the Corporation is LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION.
SECTION 3. The text of the amendment, which determines and sets forth the designation and the relative rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions (other than voting rights) of the shares of a series of Preferred Stock, is as follows:
Section 1. Designation.
1.1 The designation of the series of Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation created by this amendment is the "5 1/2% Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series F", without par value (the "Series F Preferred Stock").
Section 2. Authorized Number of Shares.
2.1 The number of authorized shares constituting the Series F Preferred Stock is 2,216,454 shares.
Section 3. Dividends.
3.1 The holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") out of assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 5 1/2% of the Liquidation Preference (specified in Section 5.1 hereof) per share, and no more, payable quarterly on the 5th day of March, June, September and December in each year beginning on the first quarterly dividend payment date following the first date on which the Corporation shall issue any shares of the Series F Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock shall be cumulative from the first date on which the Corporation shall issue any shares of the Series F Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock shall be payable to holders of record as they appear on the stock record books of the Corporation on the dividend payment dates, provided that the Board or any duly authorized committee may in any case fix a record date, not more than 60 days nor less than 15 days before the dividend payment date, in which event the dividend shall be payable to the holders of record on such record date (whether or not such holders shall have exercised their rights of conversation after such record date). Dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
Holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, in respect of any dividend payment or payments on shares of Series F Preferred Stock which may be in arrears.
3.2 No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on shares of any series of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation for any period unless full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall have been or shall contemporaneously be declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set apart for such payment for the current and all past dividend periods; provided, however, that there may be declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set apart for such payment full dividends on all outstanding shares of $3.00 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A, without par value (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), created by resolutions of the Board adopted on May 28, 1969, which were outstanding on July 6, 1990, the first date the Corporation issued any shares of its 5 1/2% Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series E (the "Series E Preferred Stock") and dividends pro rata, as provided in the next proviso, on all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock and of all series of Preferred Stock ranking on a parity with the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to dividends; and provided further that dividends may be decared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set apart for such payment pro rata on all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock and all series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation ranking on a parity with the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to dividends so that the amount of the dividends per share declared on the respective outstanding series of such Preferred Stock shall bear to each other the same ratios that the amounts of accumulated and unpaid dividends on such respective series shall bear to each other.
3.3 No dividend (other than a dividend payable in Common Stock of the Corporation or in any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the shares of Series F Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment, and no other distribution shall be declared or made, on shares of Common Stock of the Corporation or any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series F Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and no shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Series F Preferred Stock, of the Corporation and no other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to or on a parity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up (except the Series E Preferred Stock) shall be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (and no moneys shall be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such shares) by the Corporation (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of Common Stock or other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series F Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up), unless, in each such case, full cumulative cash dividends on all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall have been or shall contemporaneously be declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set apart for such payment for the current and all past dividend periods and unless, in the case of any such action after July 6, 2002, the twelfth anniversary of the first date on which shares of Series E Preferred Stock were issued, no shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be outstanding.
Section 4. Voting.
The holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall have the voting rights provided in Section 5 Article V of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.
Section 5. Liquidation Rights.
5.1 In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all creditors of the Corporation, but before any distribution or payment shall be made in respect of the Common Stock or any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series F Preferred Stock upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, an amount equal to $71.604 per share (the "Liquidation Preference"), plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to the distribution or payment date, but such holders shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution or payment in connection with any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation distributable among the holders of all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock and of any other shares of the Corporation ranking on a parity with the Series F Preferred Stock upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up shall be insufficient to permit the payment in full to all such holders of the preferential amounts to which they are entitled, then, the net assets so distributable shall be distributed among such holders ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.
5.2 Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations, nor the sale or transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of its assets, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 5.
Section 6. Redemption
6.1 The Corporation may at its option at any time or from time to time
redeem, in whole or in part, any share of Series F Preferred Stock that,
at the time the notice of redemption thereof is given as provided in
Section 6.3 hereof, is not beneficially owned by The Dai-ichi Mutual Life
Insurance Company ("Dai-ichi") or any direct or indirect successor to all
or substantially all of Dai-ichi's business or by any corporation at
least 99% of whose outstanding voting securities is at the time owned
directly or indirectly by such Company or any such successor and which
agrees to be bound to the same obligations as to which Dai-ichi is bound
under that certain Investment Agreement, dated as of June 25, 1990,
at a redemption price per share, in cash, equal to the Liquidation
Preference plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid
dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to the redemption
date.
If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock
that are subject to redemption pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 6.1 are to be redeemed, the Board shall have complete discretion as
to which of such shares subject to redemption are to be redeemed.
6.2 On July 6, 2002, the twelfth anniversary of the first date on which shares of Series E Preferred Stock were issued, the Corporation shall redeem (but only out of assets of the Corporation legally available therefor and subject to any applicable redemption or dividend limitations set forth in Section 2.3 of the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and Section 3(d) of the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock as such terms were in effect on July 3, 1990, the date the amendment to the Articles of Incorporation creating the Series E Preferred Stock was filed with the Indiana Secretary of State, Section 9.3 of the Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 13, 1979, for the purchase of the Company's 9-3/4% Subordinated Notes due 1994, Section 8.6 of the $300,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1987, among the Company, Swiss Bank Corporation International Limited, Swiss Bank Corporation, New York Branch, and several financial institutions and Section 5.06 of the $200,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 1987, among the Company, certain financial institutions and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York) all shares of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding, at a redemption price per share, in cash, equal to the Liquidation Preference per share plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to the redemption date, provided, however, that this Section 6.2 shall not apply to any shares in exchange for which the Corporation shall on such date issue other securities pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof. In the event that on July 6, 2002 the Corporation shall be unable, by reason of an insufficiency of assets legally available therefor or by reason of the redemption and dividend limitations referred to above, to redeem all of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem on July 6, 2002 under this Section 6.2 such number of shares as it shall be able to redeem, pro rata as nearly as practicable (without redemption of fractions of shares) in proportion to the respective numbers of shares held by each holder, and thereafter, if and to the extent assets shall at any time or from time to time become legally available therefor and such redemption and dividend limitations shall permit, the Corporation shall as promptly as practicable redeem shares of Series F Preferred Stock, pro rata as provided above, at such redemption price, plus an amount equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to the redemption date.
6.3 In the event the Corporation shall elect or be obligated to redeem shares of Series F Preferred Stock, notice of such redemption shall be given by airmail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares to be redeemed, at such holder's address as the same shall appear on the stock record books of the Corporation. Each such notice shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by the holder are to be redeemed, the number of such holder's shares to be redeemed; (3) the redemption price; (4) the place or places in the States of Indiana or New York where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; (5) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on the redemption date specified in the notice; (6) the provision of this amendment to Articles of Incorporation authorizing or requiring such redemptions; and (7) the then effective Conversion Price (as defined in Section 8.1 hereof), that until the close of business on the redemption date the holders may exercise their right to convert shares of Series F Preferred Stock being redeemed and that such right will terminate at the close of business on the redemption date.
6.4 From and after the redemption date specified in any such notice of redemption, unless default shall be made by the Corporation in providing monies at the time and place specified for payment of the redemption price pursuant to such notice, all dividends on the shares of Series F Preferred Stock thereby called for redemption shall cease to accumulate and all rights of the holders thereof as such holders, except the right to receive the redemption price upon surrender, shall cease and terminate.
6.5 The Corporation may, however, at any time prior to the redemption date specified in a duly given notice of redemption but after such notice of redemption shall have been mailed as aforesaid, deposit in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock to be redeemed, with a bank or trust company in good standing organized under the laws of the United States of America or of the State of New York, or of the State of Indiana, doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, or in the State of Indiana, having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $50,000,000 designated in such notice of redemption, an amount in cash equal to the redemption prices of all such shares so called for redemption under arrangements providing irrevocably for payment to such holders, and thereupon, whether or not certificates for the shares so called for redemption shall have been surrendered for cancellation (if such notice shall state that holders of the shares so called for redemption may receive their redemption price at any time after such deposit), all shares with respect to which such deposit shall have been made shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, dividends thereon for any period after the date so fixed for redemption shall cease to accumulate and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith upon such deposit in trust cease and terminate except only (a) the rights of the holders thereof to receive from such bank or trust company, at any time after the time of such deposit, the redemption price of such shares to be redeemed, or (b) the right to exercise, on or before the close of business on the date fixed for redemption, the privileges of conversion. Any moneys so deposited by the Corporation which shall not be required for such redemption because of the exercise of any such right of conversion, shall be repaid to the Corporation forthwith. Any moneys so deposited by the Corporation and unclaimed at the end of six years from the date fixed for such redemption shall be repaid to the Corporation upon its request expressed in a resolution of its Board of Directors, after which repayment the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for the payment thereof.
6.6 Nothing in this Section 6 shall limit any legal right of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of the Series F Preferred Stock at not exceeding the price at which the same may be redeemed at the option of the Corporation.
Section 7. Exchange.
7.1 On July 6, 2002, the twelfth anniversary of the first date on which shares of Series E Preferred Stock were issued, the Corporation may, at its option, with respect to any shares of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding, other than any for which notice of redemption shall have previously been given, issue in exchange therefore either:
(1) a whole number of shares of a series of nonconvertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation, or
(2) a whole number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, or any combination of shares described in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) (and cash in lieu of fractional interests, if any), provided that the shares so issued shall (a) have on the date of issue an aggregate fair market value, as determined by an Independent Financial Firm (as defined hereinafter in this Section 7.1) selected by the Board, equal to the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock for which such shares are to be issued in exchange, plus an amount equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series F Preferred Stock (whether or not earned or declared) to the exchange date; (b) be free of any transfer restriction and, if and to the extent necessary for public offering and sale, registered or qualified under the Federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and under such State securities laws as any holder may reasonably request (provided, that in connection with qualification under State securities laws the Corporation shall not be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction when it is not so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any State where it is not otherwise subject to taxation or general service of process); and (c) in the case of Common Stock, listed on each securities exchange, if any, upon which outstanding Common Stock is listed at the time of the exchange. The term "Independent Financial Firm," as of any time, shall mean an internationally recognized investment banking or investment advisory firm which does not at such time have a direct or indirect material interest in, or other direct or indirect material relationship with, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
7.2 In the event the Corporation shall elect to issue shares in
exchange pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, notice of such exchange shall be
given by airmail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60
days prior to the exchange date, to each holder of record of the
shares of Series F Preferred Stock to be exchanged, at such holder's
address as the same shall appear on the stock record books of the
Corporation. Each such notice shall state: (1) the exchange date; (2)
the number and terms of the shares to be issued in exchange for shares
held by such holder; (3) the identity of the Independent Financial Firm
selected by the Board to determine fair market value as provided in
Section 7.1 hereof; (4) the place or places in the State of Indiana or
New York where certificates for the shares of Series F Preferred Stock
to be exchanged are to be surrendered for the shares to be issued in
exchange therefore; (5) that dividends on the shares of Series F Preferred
Stock to be exchanged will cease to accumulate on the exchange date;
(6) the then effective Conversion Price (as defined in Section 8.1
hereof), that until the close of business on the exchange date the
holders may exercise their right to convert shares of Series F Preferred
Stock being exchanged and that such right shall terminate at the close of
business on the exchange date.
7.3 From and after the exchange date specified on any such notice of exchange, unless default shall be made by the Corporation in issuing the shares to be issued in the exchange, all dividends on the shares of Series F Preferred Stock to be exchanged as specified in the notice shall cease to accumulate and all rights of the holders thereof as such holders, except the right to receive the shares to be issued in the exchange, shall cease and terminate and the person or persons entitled to the shares to be issued in the exchange shall be treated for all purposes as the registered holder of the shares to be issued.
Section 8. Conversion.
8.1 Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Section 8, the holder of each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall have the right, at the holder's option, at any time (except that, if such share is called for redemption or exchange, not after the close of business on the date fixed for such redemption or exchange, unless default shall be made in the payment of the redemption price or the issuance of shares in the exchange) to convert such share into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/1,000th of a share) obtained by dividing the Liquidation Preference of such share being converted by the Conversion Price (as defined below) and by surrender of such share so to be converted, such surrender to be made in the manner provided in Section 8.2.
For the purposes of this Section 8, the term "Common Stock" shall include any stock of any class of the Corporation which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and which is not subject to redemption by the Corporation. However, shares issuable on conversion of shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall include only shares of the class designated as Common Stock of the Corporation as of the date of this amendment to the Articles of Incorporation creating the Series F Preferred Stock, or shares of any class or classes resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and which are not subject to redemption by the Corporation; provided that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class then so issuable upon conversion shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications.
The term "Conversion Price" shall mean the Initial Conversion Price, as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8. The term "Initial Conversion Price" shall mean an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference. On July 6, 1995, the fifth anniversary of the first date on which shares of Series E Preferred Stock were issued, the Conversion Price then in effect for the Series F Preferred Stock shall be increased by 4-1/6% and on July 6, 1998, the eighth anniversary of such first date, the Conversion Price then in effect for the Series F Preferred Stock shall be increased by 4%.
8.2 In order to exercise the conversion privilege, the holder of each
share of Series F Preferred Stock to be converted shall surrender
the certificate representing such share at the office of the conversion
agent for the Series F Preferred Stock in the Borough of Manhattan,
City of New York, appointed for such purpose by the Corporation or, if no
conversion agent has been appointed, to the Corporation at its offices
at 1300 South Clinton Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46801, Attention:
Treasurer (such conversion agent or Corporation, as the case may be,
referred to herein as the "conversion agent"), with the Notice of Election
to Convert on the back of said certificate completed and signed. Such
notice shall be substantially in the following form:
"NOTICE OF ELECTION TO CONVERT
The undersigned, being a holder of the 5 1/2% Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series F (the "Series F Preferred Stock") of the Lincoln National Corporation, irrevocably exercises the right to convert outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock on , into shares of Common Stock of Lincoln National Corporation in accordance with the terms of the Series F Preferred Stock, and directs that the shares issuable and deliverable upon the conversion, together with any check in payment for fractional shares, be issued and delivered in the denominations indicated below to the registered holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If shares are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto.
Dated:
Fill in for registration of shares of Common Stock if to be issued otherwise than to the registered holder:
If fractional interests:
Name
TaxID#
Address
Please print name and address, including (Signature) postal code number)
Denominations:
Unless the shares issuable on conversion are to be issued in the same name as the name in which such share of Series F Preferred Stock is registered, each share surrendered for conversion shall be accompa- nied by instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the holder or his duly authorized attorney and an amount sufficient to pay any transfer or similar tax. A payment shall be made on conversion for dividends accumulated on the Series F Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion but not for dividends on Common Stock delivered on such conversion. As promptly as practicable after the surrender of the certificates for shares of Series F Preferred Stock as aforesaid, the Corporation shall issue and shall deliver at such office to such holder, or on his written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8, and any fractional interest in respect of a share of Common Stock arising upon such conversion shall be settled as provided in Section 8.3 hereof.
Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which the certificates for shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall have been surrendered and such notice received by the Corporation as aforesaid, and the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the shares represented thereby at such time on such date and such conversion shall be at the Conversion Price in effect at such time on such date. All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock shall upon delivery be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, free of all liens and charges and not subject to any preemptive rights.
8.3 No fractional shares or scrip representing fractions of shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Instead of any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock which would otherwise be deliverable upon the conversion of a share of Series F Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall pay to the holder of such share an amount in cash (computed to the nearest one cent) equal to the Average Market Price of the Common Stock at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day of conversion. If more than one share shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate Conversion Price of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock so surrendered.
The term "Average Market Price" of any security on any date means the average of the daily closing prices of such security for a period of five consecutive trading days within 10 trading days immediately preceding the day in question, which five consecutive trading days are selected by the Corporation provided, however, that if the "ex" date for any event (other than the event requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment pursuant to Section 8.4 occurs during the 10-day trading period in question and prior to the "ex" date for the event requiring computation, the closing price for each trading day prior to the "ex" date for such other event shall be adjusted by multiplying such closing price by the same fraction by which the Conversion Price is required to be adjusted pursuant to Section 8.4 as a result of such other event (and in the case of Section 8.4(a) the fraction that would result in the adjustment provided for therein). The closing price for each day shall be the last reported sales price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case on the New York Stock Exchange or, if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on such Exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on which such security is listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations National Market System or, if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or quoted on such National Market System, the average of the closing bid and asked prices in the over-the-counter market as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to time by the issuer of such security for that purpose. For the purposes of this definition, the term "trading day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday, other than any day on which such security is not traded on such exchange or in such market. For the purposes of this definition, the term " `ex' date," (i) when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the closing price was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution and (ii) when used with respect to any subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in such market after the time at which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.
8.4 In addition to the increases in the Conversion Price set forth in
Section 8.1 hereof, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to
time as follows:
(a) In case the Corporation shall hereafter (i) pay a dividend or make a distribution on the Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (iii) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the holder of any share of Series F Preferred Stock thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock which he would have been entitled to receive immediately following such action had such share been converted immediately prior thereto. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8.4(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date, in the case of a dividend or distribution, or immediately after the effective date, in the case of a subdivision or combination.
(b) In case the Corporation shall hereafter pay or make a dividend or other distribution in shares of Common Stock on any class of capital stock of the Corporation other than the Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately after the record date mentioned in the next sentence shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the record date mentioned in the next sentence by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the record date mentioned in the next sentence and the denominator shall be the sum of such number of shares and the total number of shares constituting such dividend or other distribution. Such reduction shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution. For the purposes of this Section 8.4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Corporation but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock. The Corporation shall not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Corporation.
(c) In case the Corporation shall hereafter issue rights or warrants to
holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock generally entitling
them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per
share less than the Average Market Price of the Common Stock (as defined
in Section 8.3 hereof) on the record date mentioned in the next sentence
(other than pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan of
the Corporation or any substantially similar plan), the Conversion
Price shall be reduced so that the same shall equal the price determined
by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the
record date mentioned in the next sentence by a fraction of which the
numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at
the close of business on the record date mentioned in the next sentence
plus the number of shares which the aggregate offering price of the total
number of shares so offered for subscription or purchase would purchase
at such Average Market Price, and of which the denominator shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on
the record date mentioned in the next sentence plus the number of shares
of Common Stock so offered for subscription or purchase. Such reduction
shall become effective immediately after the record date for the
determination of shareholders entitled to receive such rights or
warrants. For the purposes of this Section 8.4(c), the number of shares
of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in
the treasury of the Corporation but shall include shares issuable in
respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of
Common Stock. Rights or warrants issued or distributed by the Company to
all holders of its Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to
subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock, which rights or warrants
(x) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock, (y)
are not exercisable and (z) are issued also in respect of future issuances
of Common Stock, in each case in clauses (x) through (z) until the
occurrence of a specified event or events ("Trigger Event"), shall for
purposes of this Section 8.4 not be deemed issued or distributed until the
occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event. Such rights or warrants are
referred to herein as "Rights".
(d) In case the Corporation shall, by dividend or otherwise, hereafter
distribute to holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock
generally evidences of its indebtedness, any securities of the
Corporation, any rights or warrants to subscribe to securities of the
Corporation, cash or assets (excluding (i) any cash dividend paid from
retained earnings of the Corporation to the extent such dividends in any
calendar year do not in the aggregate exceed 150% of the aggregate regular
periodic cash dividends actually paid in the prior calendar year, (ii)
dividends or distributions payable in stock for which adjustment is
made pursuant to Section 8.4(a) or 8.4(b) hereof, (iii) rights or warrants
to subscribe to Common Stock for which adjustment is made pursuant to
Section 8.4(c) hereof, and (iv) pursuant to a consolidation, merger,
statutory exchange, sale or conveyance for which adjustment is made
pursuant to Section 8.11 hereof), then in each such case of Conversion
Price shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price determined
by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the
record date mentioned in the next sentence by a fraction (not equal to
or less than zero) or which the numerator shall be the Average Market
Price of the Common Stock (as defined in Section 8.3 hereof) on the record
date mentioned in the next sentence less the then fair market value (as
determined by the Board and Dai-ichi (or any direct or indirect successor
to all or substantially all of such Company's business) jointly (if such
Company or successor or any corporation at least 99% of whose outstanding
voting securities at the time outstanding is owned by such Company or
successor shall be a holder of any of the Series F Preferred Stock) or an
internationally recognized investment banking firm selected by them if
they are unable to reach agreement, or the Board in its reasonable
discretion whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a board
resolution filed with the conversion agent (if none of the foregoing shall
be a holder of Series F Preferred Stock)) of the portion of the evidences
of indebtedness, securities, rights or warrants, cash or assets so
distributed to the holder of one share of Common Stock, and of which
the denominator shall be such Average Market Price of the Common Stock.
Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date
for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such
distribution. Such determination of fair market value shall be set forth
in a statement filed with the conversion agent by the Corporation as soon
as practicable.
(e) The reclassification (including any reclassification upon a merger in
which the Corporation is the continuing corporation but excluding
a reclassification upon a consolidation, merger, statutory exchange,
sale or conveyance as to which Section 8.11 applies) of Common Stock
into securities including other than Common Stock shall be deemed to
involve (i) a distribution of such securities other than Common Stock to
all holders of Common Stock and the effective date of such
reclassification shall be deemed to be "the record date for the
determination of shareholders entitled to receive such
distribution" within the meaning of Section 8.4(d) hereof, and
(ii) a subdivision or combination, as the case may be, of the number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such
reclassification into the number of Common Stock outstanding immediately
thereafter and the effective date of such reclassification shall be
deemed to be "the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective
"or" the day upon which such combination becomes effective," as the case
may be.
(f) In any case in which this Section 8 shall require that an adjustment be made immediately following a record date or an effective date, the Corporation may elect to defer (but only until five business days following the prompt filing by the Corporation with the conversion agent of the certificate of independent accountants required by Section 8.4(h) hereof) issuing to the holder of any share of Series F Preferred Stock converted after such record date or effective date the additional shares of Common Stock or other capital stock issuable upon such conversion over and above the shares of Common Stock or other capital stock issuable upon such conversion on the basis of the Conversion Price prior to adjustment, and paying to such holder any amount of cash in lieu of a fractional share.
(g) All calculations under this Section 8 shall be made to the nearest one cent or to the nearest 1/1,000th of a share, as the case may be. Anything in this Section 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall be entitled to make such reduction in the Conversion Price, in addition to those required by this Section 8, as it considers to be advisable in order that any stock dividend, subdivision of shares, distribution of rights to purchase stock or securities, or distribution of securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock hereafter made by the Corporation to its shareholders shall not be taxable to the recipients.
(h) Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted as herein provided, (A) the Corporation shall promptly obtain and file with the conversion agent a certificate of a firm of independent public accountants (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Corporation) setting forth the Conversion Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and the manner of computing the same, and (B) a notice stating that the Conversion Price has been adjusted and setting forth that the adjusted Conversion Price shall forthwith be airmailed by the Corporation to the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock at their addresses as shown on the stock record books of the Corporation.
(i) In the event that at any time as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8, the holder of any share of Series F Preferred Stock thereafter surrendered for conversion shall become entitled to receive any shares of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, thereafter the Conversion Price of such other shares so receivable upon conversion of any share shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to Common Stock contained in this Section 8.
(j) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event the Corporation shall declare any dividend or distribution requiring an adjustment in the Conversion Price hereunder and shall, thereafter and before the payment of such dividend or distribution to shareholders, legally abandon its plan to pay such dividend or distribution, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder, if changed to reflect such dividend or distribution, shall be changed to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect immediately after the date of such abandonment had such dividend or distribution never been declared. Such changes shall become effective immediately after the date of such abandonment.
(k) No adjustment (except pursuant to Section 8.4(a)) in the Conversion Price need be made unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 2% in the Conversion Price provided, how-ever, that any adjustments which by reason of this subsection (k) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment, and provided further, that adjustment shall be required and made in accordance with the provision hereof not later than such time as may be required in order to preserve the tax-free nature of a distribution to the holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock.
8.5 In case:
(i) the Corporation shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on its Common Stock other than a cash dividend payable in cash out of its retained earnings for which adjustment under Section 8.4(d) is not required; or
(ii) the Corporation shall authorize the granting to the holders of the Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or of any other rights; or
(iii) there shall be any capital stock reorganization or reclassification of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination of the outstanding Common Stock and other than a change in the par value of the Common Stock), or any consolidation or merger to which the Corporation is a party or any statutory exchange of securities with another corporation, or any sale or transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, in each case which is to be effected in such a way that holders of the Common Stock will be entitled to receive stock, securities, cash or other property with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock; or
(iv) there shall be a voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation; then the Corporation shall cause to be filed with the conversion agent, and shall cause to be air mailed to the holders of shares of the Series F Preferred Stock at their addresses as shown on the stock record books of the Corporation, at least 15 days (or 10 days in any case specified in clause (i) or (ii) above) prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, rights or warrants, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution, rights or warrants are to be determined, or (B) the date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sales, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
8.6 The Corporation covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of the aggregate of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its issued shares of Common Stock held in its treasury, or both, for the purpose of effecting conversions of the Series F Preferred Stock, the full number of shares of Common Stock, deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock not theretofore converted. For purposes of this Section 8.6, the number of shares of Common Stock which shall be deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single holder.
8.7 Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value (if any) of the shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock, at such adjusted Conversion Price.
8.8 The Corporation shall use its best efforts to list the shares of Common Stock required to be delivered upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock prior to such delivery upon each securities exchange, if any, upon which the outstanding Common Stock is listed at the time of such delivery.
8.9 Prior to the delivery of any securities which the Corporation shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to comply with all Federal and state laws and regulations thereunder requiring the registration of such securities with, or any approval of or consent to the delivery thereof by, any governmental authority.
8.10 The Corporation shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issues or transfer taxes payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversions of the Series F Preferred Stock pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the holder of the Series F Preferred Stock to be converted and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue or delivery has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
8.11 In case of any consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is a party (other than a mer- ger in which the Corporation is the continuing corporation), or in case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation of the property of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, or in the case of any statutory exchange of securities with another corporation (including any exchange effected in connection with a merger of a third corporation into the Corporation), in each case effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, cash or other property with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, the holder of each share of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have the right thereafter to convert such share into the kind and amount of stock, securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sales or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series F Preferred Stock might have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sales or conveyance, assuming such holder of Common Stock failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance (provided, that if the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance is not the same for each share of Common Stock in respect of which such rights of election shall not have been exercised ("non-electing share"), then for the purpose of this Section 8.11 the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance for each non-electing share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the non-electing shares). Thereafter, the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to appropriate adjustments with respect to their conversion rights to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 8.11 shall correspondingly be made applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be, in relation to any shares of stock or other securities or property thereafter deliverable on the conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock. Any such adjustment shall be approved by a firm of independent public accountants (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Corporation), evidenced by a certificate to that effect delivered to the conversion agent. The foregoing provisions of this Section 8.11 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers, statutory exchanges, sales or conveyances.
8.12 Notwithstanding Sections 8.4(c) and (d) hereof, no adjustment to the Conversion Price by reason of any issuance or distribution of any Rights shall be made if either (i) the Corporation had made proper provision so that each holder of shares of Series F Preferred Stock who converts such shares into shares of Common Stock after the record date for such distribution and prior to the expiration or redemption of the Rights shall be entitled to receive upon such conversion, in addition to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, a number of Rights to be determined as follows: (A) if such conversion occurs on or prior to the date for the distribution to the holders of Rights of separate certificates evidencing such Rights ("Distribution Date"), the same number of Rights to which a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion is entitled at the time of such conversion in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Rights; and (B) if such conversion occurs after the Distribution Date, the same number of Rights to which a holder of the same number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series F Preferred Stock so converted was convertible immediately prior to the Distribution Date would have been entitled on the Distribution Date in accordance with the terms and provisions of and applicable to the Rights or (ii) each holder of shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall have received rights at all times substantially equivalent to the Rights, if any, held from time to time by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock held by such Series F Preferred Stock holder.
Section 9. Status Upon Conversion, Redemption or Exchange
Upon any conversion, redemption or exchange of shares of Series F Preferred Stock, the shares of Series F Preferred Stock so converted, redeemed or exchanged shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock undesignated as to series.
Section 10. General.
10.1 Certificates representing shares of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be exchangeable, at the option of the holder, for a new certificate or certificates of the same or different denominations representing in the aggregate the same number of shares.
10.2 The headings of the various subdivisions of this amendment to the Articles of Incorporation are for convenience of reference only shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.
ARTICLE II
MANNER OF ADOPTION AND VOTE
SECTION 1. Action by Directors. The Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted the foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation by resolution duly adopted at a meeting held on June 25, 1990, at which a quorum was present.
SECTION 2. Action by Shareholders. The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors without shareholder action. Pursuant to Sections 23-1-25-2(d) and 23-1-38-2(7) of the Act, no shareholder action is required in connection with such amendment to the Articles of Incorporation.
SECTION 3. Compliance with Legal Requirements. The manner of adoption of the Articles of Amendment and the vote by which they were adopted constitute full legal compliance with the provisions of the Act and the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation.
I hereby state subject to the penalties of perjury, that the statements contained herein are true this 20th day of May, 1991.
John L. Steinkamp Vice President
Exhibit 3(b)
BYLAWS
OF
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Adopted January 17, 1968; Last Amended February 18, 2002)
ARTICLE I
Shareholders
Section 1. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held at such hour and on such date as the board of directors may select in each year for the purpose of electing directors for the terms hereinafter provided and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting. The board of directors may postpone an annual meeting for which notice has been given in accordance with Section 4 of this Article I. (Last amended November 11, 1999)
Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders may
be called by the board of directors. Only business within the purpose
or purposes described in the meeting notice may be conducted at a
special shareholders meeting. The board of directors may postpone a
special meeting for which notice has been given in accordance with
Section 4 of this Article I. (Last amended November 11, 1999)
Section 3. Place of Meetings. All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the corporation in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or at such other place, either within or without the State of Indiana, as may be designated by the board of directors. (Last amended May 11, 2000)
Section 4. Notice of Meetings. A written or printed notice, stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting or when required by law or by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered or mailed by or at the direction of the secretary no fewer than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting at such address as appears upon the stock records of the corporation. (Last amended August 10, 1989)
Section 5. Quorum. Unless otherwise provided by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, at any meeting of shareholders the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at such meeting, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If less than a majority of such shares are represented at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time. At any meeting at which a quorum is present, the person presiding at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum. (Last amended November 11, 1999)
Section 6. Adjourned Meetings. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be represented any business may be transacted as might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If a new record date is or must be established pursuant to law, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. (Added November 6, 1986)
Section 7. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or a duly authorized attorney in fact. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
Section 8. Voting of Shares. Except as otherwise provided by law, by
the articles of incorporation, or by these bylaws, every shareholder
shall have the right at every shareholders' meeting to one vote for each
share standing in his name on the books of the corporation on the date
established by the board of directors as the record date for
determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting.
(Amended May 7, 1987)
Section 9. Order of Business. The order of business at each shareholders' meeting shall be established by the person presiding at the meeting. (Amended March 16, 1972)
Section 10. Notice of Shareholder Business. At any meeting of the
shareholders, only such business may be conducted as shall have been
properly brought before the meeting, and as shall have been determined
to be lawful and appropriate for consideration by shareholders at the
meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must
be (a) specified in the notice of meeting given in accordance with
Section 4 of this Article I, (b) otherwise properly brought before the
meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chief
executive officer, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting
by a shareholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual
meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (c) above, the shareholder
must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the
corporation. To be timely, a shareholder's notice must be delivered to
or mailed and received at the principal office of the corporation, not
less than ninety days nor more than one hundred twenty days prior to the
first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year;
provided, however, if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to
be held within a period that commences thirty days before such
anniversary date and ends thirty days after such anniversary date (an
annual meeting date outside such period being referred to herein as an
"Other Annual Meeting Date"), such shareholder notice shall be given in
the manner provided herein by the close of business on the later of (i)
the date ninety days prior to such Other Annual Meeting Date or (ii) the
tenth day following the date such Other Annual Meeting Date is first
publicly announced or disclosed. A shareholder's notice to the
secretary shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to
bring before the meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired
to be brought before the meeting, including the text of any proposal to
be presented, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the
corporation's stock records, of the shareholder proposing such business,
(c) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are
beneficially owned by the shareholder, and (d) any interest of the
shareholder in such business. Only such business shall be brought
before a special meeting of shareholders as shall have been specified in
the notice of meeting given in accordance with Section 4 of this Article
I. In no event shall the adjournment of an annual meeting or special
meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new period for the
giving of a shareholder's notice as provided in this Section 10.
Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business
shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures
set forth in this Section 10. The person presiding at the meeting
shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that
business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with
the bylaws, or that business was not lawful or appropriate for
consideration by shareholders at the meeting, and if he should so
determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business
shall not be transacted. (Last amended November 11, 1999)
Section 11. Notice of Shareholder Nominees. Nominations of persons for
election to the board of directors of the corporation may be made at any
annual meeting of shareholders by or at the direction of the board of
directors or by any shareholder of the corporation entitled to vote for
the election of directors at the meeting. Such shareholder nominations
shall be made pursuant to timely notice given in writing to the
secretary of the corporation in accordance with Section 10 of this
Article I. Such shareholder's notice shall set forth, in addition to
the information required by Section 10, as to each person whom the
shareholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a
director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of
such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person,
(iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are
beneficially owned by such person, (iv) any other information relating
to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitation of
proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each
case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (including without limitation such person's written
consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to
serving as a director if elected), and (v) the qualifications of the
nominee to serve as a director of the corporation. In the event the
board of directors calls a special meeting of shareholders for the
purpose of electing one or more directors to the board of directors, any
shareholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for
election to such position(s) as specified in the notice of meeting, if
the shareholder's notice of such nomination contains the information
specified in this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary of
the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day
following the day on which the date of the special meeting and either
the names of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be
elected at such meeting or the number of directors to be elected are
publicly announced or disclosed. In no event shall the adjournment of
an annual meeting or special meeting, or any announcement thereof,
commence a new period for the giving of a shareholder's notice as
provided in this Section 11. No shareholder nomination shall be
effective unless made in accordance with the procedures set forth in
this Section 11. The person presiding at the meeting shall, if the
facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a shareholder
nomination was not made in accordance with the bylaws, and if he should
so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective
nomination shall be disregarded. (Last amended November 11, 1999)
Section 12. Control Share Acquisitions. As used in this Section 12, the terms "control shares" and "control share acquisition" shall have the same meanings as set forth in Indiana Code Section 23-1-42-1 et seq. (the "Act"). Control shares of the corporation acquired in a control share acquisition shall have only such voting rights as are conferred by the Act. Control shares of the corporation acquired in a control share acquisition with respect to which the acquiring person has not filed with the corporation the statement required by the Act may, at any time during the period ending sixty days after the last acquisition of control shares by the acquiring person, be redeemed by the corporation at the fair value thereof pursuant to procedures authorized by a resolution of the board of directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. (Added May 7, 1987)
Section 13. Voting Procedures on Change of Control. In addition to any
other authority granted under Indiana law for the corporation to enter
into any arrangement, agreement or understanding with respect to the
voting of voting shares, pursuant to the authority granted in Indiana
Code Section 23-1-22-4, the corporation shall have the power to enter
into any arrangement, agreement or understanding of any nature
whatsoever and for any duration whereby the board of directors or any
group of directors of the corporation can specify or direct the voting
by any other person of any shares of any class or series beneficially
owned by such person, or as to which such person has the direct or
indirect power to direct the voting, in connection with a change of
control of the corporation. As used in this Section 13, the term
"control" shall have the same meaning as set forth in Indiana Code
Section 23-1-22-4.
In the event that an arrangement, agreement or understanding is in effect, and the voting shares of the corporation are not voted in accordance with any such arrangement, agreement or understanding, neither such voting shares nor such votes shall be counted in connection with any vote of the corporation's shareholders relating to any aspect of a change of control. (Added June 25, 1990)
ARTICLE II
Board of Directors
Section 1. General Powers, Number, Classes and Tenure. The business of the corporation shall be managed by a board of directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board of directors of the corporation shall be thirteen. The number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by amendment of these bylaws, but no decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. The directors shall be divided into three classes, each class to consist, as nearly as may be, of one-third of the number of directors then constituting the whole board of directors, with one class to be elected annually by shareholders for a term of three years, to hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified; except that
(1) the terms of office of directors initially elected shall be staggered so that the term of office of one class shall expire in each year;
(2) the term of office of a director who is elected by either the directors or shareholders to fill a vacancy in the board of directors shall expire at the end of the term of office of the succeeded director's class or at the end of the term of office of such other class as determined by the board of directors to be necessary or desirable in order to equalize the number of directors among the classes;
(3) the board of directors may adopt a policy limiting the time beyond which certain directors are not to continue to serve, the effect of which may be to produce classes of unequal size or to cause certain directors either to be nominated for election for a term of less than three years or to cease to be a director before expiration of the term of the director's class.
In case of any increase in the number of directors, the additional directors shall be distributed among the several classes to make the size of the classes as equal as possible. (Last amended February 18, 2002)
Section 2. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders. The board of directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of Indiana, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.
Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the chief executive officer. The secretary shall call special meetings of the board of directors when requested in writing to do so by a majority of the members thereof. Special meetings of the board of directors may be held either within or without the State of Indiana. (Last amended August 10, 1989)
Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, notice of any meeting of the board of directors shall be given, not less than two days before the date fixed for such meeting, by oral, telegraphic, telephonic, electronic or written communication stating the time and place thereof and delivered personally to each member of the board of directors or telegraphed or mailed to him at his business address as it appears on the books of the corporation; provided, that in lieu of such notice, a director may sign a written waiver of notice either before the time of the meeting, at the time of the meeting or after the time of the meeting. (Last amended November 6, 1986)
Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the whole board of directors shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business except the filling of vacancies, but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.
Section 6. Manner of Acting. The act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by law or by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. Unless otherwise provided by the articles of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the board of directors and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors. Unless otherwise provided by the articles of incorporation, any or all members of the board of directors may participate in a meeting of the board of directors by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other, and participation in this manner constitutes presence in person at the meeting. (Last amended effective March 14, 1991)
Section 7. Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided in the articles of
incorporation, any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be
filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors, though less than a
quorum of the board of directors, or, at the discretion of the board of
directors, any vacancy may be filled by a vote of the shareholders.
(Amended November 6, 1986)
Section 8. Notice to Shareholders. Shareholders shall be notified of any increase in the number of directors and the name, address, principal occupation and other pertinent information about any director elected by the board of directors to fill any vacancy. Such notice shall be given in the next mailing sent to shareholders following any such increase or election, or both, as the case may be.
ARTICLE III
Officers
Section 1. Elected Officers. The elected officers of the corporation
shall include one of or both a chairman of the board and a president,
and shall also include a secretary, and a treasurer. The elected
officers of the corporation may include one or more vice presidents of a
class or classes as the board of directors may determine, and such other
officers as the board of directors may determine. The chairman of the
board, if elected, and president, if elected, shall be chosen from among
the directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.
(Last amended March 8, 2001)
Section 2. Appointed Officers. The appointed officers of the corporation shall be one or more second vice presidents, assistant vice presidents, assistant treasurers, and assistant secretaries. (Added November 6, 1986)
Section 3. Election or Appointment and Term of Office. The elected officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. The appointed officers of the corporation shall be appointed annually by the chief executive officer immediately following the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. Additional elected officers may be elected at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors, to serve until the regular meeting of the board held after the next annual meeting of shareholders, and additional appointed officers may be appointed by the chief executive officer at any time to serve until the next annual appointment of officers. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected or appointed and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or retire or shall have been removed. (Amended November 6, 1986)
Section 4. Removal. Any officer may be removed by the board of
directors and any appointed officer may be removed by the chief
executive officer, whenever in their judgment the best interests of the
corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without
prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.
(Last amended August 13, 1987)
Section 5. Vacancies. A vacancy in any elected office may be filled by the board of directors. (Amended March 8, 2001)
Section 6. Chief Executive Officer. If the elected officers of the corporation include both a chairman of the board and a president, the board of directors shall designate one of such officers to be the chief executive officer of the corporation. If the elected officers of the corporation include one of but not both a chairman of the board and a president, such officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation. The chief executive officer of the corporation shall be, subject to the board of directors, in general charge of the affairs of the corporation. (Amended March 8, 2001)
Section 7. Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors at which he may be present and shall have such other powers and duties as may be determined by the board of directors.
Section 8. President. The president shall have such powers and duties as may be determined by the board of directors. In the absence of the chairman of the board, or if such office be vacant, the president shall have all the powers of the chairman of the board and shall perform all his duties.
Section 9. Vice Presidents. A vice president shall perform such duties as may be assigned by the chief executive officer or the board of directors. In the absence of the president and in accordance with such order of priority as may be established by the board of directors, he may perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. (Amended September 14, 1972)
Section 10. Second Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents. A second vice president and an assistant vice president shall perform such duties as may be assigned by the chief executive officer or the board of directors. (Added November 6, 1986)
Section 11. Secretary. The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the
shareholders' and board of directors' meetings in one or more books
provided for that purpose, (b) see that all notices are duly given in
accordance with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law,
(c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the
corporation and see that the seal of the corporation is affixed to all
documents the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its
seal is duly authorized, and (d) in general perform all duties incident
to the office of secretary and such other duties as may be assigned by
the chief executive officer or the board of directors. (Amended
September 14, 1972)
Section 12. Assistant Secretaries. In the absence of the secretary, an assistant secretary shall have the power to perform his duties including the certification, execution and attestation of corporate records and corporate instruments. Assistant secretaries shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to them by the chief executive officer or the board of directors. (Last amended November 6, 1986)
Section 13. Treasurer. The treasurer shall (a) have charge and custody of all funds and securities of the corporation, (b) receive and give receipts for monies due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, (c) deposit all such monies in the name of the corporation in such depositories as are selected by the board of directors, and (d) in general perform all duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be assigned by the chief executive officer or the board of directors. If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors shall determine. (Amended September 14, 1972)
Section 14. Assistant Treasurers. In the absence of the treasurer, an assistant treasurer shall have the power to perform his duties. Assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to them by the chief executive officer or the board of directors. (Last amended November 6, 1986)
ARTICLE IV
Committees
Section 1. Board Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution
adopted by a majority of the whole board of directors, from time to time
designate from among its members one or more committees each of which,
to the extent provided in such resolution and except as otherwise
provided by law, shall have and exercise all the authority of the board
of directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the
board of directors. The designation of any such committee and the
delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the board
of directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility imposed by
law. Each such committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and
shall adopt its own rules of procedure. It shall make such reports to
the board of directors of its actions as may be required by the board.
(Amended March 16, 1972)
Section 2. Advisory Committees. The board of directors may, by
resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board of directors, from
time to time designate one or more advisory committees, a majority of
whose members shall be directors. An advisory committee shall serve at
the pleasure of the board of directors, keep a record of its proceedings
and adopt its own rules of procedure. It shall make such reports to the
board of directors of its actions as may be required by the board.
(Amended March 16, 1972)
Section 3. Manner of Acting. Unless otherwise provided by the articles of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee established under this Article IV may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the committee and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the committee. Unless otherwise provided by the articles of incorporation, any or all members of such committee may participate in a meeting of the committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other, and participation in this manner constitutes presence in person at the meeting. (Last amended effective March 14, 1991)
ARTICLE V
Corporate Instruments and Loans
Section 1. Corporate Instruments. The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of or on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. (Amended September 14, 1972)
Section 2. Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the board of directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
ARTICLE VI
Stock Certificates, Transfer of Shares, Stock Records
Section 1. Certificates for Shares. Shares may, but need not be, represented by certificates. Each shareholder, upon request, shall be entitled to a certificate, signed by the president or a vice president and the secretary or any assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. If such certificate is countersigned by the written signature of a transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the corporation may be facsimiles. If such certificate is countersigned by the written signature of a registrar other than the corporation or its employee, the signatures of the transfer agent and the officers of the corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of its issue. Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be in such form consistent with the laws of the State of Indiana as shall be determined by the board of directors. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer records of the corporation. (Amended May 13,1999)
Section 2. Transfer of Shares. Transfer of shares of the corporation
shall be made on the stock transfer records of the corporation by the
holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall
furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his attorney
thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with
the corporation, and, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, on
surrender for cancellation of the certificates for such shares.
(Amended May 28, 1969)
Section 3. Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates. Any person
claiming a certificate of stock to have been lost, destroyed or
wrongfully taken, and who requests the issuance of a new certificate
before the corporation has notice that the certificate alleged to have
been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken has been acquired by a bona
fide purchaser, shall make an affidavit of that fact and shall give the
corporation and its transfer agents and registrars a bond of indemnity
with unlimited liability, in form and with one or more corporate
sureties satisfactory to the chief executive officer or treasurer of the
corporation (except that the chief executive officer or treasurer may
authorize the acceptance of a bond of different amount, or a bond with
personal surety thereon, or a personal agreement of indemnity),
whereupon in the discretion of the chief executive officer or the
treasurer and except as otherwise provided by law a new certificate may
be issued of the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one
alleged to have been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken. In lieu of a
separate bond of indemnity in each case, the chief executive officer of
the corporation may accept an assumption of liability under a blanket
bond issued in favor of the corporation and its transfer agents and
registrars by one or more corporate sureties satisfactory to him.
(Amended September 14, 1972)
Section 4. Transfer Agent and Registrars. The board of directors by
resolution may appoint a transfer agent or agents or a registrar or
registrars of transfer, or both. All such appointments shall confer
such powers, rights, duties and obligations consistent with the laws of
the State of Indiana as the board of directors shall determine. The
board of directors may appoint the treasurer of the corporation and one
or more assistant treasurers to serve as transfer agent or agents.
(Amended May 28, 1969)
Section 5. Record Date. For the purposes of determining shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors shall fix in advance a date as a record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of shareholders. (Amended November 6, 1986)
ARTICLE VII
Liability
No person or his personal representatives shall be liable to the corporation for any loss or damage suffered by it on account of any action taken or omitted to be taken by such person in good faith as an officer or employee of the corporation, or as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, which he serves or served at the request of the corporation, if such person (a) exercised and used the same degree of care and skill as a prudent man would have exercised and used under like circumstances, charged with a like duty, or (b) took or omitted to take such action in reliance upon advice of counsel for the corporation or such enterprise or upon statements made or information furnished by persons employed or retained by the corporation or such enterprise upon which he had reasonable grounds to rely. The foregoing shall not be exclusive of other rights and defenses to which such person or his personal representatives may be entitled under law. (Last amended November 6, 1986)
ARTICLE VIII
Indemnification
Section 1. Actions by a Third Party. The corporation shall indemnify any person who is or was a party, or is threatened to be made a defendant or respondent, to a proceeding, including any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than actions by or in the right of the corporation), and whether formal or informal, who is or was a director, officer, or employee of the corporation or who, while a director, officer, or employee of the corporation, is or was serving at the corporation's request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, against:
(a) any reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred with respect to a proceeding, if such person is wholly successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of such proceeding, or
(b) judgments, settlements, penalties, fines (including excise taxes assessed with respect to employee benefit plans) and reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred with respect to a proceeding where such person is not wholly successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of the proceeding if:
(i) the individual's conduct was in good faith; and
(ii) the individual reasonably believed:
(A) in the case of conduct in the individual's capacity as a director, officer or employee of the corporation, that the individual's conduct was in the corporation's best interests; and
(B) in all other cases, that the individual's conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation's best interests; and
(iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the individual either:
(A) had reasonable cause to believe the individual's conduct was lawful; or
(B) had no reasonable cause to believe the individual's conduct was unlawful.
The termination of a proceeding by a judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the director, officer, or employee did not meet the standard of conduct described in this section. (Last amended November 6, 1986)
Section 2. Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation. The corporation shall indemnify any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a defendant or respondent, to a proceeding, including any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, or employee of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, against any reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees):
(a) if such person is wholly successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of such proceeding, or
(b) if not wholly successful:
(i) the individual's conduct was in good faith; and
(ii) the individual reasonably believed:
(A) in the case of conduct in the individual's capacity as a director, officer, or employee of the corporation, that the individual's conduct was in the corporation's best interests; and
(B) in all other cases, that the individual's conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation's best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application, that despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which such court shall deem proper. (Last amended November 6, 1986)
Section 3. Methods of Determining Whether Standards for Indemnification Have Been Met. Any indemnification under Sections 1 or 2 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, or employee is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2. In the case of directors of the corporation such determination shall be made by any one of the following procedures:
(a) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not at the time parties to the proceeding;
(b) if a quorum cannot be obtained under (a), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the board of directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties to the proceeding;
(c) by special legal counsel:
(i) selected by the board of directors or a committee thereof in the manner prescribed in (a) or (b); or
(ii) if a quorum of the board of directors cannot be obtained under (a) and a committee cannot be designated under (b), selected by a majority vote of the full board of directors (in which selection directors who are parties may participate).
In the case of persons who are not directors of the corporation, such determination shall be made (a) by the chief executive officer of the corporation or (b) if the chief executive officer so directs or in his absence, in the manner such determination would be made if the person were a director of the corporation. (Last amended November 6, 1986)
Section 4. Advancement of Defense Expenses. The corporation may pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by a director, officer, or employee who is a party to a proceeding described in Section 1 or 2 of this Article in advance of the final disposition of said proceeding if:
(a) the director, officer, or employee furnishes the corporation a written affirmation of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct described in Section 1 or 2; and
(b) the director, officer, or employee furnishes the corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on his behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that the director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct; and
(c) a determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under Section 1 or 2.
The undertaking required by this Section must be an unlimited general obligation of the director, officer, or employee but need not be secured and may be accepted by the corporation without reference to the financial ability of such person to make repayment. (Last Amended November 6, 1986)
Section 5. Non-Exclusiveness of Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for or authorized by this Article does not exclude any other rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses that a person may have under:
(a) the corporation's articles of incorporation or bylaws;
(b) any resolution of the board of directors or the shareholders of the corporation;
(c) any other authorization adopted by the shareholders; or
(d) otherwise as provided by law, both as to such person's actions in his capacity as a director, officer, or employee of the corporation and as to actions in another capacity while holding such office.
Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, or employee, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of such person. (Last amended November 6, 1986)
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed and new bylaws may be made by a majority of the whole board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors. (Amended May 11, 1978)
Exhibit 4(b)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Debt Securities
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of July 1, 1992
to the Indenture dated as of January 15, 1987
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Trustee
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 1992, between Lincoln National Corporation, an Indiana corpo- ration ("Company"), and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, a New York trust company. as Trustee under the Original Indenture, as hereinafter defined ("Trustee").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Company heretofore has executed and delivered to the Trustee its Indenture dated as of January 15, 1987 (herein referred to as the "Original Indenture");
WHEREAS, Section 2.01 of the Original Indenture provides that Securities may be issued thereunder in one or more series, each series to contain or be subject to all terms, and to be in such form or forms, as shall be approved by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or- more supplements to this Indenture;
WHEREAS, the Company is desirous of providing for the creation under the Indenture of a new series of Securities des- ignated as 7 1/8% Notes due July 15, 1999 (herein referred to as the 1999 Notes"), the Securities of said series to be sub- stantially in the form and of the tenor following, to-wit:
[FORM OF FACE OF THE 1999 NOTES]
Lincoln National Corporation
7 1/8% Note due July 15, 1999
[Registered] CUSIP No [SPECIFY AMOUNT AND CURRENCY] ------------------ Lincoln National Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Indiana (hereinafter |
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth in this place.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been
executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by
manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any bene-
fit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any pur-
pose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lincoln National Corporation has caused
this Instrument to be signed in its corporate name by its
Chairman or its President or one of its Vice Presidents
manually or in facsimile and a facsimile of its corporate seal
to be imprinted hereon and attested by the manual or facsimile
signature of its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries.
Dated:
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Attest:
Certificate of Authentication
This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By
Authorized Officer
[FORM OF REVERSE OF THE 1999 NOTES]
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company of a series hereinafter specified, all issued and to be issued under an Indenture dated as of January 15, 1987 and supplemented as of July 1, 1992 (herein called the -Indenture"), between the Company and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee", which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto ref- erence is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The Securities may be issued in one or more series, which different series may vary as provided in the Indenture. This Note is one of a series of the Securities of the Company designated as its 7 1/8% Notes due July 15, 1999 (herein called the "Notes"), limited in aggregate principal amount to $100,000,000, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture.
The Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity and are not entitled to any sinking fund. If an Event of Default shall occur with respect to the Notes, the principal of the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the Notes, upon which the Company, at its option, shall be deemed to have been Discharged from its obligations with respect to the Notes or shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with certain restrictive covenants of the Indenture.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of any series under the Indenture at any time by the Company with the consent of the Holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected at the time outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected at the time outstanding on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be con- clusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note or upon any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable on the Security register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for transfer at the office or agency of the Company in the City of New York, New York, duly endorsed by. or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes. of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.
The Notes are issuable in denominations of $1,000 and inte- gral multiples thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
No service charge will be made for any such transfer or exchange, but tile Company may require payment of a sum suffi- cient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Note or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in any manner in respect hereof, or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by vir- tue of any constitutional provision or statute or .rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or in any other manner, all. such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance hereof and as part Of the Consider- ation for the issue hereof.
All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
Exhibit 4(c)
WHEREAS, the Company is desirous of providing for the cre- ation under the Indenture of a new series of Securities desig- nated as 7 5/8% Notes due July 15, 2002 (herein referred to as the "2002 Notes" and collectively with the 1999 Notes, the "Notes"), the Securities of said series to be substantially in the form and of the tenor following, to wit:
[FORM OF FACE OF THE 2002 NOTES]
Lincoln National Corporation
7 5/8% Note due July 15, 2002
[Registered] CUSIP ----------- No [SPECIFY AMOUNT AND CURRENCY] Lincoln National Corporation, a corporation organized and |
for, on any interest payment date will, as provided in said Indenture, be paid to the person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the record date for such interest, which shall be the first day, whether or not a business day, of the calendar month of such interest payment date. Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note will be made at the designated office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in the City of New York, New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debt or, at the option of the Company interest so payable may be paid by check to the order of said Holder mailed to his address appearing on the Security register. Any interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall be payable as provided in the Indenture. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth in this place.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any bene- fit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any pur- pose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lincoln National Corporation has caused this Instrument to be signed in its corporate name by its Chairman or its President or one of its Vice Presidents manually or in facsimile and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries
Dated: LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Attest:
Certificate of Authentication
This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By
Authorized Officer
[FORM OF REVERSE QF THE 2002 NOTES]
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company of a series hereinafter specified, all issued and to. be issued under an Indenture dated as of January 15, 1987 and supplemented as of July 1, 1992 (herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (herein .called the "Trustee", which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto ref- erence is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The Securities may be issued in one or more series, which different series may vary as provided in the Indenture. This Note is one of a series of the Securities of the Company designated as its 7 5/8% Notes due July 15, 2002 (herein .called the "Notes"), limited in aggregate principal amount to $100,000,000, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture.
The Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity and are not entitled to any sinking fund. If an Event of Default shall occur with respect to the Notes, .the principal of the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the Notes, upon which the Company, at its option, shall be deemed to have been Discharged from its obligations with respect to the Notes or shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with certain restrictive covenants of the Indenture.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of any series under the Indenture at any time by the Company with the consent of the Holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected at the time outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected at the time outstanding on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be con- clusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note or upon any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or .impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable on the Security register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for transfer at the office or agency of the Company in the City of New York, New York, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes. of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.
The Notes are issuable in denominations of $1,000 and inte- gral multiples thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
No service charge will be made for any such transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum suffi- cient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of . receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Note or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in any manner in respect hereof, or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by vir- tue of any constitutional provision or statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or in any other manner, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consider- ation for the issue hereof.
All terms. used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to amend or supplement
Section 2.03 of the Original Indenture to appoint therein a
Registrar and Paying Agent other than the Trustee with respect
to the Notes pursuant to Sections Z.03 and 9.01 of the Original
Indenture; and
WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company; and the Company has requested and does hereby request the Trustee to join with the Company in the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture;
The Company and the Trustee hereby further covenant and agree as follows, to-wit:
ARTICLE I.
REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTES
ARTICLE II.
FORM AND EXECUTION OF SECURITIES OF SERIES DUE JULY 15, 1999
AND JULY 15, 2002
Section 2.01 (a) There is hereby created, for issuance under the Indenture, a series of Securities designated the "1999 Notes", each of which shall bear the descriptive title "7 1/8% Notes due July 15, 1999" and the form thereof shall be as set forth in the preambles to this First Supplemental Indenture. The 1999 Notes shall mature July 15, 1999, and shall be issued as registered notes without coupons in denominations of integral multiples Of $1,000. The Securities of said series shall bear interest at the rate of 7 1/8% per annum payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, and the principal shall be payable at the office of the Paying Agent in New York, New York, in lawful money of the United States of America, and the interest shall he payable in like money at the option of the person entitled to such interest at said office of the Paying Agent in New York, New York, provided that at the option of the Company pay- ment of interest may be made by wire transfer to the person entitled thereto if such person has provided proper wire transfer instructions or by check mailed to the address of such person as such address shall appear in the records maintained by the Registrar. The 1999 Notes shall not be redeemable prior to maturity and shall not he entitled to any sinking fund.
(b) There is hereby created, for issuance under the Indenture, a series of Securities designated the "2002 Notes", each of which shall bear the descriptive title "7 5/8% Notes due July 15, 2002" and the form thereof shall contain suitable provisions with respect to the matters hereinafter specified in this Section. The 2002 Notes shall mature July 15, 2002 and shall be issued as registered notes without coupons in denominations of integral multiples of $1,000. The Securities of said series shall bear interest at the rate of 7 5/8% per annum payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, and the principal shall be payable at the office of the Paying Agent in New York, New York, in lawful money of the United States of America, and the interest shall be payable in like money at the option at' the person entitled to such inter- est at said office of the Paying Agent in New York, New York, provided that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by wire transfer to the person entitled thereto if such person has provided proper wire transfer instructions or by check mailed to the address of such person as such address shall appear in the records maintained by the Registrar. The 2002 Notes shall not be redeemable prior to maturity and shall not be entitled to any sinking fund.
Section 2.02 The Holder of any of the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes (collectively, the Notes"), at his option may surrender the same at the office of the Registrar in New York, New York, or elsewhere if authorized by the Company, for can- cellation, in exchange for other Registered Securities of the said series of the same aggregate principal amount, bearing interest as provided in Section 2.01 hereof, as the case may be, thereupon, and upon receipt of any payment required under the provisions of Section 2.03 hereof, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such other Registered Securities to such Holder at its office or at any other place specified as aforesaid.
Section 2.03 No charge shall be made by the Company for any exchange or transfer of the Notes, other than for taxes or other governmental charges, if any, that may be imposed in relation thereto.
Section 2.04(a) Except as provided in
Section 2.04(c) below, the Holder of all of the Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and the Notes shall be registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC. Payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes registered in the name of Cede & Co. sha11 be made by transfer of immedi- ately available funds with respect to the Notes to the account of Cede K Co. on each such payment date for the Notes at the address indicated for Cede a Co. in the records kept by the Registrar
(b) Each of the series of Securities referred to
herein as the 1999 Notes and the 2002 Notes shall be initially
issued in the form of a separate single authenticated fully-
registered note (collectively, the Book-Entry Notes") in the
aggregate principal amount of the 1999 Notes and the 2002
Notes, respectively. Upon initial issuance, the ownership of
the Notes shall be registered in the records kept by the
Registrar in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. The
Trustee and the Company may treat DTC (or its nominee) as the
sole and exclusive Holder of the Notes registered in its name
for the purposes of payment of the principal of, and interest
on the Notes and of giving any notice permitted or required to
be given to Holders under the Indenture, except as provided in
Section 2.04(c) below; and neither the Trustee nor the Company
shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Neither the
Trustee nor the Company shall have any responsibility or
obligation to any of DTC's participants (each a "Participant"),
any person Claiming a beneficial ownership in the Hates. under
or through DTC or any Participant (each a "Beneficial .Owner"),
or any other person which is not shown in the records main-
tained by the Registrar as being a Holder, with respect to the
accuracy of any records maintained by DTC or any Participant;
the payment of DTC or any Participant of any amount in respect
of the principal of, or interest on the Notes; any notice which
is permitted or required to he given to Holders under the
Indenture of the Notes, or any consent given or other action
taken by DTC as Securityholder. The Paying Agent shall pay all
principal of. and interest on the Notes registered in the name
of Cede & Co. only to or upon the order of" DTC, and all such
payments shall be valid and effective to fully satisfy and dis-
charge the Company's obligations with respect to the principal
of, and interest on the Notes to the extent of the sum or sums
so paid. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.04(c)
below, no person other than DTC shall receive authenticated
certificates evidencing the obligation of the Company to make
payments of principal of, and interest on the Notes. Upon de-
livery by DTC to the Trustee of written notice to the effect
that DTC has determined to substitute a new nominee in place of
Cede b Co., and subject to the provisions of the Indenture with
respect to transfers of Securities, the word "Cede & Co." in
this First Supplemental Indenture shall refer to such new
nominee of DTC
(c) With regard to either the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes. if DTC notifies the Company that it is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as depository or if at any time DTC shall no longer be eligible to continue as depository, the Company shall appoint a successor depository. If (i) a succes- sor depository is not appointed by the Company within ninety days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such ineligibility, (ii) the Company executes and delivers an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the respective Book-Entry Note shall be exchangeable, or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with regard to such Notes, the Company and the Trustee shall deliver certifi- cates as described in this First Supplemental Indenture for the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes, as the case may be, in exchange for the respective Book-Entry Note in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Book-Entry Note. In such event, the Trustee shall issue, transfer and exchange certificates as requested by DTC in appropriate amounts pursu- ant to Section 2.06 of the Original Indenture and Section 2.02 of this First Supplemental Indenture. If certificates are issued, the provisions of the Indenture shall apply to, among other things, the transfer and exchange of such certificates and the method of payment and principal of, and interest on such certificates. If a successor depository is appointed by the Company with regard to the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes, the Trustee (at the sole cost and expense of the Company) shall cooperate in arranging for such other book-entry depository to maintain custody of the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes, as the case may be. Any successor book-entry depository must be a clearing agency registered with the* Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and must enter into an agreement with the Company and the Trustee agreeing to act as the depository and clearing agency for the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes, as the case may be. After such agreement has become effective, DTC shall present the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes, as the case may be, for registration of transfer in accordance with Section 2.06 of the Original Indenture, and the Registrar shall register them in the name of the successor book-entry depository or its nominee. If a successor book -- entry depository has not accepted such position before the effective date of DTC's termination of its services, the book-entry system shall automatically termi- nate and may not be reinstated without the consent of all of the Holders of the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes, as the case may be.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this First Supplemental Indenture to the contrary, so long as any of the Notes are registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, all payments with respect to the principal of, and inter- est on such Notes, and all notices with respect to such Notes shall be made and given, respectively, to DTC as provided in the representation letter dated as of the date of delivery of the Notes among DTC and the Company. The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to comply with all terms of the repre- sentation letter.
(e) In connection with any notice or other communica- tion to be provided pursuant to the Indenture for the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes by the Company or the Trustee with re- spect to any consent or other action to be taken by the Holders of such Notes, the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall seek to establish a record date for such consent or other action and give DTC notice of such record date not less than fifteen (15) calendar days in advance of such record date to the extent possible. Such notice to DTC shall be given only when DTC is the sole Holder of the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes, as the case may be.
(f) NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR THE TRUSTEE WILL HAVE ANY
RESPONSIBILITY OR OBLIGATIONS TO THE PARTICIPANTS OR THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS WITH RESPECT TO (1) THE ACCURACY OF ANY
RECORDS MAINTAINED BY DTC OR ANY PARTICIPANT; (2) THE PAYMENT
BY DTC OR ANY PARTICIPANT OF ANY AMOUNT DUE TO ANY BENEFICIAL
OWNER IN RESPECT OF THE PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON THE NOTES;
(3) THE DELIVERY BY DTC OR ANY PARTICIPANT OF ANY NOTICE TO ANY
BENEFICIAL OWNER WHICH IS REQUIRED OR PERMITTED UNDER THE TERMS
OF THE INDENTURE TO .BE GIVEN TO HOLDERS; OR (4) ANY CONSENT
GIVEN OR OTHER ACTION TAKEN BY DTC AS A HOLDER.
SO LONG AS CEDE& CO. IS THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE NOTES AS NOMINEE OF DTC, REFERENCES HEREIN TO THE NOTES OR REGISTERED HOLDERS OF THE NOTES SHALL MEAN CEDE b CO. AND SHALL NOT MEAN THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THE NOTES NOR DTC PARTICIPANTS.
(g) Upon the termination of the services of DTC with respect
to the 1999 Notes of the 2002 Notes pursuant to subsection (c) of this
Section 2.04 after which no substitute book-entry depository is
appointed, the 1999 Notes or the 2002 Notes, as the case may be, shall be
registered in whatever name or names Holders transferring or exchanging
such Notes shall designate in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.
ARTICLE III.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 3.01 This First Supplemental Indenture shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Original Indenture.
Section 3.02 (a) If any provision of this First Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture required to be included in indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (as enacted prior to the date of this First Supplemental Indenture) by any of the provisions of Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the said Act, such required provisions shall control.
(b) In case any one or more of the provisions con- tained in this First Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes issued hereunder. should be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the validity. legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way he affected, impaired, prejudiced, or disturbed thereby.
Section 3.03 Wherever in this First Supplemental Indenture the word "Indenture" is used without the prefix "Original" or "First Supplemental" such word was used intentionally to include in its meaning both the Original Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto.
Section 3.04 Wherever in this First Supplemental Indenture either of the parties hereto is named or referred to, this shall be deemed to include the successors or assigns of such party, and all the covenants and agreements in this First Supplemental Indenture contained by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of the Trustee shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of such parties, whether so expressed or not.
Section 3.05 (a) This First Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, and all said counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
(b) The descriptive headings of the several Articles of this First Supplemental Indenture were formulated, used and inserted in this First Supplemental Indenture for convenience only and shall not be deemed to affect the meaning or construc- tion of any of the provisions hereof.
SIGNATURES
Dated: as of July 1, 1992 LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:
[Vice] President
Attest:
(SEAL)
[Assistant] Secretary
Dated: as of July 1, 1992 MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as TRUSTEE Attest: By: Vice President (SEAL) Assistant Secretary 3275K |
[FORM OF FACE OF THE 1999 NOTES]
Lincoln National Corporation
7 1/8% Note due July 15, 1999
[Registered] CUSIP
No [SPECIFY AMOUNT AND CURRENCY]
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this
Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions
shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth in
this place.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been
executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by
manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any bene-
fit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any pur-
pose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lincoln National Corporation has caused this Instrument to be signed in its corporate name by its Chairman or its President or one of its Vice Presidents manually or in facsimile and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries.
Dated: LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Attest:
Certificate of Authentication
This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By
Authorized Officer
[FORM OF REVERSE OF THE 1999 NOTES)
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company of a series hereinafter specified, all issued and to be issued under an Indenture dated as of January 15, 1987 and supplemented as of July 1, 1992 (herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee", which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto ref- erence is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to he. authenticated and delivered. The Securities may be issued in one or more series, which different series may vary as provided in the Indenture. This Note is one of a series of the Securities of the Company designated as its 7 1/8% Notes due July 15, 1999 (herein called the "Notes"), limited in aggregate principal amount to $100,000,000, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture.
The Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity and are not entitled to any sinking fund. If an Event of Default shall occur with respect to the Notes, the principal of the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the Notes, upon which the Company, at its option, shall be deemed to have been Discharged from its obligations with respect to the Notes or shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with certain restrictive covenants of the Indenture.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of any series under the Indenture at any time by the Company with the consent of the Holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected at the time outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected at the time outstanding on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver .by the Holder of this Note shall be con- clusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange Hereford or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note or upon any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange Hereford or in lieu hereof.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable on the Security register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for transfer at the office or agency of the Company in the City of New York, New York, .duly endorsed by. or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar. duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.
The Notes ate issuable in denominations of $1,000 and inte- gral multiples thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
No service charge will be made for any such transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a .sum suffi- cient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Note or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in any manner in respect hereof, or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by vir- tue of any constitutional provision or statute or rule of law, or by tile enforcement of any assessment or penalty or in any other manner, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consider- ation for the issue hereof.
All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall haec the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
3301K
[FORM OF FACE OF THE 2002 NOTES]
Lincoln National Corporation
7 5/8% Note due July 15, 2002
[Registered] CUSIP
No [SPECIFY AMOUNT AND CURRENCY)
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth in this place.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any bene- fit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory Ear any pur- pose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lincoln National Corporation has caused this Instrument to be signed in its corporate name by its Chairman or its President or one of its Vice Presidents manually or in facsimile and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries.
Dated: LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION Attest: Certificate of Authentication This is one of the Securities of the series designated |
herein referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By
Authorized Officer
[FORM OF REVERSE OF THE 2002 NOTES]
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company of a series hereinafter specified, all issued and to be issued under an Indenture dated as of January 15, 1987 and supplemented as of July 1, 1992 (herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee", which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto ref- erence is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The Securities may be issued in one or more series, which different series may vary as provided in the Indenture. This Note is one of a series of the Securities of the Company designated as its 7 5/8% Notes due July 15, 2002 (herein called the "Note* ), limited in aggregate principal amount to $100,000,000, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture.
The Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity and are not entitled to any .sinking fund. If an Event of Default shall occur with respect to the Notes, the principal of the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the Notes, upon which the Company, at its option, shall be deemed to have been Discharged from its obligations with respect to the Notes or shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with certain restrictive covenants of the Indenture.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of any series under the Indenture at any time by the Company with the consent of the Holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected at the time outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected at the time outstanding on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be con-. elusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange Hereford or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note or upon any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange Hereford or in lieu hereof.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable on the Security register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for transfer at the office or agency of the Company in the city of New York. New York, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will he issued to the designated transferee or transferees.
The Notes are issuable in denominations of $1,000 and inte- gral multiples thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
No service charge will be made for any such transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum suffi- cient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the person in *hose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the. Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on. this Note or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in any manner in respect hereof. or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer. or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by vir- tue of any constitutional provision or statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or in any other manner, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consider- ation for the issue hereof.
All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
Exhibit 4(d)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
and
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON
Rights Agent
AMENDED AND RESTATED
RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Dated as of November 14, 1996
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Section 1. Certain definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent . . . . . . . . . . .7 Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates . . . . . . . . . . .7 Section 4. Form of Right Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . .9 Section 5. Countersignature and Registration . . . . . . . 10 Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates . . . . . . . 11 Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Section 9. Availability of Common Shares . . . . . . . . . 14 Section 10. Common Shares Ownership Date. . . . . . . . . . 16 Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights. . . . . . . . . . . 17 Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares . . . . 34 Section 15. Rights of Action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders. . . . . . . . . . . 36 Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent . . . . . . . . . . 37 Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Section 21. Change of Rights Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates. . . . . . . 45 Section 23. Redemption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Section 24. Exchange. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Section 25. Notice of Certain Events. . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Section 26. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Section 27. Supplements and Amendments. . . . . . . . . . . 52 Section 28. Successors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . 53 Section 30. Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Section 31. Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Section 32. Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Section 33. Descriptive Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 |
RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Agreement, dated as of November 14, 1996, between
Lincoln National Corporation, an Indiana corporation (the
"Corporation"), and The First National Bank of Boston (the
"Rights Agent") amends and totally restates the agreement entered
into between the Corporation and the Rights Agent as of November
7, 1986.
WHEREAS, The Board of Directors of the Corporation
authorized and declared a dividend of one common share purchase
right (a "Right") for each Common Share (as hereinafter defined)
of the Corporation outstanding on November 21, 1986, each Right
representing the right to purchase one share of Common Stock, no
par value, of the Corporation upon the terms and subject to the
conditions therein set forth, and further authorized the issuance
of one Right with respect to each Common Share that was issued
between November 21, and the earliest of the Distribution Date,
the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date (as such terms
are hereinafter defined).
WHEREAS, The Board of Directors of the Corporation retained
the right to amend and restate the agreement entered into as of
November 7, 1986, to extend its Final Expiration Date, and, so
long as there was no Acquiring Person (as hereinafter defined) to
extend the period during which the Rights could be redeemed.
WHEREAS, The agreement entered into as of November 7, 1986,
unless amended and restated, will expire with shareholders of
the Corporation having neither the right of redemption nor the
ability to exercise the rights. The Board of Directors of the
Corporation, therefore, desires to extend the Final Expiration
Date and to make certain other amendments to, and totally
restate, the agreement entered into as of November 7, 1986.
Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Certain definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
(a) "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person (other than any Exempt Person), who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates (as such terms are hereinafter defined) of such Person, is the Beneficial Owner (as such term is hereinafter defined) of 15% or more of the Common Shares then outstanding; provided, however, that the term "Acquiring Person" shall not include a Person (i) who is the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the Common Shares then outstanding solely as a result of a reduction in the number of Common Shares outstanding, unless subsequent to such reduction such Person or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of any additional Common Shares other than as a result of a stock dividend, stock split or similar transaction effected by the Corporation in which all shareholders are treated equally or (ii) who is the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the Common Shares then outstanding but who acquired Beneficial Ownership of Common Shares without any plan or intention to seek control of the Corporation, if such Person promptly enters into a firm commitment to divest, and thereafter promptly divests (without exercising or retaining any power, including voting, with respect to such Shares), sufficient Common Shares (or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Shares) so that such Person ceases to be the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the then outstanding Common Shares.
(b) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as in effect on the date of this Agreement.
(c) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of and shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities:
(i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
(ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than these Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote or dispose of pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or
(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any securities of the Corporation; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security if such beneficial ownership arises solely as a result of such Person's status as a "clearing agency," as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the Exchange Act.
Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial Ownership to the contrary, the phrase "then outstanding," when used with reference to a Person's Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Corporation, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.
(d) "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the State of Indiana are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
(e) "Close of Business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., eastern standard time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., eastern standard time, on the next succeeding Business Day.
(f) "Common Shares" when used with reference to the Corporation shall mean the shares of common stock, without par value, of the Corporation; provided, however, that if the Corporation is the continuing or surviving corporation in a transaction described in Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 13 hereof, "Common Shares" when used with reference to the "Corporation" shall mean the capital stock or equity security with the greatest aggregate voting power of the Corporation. "Common Shares" when used with reference to any Person other than the Corporation (including an Issuer as defined in Section 13 hereof) shall mean the capital stock or equity security with the greatest voting power of such other Person.
(g) "Distribution Date" shall mean the earlier of (i) the Close of Business on the tenth calendar day after a Share Acquisition Date or (ii) the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person) after the date of the commencement by any Person (other than any Exempt Person) or of the first public announcement of the intention of any Person (other than any Exempt Person) to commence a tender or exchange offer, the consummation of which would result in any Person becoming the Beneficial Owner of Common Shares aggregating 15% or more of the then outstanding Common Shares (including any such date which is after the date of this Agreement and prior to the issuance of the Rights).
(h) "Exempt Person" shall mean (i) the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation, (ii) any employee benefit or stock ownership plan of the Corporation or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan, or (iii) any Person who acquires Common Shares from any other Exempt Person in one or a series of related transactions, each of which is approved by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that if any Person who becomes a Exempt Person solely by virtue of subsection (iii) above, or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person, subsequently becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Common Shares in a transaction or transactions not approved by the Board of Directors, such Person shall no longer be deemed a "Exempt Person" with respect to all Common Shares of which it, or any of its Affiliates or Associates, is the Beneficial Owner."
(i) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of any such entity.
(j) "Share Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public announcement by the Corporation or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such.
(k) "Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Corporation hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Corporation and the holders of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof, shall prior to the Distribution Date also be the holders of the Common Shares) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Corporation may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.
Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates.
(a) Until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights will be
evidenced (subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof) by
the certificates for Common Shares registered in the names of the
holders thereof (which certificates shall also be deemed to be
Right Certificates, as hereinafter defined) and not by separate
Right Certificates, and (ii) the right to receive Right
Certificates will be transferable only in connection with the
transfer of Common Shares. As soon as practicable after the
Distribution Date, the Corporation will prepare and execute, the
Rights Agent will countersign, and the Corporation will send or
cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested, send)
by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of
Common Shares as of the Close of Business on the Distribution
Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the
Corporation, a Right Certificate, in substantially the form of
Exhibit A hereto (a "Right Certificate"), evidencing one Right
for each Common Share so held. As of the Distribution Date, the
Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.
(b) As of the date of this Agreement, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Corporation will send a copy of a Summary of Rights to Purchase Common Shares, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (the "Summary of Rights"), in accordance with Section 26 hereof to each record holder of Common Shares as of the Close of Business on the next dividend record date. With respect to certificates for Common Shares outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, until the Distribution Date the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates registered in the names of the holders thereof together with a copy of the Summary of Rights. Until the Distribution Date (or the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date), the surrender for transfer of any certificate for Common Shares outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights attached thereto, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby.
(c) Certificates for Common Shares which become outstanding (including, without limitation, reacquired Common Shares referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph (c)) after the date of this Agreement but prior to the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the following legend:
This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between Lincoln National Corporation and First National Bank of Boston, dated as of November 14, 1996 (the "Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of Lincoln National Corporation. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such
Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. Lincoln National Corporation will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request therefor. As described in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to any Person who becomes an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) shall become null and void.
With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the Distribution Date, the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby. In the event that the Corporation purchases or acquires any Common Shares after the date of this Agreement but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common Shares shall be deemed canceled and retired so that the Corporation shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Shares which are no longer outstanding.
Section 4. Form of Right Certificates. The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase Common Shares and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Corporation may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from time to time be listed, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 22 hereof, the
Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of Common Shares as shall be set forth therein at the price per Common Share set forth therein (the "Purchase Price"), but the number of such Common Shares and the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.
Section 5. Countersignature and Registration. The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by its Chairman of the Board, its President, any of its Vice Presidents, or its Treasurer, either manually or by facsimile signature, shall have affixed thereto the Corporation's seal or a facsimile thereof, and shall be attested by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Right Certificates shall be manually or by facsimile countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned. In case any officer of the Corporation who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Corporation before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Corporation, such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Corporation with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Corporation by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Corporation to sign such Right Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such person was not such an officer.
Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its principal office, books for registration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates and the date of each of the Right Certificates.
Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates (other than Right Certificates representing Rights that have become void pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof or that have been exchanged pursuant to Section 24 hereof) may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of Common Shares as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled each holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Corporation may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Right Certificates.
Upon receipt by the Corporation and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, at the Corporation's request, reimbursement to the Corporation and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Corporation will make and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.
Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration
Date of Rights.
(a) The registered holder of any Right Certificate may
exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise
provided herein) in whole or in part at any time after the
Distribution Date upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with
the form of election to purchase on the reverse side thereof duly
executed, to the Rights Agent at the office of the Rights Agent
designated for such purpose, together with payment of the
Purchase Price for each Common Share as to which the Rights are
exercised, at or prior to the earliest of (i) the Close of
Business on November 14, 2006 (the "Final Expiration Date"), (ii)
the time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided in Section
23 hereof (the "Redemption Date"), or (iii) the time at which
such Rights are exchanged as provided in Section 24 hereof.
(b) The Purchase Price for each Common Share pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be $200, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.
(c) Upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for the shares to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Right Certificate in accordance with Section 9 hereof by certified check, cashier's check or money order payable to the order of the Corporation, the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Common Shares certificates for the number of Common Shares to be purchased and the Corporation hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests, or (B) requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of Common Shares as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Common Shares represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Corporation hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Corporation the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder, and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate.
(d) In case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.
Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates. All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Corporation or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in cancelled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Corporation shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Corporation otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Right Certificates to the Corporation, or shall, at the written request of the Corporation, provide the Corporation with a copy thereof and destroy such cancelled Right Certificates, and deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Corporation.
Section 9. Availability of Common Shares.
(a) If the Common Shares issuable and deliverable upon the
exercise of Rights are listed on any national securities
exchange, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts
to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become
exercisable, all Common Shares reserved for issuance to be listed
on such exchange upon official notice of issuance upon such
exercise.
(b) The Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts
to (i) file, as soon as practicable following the later to occur
of an event described in Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 13 hereof
or the Distribution Date, a registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), with respect to
the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an
appropriate form, (ii) cause such registration statement to
become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and
(iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with
a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act)
until the earliest of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no
longer exercisable for such securities, (B) the Final Expiration
Date and (C) the Redemption Date. The Corporation will also take
such action as may be appropriate under, or to ensure compliance
with, the securities or "blue sky" laws of the various states in
connection with the exercisability of the Rights; provided,
however, that the Corporation may temporarily suspend the
exercisability of the Rights to prepare and file such
registration statement and permit it to become effective, and
upon any such suspension, the Corporation shall issue a public
announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has
been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at
such time as the suspension is no longer in effect.
Notwithstanding any such provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction
unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall
have been obtained.
(c) The Corporation covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Common Shares delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such Common Shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares.
(d) The Corporation further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or of any Common Shares upon the exercise of Rights. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Common Shares in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Common Shares upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Corporation's reasonable satisfaction that no such tax is due.
Section 10. Common Shares Ownership Date. Each person in whose name any certificate for Common Shares is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Common Shares represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Common Shares transfer books of the Corporation are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the record holder on such succeeding Business Day on which the Common Shares transfer books of the Corporation are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Common Shares for which the
Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Corporation, except as provided herein.
Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares
or Number of Rights. The Purchase Price, the number of Common
Shares covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding
are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this
Section 11.
(a)(i) In the event the Corporation shall at
any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare a
dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares,
(B) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares, (C)
combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller
number of Common Shares or (D) issue any shares of its
capital stock in a reclassification of the Common
Shares (including any such reclassification in
connection with a consolidation or merger in which the
Corporation is the continuing or surviving
corporation), except as otherwise provided in this
Section 11(a), the Purchase Price in effect at the time
of the record date for such dividend or of the
effective date of such subdivision, combination or
reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of
capital stock issuable on such date, shall be
proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any
Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to
receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of
capital stock which, if such Right had been exercised
immediately prior to such date and at a time when the
Common Shares transfer books of the Corporation were
open, he would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value, if any, of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issuable upon exercise of one Right.
(ii) Subject to Section 24 of this Agreement, in the event that a Share Acquisition Date shall occur at any time after the date of this Agreement, then each holder of a Right shall thereafter have a right to receive, upon exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of the number of Common Shares for which the Right is then exercisable, such number of Common Shares of the Corporation as shall equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of Common Shares for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product by (y) 50% of the then current per share market price of the Corporation's Common Shares (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof as of the date such Person became an Acquiring Person). In the event that any Person shall become an Acquiring Person and the Rights shall then be outstanding, the Corporation shall not take any action which would eliminate or diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.
From and after the occurrence of the event described above, any Rights that are or were acquired or beneficially owned by such Acquiring Person (or any Associate or
Affiliate of such Acquiring Person) shall be void and any holder of such Rights shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights under any provision of this Agreement. No Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to Section 3 that represents Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof; no Right Certificate shall be issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee of such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate; and any Right Certificate delivered to the Rights Agent for transfer to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof shall be canceled.
(iii) In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares authorized and unissued to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii), the Corporation shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exercise of the Rights. However, if the Corporation is unable to cause the authorization of additional Common Shares within 90 calendar days after the occurrence of an event in Section 11(a)(ii), then, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Corporation shall determine the excess of the value, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, of the Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Right over the Purchase Price (such excess being hereinafter
referred to as the "Spread") and shall be obligated to deliver, upon the surrender of such Right and without requiring payment of the Purchase Price, Common Shares (to the extent available) and cash (to the extent permitted by applicable law and any agreements or instruments to which the Corporation is a party in effect immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event in Section 11(a)(ii)) in an amount equal to the Spread. To the extent that any legal or contractual restrictions prevent the Corporation from paying the full amount of cash payable in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall pay to holders of the Rights as to which such payments are payable all amounts which are not then restricted on a pro rata basis and shall continue to make payments on a pro rata basis as funds become available until the full amount due to each such Right holder has been paid.
(b) In case the Corporation shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Common Shares entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Common Shares (or shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Common Shares ("equivalent common shares")) or securities convertible into Common Shares or equivalent common shares at a price per Common Share or equivalent common share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Common Shares or equivalent common shares) less than the then current per share market price of the Common Shares (as defined in Section 11(d)) on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to
such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of Common Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Common Shares and/or equivalent common shares so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current market price and the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional Common Shares and/or equivalent common shares to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value, if any, of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent. Common Shares owned by or held for the account of the Corporation shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
(c) In case the Corporation shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Common Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a
consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend or a dividend payable in Common Shares) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then current per share market price of the Common Shares on such record date less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one Common Share and the denominator of which shall be such current per share market price of the Common Shares; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value, if any, of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation to be issued upon exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
(d)(i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of any Security (a "Security" for the purpose of this Section 11(d)(i) shall mean capital stock or equity security) on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the 30
consecutive Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; provided, however, that in the event that the current per share market price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or securities convertible into such shares, or (B) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Security and prior to the expiration of 30 Trading Days after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination of reclassification, then, and in each such case, the current per share market price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated
Quotations System ("NASDAQ") or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Security selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.
(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of the Common Shares shall be determined in accordance with the method set forth in Section 11(d)(i). If the Common Shares are not publicly held or so listed or traded, "current per share market price" shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent.
(e) No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the
nearest one ten-thousandth of a Common Share or one ten-thousandth of any other share or security as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the date of the expiration of the right to exercise any Rights.
(f) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to
Section 11(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter
exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital
stock of the Corporation other than Common Shares, thereafter the
number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any
Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a
manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the
provisions with respect to the Common Shares contained in Section
11(a) through (c), inclusive, and the provisions of Sections 7,
9, 10 and 13 with respect to the Common Shares shall apply on
like terms to any such other shares.
(g) All Rights originally issued by the Corporation subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of Common Shares purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.
(h) Unless the Corporation shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and (c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of
Common Shares (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth of a Common Share) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of Common Shares covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.
(i) The Corporation may elect on or after the date of any
adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights
in substitution for any adjustment in the number of Common Shares
purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights
outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall
be exercisable for the number of Common Shares for which a Right
was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right
held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights
shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one
ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect
immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the
Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the
Purchase Price. The Corporation shall make a public announcement
of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the
record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the
amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the
date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day
thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued,
shall be at least 10 days later than the date of the public
announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each
adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section
11(i), the Corporation shall, as promptly as practicable, cause
to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on
such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to
Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders
shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the
option of the Corporation, shall cause to be distributed to such
holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right
Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of
adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the
Corporation, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to
which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment.
Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed
and countersigned in the manner provided for herein and shall be
registered in the names of the holders of record of Right
Certificates on the record date specified in the public
announcement.
(j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of Common Shares which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.
(k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below the then par value, if any, of the Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Corporation shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.
(l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Corporation may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date the Common Shares and other capital stock or securities of the Corporation, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Common Shares and other capital stock or securities of the Corporation, if any, issuable on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Corporation shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.
(m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any consolidation or subdivision of the Common Shares, issuance wholly for cash or any Common Shares at less than the current market price, issuance wholly for cash or Common Shares or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, dividends on Common Shares payable in Common Shares or issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to hereinabove in Section 11(b), hereafter made by the Corporation to holders of its Common Shares shall not be taxable to such shareholders.
(n) In the event that at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Distribution Date, the Corporation shall (i) declare or pay any dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or (ii) effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Shares) into a greater or lessor number of Common Shares, then in any such case (y) the number of Common Shares purchasable after such event upon proper exercise of each Right shall be determined by multiplying the number of Common Shares so purchasable immediately prior to such event by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event, and (z) each Common Share outstanding immediately after such event shall have issued with respect to it that number of Rights which each Common Share outstanding immediately prior to such event had issued with respect to it. The adjustments provided for in this Section 11(n) shall be made successively whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a subdivision, combination or consolidation is effected.
Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or
Number of Shares. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in
Sections 11 and 13 hereof, the Corporation shall promptly (a)
prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment, and a brief
statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) file
with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common
Shares a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary
thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in accordance with
Section 25 hereof. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in
relying on such certificate and shall not be deemed to have
knowledge of any adjustment unless and until it shall have
received such certificate.
Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power. In the event, directly or indirectly,
(a) the Corporation shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation;
(b) any Person shall consolidate with the Corporation, or merge with and into the Corporation and the Corporation shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation and, in connection with such merger or consolidation, all or part of the Common Shares shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or the Corporation) or cash or any other property; or
(c) the Corporation shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power (including without limitation securities creating any obligation on the part of the Corporation and/or any of its Subsidiaries) aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person other than the Corporation or one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries,
then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so
that (i) each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided
herein) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the
exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
and in lieu of Common Shares of the Corporation, such number of
validly authorized and issued, fully paid, nonassessable and
freely tradeable Common Shares of such Person (including the
Corporation as successor thereto or as the surviving
corporation), free and clear of any liens, encumbrances and other
adverse claims and not subject to any rights of call or first
refusal, as shall be equal to the result obtained by (A)
multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of
Common Shares for which a Right is then exercisable (without
taking into account any adjustment previously made pursuant to
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) and dividing that product by (B) 50% of
the then current per share market price of the Common Shares of
such other Person (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof)
on the date of consummation of such consolidation, merger, sale
or transfer; (ii) the Issuer of such Common Shares shall
thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such
consolidation, merger, sale or transfer, all the obligations and
duties of the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) the
term "Corporation" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such
Issuer; and (iv) such Issuer shall take such steps (including,
but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its
Common Shares) in connection with such consummation as may be
necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter
be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to the
Common Shares thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the
Rights. For purposes of this Section 13, "Issuer" shall mean (x)
in the case of any event described in Sections 13(a) or (b)
above, the Person that is the continuing, surviving, resulting or
acquiring Person (including the Corporation as the continuing or
surviving corporation of a transaction described in Section 13(b)
above), and (y) in the case of any event described in Section
13(c) above, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest
portion of the assets or earning power (including without
limitation securities creating any obligation on the part of the
Corporation and/or any of its Subsidiaries) transferred pursuant
to such transaction or transactions; provided, however, that, in
any such case, (A) if (1) no class of equity security of such
Person is, at the time of such merger, consolidation or
transaction and has been continuously over the preceding 12-month
period, registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act and
(2) such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of
another Person, a class of equity security of which is and has
been so registered, the term "Issuer" shall mean such other
Person; and (B), in case such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, of more than one Person, a class of equity security
of two or more of which are and have been so registered, the term
"Issuer" shall mean whichever of such Persons is the issuer of
the equity security having the greatest aggregate market value.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer in any of the events
listed above is not a corporation or other legal entity having
outstanding equity securities, then, and in each such case, (i)
if the Issuer is directly or indirectly wholly owned by a
corporation or other legal entity having outstanding equity
securities, then all references to Common Shares of the Issuer
shall be deemed to be references to the Common Shares of the
corporation or other legal entity having outstanding equity
securities which ultimately controls the Issuer, and (ii) if
there is no such corporation or other legal entity having
outstanding equity securities, (Y) proper provision shall be made
so that the Issuer shall create or otherwise make available for
purposes of the exercise of the Rights in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, a type or types of security or
securities having a fair market value at least equal to the
economic value of the Common Shares which each holder of a Right
would have been entitled to receive if the Issuer had been a
corporation or other legal entity having outstanding equity
securities; and (Z) all other provisions of this Agreement shall
apply to the Issuer of such securities as if such securities were
Common Shares. The Corporation shall not consummate any such
consolidation, merger, sale or transfer unless prior thereto the
Issuer shall have a sufficient number of authorized Common Shares
(or other securities as contemplated above) which have not been
issued or reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of
the Rights in accordance with this Section 13 and unless prior to
such consummation the Corporation and such Issuer shall have
executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental
agreement providing for the terms set forth in this Section 13
and further providing that as soon as practicable after the
consummation of any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer,
the Issuer will
(i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act, with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, and will use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to (A) become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (B) remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act) until the earlier of the Expiration Date or the Redemption Date; and
(ii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for the Issuer and each of its Affiliates which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 under the Exchange Act.
The Corporation shall not enter into any transaction of the kind referred to in this Section 13 if at the time of such transaction there are any rights, warrants, instruments or securities outstanding or any agreements or arrangements which, as a result of the consummation of such transaction, would eliminate or substantially diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights. The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers.
Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.
(a) The Corporation shall not be required to issue
fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which
evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights,
there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right
Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would
otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same
fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the
purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a
whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the
Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such
fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable. The
closing price for any day shall be the last sale price, regular
way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the
average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in
either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction
reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to
trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Rights are not
listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting
system with respect to securities listed on the principal
national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or
admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted
to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted
price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low
asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by
NASDAQ or such other system then in use or, if on any such date
the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average
of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a
professional market maker making a market in the Rights selected
by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. If on any such
date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights, the
fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be used.
(b) The Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares. In lieu of fractional Common Shares, the Corporation shall pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one Common Share. For the purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a Common Share shall be the closing price of a Common Share (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.
(c) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise of a Right (except as provided above).
Section 15. Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent under Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the Common Shares); and any registered holder of any Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), may, in his own behalf and for his own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Corporation to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate in the manner provided in such Right Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any Person subject to, this Agreement.
Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Corporation and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:
(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the Common Shares:
(b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office of the Rights Agent, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer; and
(c) the Corporation and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Shares certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificates or the associated Common Shares certificate made by anyone other than the Corporation or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Corporation nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a
Shareholder. No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall
be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any
purpose the holder of the Common Shares, or any other securities
of the Corporation which may at any time be issuable on the
exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything
contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to
confer upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of
the rights of a shareholder of the Corporation or any right to
vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted
to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold
consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings
or other actions affecting shareholders (except as provided in
Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription
rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such
Right Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with
the provisions hereof.
Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent. The Corporation agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Corporation also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or expense incurred, in the absence of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises.
The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for, or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right Certificate or certificate for the Common Shares or for other securities of the Corporation, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof.
Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of
Rights Agent. Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any
successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or
consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights
Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the
stock transfer or corporate trust business of the Rights Agent or
any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights
Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any
paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties
hereto, provided that such corporation would be eligible for
appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of
Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights
Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement any
of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not
delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the
countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such
Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any
of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any
successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates
either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name
of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Right
Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right
Certificates and in this Agreement.
In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.
Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Corporation and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:
(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel, and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.
(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Corporation prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of the Corporation and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.
(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Corporation and any other Person only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Corporation only.
(e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Corporation of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Sections 3, 11, 13, 23 or 24, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after actual notice that such change or adjustment is required); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Common Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any Common Shares will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
(f) The Corporation agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.
(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of the Corporation, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the Corporation may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Rights Agent under this Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Rights Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five Business Days after the date any such officer of the Corporation actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.
(h) The Rights Agent and any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Corporation or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Corporation may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Corporation or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Corporation or for any other legal entity.
(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Corporation resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.
Section 21. Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Corporation and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. The Corporation may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon 30 days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Corporation shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Corporation shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate who shall, with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the Corporation, then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Corporation or by such a court, shall be (i) a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States (or of any state of the United States so long as such corporation is authorized to do business as a banking institution), validly existing and in good standing, if applicable, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or stock transfer powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million or (ii) a subsidiary of a corporation described in clause (i) of this sentence. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment the Corporation shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Shares, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.
Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Corporation may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Right Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Section 23. Redemption.
(a) The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, at its
option, at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Final
Expiration Date and (ii) the tenth calendar day following the
Share Acquisition Date, or such later date as may be specified by
a majority of the Board of Directors prior to the time the right
to redeem would otherwise expire pursuant to this (ii) hereof,
redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a
redemption price of $.01 per Right, appropriately adjusted to
reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction
occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being
hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price"). The
redemption of the Rights by the Board of Directors may be made
effective at such time on such basis and with such conditions as
the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish.
(b) If, following the occurrence of a Share Acquisition
Date and following the expiration of the right of redemption
hereunder but prior to the occurrence of an event described in
Section 13 ("Triggering Event") each of the following shall have
occurred and remain in effect: (i) a Person who is an Acquiring
Person shall have transferred or otherwise disposed of a number
of Common Shares in a transaction, or series of transactions,
which did not result in the occurrence of any Triggering Event
such that such Person is thereafter a Beneficial Owner of less
than 10% of the outstanding Common Shares, (ii) there are no
other Persons, immediately following the occurrence of the event
described in clause (i), who are Acquiring Persons, and (iii) the
transfer or other disposition described in clause (i) above was
other than pursuant to a transaction, or series of transactions,
which directly or indirectly involved the Corporation or any of
its Subsidiaries, then the right of redemption set forth in
Section 23(a) shall be reinstated and thereafter be subject to
the provisions of this Section; provided however, that such
Person shall for all purposes of this Agreement continue to be an
Acquiring Person.
(c) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Corporation ordering the redemption of the Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 23, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. The Corporation may, at its option, pay the Redemption Price in cash, Common Shares (based upon the current per share market price of the Common Shares (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) at the time of redemption) or any other form of consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors. The Corporation shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within 10 days after such action of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights pursuant to paragraph (a), the Corporation shall mail a notice of redemption to all the holders of the then outstanding Rights in accordance with Section 26 hereof. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made. Neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries, Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 24 hereof, and other than in connection with the purchase of Common Shares prior to the Distribution Date.
Section 24. Exchange.
(a) The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, at its
option, at any time after a Share Acquisition Date, exchange all
or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which
shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the
provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) for Common Shares at an
exchange ratio of one Common Share per Right, appropriately
adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar
transaction occurring after the date hereof (such exchange ratio
being hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio").
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not
be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Person
(other than the Corporation, any Subsidiary of the Corporation,
any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any such
Subsidiary, or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant
to the terms of any such plan), together with all Affiliates and
Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or
more of the Common Shares then outstanding.
(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Corporation ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of Common Shares equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Corporation shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Corporation promptly shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights in accordance with Section 26 hereof. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Common Shares for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.
(c) In any exchange pursuant to this Section 24, the Corporation, at its option, may substitute equivalent common shares, as such term is defined in Section 11(b) hereof, for Common Shares exchangeable for Rights, as appropriately adjusted to reflect adjustments in the voting rights of the Common Shares pursuant to the terms thereof, so that the fraction of an equivalent common share delivered in lieu of each Common Share shall have the same voting rights as one Common Share.
(d) In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this Section 24, the Corporation shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exchange of the Rights.
(e) In any exchange pursuant to this Section 24, the Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares. In lieu of such fractional Common Shares, the Corporation shall pay to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Common Shares would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Common Share. For the purposes of this paragraph (e), the current market value of a whole Common Share shall be the closing price of a Common Share (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of exchange pursuant to this Section 24.
Section 25. Notice of Certain Events.
(a) In case the Corporation shall propose (i) to pay any
dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of its
Common Shares or to make any other distribution to the holders of
its Common Shares (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend),
(ii) to offer to the holders of its Common Shares rights or
warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Common
Shares or shares of stock of any class or any other securities,
rights or options, (iii) to effect any reclassification of its
Common Shares, (iv) to effect any consolidation or merger into or
with, or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one
or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other
transfer), in one or more transactions, of 50% or more of the
assets or earning power of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries
(taken as a whole) to, any other Person, or (v) to effect the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, then,
in each such case, the Corporation shall give to each holder of a
Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice
of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for
the purposes of such stock dividend, or distribution of rights or
warrants, or the date on which such reclassification,
consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution,
or winding up is to take place and the date of participation
therein by the holders of the Common Shares, if any such date is
to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any
action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least 10 days prior
to the record date for determining holders of the Common Shares
for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other
action, at least 10 days prior to the date of the taking of such
proposed action or the date of participation therein by the
holders of the Common Shares, whichever shall be the earlier.
(b) In case a Share Acquisition Date shall occur, then the Corporation shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe such event and the consequences of such event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.
Section 26. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Corporation shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:
Lincoln National Corporation
200 East Berry Street
Ft. Wayne, Indiana 46802
Attention: General Counsel
Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Corporation or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Corporation) as follows:
The First National Bank of Boston
c/o Boston EquiServe
150 Royall Street
Canton, Massachusetts 02021
Attention: Shareholder Services Division
Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Corporation or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Shares prior to issuance of Right Certificates; otherwise, at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Rights Agent.
Section 27. Supplements and Amendments. Prior to the Distribution Date, if the Corporation so directs, the Corporation and the Rights Agent shall supplement or amend any provision of this Agreement in any manner which the Corporation may deem desirable without the approval of any holders of Rights or certificates representing Common Shares. From and after the Distribution Date, the Corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, and the Rights Agent may supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights or Certificates representing Common Shares in order (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, (iii) to shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder, or (iv) to change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner which the Corporation, upon such approval, may deem desirable, including without limitation the addition of other events requiring adjustment to the Rights under Sections 11 or 13 or procedures relating to the redemption of the Rights, which change, amendment or supplement shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights Certificates (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Person); provided, however, that this Agreement may not be supplemented or amended pursuant to this sentence to lengthen, pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence, any time period unless such lengthening is specifically contemplated hereby or is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of, or the benefits to, the holders of Rights. Upon the delivery of a certificate from the President or any Vice President of the Corporation which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 27, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment; provided, however, that the failure or refusal of the Rights Agent to execute such supplement or amendment shall not affect the validity or effective date of any supplement or amendment adopted by the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no supplement or amendment shall be made which decreases the stated Redemption Price or the period of time remaining until the Final Expiration Date.
Section 28. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Corporation or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.
Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person or corporation other than the Corporation, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Corporation, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares).
Section 30. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.
Section 31. Governing Law. This Agreement and each Right Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Indiana and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.
Section 32. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 33. Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:
Attest:
By:
-----------------------, [Title]
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON
Attest:
EXHIBIT A
Form of Right Certificate
Certificate No. Rights
NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER NOVEMBER 14, 2006 OR EARLIER IF REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE OCCURS. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $.01 PER RIGHT AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.
Right Certificate
Lincoln National Corporation
This certifies that , or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of November 14, 1996 (the "Rights Agreement"), between Lincoln National Corporation, an Indiana corporation (the "Corporation"), and First National Bank of Boston (the "Rights Agent"), to purchase from the Corporation at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., eastern standard time, on November 14, 2006 at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, or at the office of its successor as Rights Agent, one fully paid nonassessable share of the Common Stock, without par value, of the Corporation (the "Common Shares"), at a purchase price of $200 per Common Share (the "Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate (and the number of Common Shares which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of November 14, 1996, based on the Common Shares as constituted at such date. As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number of Common Shares which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.
This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations of the Corporation and of the holders of the Right Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and the above-mentioned offices of the Rights Agent.
This Right Certificate, with or without other Right Certificates, upon surrender at the principal office of the Rights Agent, may be exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of Common Shares as the Rights evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Right Certificate or Right Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised. In no event will certificates for fractional Rights be issued.
Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement and Board action, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate (i) may be redeemed in whole, but not in part, by the Corporation at a redemption price of $.01 per Right or (ii) may be exchanged in whole or in part for an equal number of Common Shares.
No fractional Common Shares will be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby, but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.
No holder of this Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Common Shares or of any other securities of the Corporation which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Corporation or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.
This Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purchase until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.
WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Corporation, and its corporate seal. Dated as of November 14, 1996.
ATTEST: Lincoln National Corporation
By:----------------------- Secretary
Countersigned:
The First National Bank of Boston
By:
Authorized Signature
Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Right Certificate.)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED hereby sells, assigns
and transfers unto
(Please print name and address of transferee)
this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and
interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and
appoint , Attorney, to transfer the within Right
Certificate on the books of the within-named Corporation, with
full power of substitution.
Dated: ,
Signature
Signature Guaranteed:
Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States.
CERTIFICATE
The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate hereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).
Signature
Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate -- continued
FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE
(To be executed if holder desires to
exercise the Right Certificate.)
To Lincoln National Corporation:
The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise Rights represented by this Right Certificate to purchase the Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such Common Shares be issued in the name of:
Please insert social security
or other identifying number:
(Please print name and address)
If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, a new Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:
Please insert social security
or other identifying number:
(Please print name and address)
Dated: ,
Signature
Signature Guaranteed:
Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a
registered national securities exchange, a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or
trust company having an office or correspondent in the United
States.
Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate -- continued
CERTIFICATE
The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).
Signature
NOTICE
The signature in the foregoing Forms of Assignment and Election must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Right Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
In the event the certification set forth above in the Form
of Assignment or the Form of Election to Purchase, as the case
may be, is not completed, the Corporation and the Rights Agent
will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this
Right Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or
Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and such
Assignment or Election to Purchase will not be honored.
EXHIBIT B
SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE COMMON SHARES
On November 6, 1986, the Board of Directors of Lincoln National Corporation (the "Corporation") declared a dividend of one common share purchase right (a "Right" or "Rights") for each outstanding share of the Corporation's common stock, without par value (the "Common Shares"), of the Corporation and entered into a rights agreement.Pursuant to the terms of that rights agreement, the Board of Directors of the Corporation retained the right to amend it and extend its expiration date in certain circumstances. On November 14, 1996, the Board amended and totally restated the rights agreement, and extended its expiration date to November 14, 2006. This Summary of Rights replaces the summary of rights that was sent to shareholders of record following the initial rights dividend in 1986. If and when the Rights become exercisable, each Right will entitle the registered holder to purchase from the Corporation one Common Share at a purchase price of $200 (the "Purchase Price"), although the price may be adjusted as described below. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in an Amended and Restated Rights Agreement (the "Rights Agreement") between the Corporation and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent").
TRADING AND DISTRIBUTION OF RIGHTS
Shareholders did not receive a separate certificate for the Rights. The Rights were represented by the outstanding Common Share certificates with a copy of the summary of rights that was mailed in 1986 attached thereto, and will now be represented by the outstanding Common Share certificates with a copy of this Summary of Rights attached thereto. The Rights cannot be bought, sold or otherwise traded separately from the Common Shares. Certificates for Common Shares issued after the date of the Rights Agreement carry a notation that indicates that Rights are attached to the Common Shares and that the terms of the Rights Agreement are incorporated therein.
Separate certificates representing the Rights will be distributed as soon as practicable after the "Distribution Date," which is the earliest to occur of:
(1) 10 calendar days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring Person") has acquired beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, or
(2) 10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to the time any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person) following the commencement or announcement of an intention to make a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the
beneficial ownership by a person or group of 15% or more of such outstanding Common Shares.
Until the Distribution Date (or earlier exchange, redemption or expiration of the Rights), the surrender for transfer of any certificates for Common Shares outstanding as of the date of the Rights Agreement, even without such notation or a copy of this Summary of Rights being attached thereto, will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented by such certificate. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights ("Right Certificates") will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Shares as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and, thereafter, such separate Right Certificates alone will evidence the Rights.
EXERCISABILITY AND EXPIRATION
The holders of the Rights are not required to take any action until the Rights become exercisable. As described above, the Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. Holders of the Rights will be notified that the Rights have become exercisable when the Rights Agent mails the Rights Certificates. The Rights will expire on November 14, 2006 (the "Final Expiration Date"), unless the Final Expiration Date is extended or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed by the Corporation, in each case, as described below.
ADJUSTMENTS
To protect the value of the Rights to the holders, the Purchase Price payable, and the number of Common Shares or other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to time (1) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the Common Shares, (2) upon the grant to holders of the Common Shares of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Common Shares at a price, or securities convertible into Common Shares with a conversion price, less than the then current market price of Common Shares, or (3) upon the distribution to holders of the Common Shares of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular periodic cash dividends paid out of earnings or retained earnings or dividends payable in Common Shares) or of subscription rights or warrants, other than those referred to above.
These adjustments are called anti-dilution provisions and are intended to ensure that a holder of Rights will not be adversely affected by the occurrence of such events. With certain exceptions, the Corporation is not required to adjust the Purchase Price until cumulative adjustments require a change of at least 1% in the Purchase Price. No fractional Common Shares will be issued and in lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of the Common Shares on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise.
FLIP-OVER EVENTS AND FLIP-IN EVENTS
In the event that (1) the Corporation is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction and the Corporation is not the surviving corporation, or (2) any person consolidates or merges with the Corporation and all or part of the Corporation's Common Shares are exchanged for securities, cash or property of any other person, or (3) 50% or more of the Corporation's consolidated assets or earning power are sold (collectively, "Flip-Over Events"), proper provision will be made so that each holder of a Right, other than the Acquiring Person, will thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then current exercise price of the Right, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring corporation which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. In the event that a person acquires 15% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, (a "Flip-In Event"), proper provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right, other than Rights beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereafter be void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of Common Shares having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.
EXCHANGE OPTION
At any time after a person becomes an Acquiring Person, and prior to the acquisition by such Acquiring Person of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such person or group which have become void), in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one Common Share per Right (subject to adjustment).
REDEMPTION
At any time prior to the tenth calendar day following the date of a public announcement that a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.01 per Right (the "Redemption Price"). The redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish. Immediately upon any redemption of the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.
If the Board of Directors' ability to redeem the Rights pursuant to the Rights Agreement has expired, but a Flip-Over Event or certain Flip-In Events have not yet occurred, the redemption right will be reinstated if the Acquiring Person disposes of a sufficient number of the Corporation's Common Shares so that such person then owns less than 10% of the outstanding Corporation's Common Shares and if certain other conditions are met.
The terms of the Rights may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Corporation without the consent of the holders of the Rights, except that from and after such time as any person becomes an Acquiring Person no such amendment may adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Rights.
Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a shareholder of the Corporation, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.
A copy of the Rights Agreement is available from the Corporation at no charge upon written request. This summary description of the Rights does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement, which is incorporated herein by this reference.
Exhibit 4(f)
[FORM ON FACE OF DEBENTURE]
[THIS DEBENTURE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE
INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME
OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS DEBENTURE MAY NOT BE
TRANSFERRED TO, OR REGISTERED OR EXCHANGED FOR DEBENTURES
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF, ANY PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY
OR A NOMINEE THEREOF AND NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE REGISTERED,
EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
EVERY DEBENTURE AUTHENTICATED AND DELIVERED UPON REGISTRATION
OF TRANSFER OF, OR IN EXCHANGE FOR OR IN LIEU OF, THIS DEBENTURE
SHALL BE A GLOBAL SECURITY SUBJECT TO THE FOREGOING, EXCEPT IN
SUCH LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.]
CUSIP NO. -----
No. $
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
% Debenture Due , Series
Lincoln National Corporation, an Indiana corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay to or registered assigns the principal sum of $ Dollars [or, insert applicable currency] on .
The Company will pay interest on the principal amount of this Debenture semi-annually at the rate of % per annum, commencing . Interest payment dates are and , and interest record dates are and .
[Insert provisions on Additional Amounts, if applicable.]
All of the provisions on the other side of this Debenture are part hereof as if set forth in full here.
(Seal)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
ATTEST:
By:
[Vice] President
Secretary
Dated:
Trustee's Certificate of Authentication
This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS TRUSTEE
By:
Authorized Signatory
[FORM OF REVERSE OF DEBENTURE]
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
% Debenture Due , Series
1. Interest.
The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this % Debenture due , Series (the "Debentures") at the rate of % per annum. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on and of each year, commencing . Interest on the Debentures will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from , provided, that, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Debenture is authenticated between a record date referred to on the other side of this Debenture and the next succeeding interest payment date, interest shall accrue from such interest payment date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
[Insert provisions on the payment of Additional Amounts, if applicable.]
2. Method of Payment.
The Company will pay interest [and Additional Amounts] on the Debentures (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered holders of the Debentures ("Holders") at the close of business on the record date referred to on the other side of this Debenture. Holders of Debentures must surrender them to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments [and Additional Amounts]. The Company will pay principal [, Additional Amounts] and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts [or, insert applicable currency]. The Company may at its option, however, pay principal and interest by its check payable in such money. The Company may mail an interest check or draft to a Holder's registered address.
3. Paying Agent and Registrar.
Initially, The Bank of New York (the "Trustee), [Address], will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar.
4. Indenture.
The Company issued the Debentures under an Indenture dated as of , (the "Indenture") between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Debentures include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture. The Debentures are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Debentures are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them. The Debentures are general unsecured obligations of the Company limited to $ aggregate principal amount.
The Indenture provides that one or more series of debt securities of the Company in addition to this series of Debentures (collectively the "Securities") may be issued thereunder in various aggregate principal amounts that may mature at different times, may bear interest (if any) at different rates, may be subject to different redemption premiums (if any), may be subject to different sinking fund or analogous provisions (if any), may be subject to different Events of Default (as defined in the Indenture) and may otherwise vary as provided in the Indenture. The Indenture does not limit the amount of Securities that may be issued thereunder.
5. Optional Redemption.
The Company may redeem all of the Debentures at any time or some of them from time to time [insert redemption dates, if applicable] at [insert redemption price or table] [, except that no redemption at the option of the Company may be carried out prior to , directly or indirectly from the proceeds of, or in anticipation of, the issuance of indebtedness for borrowed money having an interest cost, computed in accordance with generally accepted financial practice, of less than % per annum.]]
6. Sinking Fund.
The Company will redeem $ principal amount of Debentures on , , and on each thereafter through , at a redemption price of 100% of principal amount, plus accrued interest to the redemption date, by paying such $ to the Trustee, as a sinking fund payment, on or before each such . The Company may reduce the principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed pursuant to this paragraph 6 by subtracting 100% of the principal amount of any Debentures that the Company has delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or redeemed other than pursuant to this paragraph 6. The Company may so subtract the same Debenture only once.]
7. Notice of Redemption.
Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Debentures to be redeemed at his registered address. Debentures in denominations larger than the smallest authorized denomination may be redeemed in part. On and after the redemption ate interest ceases to accrue on Debentures or portions of them called for redemption.
8. Defeasance.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (a) the entire indebtedness of the Debentures and (b) certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which provisions apply to this Debenture.
9. Denominations, Transfer and Exchange.
The Debentures are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 [or, insert applicable denomination]. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Debentures in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. [The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Debenture selected for redemption or register the transfer of or exchange any Debenture for a period of 15 days before a selection of Debentures to be redeemed.]
10. Persons Deemed Owners.
The registered Holder of a Debenture may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
11. Unclaimed Money.
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for one year, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment.
12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Debentures may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities affected by such amendment or supplement voting as one class. Subject to certain exceptions, any past default may be waived by a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities or compliance with any provision may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any series affected on behalf of the holders of the Securities of that series. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Debentures to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.
13. Successor Corporation.
When a successor corporation assumes all of the obligations of its predecessor under the Debentures and the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will be released from those obligations.
14. Defaults and Remedies.
An Event of Default is: (a) default for 30 days in payment of any interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Debentures; (b) default in payment of principal or premium, if any, on the Debentures when due either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration or otherwise (except a failure to make payment resulting from mistake, oversight or transfer difficulties not continuing for more than 3 Business Days beyond the date on which such payment is due); (c) default in payment of any sinking fund installment when due and payable (except a failure to make payment resulting from mistake, oversight or transfer difficulties not continuing for more than 3 Business Days beyond the date on which such payment is due); (d) default by the Company in the performance or breach of any other covenant or warranty contained in the Debentures or in the Indenture for the benefit of such Debentures for a period of 60 days after the notice thereof; or (e) certain events in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company [or (f) insert any other events specified in the Supplemental Indenture or Board Resolution under which the Debentures are issued, if applicable].
If an Event of Default described in clause (a), (b), (c) or, in the
event of a default with respect to less than all outstanding Securities,
(d) above shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the
Debentures, either the Trustee or the holders of 25 percent in principal
amount of the Debentures then outstanding may declare the principal (or,
in the case of original issue discount Debentures, the portion thereof
specified in the terms thereof) of all outstanding Debentures, and the
interest accrued thereon and Additional Amounts payable in respect
thereof, if any, to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of
Default described in clause (d) (in the event of a default with respect
to all outstanding Securities) or (e) above shall have occurred and be
continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of 25 percent in principal
amount of all Securities then outstanding (voting as one class) may
declare the principal (or, in the case of the original issue discount
Securities, the portion of the principal amount thereof specified in the
terms thereof) of all Securities then outstanding and the interest
accrued thereon and Additional Amounts payable in respect thereof, if
any, to be due and payable immediately, but upon certain conditions such
declarations may be annulled and past defaults (except for defaults in
the payment of principal of, or premium, interest or Additional Amounts,
if any, on such Securities) may be waived by the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the Securities of such series (or of all series,
as the case may be) then outstanding. Holders may not enforce the
Indenture or the Debentures except as provided in the Indenture or the
Debentures. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before
it enforces the Indenture or the Securities. Subject to certain
limitations, holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any
trust or power with respect to the Securities. The Trustee may withhold
from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in
payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional
Amounts, if any, or any sinking fund or purchase fund installment) if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company
is required to file periodic reports with the Trustee as to the absence
of default.
15. Authentication.
This Debenture shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Debenture.
Exhibit 4(g)
[FORM OF FACE OF ZERO COUPON SECURITY]
[THIS ZERO COUPON SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF
THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A
DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS ZERO COUPON SECURITY MAY NOT BE
TRANSFERRED TO, OR REGISTERED OR EXCHANGED FOR ZERO COUPON SECURITIES
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF, ANY PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR A
NOMINEE THEREOF AND NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE REGISTERED, EXCEPT IN THE
LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. EVERY ZERO COUPON
SECURITY AUTHENTICATED AND DELIVERED UPON REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF,
OR IN EXCHANGE FOR OR IN LIEU OF, THIS ZERO COUPON SECURITY SHALL BE A
GLOBAL SECURITY SUBJECT TO THE FOREGOING, EXCEPT IN SUCH LIMITED
CIRCUMSTANCES.]
CUSIP NO. --------
No. $
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Zero Coupon Security, Series
Lincoln National Corporation, an Indiana corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay to or registered assigns the principal sum of $ dollars [or, insert applicable currency] on .
The principal amount of this Zero Coupon Security does not bear interest except as provided on the other side hereof.
[Insert provisions on Additional Amounts, if applicable.]
All of the provisions on the other side of this Zero Coupon Security are part hereof as if set forth in full here.
(Seal) LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION ATTEST: By: [Vice] President Secretary |
Dated:
Trustee's Certificate of Authentication
This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
AS TRUSTEE
By:
Authorized Signatory
[FORM OF REVERSE OF ZERO COUPON SECURITY]
FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTION 1272 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THE ISSUE PRICE OF THIS ZERO COUPON SECURITY IS % OF ITS PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AND THE ISSUE DATE IS.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Zero Coupon Security, Series
1. No Interest Payable.
The principal amount of this Zero Coupon Security, Series (the "Zero Coupon Securities") does not bear interest and no interest is payable otherwise with respect to this Zero Coupon Security, except in the case of default in payment of principal upon acceleration [, redemption] or maturity, and in such case the amount in default shall bear interest at the rate of __% per annum (to the extent enforceable under applicable law) from the date of default in payment to the date such payment has been made or duly provided for.
[Insert provisions on payment of Additional Amounts, if applicable.]
2. Method of Payment.
Holders of Zero Coupon Securities ("Holders") must surrender them to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments [and Additional Amounts]. The Company will pay principal [and Additional Amounts] in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts [or, insert applicable currency]. The Company may at its option, however, pay principal by its check payable in such money.
3. Paying Agent and Registrar.
Initially, The Bank of New York (the "Trustee"), [Address], will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar.
4. Indenture.
The Company issued the Zero Coupon Securities under an Indenture dated as of , (the "Indenture") between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Zero Coupon Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture. The Zero Coupon Securities are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Zero Coupon Securities are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them. The Zero Coupon Securities are general unsecured obligations of the Company limited to $ aggregate principal amount.
The Indenture provides that one or more series of debt securities of the Company in addition to this series of Zero Coupon Securities (collectively the "Securities") may be issued thereunder in various aggregate principal amounts that may mature at different times, may bear interest (if any) at different rates, may be subject to different redemption premiums (if any), may be subject to different sinking fund or analogous provisions (if any), may be subject to different Events of Default (as defined in the Indenture) and may otherwise vary as provided in the Indenture. The Indenture does not limit the amount of Securities that may be issued thereunder.
5. Optional Redemption.
The Company may redeem all of the Zero Coupon Securities at any time or some of them from time to time [insert redemption dates, if applicable] at [insert redemption price or table] [, except that no redemption at the option of the Company may be carried out prior to , directly or indirectly from the proceeds of, or in anticipation of, the issuance of indebtedness for borrowed money having an interest cost, computed in accordance with generally accepted financial practice, of less than % per annum.
Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Zero Coupon Securities to be redeemed at his registered address. Zero Coupon Securities in denominations larger than the smallest authorized denomination may be redeemed in part.]
6. Defeasance.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (a) the entire indebtedness of the Zero Coupon Securities and (b) certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which provisions apply to this Zero Coupon Security.
7. Denominations, Transfer and Exchange
The Zero Coupon Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 [or, insert applicable denomination]. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Zero Coupon Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. [The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Zero Coupon Security selected for redemption or register the transfer of or exchange any Zero Coupon Security for a period of 15 days before a selection of Zero Coupon Securities to be redeemed.]
8. Persons Deemed Owners.
The registered Holder of a Zero Coupon Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
9. Unclaimed Money.
If money for the payment of principal remains unclaimed for one year, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment.
10. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Zero Coupon Securities may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities affected by such amendment or supplement voting as one class. Subject to certain exceptions, any past default may be waived by a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities or compliance with any provision may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any series affected on behalf of the holders of the Securities of that series. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Zero Coupon Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.
11. Successor Corporation.
When a successor corporation assumes all of the obligations of its predecessor under the Zero Coupon Securities and the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will be released from those obligations.
12. Defaults and Remedies.
An Event of Default is: (a) default for 30 days in payment of any
Additional Amounts, if any, on the Zero Coupon Securities; (b) default
in payment of principal or premium, if any, on the Zero Coupon
Securities when due either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration
or otherwise (except a failure to make payment resulting from mistake,
oversight or transfer difficulties not continuing for more than 3
Business Days beyond the date on which such payment is due); (c) default
in payment of any sinking fund installment when due and payable (except
a failure to make payment resulting from mistake, oversight or transfer
difficulties not continuing for more than 3 Business Days beyond the
date on which such payment is due); (d) default by the Company in the
performance or breach of any other covenant or warranty contained in the
Zero Coupon Securities or in the Indenture for the benefit of such Zero
Coupon Securities for a period of 60 days after the notice thereof; or
(e) certain events in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company [or (f)
insert any other events specified in the Supplemental Indenture or Board
Resolutions under which the Zero Coupon Securities are issued, if
applicable].
If an Event of Default described in clause (a), (b), (c) or, in the
event of default with respect to less than all outstanding Securities,
(d) above shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Zero
Coupon Securities, either the Trustee or the holders of 25 percent in
principal amount of the Zero Coupon Securities then outstanding may
declare (i) that portion of the principal equal to the initial public
offering price of the Zero Coupon Securities plus accrued amortization
of the original issue discount calculated using the "interest" method
(computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in
effect on the date of the Indenture) from , to the date of
acceleration, and (ii) any accrued interest from the date of default to
the date of acceleration, and upon such declaration such amount shall
become due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to
the conditions provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default
described in clause (d) (in the event of a default with respect to all
outstanding Securities) or (e) above shall have occurred and be
continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of 25 percent in principal
amount of all Securities then outstanding (voting as one class) may
declare the principal (or, in the case of the Zero Coupon Securities the
amount specified above) of all Securities then outstanding and the
interest accrued thereon and Additional Amounts payable in respect
thereof, if any, to be due and payable immediately, but upon certain
conditions such declarations may be annulled and past defaults(except
for defaults in the payment of principal of, or premium, interest or
Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities) may be waived by the
holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of such
series (or of all series, as the case may be) then outstanding. Holders
may not enforce the Indenture or the Zero Coupon Securities except as
provided in the Indenture or the Zero Coupon Securities. The Trustee
may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the
Indenture or the Securities. Subject to certain limitations, holders of
a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may direct
the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power with respect to the
Securities.
The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Amounts, if any, or any sinking fund or purchase fund installment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company is required to file periodic reports with the Trustee as to the absence of default.
13. Authentication.
This Zero Coupon Security shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Zero Coupon Security.
Exhibit 4(j)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
to
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
Trustee
JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE
Dated as of May 1, 1996
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION 1 Section 1.1 Definitions ............................................. 1 Section 1.2 Compliance Certificate and Opinions.......................7 Section 1.3 Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee...................7 Section 1.4 Acts of Holders . .. . . . ...............................7 Section 1.5 Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company......................8 Section 1.6 Notice to Holders; Waiver ................................8 Section 1.7 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act ........................9 Section 1.8 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents..................9 Section 1.9 Successors and Assigns. . . ..............................9 Section 1.10 Separability Clause. . . ................................9 Section 1.11 Benefits of Indenture. . . ...............................9 Section 1.12 Governing Law. . . . . . . ...............................9 Section 1.13 Non-Business Days. . . . . ...............................9 ARTICLE II. SECURITY FORMS . ........................................9 Section 2.1 Forms Generally . . . . . . .............................10 Section 2.2 Form of Face of Security. . .............................10 Section 2.3 Form of Reverse of Security .............................12 Section 2.4 Additional Provisions Required in Global Security........14 Section 2.5 Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication .........15 ARTICLE III. THE SECURITIES.15 Section 3.1 Title and Terms . . . . .................................15 Section 3.2 Denominations . . . . . . . .............................16 Section 3.3 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating. .........16 Section 3.4 Temporary Securities. . . . .............................18 Section 3.5 Registration, Transfer and Exchange . ...................18 Section 3.6 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.........19 Section 3.7 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. .........19 Section 3.8 Persons Deemed Owners . . . .............................20 Section 3.9 Cancellation. . . . . . . . .............................21 Section 3.10 Computation of Interest. . ..............................21 Section 3.11 Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates. ....................21 Section 3.12 Right of Set-Off . . . . . ..............................22 Section 3.13 Agreed Tax Treatment . . . ..............................22 Section 3.14 Extension of Stated Maturity; Adjustment of Stated Maturity Upon an Exchange...........22 Section 3.15 CUSIP Numbers. . . . . . . ..............................22 ARTICLE IV. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE...............................22 Section 4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture..................22 Section 4.2 Application of Trust Money. .............................23 Section 4.3 Satisfaction, Discharge and Defeasance of Securities of Any Series. ..............................23 ARTICLE V. REMEDIES. . .............................................24 Section 5.1 Events of Default . . . . . .............................24 Section 5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. . ...25 Section 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee ..................................26 Section 5.4 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.........................26 Section 5.5 Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities.................................27 Section 5.6 Application of Money Collected...........................27 Section 5.7 Limitation on Suits . . . ...............................27 Section 5.8 Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......28 Section 5.9 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. .....................28 Section 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative...........................28 Section 5.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.............................28 Section 5.12 Control by Holders . . . ................................29 Section 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults. ................................29 Section 5.14 Undertaking for Costs. . ................................29 Section 5.15 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . ......................30 ARTICLE VI. THE TRUSTEE. ...........................................30 Section 6.1 Certain Duties and Responsibilities .....................30 Section 6.2 Notice of Defaults. . . . ...............................30 Section 6.3 Certain Rights of Trustee ...............................31 Section 6.4 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities...31 Section 6.5 May Hold Securities . . . ...............................31 Section 6.6 Money Held in Trust . . . ...............................32 Section 6.7 Compensation and Reimbursement...........................32 Section 6.8 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .................32 Section 6.9 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .................32 Section 6.10 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor........33 Section 6.11 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor ..................34 Section 6.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business...................................34 Section 6.13 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company........35 Section 6.14 Appointment of Authenticating Agent......................35 ARTICLE VII. HOLDER'S LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY ......36 Section 7.1 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders . ..................................36 Section 7.2 Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders ..............................36 Section 7.3 Reports by Trustee. . . . ...............................36 Section 7.4 Reports by Company. . . . ...............................37 ARTICLE VIII. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE .37 Section 8.1 Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.....37 Section 8.2 Successor Corporation Substituted . .....................37 ARTICLE IX. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.................................38 Section 9.1 Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders........38 Section 9.2 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders . ........39 Section 9.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures......................39 Section 9.4 Effect of Supplemental Indentures ........................40 Section 9.5 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act ......................40 Section 9.6 Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures........40 ARTICLE X. COVENANTS . . ...........................................40 Section 10.1 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest ..............40 Section 10.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. ........................40 Section 10.3 Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust. ........40 Section 10.4 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims........................41 Section 10.5 Statement as to Compliance...............................42 Section 10.6 Waiver of Certain Covenants..............................42 Section 10.7 Additional Sums. . . . . ................................42 Page ARTICLE XI. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES................................43 Section 11.1 Applicability of This Article............................43 Section 11.2 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. . ................43 Section 11.3 Selection of Securities to be Redeemed . ................43 Section 11.4 Notice of Redemption . . ................................43 Section 11.5 Deposit of Redemption Price..............................44 Section 11.6 Payment of Securities Called for Redemption. ............44 Section 11.7 Company's Right of Redemption............................44 ARTICLE XII. SINKING FUNDS45 Section 12.2 Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities...45 Section 12.3 Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund...............45 ARTICLE XIII. SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES...........................46 Section 13.1 Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt. .................46 Section 13.2 Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc. ........47 Section 13.3 Prior Payment to Senior Debt Upon Acceleration of Securities .............................47 Section 13.4 No Payment When Senior Debt in Default .................48 Section 13.5 Payment Permitted If No Default.........................48 Section 13.6 Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt. .......49 Section 13.7 Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.............49 Section 13.8 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.....................49 Section 13.9 No Waiver of Subordination Provisions. .................49 Section 13.10 Notice to Trustee . . . ................................49 Section 13.11 Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent........................50 Section 13.13 Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee's Rights...........50 Section 13.14 Article Applicable to Paying Agents.....................50 Section 13.15 Certain Conversions or Exchanges Deemed Payment.........50 |
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Reconciliation and tie between the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (including cross-references to provisions of Sections 310 to and including 317 which, pursuant to Section 318(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Reform Act of 1990, are a part of and govern the Indenture whether or not physically contained therein) and the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1996.
Trust Indenture
Act Section Indenture Section 310 (a) (1), (2) and (5).6.9 (a) (3).Not Applicable (a) (4).Not Applicable (b).6.8. 6.10 (c).Not Applicable 311 (a).6.13(a) (b).6.13(b) (b) (2).7.3(a) (2) 7.3(a) (2) 312 (a).7.1 .7.2(a) (b).7.2(b) (c).7.2(c) 313 (a).7.3(a) (b). 7.3(b) (c).7.3(a),7.3(b) (d).7.3(c) 314 (a) (1), (2) and (3).7.4 (a) (4).10.5 (b).Not Applicable (c) (1).1.2 (c) (2).1.2 (c) (3).Not Applicable (d).Not Applicable (e).1.2 (f).Not Applicable 315 (a).6.1(a) (b).6.2 .7.3(a) (6) (c).6.1(b) (d).6.1(c) (d) (1).6.1(a) (1) (d) (2).6.1(c) (2) (d) (3).6.1(c) (3) (e).5.14 316 (a).1.1 (a) (1) (A).5.12 (a) (1) (B).5.13 (a) (2).Not Applicable (b).5.8 (c).1.4(f) 317 (a) (1).5.3 (a) (2).5.4 (b).10.3 318 (a).1.7 |
Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Junior Subordinated Indenture.
JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE, dated as of May 1, 1996, between LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (hereinafter called the "Company") having its principal office at 200 East Berry Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802-2706, and The First National Bank of Chicago, a national banking corporation, as Trustee (hereinafter called the "Trustee").
RECITALS OF THE COMPANY
The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured junior subordinated debt securities in series (hereinafter called the "Securities") of substantially the tenor hereinafter provided, including, without limitation, Securities issued to evidence loans made to the Company of the proceeds from the issuance from time to time by one or more business trusts (each a "Lincoln Trust," and, collectively, the "Lincoln Trusts") of preferred trust interests in such Trusts (the "Preferred Securities") and common interests in such Trusts (the "Common Securities"and, collectively with the Preferred Securities, the "Trust Securities"), and to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered.
All things necessary to make the Securities, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with their and its terms, have been done.
NOW THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of any series thereof, as follows:
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
Section 1.1. Definitions.
For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) The terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;
(2) All other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;
(3) All accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the term "generally accepted accounting principles" with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles which are generally accepted at the date or time of such computation; provided, that when two or more principles are so generally accepted, it shall mean that set of principles consistent with those in use by the Company; and
(4) The words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.
Certain terms, used principally in Article Six, are defined in that Article.
"Act" when used with respect to any Holder has the meaning specified in
Section 1.4.
"Additional Interest" means the interest, if any, that shall accrue on any interest on the Securities of any series the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date and which shall accrue at the rate per annum specified or determined as specified in such Security.
"Additional Sums" has the meaning specified in Section 10.6.
"Additional Taxes" means the sum of any additional taxes, duties and other governmental charges to which a Lincoln Trust has become subject from time to time as a result of a Tax Event.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person; provided, however, that an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to include any Lincoln Trust to which Securities have been issued. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
"Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.14 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.
"Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder.
"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, or such committee of the Board of Directors or officers of the Company to which authority to act on behalf of the Board of Directors has been delegated, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
"Business Day" means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (iii) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or, with respect to the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, the principal office of the Property Trustee under the related Trust Agreement, is closed for business.
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.
"Common Securities" has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.
"Common Stock" means the common stock, without par value, of the Company.
"Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such successor corporation.
"Company Request" and "Company Order" mean, respectively, the written request or order signed in the name of the Company by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, and Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.
"Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.
"corporation" includes a corporation, association, company, joint-stock company or business trust.
"Current Value" has the meaning specified in Section 11.7.
"Debt" means, with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every capital lease obligation of such Person; and (vi) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise.
"Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 3.7.
"Depository" means, with respect to the Securities of any series
issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global
Securities, the Person designated as Depository by the Company pursuant to
Section 3.1 with respect to such series (or any successor thereto).
"Discount Security" means any security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.2.
"Dollar" means the currency of the United States of America that, as at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
"Event of Default" unless otherwise specified in the supplemental indenture creating a series of Securities has the meaning specified in Article Five.
"Extension Period" has the meaning specified in Section 3.11.
"Foreign Currency" means any currency issued by the government of one or more countries other than the United States of America or by any recognized confederation or association of such governments.
"Global Security" means a Security in the form prescribed in Section 2.4 evidencing all or part of a series of Securities, issued to the Depository or its nominee for such series, and registered in the name of such Depository or its nominee.
"Government Obligations" means, with respect to the Securities of any
series, securities which are (i) direct obligations of the United States of
America or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting
as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of
which is unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America and which,
in either case, are full faith and credit obligations of the United States of
America and are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof
and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in
Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with
respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on
or principal of any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the
account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as
required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from
the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount
received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the
specific payment of interest on or principal of the Government Obligation
evidenced by such depository receipt.
"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Securities Register.
"Junior Subordinated Payment" has the meaning specified in Section 13.2.
"Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may
from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures
supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof
and shall include the terms of each particular series of Securities
established as contemplated by
Section 3.1.
"Interest Payment Date" means as to each series of Securities the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Securities.
"Interest Rate" means the rate of interest specified or determined as specified in each Security as being the rate of interest payable on such Security.
"Investment Company Event" means, in respect of a Lincoln Trust, the receipt by a Lincoln Trust of an Opinion of Counsel, rendered by a law firm experienced in such matters, to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation or a change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority (a "Change in 1940 Act Law") such Lincoln Trust is or will be considered an investment company that is required to be registered under the 1940 Act, which Change in 1940 Act Law becomes effective on or after the date of original issuance of the Preferred Securities of such Lincoln Trust.
"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance.
"Lincoln Guarantee" means the guarantee by the Company of distributions on the Preferred Securities of a Lincoln Trust to the extent provided in the Guarantee Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex C, or substantially in such form as may be specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to the Securities of any series, in each case as amended from time to time.
"Lincoln Trust" has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.
"Maturity" when used with respect to any Security means the date on which the principal of such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
"1940 Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
"Notice of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.1(3).
"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.
"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company.
"Original Issue Date" means the date of issuance specified as such in each Security.
"Outstanding" means, when used in reference to any Securities, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
(i) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
(ii) Securities for whose payment money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Securities; and
(iii) Securities in substitution for or in lieu of which other Securities
have been authenticated and delivered or which have been paid pursuant to
Section 3.6, unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any
such Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Securities are valid,
binding and legal obligations of the Company;
provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor. Upon the written request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officers' Certificate listing and identifying all Securities, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of the Company, or any other obligor on the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such obligor, and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officers' Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Securities not listed therein are Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.
"Paying Agent" means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
"Place of Payment" means, with respect to the Securities of any series, the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of such series are payable pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.11.
"Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security.
"Preferred Securities" has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.
"Proceeding" has the meaning specified in Section 13.2.
"Property Trustee" means, in respect of any Lincoln Trust, the commercial bank or trust company identified as the "Property Trustee" in the related Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of such Lincoln Trust under such Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor property trustee appointed as therein provided.
"Redemption Date," when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
"Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date with respect to the Securities of a series means, unless otherwise provided pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to Securities of a series, the date which is fifteen days next preceding such Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day).
"Responsible Officer" when used with respect to the Trustee means any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee from time to time to administer its corporate trust matters.
"Securities" or "Security" means any debt securities or debt security, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
"Securities Register" and "Securities Registrar" have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.5.
"Senior Debt" means the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), on Debt, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Securities or to other Debt which is pari passu with, or subordinated to, the Securities, provided, however, that Senior Debt shall not be deemed to include (a) any Debt of the Company which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, was without recourse to the Company, (b) any Debt of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries, (c) Debt to any employee of the Company, (d) any liability for taxes, (e) Debt or other monetary obligations to trade creditors created or assumed by the Company or any of these Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of goods, materials or services and (f) the Securities.
"Special Event" means a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.
"Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.7.
"Stated Maturity" when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon means the date specified pursuant to the terms of such Security as the date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of interest is due and payable.
"Subsidiary" means a corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, "voting stock" means stock which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.
"Tax Event" means the receipt by a Lincoln Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement or decision is announced on or after the date of issuance of the Preferred Securities of such Lincoln Trust, there is more than an insubstantial risk that (i) the Lincoln Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such Opinion of Counsel, subject to United States Federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the corresponding series of Securities, (ii) interest payable by the Company on the corresponding series of Securities is not, or within 90 days of the date of such Opinion of Counsel, will not be, deductible, in whole or in part, for United States Federal income tax purposes or (iii) the Lincoln Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such Opinion of Counsel, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.
"Trust Agreement" means the Trust Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex A, as amended by the form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex B, or substantially in such form as may be specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to the Securities of any series, in each case as amended from time to time.
"Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder and, if at any time there is more than one such Person, "Trustee" as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.
"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbb), as amended and as in effect on the date as of this Indenture, except as provided in Section 9.5.
"Trust Securities" has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.
"Vice President" when used with respect to the Company, means any duly appointed vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title "vice president."
Section 1.2. Compliance Certificate and Opinions.
Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent (including covenants, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitute a condition precedent), if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than the certificates provided pursuant to Section 10.5) shall include:
(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
Section 1.3. Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee.
In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions, or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.
Section 1.4. Acts of Holders.
(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given to or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments is or are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.1) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.
(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a Person acting in other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority.
(c) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may determine.
(d) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.
(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.
(f) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to take any action under this Indenture by vote or consent. Except as otherwise provided herein, such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or vote or the date of the most recent list of Securityholders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.1 prior to such solicitation. If a record date is fixed, those persons who were Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those persons, shall be entitled to take such action by vote or consent or to revoke any vote or consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be Holders after such record date, provided, however, that unless such vote or consent is obtained from the Holders (or their duly designated proxies) of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities prior to the date which is the 120th day after such record date, any such vote or consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.
Section 1.5. Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company.
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,
(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust office, or
(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose (except as otherwise provided in Section 5.1 hereof) hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
Section 1.6. Notice to Holders; Waiver.
Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
Section 1.7. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.
If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by any of Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act through operation of Section 318(c) thereof, such imposed duties shall control.
Section 1.8. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
Section 1.9. Successors and Assigns.
All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
Section 1.10. Separability Clause.
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 1.11 Benefits of Indenture.
Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent and their successors and assigns, the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
Section 1.12. Governing Law.
This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 1.13. Non-Business Days.
In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Securities) payment of interest or principal need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, until such next succeeding Business Day except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day (in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or at the Stated Maturity).
ARTICLE II. SECURITY FORMS
Section 2.1. Forms Generally.
The Securities of each series and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in this Article, or in such other form or forms as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be re- quired to comply with applicable tax laws or the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities. If the form of Securities of any series is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 3.3 with respect to the authentication and delivery of such Securities.
The Trustee's certificates of authentication shall be substantially in the form set forth in this Article.
The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods, if required by any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such securities.
Section 2.2. Form of Face of Security.
[If the Security is a Global Security, insert This Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (the "Depository") or a nominee of the Depository. This Security is exchangeable for Securities registered in the name of a person other than the Depository or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture and no transfer of this Security (other than a transfer of this Security as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository) may be registered except in limited circumstances.
Unless this Security is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York) to Lincoln National Corporation or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Security issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as requested by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company and any payment hereon is made to Cede & Co., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY A PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.]
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Title of Security)
No. $
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under
the laws of Indiana (hereinafter called the "Company", which term includes
any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for
value received, hereby promises to pay to , or registered
assigns, the principal sum of Dollars on , [;
provided that the Company may (i) change the maturity date upon the occurrence
of an exchange of the Securities for the Trust Securities subject to certain
conditions set forth in Section 3.14 of the Indenture, which changed maturity
date shall in no case be earlier than , or later than
, and (ii) extend the maturity date subject to certain
conditions specified in Section 3.14 of the Indenture, which extended maturity
date shall in no case be later than , ]. The Company
further promises to pay interest on said principal sum from ,
or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an
"Interest Payment Date") on which interest has been paid or duly provided
for, [monthly] [quarterly] [semi-annually] [if applicable, insert (subject to
deferral as set forth herein)] in arrears on [insert applicable Interest
Payment Dates] of each year, commencing , , at the
rate of % per annum, until the principal hereof shall have become due and
payable, [if applicable, insert plus Additional Interest, if any,] until the
principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment
[if applicable, insert and on any overdue principal and (without duplication
and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under
applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest at the rate of % per
annum, compounded [monthly] [quarterly] [semi-annually] [annually]. The amount
of interest payable for any period shall be computed on the basis of twelve
30-day months and a 360-day year. The amount of interest payable for any
partial period shall be computed on the basis of the number of days elapsed in
a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any date on which
interest is payable on this Security is not a Business Day, then a payment of
the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day
which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect
of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next
succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately
preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made
on the date the payment was originally payable. A "Business Day" shall mean
any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which banking
institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or
executive order to remain closed or (iii) a day on which the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee [if applicable, insert , or the principal office of the
Property Trustee under the Trust Agreement hereinafter referred to for
[Lincoln Capital ,]] is closed for business. The interest installment so
payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment
Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name
this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities, as defined in the
Indenture) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date
for such interest installment, which shall be the [[insert definition of
Regular Record Dates]. Any such interest installment not so punctually paid or
duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such
Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this
Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of
business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest
to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of
Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record
Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with
the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this
series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such
exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.
[If applicable, insert The Company shall have the right at any time during
the term of this Security, from time to time, to defer payment of interest on
such Security for up to consecutive [monthly] [quarterly] [semi-annual]
interest payment periods with respect to each deferral period (each an
"Extension Period"), during which Extension Periods the Company shall have
the right to make partial payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date,
and at the end of which the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and
unpaid (together with Additional Interest thereon to the extent permitted by
applicable law); provided that during any such Extension Period, the Company
will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, (i) declare or
pay any dividends or distributions or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a
liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's outstanding capital
stock or (ii) make any payment of principal of, interest or premium, if any,
on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt security of the Company that ranks
pari passu with or junior in interest to this Security or make any guarantee
payments with respect to any guarantee by the Company of the debt securities
of any subsidiaries of the Company if such guarantee ranks pari passu or
junior in interest to this Security (other than (a) dividends or distributions
in Common Stock of the Company, (b) redemptions or purchases of any rights
pursuant to the Company's Rights Plan, or any successor to such Rights Plan,
and the declaration of a dividend of such rights or the issuance of Stock
under such plans in the future, (c) payments under any Lincoln Guarantee (as
defined in the Indenture), and (d) purchases of Common Stock related to the
issuance of Common Stock under any of the Company's benefit plans for its
directors, officers or employees. Prior to the termination of any such
Extension Period, the Company may further extend the interest payment period,
provided that no Extension Period shall exceed consecutive [months]
[quarters] [semi-annual periods] or extend beyond the Maturity of this
Security. Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the
payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then
due, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period, subject to the
above requirements. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension
Period except at the end thereof. The Company shall give the Holder of this
Security and the Trustee notice of its election to begin any Extension Period
at least one Business Day prior to the Interest Payment Date [if applicable,
insert or, with respect to the Securities issued to a Lincoln Trust, prior to
the earlier of (i) the date the Distributions on the Preferred Securities are
payable or (ii) the date the Administrative Trustees are required to give
notice to any securities exchange or other applicable self-regulatory
organization or to holders of such Preferred Securities of the record date or
the date such Distributions are payable, but in any event not less than one
Business Day prior to such record date].
Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the United States, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts [if applicable, insert ; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Securities Register or (ii) by wire transfer in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Person entitled thereto as specified in the Securities Register].
The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and subject in right of payments to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his acceptance hereof, waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Debt, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.
Dated:
Lincoln National Corporation
By:
[Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President]
Attest:
[Secretary or Assistant Secretary ]
Section 2.3. Form of Reverse of Security.
This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the
Company (herein called the "Securities"), issued and to be issued in one or
more series under a Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1996
(herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and The First National
Bank of Chicago, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee", which term
includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and
all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement
of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities
thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Securities, and
of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and
delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof,
[limited in aggregate principal amount to $ ].
All terms used in this Security that are defined in the Indenture [if applicable, insert and in the Trust Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1996, as amended (the "Trust Agreement"), for [Lincoln Capital ,] among Lincoln National Corporation, as Depositor, and the Trustees named therein, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture [if applicable, insert or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be].
[If applicable, insert On or after , , the Company may at any time, at its option, subject to the terms and conditions of Article Eleven of the Indenture, redeem this Security in whole at any time or in part from time to time, without premium or penalty, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the accrued and unpaid interest [if applicable, insert including Additional Interest, if any] to the date fixed for redemption.]
[If applicable, insert If a Special Event in respect of a Lincoln Trust shall occur and be continuing, the Company may, at its option, redeem this Security within 90 days of the occurrence of such Special Event, in whole but not in part, subject to the provisions of Section 11.7 and the other provisions of Article Eleven of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption.]
In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.
[If the Security is not a Discount Security, If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of this Security may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.]
[If the Security is a Discount Security, If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, an amount of principal of this Security may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture. Such amount shall be equal to [ insert formula for determining the amount]. Upon payment (i) of the amount of principal so declared due and payable and (ii) of interest on any overdue principal and overdue interest (in each case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), all of the Company's obligations in respect of the payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on this Security shall terminate.]
The Indenture contains provisions for satisfaction, discharge and defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Security upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a supplemental indenture or indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations of the Company and of the Holders of the Securities, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series to be affected by such supplemental indenture. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.
[If the Security is not a Discount Security, As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of this series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of this series may declare the principal amount of all the Securities of this series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), provided that, in the case of the Securities of this series issued to a Lincoln Trust, if upon an Event of Default, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of this series fails to declare the principal of all the Securities of this series to be immediately due and payable, the holders of at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities then outstanding shall have such right by a notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee; and upon any such declaration such specified amount of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities of this series shall become immediately due and payable, provided that the payment of principal and interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Securities shall remain subordinated to the extend provided that the payment of principal and interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Securities shall remain subordinated to the extent provided in Article 13 of the Indenture.]
[If the Security is a Discount Security, As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of this series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of this series of all the Securities of this series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), provided that, in the case of the Securities of this series issued to a Lincoln Trust, if upon an Event of Default, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of this series fails to declare the principal of all the Securities of this series to be immediately due and payable, the holders of at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities then outstanding shall have such right by a notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee; and upon any such declaration such specified amount of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities of this series shall become immediately due and payable, provided that the payment of principal and interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Securities shall remain subordinated to the extent provided in Article Thirteen of the Indenture.]
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Securities Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained under Section 10.2 of the Indenture duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $ and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of such series of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
The Company and, by its acceptance of this Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, this Security agree that for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes it is intended that this Security constitute indebtedness.
THE INDENTURE AND THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.
Section 2.4. Additional Provisions Required in Global Security.
Any Global Security issued hereunder shall, in addition to the provisions contained in Sections 2.2 and 2.3, bear a legend in substantially the following form:
"This Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of a Depositary or a nominee of a Depositary. This Security is exchangeable for Securities registered in the name of a person other than the Depositary or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture and may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary."
Section 2.5. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.
This is one of the Securities referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.
as Trustee
By:
Authorized officer
ARTICLE III. THE SECURITIES
Section 3.1. Title and Terms.
The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and set forth in an Officers' Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of a series:
(a) the title of the securities of such series, which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other Securities;
(b) the limit, if any, upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 9.6 or 11.6); provided, however, that the authorized aggregate principal amount of such series may be increased above such amount by a Board Resolution to such effect;
(c) the Stated Maturity or Maturities on which the principal of the Securities of such series is payable or the method of determination thereof;
(d) the rate or rates, if any, at which the Securities of such series shall bear interest, if any, the rate or rates and extent to which Additional Interest, if any, shall be payable in respect of any Securities of such series, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable, the right, pursuant to Section 3.11 or as otherwise set forth therein, of the Company to defer or extend an Interest Payment Date, and the Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date or the method by which any of the foregoing shall be determined;
(e) the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of such series shall be payable, the place or places where the Securities of such series may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange, and the place or places where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of such series may be made;
(f) the period or periods within or the date or dates on which, if any, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which the Securities of such series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;
(g) the obligation or the right, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase the Securities of such series pursuant to any sinking fund, amortization or analogous provisions, or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, the currency or currencies (including currency unit or units) in which and the other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;
(h) the denominations in which any Securities of such series shall be issuable, if other than denominations of $25 and any integral multiple thereof;
(i) if other than Dollars, the currency or currencies (including currency unit or units) in which the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities of the series shall be payable, or in which the Securities of the series shall be denominated;
(j) the additions, modifications or deletions, if any, in the Events of Default or covenants of the Company set forth herein with respect to the Securities of such series;
(k) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of such series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof;
(l) the additions or changes, if any, to this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of the Securities of such series in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal, and with or without interest coupons;
(m) any index or indices used to determine the amount of payments of principal of and premium, if any, on the Securities of such series or the manner in which such amounts will be determined;
(n) the issuance of a temporary Global Security representing all of the Securities of such series and exchange of such temporary Global Security for definitive Securities of such series;
(o) whether the Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the Depositary for such Global Securities, which Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;
(p) the appointment of any Paying Agent or Agents for the Securities of such series;
(q) the terms of any right to convert or exchange Securities of such series into any other securities or property of the Company, and the additions or changes, if any, to this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series to permit or facilitate such conversion or exchange;
(r) the form or forms of the Trust Agreement, Amended and Restated Trust Agreement and Guarantee Agreement, if different from the forms attached hereto as Annexes A, B and C, respectively;
(s) the relative degree, if any, to which the Securities of the series shall be senior to or be subordinated to other series of Securities in right of payment, whether such other series of Securities are Outstanding or not; and
(t) any other terms of the Securities of such series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture).
All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided herein or in or pursuant to such Board Resolution and set forth in such Officers' Certificate or in any such indenture supplemental hereto.
If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers' Certificate setting forth the terms of the series.
Section 3.2. Denominations.
The Securities of each series shall be in registered form without coupons and shall be issuable in denominations of $25 and any integral multiple thereof, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1.
Section 3.3. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.
The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its President or one of its Vice Presidents under its corporate seal reproduced or impressed thereon and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.
Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities. At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication. Securities may be authenticated on original issuance from time to time and delivered pursuant to such procedures acceptable to the Trustee ("Procedures") as may be specified from time to time by Company Order. Procedures may authorize authentication and delivery pursuant to oral instructions of the Company or a duly authorized agent, which instructions shall be promptly confirmed in writing.
Prior to the delivery of a Security in any such form to the Trustee for authentication, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee the following:
(a) A Company Order requesting the Trustee's authentication and delivery of all or a portion of the Securities of such series, and if less than all, setting forth procedures for such authentication;
(b) The Board Resolution by or pursuant to which such form of Security has been approved, and the Board Resolution, if any, by or pursuant to which the terms of the Securities of such series have been approved, and, if pursuant to a Board Resolution, an Officers' Certificate describing the action taken;
(c) An Officers' Certificate dated the date such certificate is delivered to the Trustee, stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the authentication and delivery of Securities in such form and with such terms have been complied with; and
(d) An Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the form of such Securities has been duly authorized and approved in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; (ii) the terms of such Securities have been duly authorized and determined in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture, or, if such terms are to be determined pursuant to Procedures, as defined above, when so determined such terms shall have been duly authorized and determined in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and (iii) Securities in such form when completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture within the authorization as to aggregate principal amount established from time to time by the Board of Directors and sold in the manner specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will be the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency and similar laws generally affecting creditors' rights, to general equitable principles and except as enforcement thereof may be limited by (A) requirements that a claim with respect to any Securities denominated other than in Dollars (or a Foreign Currency or currency unit judgment in respect of such claim) be converted into Dollars at a rate of exchange prevailing on a date determined pursuant to applicable law or (B) governmental authority to limit, delay or prohibit the making of payments in Foreign Currencies or currency units or payments outside the United States, and subject to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Securities;
provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive the documents referred to in Clauses (b), (c) and (d) above only at or prior to the first request of the Company to the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series.
Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.
No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.
Section 3.4. Temporary Securities.
Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities of such series in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.
If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of such series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations having the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having the same terms as such temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities.
Section 3.5. Registration, Transfer and Exchange.
The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. Such register is herein sometimes referred to as the "Securities Register." The Trustee is hereby appointed "Securities Registrar" for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein provided.
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security at the office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of the same series of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount, of the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having the same terms.
At the option of the Holder, Securities may be exchanged for other Securities of the same series of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount, of the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having the same terms, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
Every Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Securities Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Securities.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, any Global Security of a series shall be exchangeable pursuant to this Section 3.5 for Securities registered in the names of Persons other than the Depositary for such Security or its nominee only if (i) such Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or if at any time such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for Securities registered in such names as such Depositary shall direct.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, a Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary with respect to such Global Security to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary.
Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required, pursuant to the provisions of this Section, (a) to issue, transfer or exchange any Security of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of selection for redemption of Securities pursuant to Article Eleven and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of notice of redemption or (b) to transfer or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.
Section 3.6. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.
If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same issue and series of like tenor and principal amount, having the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and bearing the same Interest Rate as such mutilated Security, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence
to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and
(ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of
them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee
that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the issuing
Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new
Security of the same issue and series of like tenor and principal amount,
having the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and bearing the same
Interest Rate as such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, and bearing a number
not contemporaneously outstanding.
In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.
Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.
The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.
Section 3.7. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.
Interest on any Security of any series which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest in respect of Securities of such series, except that, unless otherwise provided in the Securities of such series, interest payable on the Stated Maturity of a Security shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. The initial payment of interest on any Security of any series which is issued between a Regular Record Date and the related Interest Payment Date shall be payable as provided in such Security or in the Board Resolution pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to the related series of Securities.
Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities of such series (herein called "Defaulted Interest"), shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:
(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series in respect of which interest is in default (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Security of such series at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. The Trustee may, in its discretion, in the name and at the expense of the Company, cause a similar notice to be published at least once in a newspaper, customarily published in the English language on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, but such publication shall not be a condition precedent to the establishment of such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following Clause (2).
(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of the series in respect of which interest is in default may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange (or by the Trustee if the Securities are not listed), if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.
Section 3.8. Persons Deemed Owners.
The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may
treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such
Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and (subject to
Section 3.7) interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever,
whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee
nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the
contrary.
Section 3.9. Cancellation.
All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities and Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities shall be destroyed by the Trustee and the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a certificate of such destruction.
Section 3.10. Computation of Interest.
Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series for any period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and interest on the Securities of each series for any partial period shall be computed on the basis of the number of days elapsed in a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
Section 3.11. Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates.
If specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to the Securities of a particular series, the Company shall have the right, at any time during the term of such series, from time to time to defer the payment of interest on such Securities for such period or periods as may be specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 (each, an "Extension Period") during which Extension Periods the Company shall have the right to make partial payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date. No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Securities (together with Additional Interest thereon, if any, at the rate specified for the Securities of such series to the extent permitted by applicable law), provided, however, that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not, and shall cause any Subsidiary not to, (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock, or (ii) make any payment of principal, interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu with or junior in interest to the Securities of such series or make any guarantee payments with respect to any Guarantee by the Company of the debt securities of any Subsidiary of the Company that by their terms rank pari passu or junior in interest to the securities of such series (other than (a) dividends or distributions in common stock of the Company (b) redemptions or purchases of any rights pursuant to the Company's Rights Plan, or any successor to such Rights Plan, and the declaration of a dividend of such rights or the issuance of stock under such plans in the future, (c) payments under any Lincoln Guarantee), and (d) purchases of Common Stock related to the issuance of Common Stock under any of the Company's benefit plans for its directors, officers or employees. Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may further extend the interest payment period, provided that no Extension Period shall exceed the period or periods specified in such Securities or extend beyond the Maturity of such Securities. Upon termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period, subject to the above requirements. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof. The Company shall give the Holders of the Securities of such series and the Trustee notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to the Interest Payment Date or, with respect to the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, prior to the earlier of (i) the date the Distributions on the Preferred Securities of such Lincoln Trust are payable or (ii) the date the Administrative Trustees of such Lincoln Trust are required to give notice to any securities exchange or other applicable self-regulatory organization or to holders of such Preferred Securities of the record date or the date such Distributions are payable, but in any event not less than one Business Day prior to such record date.
The Trustee shall promptly give notice of the Company's election to begin any such Extension Period to the Holders of the outstanding Securities of such series.
Section 3.12. Right of Set-Off.
With respect to the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, the Company shall have the right to set-off any payment it is otherwise required to make thereunder in respect of any such Security to the extent the Company has theretofore made, or is concurrently on the date of such payment making, a payment under the Lincoln Guarantee relating to such Security or under Section 5.8 of the Indenture.
Section 3.13. Agreed Tax Treatment.
Each Security issued hereunder shall provide that the Company and, by its acceptance of a Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, such Security agree that for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes it is intended that such Security constitute indebtedness.
Section 3.14. Extension of Stated Maturity; Adjustment of Stated Maturity Upon an Exchange.
If specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to the Securities
of a particular series, the Company shall have the right to (a) change the
Maturity Date of the Securities of such series upon the liquidation of a
Lincoln Trust and the exchange of such Securities for the Preferred Securities
of such Lincoln Trust and (b) extend the Stated Maturity for the Securities of
such series; provided, that at time any election to extend the Maturity Date
is made and at the time of such extension, (i) the Company is not in
bankruptcy, otherwise insolvent or in liquidation, (ii) the Company is not in
default in the payment of any interest or principal on the Securities of such
series and no deferred interest payments thereon have accrued, (iii) the
applicable Lincoln Trust is not in arrears on payments of Distributions on its
Preferred Securities and no deferred Distributions thereon are accumulated,
(iv) the Securities are rated not less than BBB- by Standard & Poor's Ratings
Services or Baa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or the equivalent by any
other naturally recognized statistical rating organization and (v) the
extended Stated Maturity in no later than the 49th anniversary of the initial
issuance of the Preferred Securities of the applicable Lincoln Trust;
provided, further, that, if the Company exercises its right to liquidate the
Lincoln Trust and exchange the Securities of such series for the Preferred
Securities of such Lincoln Trust as specified in clause (a) above, any changed
Stated Maturity of the Securities of such series shall be no earlier than the
date that is five years after the issuance of the Preferred Securities and no
later than the date 30 years (plus an extended term of up to an additional 19
years if the above-referenced conditions are satisfied) after the date of the
initial issuance of the Preferred Securities of the applicable Lincoln Trust.
Section 3.15. CUSIP Numbers.
The Company in issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.
ARTICLE IV. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 4.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.
This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) any surviving rights of transfer, substitution and exchange of Securities, (ii) rights hereunder of Holders to receive payments of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities and other rights, duties and obligations of the Holders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the amounts, if any, deposited with the Trustee pursuant to this Article IV and (iii) the rights and obligations of the Trustee hereunder), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when
(1) either
(A) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i)
Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been
replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6 and (ii) Securities for whose
payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held
in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged
from such trust, as provided in Section 10.3) have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation; or
(B) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
(i) have become due and payable, or
(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year of the date of deposit, and the Company, in the case of Clause (B) (i) or (B) (ii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose an amount in the currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity;
(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and
(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.7 and, if money
shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause
(1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2 and the
last paragraph of Section 10.3 shall survive.
Section 4.2. Application of Trust Money.
Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.3, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 or money or Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.3, or received by the Trustee in respect of Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.3, shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for the payment of which such money or obligations have been deposited with or received by the Trustee; provided, however, such moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Section 4.3. Satisfaction, Discharge and Defeasance of Securities of Any Series.
Unless otherwise provided in the Board Resolution adopted pursuant to
Section 3.1 establishing the terms of the Securities of any series, the
Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness on
all the Outstanding Securities of any such series and the Trustee, at the
expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of such indebtedness, when
(1) with respect to all Outstanding Securities of such series,
(A) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on all Outstanding Securities of such series for principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Stated Maturity or any Redemption Date as contemplated by the penultimate paragraph of this Section 4.3, as the case may be; or
(B) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably
deposited with the Trustee as obligations in trust for such purpose an amount
of Government Obligations as will, in the written opinion of independent
public accountants delivered to the Trustee, together with predetermined and
certain income to accrue thereon, without consideration of any reinvestment
thereof, be sufficient to pay and discharge when due the entire indebtedness
on all Outstanding Securities of such series for principal (and premium, if
any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Stated Maturity
or any Redemption Date as contemplated by the penultimate paragraph of this
Section 4.3, as the case may be; and
(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series; and
(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the entire indebtedness on all Outstanding Securities of any such series have been complied with.
Any deposits with the Trustee referred to in Section 4.3(i) above shall be irrevocable and shall be made under the terms of an escrow trust agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. If any Outstanding Securities of such series are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, whether pursuant to any optional redemption provisions or in accordance with any mandatory sinking fund requirement, the applicable escrow trust agreement shall provide therefor and the Company shall make such arrangements as are satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. If the Securities of such series are not to become due and payable at their Stated Maturity or upon call for redemption within one year of the date of deposit, then the Company shall give, not later than the date of such deposit, notice of such deposit to the Holders of Securities of such series.
Upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 4.3 with respect to all the Outstanding Securities of any series, the terms and conditions of such series, including the terms and conditions with respect thereto set forth in this Indenture, shall no longer be binding upon, or applicable to, the Company; provided, that the Company shall not be discharged from any payment obligations in respect of Securities of such series which are deemed not to be Outstanding under clause (iii) of the definition thereof if such obligations continue to be valid obligations of the Company under applicable law.
ARTICLE V. REMEDIES
Section 5.1. Events of Default.
"Event of Default", wherever used herein with respect to the Securities of any series, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series, including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days (subject to the deferral of any due date in the case of an Extension Period); or
(2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series at its Maturity; or
(3) default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in the performance of which or the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied; or
(4) the entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or
(5) the institution by the Company of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit for creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in furtherance of any such action; or
(6) any other Event of Default with respect to Securities of that series.
Section 5.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.
If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal amount (or, if the Securities of that series are Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series) of all the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), provided that, in the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, if, upon an Event of Default, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series fail to declare the principal of all the Securities of that series to be immediately due and payable, the holders of at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities then outstanding shall have such right by a notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee; and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities of such series shall become immediately due and payable, provided that the payment of principal and interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Securities shall remain subordinated to the extent provided in Article Thirteen.
At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
(1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:
(A) all overdue installments of interest (including any Additional Interest) on all Securities of that series,
(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Securities, and
(C) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
(2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of that series which has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.
The holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Securities of a series affected thereby may, on behalf of the holders of all the Securities of such series, waive any past default, except a default in the payment of principal or interest (unless such default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Trustee) or a default in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Security of such series and, in the case of Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, should the holders of such Securities fail to annul such declaration and waive such default, the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation preference of the related series of Preferred Securities shall have such right.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Upon receipt by the Trustee of written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, with respect to Securities of a series all or part of which is represented by a Global Security, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day which is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice which has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.2.
Section 5.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.
The Company covenants that if:
(1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or
(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof,
the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal, including any sinking fund payment or analogous obligations (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest); and, in addition thereto, all amounts owing the Trustee under Section 6.7.
If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated.
If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
Section 5.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors,
(a) the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal (and premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest)) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,
(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) owing and unpaid in respect to the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable and to take any and all actions as are authorized under the Trust Indenture Act in order to have the claims of the Holders and any predecessor to the Trustee under Section 6.7 and of the Holders allowed in any such judicial proceedings; and
(ii) and in particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same in accordance with Section 5.6; and
(b) any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee for distribution in accordance with Section 5.6, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.7.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided, however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors' or other similar committee.
Section 5.5. Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities.
All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of all the amounts owing the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.7, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
Section 5.6. Application of Money Collected.
Any money or property collected or to be applied by the Trustee with respect to a series of Securities pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money or property on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest), upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.7;
SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon such series of Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest), in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such series of Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest), respectively; and
THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.
Section 5.7. Limitation on Suits.
No Holder of any Securities of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;
(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;
it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing itself of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.
Section 5.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right which is absolute and unconditional to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 3.7) interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. In the case of Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, any holder of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities shall have the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 5.1(1) or 5.2(1) hereof, to institute a suit directly against the Company for enforcement of payment to such Holder of principal of (premium, if any) and (subject to Section 3.7) interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Securities of the corresponding series held by such Holder.
Section 5.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
Section 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
Except as otherwise provided in the last paragraph of Section 3.6, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
Except as otherwise provided in the last paragraph of Section 3.6, no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.
Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
Section 5.12. Control by Holders.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that:
(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,
(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and
(3) subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow such direction if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, determine that the proceeding so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not joining in any such direction or would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
Upon receipt by the Trustee of any written notice directing the time, method or place of conducting any such proceeding or exercising any such trust or power, with respect to Securities of a series all or part of which is represented by a Global Security, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that, unless the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall have joined in such notice prior to the day which is 90 days after such record date, such notice shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new notice identical to a notice which has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.12.
Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults.
The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder and its consequences with respect to such series except a default:
(1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security of such series, or
(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 5.14. Undertaking for Costs.
All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security.
Section 5.15. Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.
The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE VI. THE TRUSTEE
Section 6.1. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.
(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,
(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct except that
(1) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;
(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of Holders pursuant to Section 5.12 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series.
(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
Section 6.2. Notice of Defaults.
Within 90 days after actual knowledge by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities of such series, as their names and addresses appear in the Securities Register, notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of Securities of such series; and provided, further, that, in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.1(3), no such notice to Holders of Securities of such series shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term "default" means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.
Section 6.3. Certain Rights of Trustee.
Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1:
(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, Security or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
(b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate;
(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, indenture, Security or other paper or document, but the Trustee in its discretion may make such inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney; and
(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.
Section 6.4. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.
The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Securities or the proceeds thereof.
Section 6.5. May Hold Securities.
The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Securities Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 6.8 and 6.13, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Securities Registrar or such other agent.
Section 6.6. Money Held in Trust.
Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.
Section 6.7. Compensation and Reimbursement.
The Company agrees
(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in such amounts as the Company and the Trustee shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
(2) to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and
(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel) incurred without negligence or bad faith, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. This indemnification shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section, the Company and the Holders agree that the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(4) or (5) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 or a successor statute.
Section 6.8. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.
The Trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 301(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 6.9. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.
There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be
(a) a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, Territory or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia authority, or
(b) a corporation or other Person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government that is permitted to act as Trustee pursuant to a rule, regulation or order of the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by authority of such foreign government or a political subdivision thereof substantially equivalent to supervision or examination applicable to United States institutional trustees,
in either case having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. Neither the Company nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company shall serve as Trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder.
Section 6.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.
(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.11.
(b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.
(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.
(d) If at any time:
(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 6.8 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or
(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.9 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or
(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,
then, in any such case, (i) the Company, acting pursuant to the authority of a Board Resolution, may remove the Trustee, or (ii) subject to Section 5.14, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, subject to Section 5.14, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.
(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Securities of such series as their names and addresses appear in the Securities Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
Section 6.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.
(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.
(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with
respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company,
the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities
of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental
hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which
(1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to
transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the
rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the
Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor
Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to
all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or
desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the
retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to
which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the
retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this
Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the
administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being
understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall
constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such
Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart
from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee and
upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation
or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent
provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act,
deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts,
and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or
those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but,
on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee
shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property
and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the
Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor
Trustee relates.
(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.
(d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.
Section 6.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.
Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated, and in case any Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor Trustee or in the name of such successor Trustee, and in all cases the certificate of authentication shall have the full force which it is provided anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
Section 6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).
Section 6.14. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.
The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, or of any State, Territory or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.
Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent shall be the successor Authenticating Agent hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall give notice of such appointment in the manner provided in Section 1.6 to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provision of this Section.
The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 6.7.
If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:
This is one of the Securities referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.
As Trustee
By: ;
As Authenticating Agent
By: :
Authorized Officer
ARTICLE VII. HOLDER'S LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
Section 7.1. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.
The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
(a) semi-annually, not more than 15 days after January 15 and July 15, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such January 1 and July 1, and
(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished,
excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar.
Section 7.2. Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders.
(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent
list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and
addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities
Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in
Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
(b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided in the Trust Indenture Act.
(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of the Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 7.3. Reports by Trustee.
(a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act, at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.
(b) Reports so required to be transmitted at stated intervals of not more than 12 months shall be transmitted no later than July 15 in each calendar year, commencing with the first July 15 after the first issuance of Securities under this Indenture.
(c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Securities are listed and also with the Commission. The Company will notify the Trustee whenever the Securities are listed on any stock exchange.
Section 7.4. Reports by Company.
The Company shall file with the Trustee and with the Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is required to be filed with the Commission. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company shall continue to file with the Commission and provide the Trustee with the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports which are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a).
ARTICLE VIII. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
Section 8.1. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.
The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and no Person shall consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless:
(1) in case the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation, partnership or trust organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing;
(3) in the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease is permitted under the related Trust Agreement and Lincoln Guarantee and does not give rise to any breach or violation of the related Trust Agreement or Lincoln Guarantee; and
(4) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger,
conveyance, transfer or lease and any such supplemental indenture complies
with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for
relating to such transaction have been complied with; and the Trustee, subject
to Section 6.1, may rely upon such Officers' Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel as conclusive evidence that such transaction complies with this
Section 8.1.
Section 8.2. Successor Corporation Substituted.
Upon any consolidation or merger by the Company with or into any other
Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Company of its properties
and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with
Section 8.1, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into
which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is
made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right
and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such
successor Person had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any
such conveyance, transfer or lease the Company shall be discharged from all
obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Securities and may be
dissolved and liquidated.
Such successor Person may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication pursuant to such provisions and any Securities which such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf for the purpose pursuant to such provisions. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.
ARTICLE IX. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 9.1. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders.
Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities contained; or
(2) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustee or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or
(3) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 2.1 or 3.1; or
(4) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or
(5) to add any additional Events of Default; or
(6) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture, provided that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or
(7) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided that such action pursuant to this clause (7) shall not materially adversely affect the interest of the Holders of Securities of any series or, in the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust and for so long as any of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities shall remain outstanding, the holders of such Preferred Securities; or
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.11(b); or
(9) to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 9.2. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.
With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby,
(1) except to the extent permitted by Section 3.11 or as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to the extension of the interest payment period of the Securities of any series, change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of principal of a Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.2, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the date fixed for redemption thereof), or
(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or
(3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.13 or Section 10.5, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Security affected thereby; or
(4) modify the provisions in Article Thirteen of this Indenture with respect to the subordination of Outstanding Securities of any series in a manner adverse to the Holders thereof;
provided that, in the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, so long as any of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities remains outstanding, no such amendment shall be made that adversely affects the holders of such Preferred Securities, and no termination of this Indenture shall occur, and no waiver of any Event of Default or compliance with any covenant under this Indenture shall be effective, without the prior consent of the holders of at least a majority of the aggregate liquidation preference of such Preferred Securities then outstanding unless and until the principal (and premium, if any) of the Securities of such series and all accrued and, subject to Section 3.7, unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon have been paid in full; and provided further that in the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, so long as any of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities remain outstanding, no amendment shall be made to Section 5.8 of this Indenture without the prior consent of the holders of each Preferred Security then outstanding unless and until the principal (and premium, if any) of the Securities of such series and all accrued and (subject to Section 3.7) unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon have been paid in full.
A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture that has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.
It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
Section 9.3. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.
In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that all conditions precedent have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Section 9.4. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.
Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
Section 9.5. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.
Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
Section 9.6. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.
Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Company as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.
ARTICLE X. COVENANTS
Section 10.1. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.
The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of such Securities and this Indenture.
Section 10.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series, an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment and an office or agency where Securities may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The Company initially appoints the Trustee, acting through its Corporate Trust Office, as its agent for said purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all of such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation and any change in the location of any such office or agency.
Section 10.3. Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust.
If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any of the Securities of such series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.
Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each due date of the principal of or interest on any Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal and premium (if any) or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.
The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:
(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
(2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest;
(3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and
(4) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent.
The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by the Company or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.
Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be paid on Company Request to the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.
Section 10.4. Statement as to Compliance.
The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each calendar year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers' Certificate covering the preceding calendar year, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of or compliance with any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture, and if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge. For the purpose of this Section 10.4, compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
Section 10.5. Waiver of Certain Covenants.
The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition as specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to the Securities of any series, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
Section 10.6. Additional Sums.
In the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, in the event that (i) a Lincoln Trust is the Holder of all of the Outstanding Securities of such series, (ii) a Tax Event in respect of such Lincoln Trust shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) the Company shall not have (i) redeemed the Securities of such series pursuant to Section 11.7(b) or (ii) terminated such Lincoln Trust pursuant to Section 9.2(b) of the related Trust Agreement, the Company shall pay to such Lincoln Trust (and its permitted successors or assigns under the related Trust Agreement) for so long as such Lincoln Trust (or its permitted successor or assignee) is the registered holder of any Securities of such series, such additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the amount of distributions (including any Additional Amounts (as defined in the Trust Agreement)) then due and payable by such Lincoln Trust on the related Preferred Securities and Common Securities that at any time remain outstanding in accordance with the terms thereof shall not be reduced as a result of any Additional Taxes (the "Additional Sums"). Whenever in this Indenture or the Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payments of the Additional Sums provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made, provided, however, that the extension of an interest payment period pursuant to Section 3.11 or the Securities shall not extend the payment of any Additional Sums that may be due and payable during such interest payment period.
Section 10.7. Additional Covenants.
The Company covenants and agrees with each Holder of Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust that it will not, and it will not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, (a) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of the Company's capital stock, or (b) make any payment of principal, interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu with or junior to the Securities of such series or make any guarantee payments with respect to any guarantee by the Company of debt securities of any subsidiary of the Company if such guarantee ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to the Securities (other than (a) dividends or distributions in Common Stock of the Company, (b) redemptions or purchases of any rights pursuant to the Company's Rights Plan, or any successor to such Rights Plan, and the declaration of a dividend of such rights or the issuance of stock under such plans in the future, (c) payments under any Lincoln Guarantee, and (d) purchases of Common Stock related to the issuance of Common Stock under any of the Company's benefit plans for its directors, officers or employees) if at such time (i) there shall have occurred any event of which the Company has actual knowledge that (a) with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default hereunder and (b) in respect of which the Company shall not have taken reasonable steps to cure, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the related Lincoln Guarantee or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin an Extension Period as provided herein and shall not have rescinded such notice, or such period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing.
The Company also covenants with each Holder of Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust (i) to maintain directly or indirectly 100% ownership of the Common Securities of such Lincoln Trust; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Company hereunder may succeed to the Company's ownership of such Common Securities, (ii) not to voluntarily terminate, wind-up or liquidate such Lincoln Trust, except (a) in connection with a distribution of the Securities of such series to the holders of Preferred Securities in liquidation of such Lincoln Trust or (b) in connection with certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations permitted by the related Trust Agreement and (iii) to use its reasonable efforts, consistent with the terms and provisions of such Trust Agreement, to cause such Lincoln Trust to remain classified as a grantor trust and not an association taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.
ARTICLE XI. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
Section 11.1. Applicability of This Article.
Redemption of Securities (whether by operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) as permitted or required by any form of Security issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be made in accordance with such form of Security and this Article; provided, however, that if any provision of any such form of Security shall conflict with any provision of this Article, the provision of such form of Security shall govern. Except as otherwise set forth in the form of Security for such series, each Security shall be subject to partial redemption only in the amount of $25 or, in the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, $25, or integral multiples thereof.
Section 11.2. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.
The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Securities of any particular series and having the same terms, the Company shall, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such date and of the principal amount of Securities of that series to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel evidencing compliance with such restriction.
Section 11.3. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.
If less than all the Securities of any series are to be redeemed (unless all the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed or unless such redemption affects only a single Security), the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any Security of such series, provided that the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of any Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security. If less than all the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed (unless such redemption affects only a single Security), the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series and specified tenor not previously called for redemption in accordance with the preceding sentence.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for partial redemption and the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed. If the Company shall so direct, Securities registered in the name of the Company, any Affiliate or any Subsidiary thereof shall not be included in the Securities selected for redemption.
Section 11.4. Notice of Redemption.
Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not later than the thirtieth day, and not earlier than the sixtieth day, prior to the date fixed for redemption, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register.
With respect to Securities of each series to be redeemed, each notice of redemption shall state:
(a) the date fixed for redemption for Securities of such series;
(b) the redemption price at which Securities of such series are to be redeemed;
(c) if less than all Outstanding Securities of such particular series and having the same terms are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;
(d) that on the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price at which such Securities are to be redeemed will become due and payable upon each such Security or portion thereof, and that interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after said date;
(e) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price at which such Securities are to be redeemed; and
(f) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case.
Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall not be irrevocable. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, a failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Security.
Section 11.5. Deposit of Redemption Price.
Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the redemption date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in Section 11.4, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the redemption date all the Securities so called for redemption at the applicable redemption price.
Section 11.6. Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.
If any notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 11.4, the Securities or portion of Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price. On presentation and surrender of such Securities at a place of payment in said notice specified, the said securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable redemption price.
Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities of the same series, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented and having the same Original Issue Date, Stated Maturity and terms. If a Global Security is so surrendered, such new Security will also be a new Global Security.
If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal of and premium, if any, on such Security shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.
Section 11.7. Company's Right of Redemption.
(a) Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to the Securities of a particular series and notwithstanding any additional redemption rights that may be so specified, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Securities of any series after their date of issuance in whole at any time or in part from time to time, subject to the provisions of this clause (a) and the other provisions of this Article XI. Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to the Securities of a particular series, the redemption price for any Security so redeemed pursuant to this clause (a) shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Securities plus any accrued and unpaid interest, including any Additional Interest, to the date fixed for redemption. The Company shall not redeem the Securities in part unless all accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) has been paid in full on all Securities Outstanding for all interest periods terminating on or prior to the date fixed for redemption.
(b) In the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Lincoln Trust, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, if a Special Event in respect of such Lincoln Trust shall occur and be continuing, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Securities of such series within 90 days of the occurrence of such Special Event, in whole but not in part, subject to the provisions of this clause (b) and the other provisions of this Article Eleven. The redemption price for any Security so redeemed pursuant to this clause (b) shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Securities then Outstanding plus accrued and unpaid interest, including any Additional Interest, to the date fixed for redemption.
ARTICLE XII. SINKING FUNDS
Section 12.1. Applicability of Article.
The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of any series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 for such Securities.
The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of any Securities of any series is herein referred to as a "mandatory sinking fund payment", and any sinking fund payment in excess of such minimum amount which is permitted to be made by the terms of such Securities of any series is herein referred to as an "optional sinking fund payment". If provided for by the terms of any Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 12.2. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of such Securities.
Section 12.2. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.
In lieu of making all or any part of a mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to any Securities of a series in cash, the Company may at its option, at any time no more than 16 months and no less than 30 days prior to the date on which such sinking fund payment is due, deliver to the Trustee Securities of such series (together with the unmatured Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto) theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company, except Securities of such series that have been redeemed through the application of mandatory or optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of the Securities of such series, accompanied by a Company Order instructing the Trustee to credit such obligations and stating that the Securities of such series were originally issued by the Company by way of bona fide sale or other negotiation for value; provided that the Securities to be so credited have not been previously so credited. The Securities to be so credited shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the redemption price for such Securities, as specified in the Securities so to be redeemed, for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.
Section 12.3. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.
Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any
series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for
such Securities pursuant to the terms of such Securities, the portion thereof,
if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash in the currency in which
the Securities of such series are payable (except as provided pursuant to
Section 3.1) and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by
delivering and crediting Securities pursuant to Section 12.2 and will also
deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Such Certificate
shall be irrevocable and upon its delivery the Company shall be obligated to
make the cash payment or payments therein referred to, if any, on or before
the succeeding sinking fund payment date. In the case of the failure of the
Company to deliver such Certificate (or, as required by this Indenture, the
Securities and coupons, if any, specified in such Certificate), the sinking
fund payment due on the succeeding sinking fund payment date for such series
shall be paid entirely in cash and shall be sufficient to redeem the principal
amount of the Securities of such series subject to a mandatory sinking fund
payment without the right to deliver or credit securities as provided in
Section 12.2 and without the right to make the optional sinking fund payment
with respect to such series at such time.
Any sinking fund payment or payments (mandatory or optional) made in cash
plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments made with
respect to the Securities of any particular series shall be applied by the
Trustee (or by the Company if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent)
on the sinking fund payment date on which such payment is made (or, if such
payment is made before a sinking fund payment date, on the sinking fund
payment date immediately following the date of such payment) to the redemption
of Securities of such series at the redemption price specified in such
Securities with respect to the sinking fund. Any sinking fund moneys not so
applied or allocated by the Trustee (or by the Company if the Company is
acting as its own Paying Agent, segregated and held in trust as provided in
Section 10.3) for such series and together with such payment (or such amount
so segregated) shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 12.3. Any and all sinking fund moneys with respect to the Securities
of any particular series held by the Trustee (or if the Company is acting as
its own Paying Agent, segregated and held in trust as provided in Section
10.3) on the last sinking fund payment date with respect to Securities of such
series and not held for the payment or redemption of particular Securities of
such series shall be applied by the Trustee (or by the Company if the Company
is acting as its own Paying Agent), together with other moneys, if necessary,
to be deposited (or segregated) sufficient for the purpose, to the payment of
the principal of the Securities of such series at Maturity. The Trustee shall
select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in
the manner specified in Section 11.3 and cause notice of the redemption
thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the
manner provided in Section 11.4. Such notice having been duly given, the
redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner
stated in Section 11.6. On or before each sinking fund payment date, the
Company shall pay to the Trustee (or, if the Company is acting as its own
Paying Agent, the Company shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in
Section 10.3) in cash a sum in the currency in which Securities of such series
are payable (except as provided pursuant to Section 3.1) equal to the
principal and any interest accrued to the redemption date for Securities or
portions thereof to be redeemed on such sinking fund payment date pursuant to
this Section 12.3.
Neither the Trustee nor the Company shall redeem any Securities of a series with sinking fund moneys or mail any notice of redemption of Securities of such series by operation of the sinking fund for such series during the continuance of a default in payment of interest, if any, on any Securities of such series or of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default occurring as a consequence of this paragraph) with respect to the Securities of such series, except that if the notice of redemption shall have been provided in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Trustee (or the Company if the Company is then acting as its own Paying Agent) shall redeem such Securities if cash sufficient for that purpose shall be deposited with the Trustee (or segregated by the Company) for that purpose in accordance with the terms of this Article Twelve. Except as aforesaid, any moneys in the sinking fund for such series at the time when any such default or Event of Default shall occur and any moneys thereafter paid into such sinking fund shall, during the continuance of such default or Event of Default, be held as security for the payment of the Securities and coupons, if any, of such series; provided, however, that in case such default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived herein, such moneys shall thereafter be applied on the next sinking fund payment date for the Securities of such series on which such moneys may be applied pursuant to the provisions of this Section 12.3.
ARTICLE XIII. SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES
Section 13.1. Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt.
The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security, by its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Article, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) on each and all of the Securities are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all amounts then due and payable in respect of all Senior Debt.
Section 13.2. Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.
In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company (each such event, if any, herein sometimes referred to as a "Proceeding"), then the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Senior Debt, or provision shall be made for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, before the Holders of the Securities are entitled to receive or retain any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (including any payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other Debt of the Company (including any series of the Securities) subordinated to the payment of the Securities, such payment or distribution being hereinafter referred to as a "Junior Subordinated Payment"), on account of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of Securities by the Company or any Subsidiary and to that end the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive, for application to the payment thereof, any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, including any Junior Subordinated Payment, which may be payable or deliverable in respect of the Securities in any such Proceeding.
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Trustee or the Holder of any Security shall have received any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, including any Junior Subordinated Payment, before all Senior Debt is paid in full or payment thereof is provided for in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the time of such payment or distribution, have been made known to the Trustee or, as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event such payment or distribution shall be paid over or delivered forthwith to the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee, agent or other Person making payment or distribution of assets of the Company for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Debt in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt.
For purposes of this Article only, the words "any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities" shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment which securities are subordinated in right of payment to all then outstanding Senior Debt to substantially the same extent as the Securities are so subordinated as provided in this Article. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another Person or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the sale of all or substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to another Person or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the sale of all or substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to another Person upon the terms and conditions set forth in Article Eight shall not be deemed a Proceeding for the purposes of this Section if the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale such properties and assets as an entirety, as the case may be, shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, or sale comply with the conditions set forth in Article Eight.
Section 13.3. Prior Payment to Senior Debt Upon Acceleration of Securities.
In the event that any Securities are declared due and payable before their Stated Maturity, then and in such event the holders of the Senior Debt outstanding at the time such Securities so become due and payable shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due on or in respect of such Senior Debt (including any amounts due upon acceleration), or provision shall be made for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, before the Holders of the Securities are entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities (including any Junior Subordinated Payment) by the Company on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of Securities by the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the satisfaction of any sinking fund payment in accordance with this Indenture or as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 for the Securities of any series by delivering and crediting pursuant to Section 12.2 or as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 for the Securities of any series Securities which have been acquired (upon redemption or otherwise) prior to such declaration of acceleration.
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall make any payment to the Trustee or the Holder of any Security prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the time of such payment, have been made known to the Trustee or, as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event such payment shall be paid over and delivered forthwith to the Company.
The provisions of this Section shall not apply to any payment with respect to which Section 13.2 would be applicable.
Section 13.4. No Payment When Senior Debt in Default.
(a) In the event and during the continuation of any default in the payment
of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Senior Debt, or in the
event that any event of default with respect to any Senior Debt shall have
occurred and be continuing and shall have resulted in such Senior Debt
becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would
otherwise have become due and payable, unless and until such event of default
shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist and such
acceleration shall have been rescinded or annulled, or (b) in the event any
judicial proceeding shall be pending with respect to any such default in
payment or such event or default, then no payment or distribution of any kind
or character, whether in cash, properties or securities (including any Junior
Subordinated Payment) shall be made by the Company on account of principal of
(or premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest), if any,
on the Securities or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of
Securities by the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that nothing
in this Section shall prevent the satisfaction of any sinking fund payment in
accordance with this Indenture or as otherwise specified as contemplated by
Section 3.1 for the Securities of any series by delivering and crediting
pursuant to Section 12.2 or as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section
3.1 for the Securities of any series Securities which have been acquired (upon
redemption or otherwise) prior to such default in payment or event of default.
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall make any payment to the Trustee or the Holder of any Security prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the time of such payment, have been made known to the Trustee or, as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event such payment shall be paid over and delivered forthwith to the Company.
The provisions of this Section shall not apply to any payment with respect to which Section 13.2 would be applicable.
Section 13.5. Payment Permitted If No Default.
Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time except during the pendency of any Proceeding referred to in Section 13.2 or under the conditions described in Sections 13.3 and 13.4, from making payments at any time of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities, or (b) the application by the Trustee of any money or Government Obligations deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or the retention of such payment by the Holders, if, at the time of such application by the Trustee, it did not have knowledge that such payment would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article.
Section 13.6. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.
Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Debt, or the provision for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this Article (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company which by its express terms is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Securities are subordinated to the Senior Debt and is entitled to like rights of subrogation by reason of any payments or distributions made to holders of such Senior Debt) to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and securities applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation or assignment, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article, and no payments over pursuant to the provisions of this Article to the holders of Senior Debt by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt.
Section 13.7. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.
The provisions of this Article are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities on the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Securities, the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms; or (b) affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt; or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture including, without limitation, filing and voting claims in any Proceeding, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article of the holders of Senior Debt to receive cash, property and securities otherwise payable or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.
Section 13.8. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.
Each Holder of a Security by his or her acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination provided in this Article and appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
Section 13.9. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.
No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.
Section 13.10. Notice to Trustee.
The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities, unless and until the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Debt or from any trustee, agent or representative therefor (whether or not the facts contained in such notice are true); provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any monies may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.
Section 13.11. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.
Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article Six, and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article.
Section 13.12. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt.
The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Securities or to the Company or to any other Person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article or otherwise.
Section 13.13. Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee's Rights.
The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article with respect to any Senior Debt which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.
Section 13.14. Article Applicable to Paying Agents.
In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee.
Section 13.15. Certain Conversions or Exchanges Deemed Payment.
For the purposes of this Article only, (a) the issuance and delivery of junior securities upon conversion or exchange of Securities shall not be deemed to constitute a payment or distribution on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on Securities or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of Securities, and (b) the payment, issuance or delivery of cash, property or securities (other than junior securities) upon conversion or exchange of a Security shall be deemed to constitute payment on account of the principal of such security. For the purposes of this Section, the term "junior securities" means (i) shares of any stock of any class of the Company and (ii) securities of the Company which are subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Debt which may be outstanding at the time of issuance or delivery of such securities to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Securities are so subordinated as provided in this Article.
* * * *
This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:
Attest:
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
as Property Trustee
By:
Exhibit 4(k)
GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
Between
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(as Guarantor)
and
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
(as Trustee)
dated as of
August 21, 1996
Lincoln National Capital II
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Section 1.1. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ARTICLE II. TRUST INDENTURE ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Section 2.1 Trust Indenture Act; Application . . . . . . . 3 Section 2.2. List of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Section 2.3. Reports by the Guarantee Trustee . . . . . . 4 Section 2.4. Periodic Reports to Guarantee Trustee 4 Section 2.5. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Section 2.6. Events of Default; Waiver . . . . . . . . . . 4 Section 2.7. Event of Default; Notice . . . . . . . . . . 4 Section 2.8. Conflicting Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ARTICLE III. POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Section 3.1. Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Section 3.2. Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee . . . . . 6 Section 3.3. Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ARTICLE IV. GUARANTEE TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Section 4.1. Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility . . . . . . . 7 Section 4.2. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . .7 ARTICLE V. GUARANTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Section 5.1. Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Section 5.2. Waiver of Notice and Demand . . . . . . . . . 8 Section 5.3. Obligations Not Affected . . . . . . . . . . .8 Section 5.4. Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Section 5.5. Guarantee of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Section 5.6. Subrogation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Section 5.7. Independent Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ARTICLE VI. COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION . . . . . . . . . 9 Section 6.1. Subordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Section 6.2. Pari Passu Guarantees . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ARTICLE VII. TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Section 7.1. Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ARTICLE VIII. MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Section 8.1. Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . .10 Section 8.2. Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Section 8.3. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Section 8.4. Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Section 8.5. Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Section 8.6. Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 GUARANTEE AGREEMENT |
This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of August 21, 1996, is executed and delivered by LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (the "Guarantor") having its principal office at 200 East Berry Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802-2706, and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, a national banking corporation, as trustee (the "Guarantee Trustee"), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Preferred Securities (as defined herein) of Lincoln National Capital II, a Delaware statutory business trust (the "Issuer").
WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (the "Trust Agreement"), dated as of August 21, 1996 among the Issuer Trustees named therein, the Guarantor, as Depositor, and the Holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the Issuer is issuing up to $100,000,000 aggregate liquidation preference of its 8.35% Preferred Securities, Series B (liquidation preference $25 per preferred security) (the "Preferred Securities"), representing preferred undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer and having the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Preferred Securities will be issued by the Issuer and the proceeds thereof, together with the proceeds from the issuance of the Issuer's Common Securities (as defined below), will be used to purchase the Debentures (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Guarantor which will be deposited with The First National Bank of Chicago, as Property Trustee under the Trust Agreement, as trust assets; and
WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase Preferred Securities the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth herein, to pay to the Holders of the Preferred Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of Preferred Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee Agreement for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities.
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1. Definitions.
As used in this Guarantee Agreement, the terms set forth below shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings. Capitalized or otherwise defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person, provided, however, that an Affiliate of the Guarantor shall not be deemed to include the Issuer. For the purposes of this definition, "control"20 when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling"0 and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
"Common Securities" means the securities representing common undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer.
"Debt" means, with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a
portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent, (i)
every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation
of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the
acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement
obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers'
acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person;
(iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts
payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business);
(v) every capital lease obligation of such Person; and (vi) every
obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of another
Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either
case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly
or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise.
"Event of Default" means a default by the Guarantor on any of its payment or other obligations under this Guarantee Agreement; provided, however, that, except with respect to a default in payment of any Guarantee Payments, the Guarantor shall have received notice of default and shall not have cured such default within 60 days after receipt of such notice.
"Guarantee Payments" means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Preferred Securities, to the extent not paid or made by or on behalf of the Issuer; (i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Trust Agreement) required to be paid on the Preferred Securities, to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, (ii) the redemption price, including all accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date of redemption (the "Redemption Price"), with respect to the Preferred Securities called for redemption by the Issuer to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, and (iii) upon a voluntary or involuntary termination, winding-up or liquidation of the Issuer, unless Debentures are distributed to the Holders, the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the liquidation preference of $25 per Preferred Security plus accrued and unpaid Distributions on the Preferred Securities to the date of payment to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available to make such payment at such time and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer (in either case, the "Liquidation Distribution").
"Guarantee Trustee" means The First National Bank of Chicago, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.
"Holder" means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Preferred Securities; provided, however, that in determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of Preferred Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, "Holder" shall not include the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee, or any Affiliate of the Guarantor or the Guarantee Trustee.
"Indenture" means the Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of May 1, 1996, as supplemented and amended between the Guarantor and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee.
"List of Holders" has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(a).
"Majority in liquidation preference of the Securities" means, except as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, a vote by the Holder(s), voting separately as a class, of more than 50% of the liquidation preference of all then outstanding Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer.
"Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, and Associate Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, and delivered to the Guarantee Trustee. Any Officers' Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee Agreement shall include:
(a) a statement that each officer signing the Officers' Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;
(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officers' Certificate;
(c) a statement that each officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer's opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.
"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer or any other officer of the Corporate Trust Department of the above- designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
"Senior Debt" means the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Guarantor whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), on Debt, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Guarantee or thereafter incurred, unless, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Guarantee or to other Debt which is pari passu with, or subordinated to, the Guarantee; provided, however, that Senior Debt shall not be deemed to include (a) any Debt of the Guarantor which when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, was without recourse to the Guarantor, (b) any Debt of the Guarantor to any of its Subsidiaries, (c) Debt to any employee of the Guarantor, (d) any liability for taxes, (e) Debt or other monetary obligations to trade creditors created or assumed by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of goods, materials or services and (f) Debt issued under the Indenture and (g) the Guarantee.
"Successor Guarantee Trustee" means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 4.1.
"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
ARTICLE II. TRUST INDENTURE ACT
Section 2.1. Trust Indenture Act; Application.
(a) This Guarantee Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Guarantee Agreement and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.
(b) If and to the extent that any provision of this Guarantee Agreement limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties shall control.
Section 2.2. List of Holders.
(a) The Guarantor shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee (a) semiannually, on or before January 15 and July 15 of each year, a list, in such form as the Guarantee Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders ("List of Holders") as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the delivery thereof, and (b) at such other times as the Guarantee Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Guarantor of any such request, a List of Holders as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished, in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Guarantor and is not identical to a previously supplied list of Holders or has not otherwise been received by the Guarantee Trustee in its capacity as such. The Guarantee Trustee may destroy any List of Holders previously given to it on receipt of a new List of Holders.
(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall comply with its obligations under Section
311(a), Section 311(b) and Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 2.3. Reports by the Guarantee Trustee.
Not later than July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 1997, the Guarantee Trustee shall provide to the Holders such reports as are required by Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act, if any, in the form and in the manner provided by Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act. The Guarantee Trustee shall also comply with the requirements of Section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 2.4. Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.
The Guarantor shall provide to the Guarantee Trustee, the Securities and
Exchange Commission and the Holders such documents, reports and
information, if any, as required by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act
and the compliance certificate required by Section 314 of the Trust
Indenture Act, in the form, in the manner and at the times required by
Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 2.5. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.
The Guarantor shall provide to the Guarantee Trustee such evidence of compliance with such conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Guarantee Agreement that relate to any of the matters set forth in Section 314(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. Any certificate or opinion required to be given by an officer pursuant to Section 314(c)(1) may be given in the form of an Officers' Certificate.
Section 2.6. Events of Default; Waiver.
The Holders of a Majority in liquidation preference of the Preferred Securities may, by vote, on behalf of the Holders, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent therefrom.
Section 2.7. Event of Default; Notice.
(a) The Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders, notices of all Events of Default known to the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured before the giving of such notice, provided, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of a Guarantee Payment, the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.
(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice, or a Responsible Officer charged with the administration of the Trust Agreement shall have obtained written notice, of such Event of Default.
Section 2.8. Conflicting Interests.
The Trust Agreement shall be deemed to be specifically described in this Guarantee Agreement for the purposes of clause (i) of the first proviso contained in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
ARTICLE III. POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE
Section 3.1. Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.
(a) This Guarantee Agreement shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee Agreement to any Person except a Holder exercising his or her rights pursuant to Section 5.4(iv) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, upon acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment hereunder, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.
(b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee Agreement for the benefit of the Holders.
(c) The Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee Agreement, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Guarantee Agreement against the Guarantee Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 2.6), the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(d) No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i) prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred:
(A) the duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Guarantee Agreement, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee Agreement; and
(B) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee Agreement; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof or of the Trust Indenture Act are specifically required to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee Agreement;
(ii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;
(iii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation preference of the Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement; and
(iv) no provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Guarantee Agreement or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
Section 3.2. Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1:
(i) The Guarantee Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.
(ii) Any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer's Certificate unless otherwise prescribed herein.
(iii) Whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and rely upon an Officers' Certificate which, upon receipt of such request from the Guarantee Trustee, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.
(iv) The Guarantee Trustee may consult with legal counsel, and the written advice or opinion of such legal counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion. Such legal counsel may be legal counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may be one of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction.
(v) The Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such adequate security and indemnity as would satisfy a reasonable person in the position of the Guarantee Trustee, against the costs, expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided that, nothing contained in this Section 3.2(a)(v) shall be taken to relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement.
(vi) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.
(vii) The Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.
(viii) Whenever in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (A) may request instructions from the Holders, (B) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (C) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions.
(b) No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty to act in accordance with such power and authority.
Section 3.3. Indemnity.
The Guarantor agrees to indemnify the Guarantee Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Guarantee Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The Guarantee Trustee will not claim or exact any lien or charge on any Guarantee Payments as a result of any amount due to it under this Guarantee Agreement.
ARTICLE IV. GUARANTEE TRUSTEE
Section 4.1. Guarantee Trustee: Eligibility.
(a) There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:
(i) not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and
(ii) be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, and shall be a corporation meeting the requirements of Section 310(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section and to the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.
(b) If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2(c).
(c) If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee and Guarantor shall in all respects comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 4.2. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.
(a) Subject to Section 4.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor.
(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.
(c) The Guarantee Trustee appointed hereunder shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation. The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.
(d) If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 4.2 within 60 days after delivery to the Guarantor of an instrument of resignation, the resigning Guarantee Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Guarantor, any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.
ARTICLE V. GUARANTEE
Section 5.1. Guarantee.
The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by or on behalf of the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense, right of set-off or counterclaim which the Issuer may have or assert. The Guarantor's obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders.
Section 5.2. Waiver of Notice and Demand.
The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of the Guarantee Agreement and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Guarantee Trustee, Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.
Section 5.3. Obligations Not Affected.
The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:
(a) the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Preferred Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;
(b) the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions (other than an extension of time for payment of Distributions that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures as so provided in the Indenture), Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Preferred Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Preferred Securities;
(c) any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;
(d) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;
(e) any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Preferred Securities;
(f) the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or
(g) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 5.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.
There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain the consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.
Section 5.4. Rights of Holders.
The Guarantor expressly acknowledges that: (i) this Guarantee Agreement will be deposited with the Guarantee Trustee to be held for the benefit of the Holders; (ii) the Guarantee Trustee has the right to enforce this Guarantee Agreement on behalf of the Holders; (iii) the Holders of a Majority in liquidation preference of the Preferred Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee Agreement or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement; and (iv) any Holder may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce its rights under this Guarantee Agreement, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Guarantee Trustee, the Issuer or any other Person.
Section 5.5. Guarantee of Payment
This Guarantee Agreement creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection. This Guarantee Agreement will not be discharged except by payment of the Guarantee Payments in full (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer) or upon distribution of Debentures to Holders as provided in the Trust Agreement.
Section 5.6. Subrogation.
The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement and shall have the right to waive payment by the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.1; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights which it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee Agreement, at the time of any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee Agreement. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.
Section 5.7. Independent Obligations.
The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Preferred Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 5.3 hereof.
ARTICLE VI. COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION
Section 6.1. Subordination.
This Guarantee Agreement will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all Senior Debt of the Guarantor.
Section 6.2. Pari Passu Guarantees.
This Guarantee Agreement shall rank pari passu with any similar Guarantee Agreements issued by the Guarantor on behalf of the holders of Preferred Securities issued by Lincoln National Capital I and Lincoln National Capital III.
ARTICLE VII. TERMINATION
Section 7.1. Termination.
This Guarantee Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (i) full payment of the Redemption Price of all Preferred Securities, (ii) the distribution of Debentures to the Holders in exchange for all of the Preferred Securities or (iii) full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Trust Agreement upon liquidation of the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guarantee Agreement will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder must restore payment of any sums paid with respect to Preferred Securities or this Guarantee Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII. MISCELLANEOUS
Section 8.1. Successors and Assigns.
All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee Agreement shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Preferred Securities then outstanding. Except in connection with a consolidation, merger or sale involving the Guarantor that is permitted under Article Eight of the Indenture and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Guarantor's obligations hereunder, the Guarantor shall not assign its obligations hereunder.
Section 8.2. Amendments.
Except with respect to any changes which do not adversely affect the rights of the Holders in any material respect (in which case no consent of the Holders will be required), this Guarantee Agreement may only be amended with the prior approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation preference of all the outstanding Preferred Securities. The provisions of Article VI of the Trust Agreement concerning meetings of the Holders shall apply to the giving of such approval.
Section 8.3. Notices.
Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail as follows:
(a) if given to the Guarantor, to the address set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Guarantor may give notice to the Holders:
Lincoln National Corporation
200 East Berry Street
Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802
Facsimile No.: 219-455-6265
Attention: Treasurer
(b) if given to the Issuer, in care of the Guarantee Trustee, at the Issuer's (and the Guarantee Trustee's) address set forth below or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee on behalf of the Issuer may give notice to the Holders:
Lincoln National Capital II
c/o Lincoln National Corporation
200 East Berry Street
Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802
Facsimile No.: 219-455-6265
Attention: Treasurer
with a copy to:
The First National Bank of Chicago
One First National Plaza
Suite 0126
Chicago, Illinois 60670
Facsimile No.: 312-407-1708
Attention: Corporate Services Division
(c) if given to any Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.
All notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.
Section 8.4. Benefit.
This Guarantee Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Holders and is not separately transferable from the Preferred Securities.
Section 8.5. Interpretation.
In this Guarantee Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) capitalized terms used in this Guarantee Agreement but not defined in the preamble hereto have the respective meanings assigned to them in Section 1.1;
(b) a term defined anywhere in this Guarantee Agreement has the same meaning throughout;
(c) all references to "the Guarantee Agreement" or "this Guarantee Agreement" are to this Guarantee Agreement as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;
(d) all references in this Guarantee Agreement to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Guarantee Agreement unless otherwise specified;
(e) a term defined in the Trust Indenture Act has the same meaning when used in this Guarantee Agreement unless otherwise defined in this Guarantee Agreement or unless the context otherwise requires;
(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and
(g) the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.
Section 8.6. Governing Law.
THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.
This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT is executed as of the day and year first above written.
Lincoln National Corporation
By:
Name:
Title:
The First National Bank of
Chicago
as Guarantee Trustee
By:
Name:
Title:
Exhibit 4(l)
[Form of 8.35% Note (Series B)]
This Preferred Security is a Global Certificate within the meaning of the Trust Agreement hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (the "Depository") or a nominee of the Depository. This Preferred Security is exchangeable for Preferred Securities registered in the name of a person other than the Depository or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Trust Agreement and no transfer of this Preferred Security (other than a transfer of this Preferred Security as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository) may be registered except in limited circumstances.
Unless this Preferred Security is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York) to Lincoln National Capital II or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Preferred Security issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as requested by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company and any payment hereon is made to Cede & Co., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY A PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.
Certificate Number Number of Preferred Securities P-1 4,000,000 CUSIP No. 534178207 |
Certificate Evidencing Preferred Securities
of
Lincoln National Capital II
8.35% Trust Originated Preferred Securities,
Series B
(liquidation amount $25 per Preferred Security)
Lincoln National Capital II, a statutory business trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust), hereby certifies that Cede & Co. (the "Holder") is the registered owner of Four Million (4,000,000) preferred securities of the Trust representing an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust and designated the Lincoln National Capital II 8.35% Trust Originated Preferred Securities, Series B (Liquidation Amount $25 per Preferred Security) (the "Preferred Securities"). The Preferred Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer as provided in Section 5.4 of the Trust Agreement (as defined below). The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Preferred Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and the Preferred Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of the Trust, dated as of August 21, 1996, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Trust Agreement") including the designation of the terms of Preferred Securities as set forth therein. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee Agreement entered into by Lincoln National Corporation, an Indiana corporation, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as guarantee trustee, dated as of August 21, 1996 (the "Guarantee"), to the extent provided therein. The Trust will furnish a copy of the Trust Agreement and the Guarantee to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Trust at its principal place of business or registered office.
Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed this certificate this 21st day of August 1996.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CAPITAL II
By:
Name: Jane C. Whitney
Administrative Trustee
ASSIGNMENT
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Preferred Security to:
(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)
(Insert address and zip code of assignee)
and irrevocably appoints
agent to transfer this Preferred Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.
Date:
Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this
Preferred Security Certificate)
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
Exhibit 10(a)
PLAN TERMINATED 5/15/97
SEE COMP COMMITTEE RESOLUTION 97-17 DATED 5/14/97
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
1986 STOCK OPTION INCENTIVE PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 15, 1997)
SECTION 1 GENERAL
1.1. Purpose. The purpose of the LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION 1986 STOCK OPTION INCENTIVE PLAN (the "Plan") is to promote the long-term financial performance of Lincoln National Corporation ("LNC") by (a) attracting and retaining key employees, agents and brokers by providing incentive compensation opportunities which are competitive with those of other major corporations; (b) motivating such persons to further the long-range goals of LNC; and (c) furthering the identity of interests of participating employees, agents and brokers and LNC shareholders through opportunities for increased ownership of LNC Common Stock, thereby strengthening their concern for the welfare of LNC by enhancing its profitable growth.
1.2. Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan:
(a) "Award" means, individually or collectively, any Option, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Incentive Award or Dividend Equivalent Right.
(b) "Board" means the Board of Directors of Lincoln National Corporation.
(c) "Change of Control" has the same meaning as in the LNC Executives' Severance Benefit Plan on the date immediately preceding the Change of Control.
(d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such section and any regulations under such section.
(e) "Committee" means not less than three members of the Board who are selected by the Board as provided in subsection 1.4.
(f) "Common Stock" means the common stock of Lincoln National Corporation.
(g) "Company" means, collectively, Lincoln National Corporation and its subsidiaries.
(h) "Dividend Equivalent Right" or "DER" means the right of the holder thereof to receive, pursuant to the terms of the DER, credits based on cash dividends that would be paid in shares specified by the DER if such shares were held by the Holder, as more particularly described in Section 8.
(i) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any specified date, the average of the highest and lowest quoted selling prices of the Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape for issues listed on the New York Stock Exchange on the first business day that the Common Stock was traded on that Exchange which next precedes the date as of the Award, or, if no sales were reported on the Composite Tape on such specified date, the average of the highest and lowest quoted selling prices of the Common Stock on the nearest dates before and after such specified date on which sales of the Common Stock were so reported.
(j) "Holder" means an employee, agent or broker of the Company who has been granted an Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent Right, Stock Appreciation Right or an Incentive Award.
(k) "Incentive Award" means an Award granted under Section 6 of the Plan.
(l) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option within the meaning of section 422(b) of the Code.
(m) "Option" means an Award under Section 3 of the Plan and includes both Nonqualified Stock Options and Incentive Stock Options to purchase Common Stock.
(n) "Performance Award" means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.
(o) "Personal Representative" means the person who upon the death, disability or incompetency of a Holder shall have acquired, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by other legal proceedings, the right to exercise an Option or the right to any Restricted Stock Award, Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent Right or Incentive Award therefore granted or made to such Holder.
(p) "Plan" means the Lincoln National Corporation 1986 Stock Option Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective as of May 12, 1994).
(q) "Restricted Stock Award" means an Award granted under Section 5 of the Plan.
(r) "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" means an Award granted under Section 4 of the Plan.
(s) "Subsidiary" means any corporation at any date that LNC owns directly, or indirectly through an unbroken chain of subsidiary corporations, stock possessing a majority of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of that corporation.
1.3. Effective Date and Duration of Plan. The amended and restated Plan shall become effective following adoption by the Board and approval of shareholders of Lincoln National Corporation at its 1994 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. No further Awards may be granted under the Plan after ten years from the date the amended and restated Plan becomes effective. The Plan shall remain in effect until all Options granted under the Plan have been exercised or expired by reason of lapse of time, all restrictions on Restricted Stock Awards have been eliminated, and all DER's and SAR's satisfied.
1.4. Plan Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. In addition to those rights, duties, and powers vested in the Committee by other provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole authority, in its discretion, to:
(a) determine which employees, agents and brokers of the Company, shall receive an Award;
(b) construe the Plan and respective agreements executed thereunder;
(c) adopt, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan;
(d) ensure that awards continue to qualify under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as the same may be hereafter amended; and
(e) make all other determinations deemed by it to be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan;
provided that the Committee shall exercise its authority in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any agreement relating to an Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry it into effect. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred to in this subsection 1.4 shall be conclusive.
The Committee may not exercise its authority at any time that it has fewer than three members. The Committee shall exercise its authority only by a majority vote of its members at a meeting or by a writing without meeting. At any date, the members of the Committee shall be those members of the Compensation Committee of the Board who are not eligible and who have not been eligible within one year preceding that date to participate in the Plan or any other plan of LNC or a Subsidiary under which stock, stock options or stock appreciation rights of LNC or a Subsidiary may be granted. In the event that fewer than three members of the Compensation Committee of the Board are eligible to serve on the Committee, the Board may appoint one of its other members who is otherwise eligible to serve on the Committee until such time as three members of the Compensation Committee are eligible to serve.
1.5. Shares Available. The aggregate number of shares of LNC Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall not exceed the sum of (a) 5,000,000 shares originally authorized by shareholders in 1986 (formerly 2,500,000 prior to the two for one stock split effected through a stock dividend declared by the Board on May 13, 1993), less the aggregate number of shares issued under the Plan prior to the effective date of its amendment and restatement and (b) an additional 5,000,000 shares. In addition to the foregoing limit on the aggregate number of shares that may be issued under all Awards, the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Awards that may be granted during any calendar year (or portion thereof) after the effective date of the amendment and restatement of this Plan, shall not exceed three-tenths of one percent (0.3%) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of December 31 of the prior year. If the number of shares of Common Stock awarded as Restricted Stock Awards in any year is less than the number of shares that could have been so granted pursuant to this subsection, the balance of such unused shares may be added to the maximum number of shares of Restricted Stock that may be effectively awarded in following years. To the extent that an Award lapses or the rights of its Holder terminate or the Award is paid in cash, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award and not be included in calculating shares available under this subsection.
1.6. Individual Dollar Limitations. The aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards (excluding the underlying shares for Dividend Equivalent Rights) may be made to any individual in any one calendar year cannot exceed $5,000,000.
1.7. Stock Offered. The shares of Common Stock to be offered, pursuant to the grant of an Award shall be authorized but unissued shares.
1.8. Change in Corporate Structure. In the event of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, exchange, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other similar change in the corporate structure or capitalization of LNC which affects the Common Stock, outstanding Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Committee at its discretion as to the number and price of shares of Common Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards. In the event of such changes in the corporate structure or capitalization of LNC, the aggregate number of shares available under the Plan may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive.
1.9. Amendment and Termination of Plan. The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time except that, without the approval of the holders of a majority of LNC stock entitled to vote at a duly held meeting of such shareholders, the Board may not:
(a) increase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan, except as provided in subsection 1.8;
(b) reduce the minimum option price under any Option, except as provided in subsection 1.8;
(c) increase the maximum period during which Options and related Stock Appreciation Rights or related Dividend Equivalent Rights may be exercised;
(d) extend the maximum period during which Awards may be granted under the Plan;
(e) amend the standards for eligibility described in Section 2; and
(f) materially increase the benefits accruing to employees under the Plan.
Amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect the validity or terms of any Award previously made to a Holder in any way which is adverse to the Holder without the consent of the Holder.
1.10. Amendment to Awards. Any Award which was granted under the 1982 Stock Option Incentive Plan, or which was granted under this Plan prior to the effective date of the amendment and restatement, may, subject to any requirements of applicable law or regulation, be amended by action of the Committee so as to incorporate in that award any terms that might have been incorporated in an award under this Plan as amended and restated.
1.11. Deferral of Awards. Any Award or the value of any Award that is made under this Plan may, subject to any requirements of applicable law or regulation, in the Committee or its designee's sole discretion, be converted into Performance Awards as described in Section 7.
SECTION 2 ELIGIBILITY; EFFECT OF THE PLAN
2.1. Participation Designations. The Committee may, at any time, make Awards to any key executive, managerial, supervisory or professional employee of the Company or any person holding either an agent's or broker's contract with a Subsidiary. Awards may not be granted to (i) any director who is not an employee of the Company or (ii) any person who immediately after such grant is the owner, directly or indirectly of more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of LNC.
The right to select eligible employees, agents, and brokers who are subject to Rule 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Reporting Persons") and all decisions regarding Awards to such Reporting Persons are reserved exclusively to the Committee. The right to select individuals who are not Reporting Persons for participation in the Plan is reserved to the Committee, but such reserved right may be delegated in whole or in part by the Committee to the chief executive officer or chief operating officer of LNC.
2.2. Participation Not Contract of Employment. The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment. Participation in the Plan does not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of LNC or a Subsidiary nor does it limit in any way the right of LNC or a Subsidiary to change the duties or responsibilities of any employee, agent or broker.
2.3. Multiple Awards. An Award may be made on more than one occasion to the same person, and such Award may include an Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent Right, Performance Award, Incentive Award, or any combination thereof.
2.4. Withholding Taxes on Plan Benefits. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any cash payment made pursuant to the Plan the amount of any tax required by law to be withheld from that payment. The Company shall have the right to require payment from any person entitled to receive Common Stock pursuant to the Plan of the amount of any tax required by law to be withheld with respect to that stock prior to its delivery. A Holder may elect with respect to any Option, any Stock Appreciation or Dividend Equivalent Right which is paid in whole or in part in Common Stock and any Restricted Stock, Incentive or Performance Award to surrender shares of Common Stock the Fair Market Value of which on the date of surrender satisfies all or part of the withholding requirements. Such election must be made by filing a Stock Surrender Withholding Election with the Secretary of LNC which meets the following requirements and conditions:
(a) Any Stock Surrender Withholding Election shall be in writing and be irrevocable;
(b) The Committee shall have the right with respect to any or all outstanding awards to terminate or suspend for any period the right of a Holder to make a Stock Surrender Withholding Election at any time prior to the making of such election;
(c) Any Stock Surrender Withholding Election must be made prior to the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined (the "Tax Date"); and
(d) If a Holder is a Reporting Person, the Stock Surrender Withholding Election must be made:
(i) more than six months after the date of grant of the Award with respect to which such election is made (except whenever such election is made by a disabled Holder or the estate or personal representative of a deceased Holder); and
(ii) either at least six months prior to the Tax Date or during the ten day "window period" beginning on the third day following the release for publication of LNC's summary statement of earnings for a quarter or fiscal year.
2.5. Awards to Employees Who Are Foreign Nationals. Without amending the Plan, the Committee may, subject to the limitations in subsections 1.5 and 1.9, grant, amend, administer, annul or terminate awards to employees who are foreign nationals on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may in the judgment of the Committee be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan.
SECTION 3 STOCK OPTIONS
3.1. Grantees. The Committee may, at any time, award an Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Option to an eligible employee, agent, or broker whether or not such individual has previously received a grant under the Plan.
3.2. Stock Option Agreement. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement between the Holder and LNC. The Provisions of each agreement shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. LNC shall notify a Holder of any grant of an Option, and a written option agreement or agreements shall be duly executed and delivered by LNC to the Holder.
3.3. Shareholder Rights and Privileges. A Holder shall be entitled to all rights and privileges of a shareholder only with respect to such shares of Common Stock as have been purchased on exercise of the Option and for which certificates of stock have been registered in the Holder's name.
3.4. Individual Limitations. In the case of Incentive Stock Options, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted according to Section 422(d)(1) of the Code) of shares of Common Stock with respect to which are exercisable for the first time in any one calendar year by any one individual cannot exceed $100,000 (or such other individual limits as may be in effect under the Code on the date of grant). In the case of Options, the maximum number of Options awarded to one individual cannot exceed 100,000 Options.
3.5. Exercise of Options and Payment. The price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased upon exercise of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock when the Option is granted. During any period that an Option is exercisable, it may be exercised by delivering an irrevocable notice of exercise which specifies the number of shares purchased and full payment of the purchase price to the Secretary of LNC. Payment may be made in cash, in shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the purchase price, or in any combination of cash and such shares, provided, however, payment of the exercise price may only be made in shares of Common Stock which have been owned by the Holder for at least six months.
3.6. Limitations on Exercise of Option. An Option shall be exercisable in whole or in such installments and at such times, commencing not earlier than six months from the date of grant, as determined by the Committee. Generally, Options granted to a Holder shall not be exercisable prior to the first anniversary of the grant date except, in the discretion of the Committee and subject to the limitations of subsection 3.4, if the Holder`s employment with LNC and all Subsidiaries terminates by reason of death, disability, or retirement (as described in subsection 3.7(d)).
3.7. Option Period. Each Option shall terminate and not be exercisable as specified by the Committee which date shall not be later than the earliest of (a) the tenth anniversary of the grant date; (b) the last day of the three month period beginning on the date the Holder's service with LNC and all Subsidiaries terminates for reasons other than described in (c), (d) or (e) following; (c) the first anniversary of the date of Holder's termination of service with LNC and all Subsidiaries on account of death or disability; (d) the fifth anniversary of the Holder's retirement at or after age 65 or, with the approval of the Holder's employer, early retirement at either age 55 with 5 years of service or under the terms of a retirement plan of LNC or a Subsidiary, or (e) the sixth anniversary of the Holder's termination of service after a Change of Control of LNC.
3.8. Transferability. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercisable during the Holder's lifetime only by the Holder; provided, however, to the extent permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Committee may develop rules to permit the transfer of Nonqualified Options to an immediate family member of the Holder or to a family trust.
3.9. Surrender of Options. The Committee (concurrently with the grant of an Option or subsequent to such grant) may in its sole discretion, grant to any Option Holder the right upon written request to surrender any exercisable Option or portion thereof in exchange for cash, whole shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee, with a value equal to the Fair Market Value, as of the date of such request, of one share of Common Stock over the Option price for such share multiplied by the number of Shares covered by the Option or portion thereof to be surrendered. In the case of any such surrender right which is granted with an Incentive Stock Option, such right shall be exercisable only when the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock exceeds the price specified therefor in the Option or portion thereof to be surrendered. In the event of the exercise of any surrender right granted hereunder; the number of shares reserved under the Plan shall be reduced only to the extent that shares of Common Stock are actually issued in connection with the exercise of such surrender right. Additional terms and conditions governing any such surrender rights may from time to time be prescribed by the Committee in its sole discretion.
SECTION 4 STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
4.1. Holders. The Committee may, at the time an Award is made, designate that a Holder be granted, in conjunction with that Award, a Stock Appreciation Right ("SAR"). No SAR may be granted in conjunction with a previously granted Incentive Stock Option without the written consent of the affected Holder. No more than 100,000 SARs may be awarded to one participant in one calendar year. For purposes of the Plan, the term "Stock Appreciation Right" means a right to surrender all or a portion of an Option and receive, in exchange, payment of a cash amount no greater than the excess of the Fair Market Value of one or more shares of LNC Common Stock over the Fair Market Value of such Option share on the date the related Option was granted. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement between the Holder and LNC. The provisions of each agreement shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
4.2. Terms of SARs. The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock and the percentage (not more than 100 percent) or maximum amount of the increase in the Fair Market Value of those shares over the relevant period upon which payment of each SAR at exercise shall be based. Each SAR may be exercisable at any date with respect to no more than the number of shares for which the related Option is exercisable on that date. Each SAR issued in conjunction with an Incentive Stock Option may be exercisable only when there has been an increase in Fair Market Value of the shares over the relevant period. If a Holder to whom an SAR has been granted is subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Committee may, at any time, impose such conditions and limitations to such SAR as the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the Holder to comply with or obtain an exemption from such Section 16 and applicable rules and regulations. The terms of an SAR may include such other conditions and limitations on exercise as the Committee deems desirable.
4.3. Exercise of SARs and Payment. During any period that an SAR is exercisable, it may be exercised by delivering an irrevocable written notice to the Secretary of LNC which specifies the extent to which the SAR is being exercised. Payment to the Holder shall be made as soon as practicable after exercise of the SAR and may be made in cash, in shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount to be paid, or in any combination of cash and such shares as determined by the Committee. Upon exercise of an SAR, the right to exercise the related Option shall automatically be terminated to the same extent that the SAR was exercised. Upon exercise of an SAR attached to a Restricted Stock Award, the restrictions on the Restricted Stock Award shall lapse.
4.4. Termination of SARs. Each SAR shall terminate and not be exercisable after the same date that the related Award terminates.
4.5. Transferability. Each SAR granted to a Holder shall not be transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, to the extent permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Committee may develop rules to permit the transfer of the SAR together with the related Option and only to the extent that the related Option may be transferred.
SECTION 5 RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
5.1. Holders. The Committee may, at any time, designate a Holder to receive a Restricted Stock Award whether or not the Holder has previously received a grant under the Plan. For purposes of the Plan, the term "Restricted Stock Award" means the right to receive, at specified times and subject to specified conditions, shares of Common Stock which may bear such restrictive endorsements as the Committee determines. Each Restricted Stock Award ("RSA") shall be evidenced by an agreement between the Holder and LNC. The provisions of each agreement shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
5.2. Grants of Restricted Stock Awards. The Committee shall, subject to subsection 1.5 and this Section 5, determine the number of shares of Common Stock which may be awarded, the time or times the shares may be awarded, and the conditions which must be met for award and delivery of the shares to the Holder under each RSA granted under the Plan. An RSA may provide, in the discretion of the Committee, for the crediting to the Holder, on each dividend payment date, of an amount equal to the product of the dividend paid on a share of Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares which may be awarded under that RSA, and for the payment in cash to the Holder of the amounts so credited at such time as the Committee may determine. An RSA may provide, in the discretion of the Committee, for the issuance of the shares which may be awarded under the RSA in the name of the Holder subject to the following restrictions:
(a) the shares may not be issued earlier than six months after the grant of the RSA;
(b) the shares may not be sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise assigned or encumbered;
(c) each stock certificate shall be registered in the name of the Holder and deposited with the Secretary of LNC;
(d) if dividends are paid on the shares, they shall be paid to the Holder at such times as the Committee shall determine; and
(e) the shares and any dividends accumulated shall be subject to forfeiture in accordance with subsection 5.4.
Subject to the foregoing restrictions, the Holder shall have all of the rights of a holder of Common Stock with respect to the shares issued to him or her under this subsection 5.2.
5.3. Distribution of Shares. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5.4, each RSA shall provide for the distribution of the awarded shares of Common Stock free of all restrictions to the Holder or, in the event of the Holder`s death, the person or persons to whom the RSA was transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Distribution shall be provided for at such time or times during the period beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant of the RSA and ending on a date as the Committee shall determine; except that, in the discretion of the Committee, distribution may be provided for prior to such first anniversary if the Holder's service with LNC and all Subsidiaries terminates on account of death, disability, or retirement (as described in subsection 3.7(d)).
5.4. Forfeiture. Each RSA shall provide that a Holder shall forfeit all rights under the RSA, all shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the RSA which had not been distributed to the Holder free of all restrictions, and all undistributed amounts credited to the Holder with respect to dividends paid on Common Stock pursuant to the RSA if:
(a) the Holder`s service with LNC and all Subsidiaries terminates for any reason other than death, disability, retirement (as described in subsection 3.7(d)), or other reasons determined by the Committee which should not cause forfeiture; or
(b) the conditions, if any, specified in the RSA are not fully satisfied within the prescribed time.
5.5. Transferability. Each RSA granted to a Holder may not be transferred by the Holder except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
SECTION 6 INCENTIVE AWARDS
6.1. General. An Incentive Award may be granted hereunder in the form of shares. Incentive shares may be granted to an eligible employee for no cash consideration, for such minimum as may be required by applicable law, or for such other consideration as may be specified by the grant. The terms and conditions of incentive shares shall be specified by the grant.
6.2. Terms of Incentive Awards. Incentive shares may be paid to the grantee in a single installment or in installments and may be paid at the time of grant or deferred to a later date or dates. Each grant shall specify the time and method of payment as determined by the Committee, provided that no such determination shall authorize delivery of shares to be made later than the tenth anniversary of the Holder's date of termination. The Committee, by amendment of the grant prior to delivery, can modify the method of payment for any incentive shares, provided that the delivery of any incentive shares shall be completed not later than the tenth anniversary of the Holder's date of termination.
6.3. Distribution of Incentive Awards. If any incentive shares are payable after the Holder dies, such shares shall be payable (a) to the Holder's designated beneficiary or, if there is no designated beneficiary, to the Holder's personal representative, and (b) either in the form specified by the Award or otherwise, as may be determined in the individual case by the Committee under this Plan.
6.4. Forfeiture. Any grant of incentive shares is provisional, as any share, until delivery of the certificate representing such share. If, while the grant is provisional,
(a) the grantee terminates, but does not terminate normally, or
(b) the grantee is determined to have engaged in detrimental activity, the grant shall be annulled as of the date of termination or, the date of such determination, as the case may be.
6.5. Management Incentive Plan II. The Committee may, in its discretion, designate that a Holder who is eligible for a cash award under the terms of the LNC Management Incentive Plan II (the "MIP II Plan") receive such award as a grant of restricted stock in lieu of all or a portion of the MIP II Plan cash award, such RSA shall be made subject to subsection 1.5 and Section 5. The amount, if any, of the MIP II award which is not paid as an RSA shall be paid in cash. This cash payment shall be determined by subtracting from the MIP II Plan award the total Fair Market Value, on the date of the RSA, of the shares of Common Stock represented by the RSA without discount for any restrictions.
6.6. Executive Value Sharing Plan. The Committee may, in its discretion, designate that a Holder who is eligible for a cash award under the terms of the LNC Executive Value Sharing Plan (the "EVS Plan") receive such award as a grant of restricted stock in lieu of all or a portion of the EVS Plan cash award. If the Committee decides to make an RSA in lieu of all or a portion of the EVS Plan cash award, such RSA shall be made subject to subsection 1.5 and Section 5. The amount, if any, of the EVS Plan award which is not paid as an RSA shall be paid in cash.
6.7. Career Stock. The Committee may, in its discretion, designate Restricted Stock Awards, subject to subsection 1.5 and Section 5, to employees of LNC and its subsidiaries who make an irrevocable election to waive participation in and any benefits under designated retirement programs maintained by the Company. The Committee may also, in its sole discretion, award shares of Restricted Stock to individuals who become officers after the effective date of the Plan in lieu of participation in certain retirement programs maintained by the Company.
SECTION 7 PERFORMANCE AWARDS
7.1. General. Performance awards may be granted hereunder to an eligible employee, for no cash consideration, for such minimum as may be required by applicable law, or for such other consideration as may be specified by the grant. The terms and conditions of performance awards, which may include provisions establishing performance periods, performance criteria to be achieved during a performance period, and vesting dates shall be specified by the award.
7.2. Terms of Performance Awards. Performance awards shall be credited as of the date of the Performance Award to a bookkeeping reserve account maintained by the Employer under the LNC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees or its successor (the "Deferred Compensation Plan") in units which are equivalent in value to Shares of Common Stock ("Stock Units"). Once credited to such account, the Performance Awards shall be governed by the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan.
7.3. Forfeiture. Except as otherwise specified by the award, if the Holder terminates, but does not terminate on account of death, disability, or retirement, as defined in subsection 1.7(d), any performance award or installment thereof not vested prior to the Holder's termination shall be annulled as of the date of termination.
7.4. Executive Value Sharing Plan. The Committee may, in its discretion, designate that a person who is eligible to receive a cash award under the EVS Plan receive such award in Stock Units as a Performance Award. The Committee may also in its sole discretion convert outstanding RSAs to Stock Units as Performance Awards.
7.5. Transferability. Each Performance Award shall not be transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
SECTION 8 DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS; INTEREST EQUIVALENTS
8.1. Dividend Equivalent Right. A Dividend Equivalent Right or DER may be granted hereunder to an eligible employee, as a component of another award or as a separate award. The terms and conditions of DERs shall be specified by the grant. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a DER may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares (which may thereafter accrue additional dividend equivalents). Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value at the time thereof. DERs may be settled in cash or shares or combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A DER granted as a component of another award may provide that such DER shall be settled upon exercise, settlement, or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other award, and that such DER shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other awards. A DER granted as a component of another award may also contain terms and conditions different from such other award.
8.2. Interest Crediting. Any award under this Plan that is settled in whole or in part in cash on a deferred basis may provide, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, for interest equivalents to be credited with respect to such cash payment. Interest equivalents may be compounded and shall be paid upon such terms and conditions as may be specified by the grant.
SECTION 9 POSTPONEMENT OF EXERCISE
The Committee may postpone any exercise of an Option or SAR or distribution pursuant to an RSA for such time as the Committee in its discretion may deem necessary in order to permit LNC (a) to effect or maintain registration of the Plan or Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the securities laws of any applicable jurisdiction; (b) to take any action necessary to comply with restrictions or regulations incident to the maintenance of a public market for Common Stock; or (c) to determine that no action referred to in (a) or (b) above needs to be taken. LNC shall not be obligated to issue shares upon exercise of any Option or SAR or to issue shares pursuant to an RSA in violation of any law. Any such postponement shall not extend the term of an Award. Neither LNC nor its directors or officers shall have any obligation or liability to any Holder (or successor in interest) because of the loss or rights under any Award under the Plan due to postponements pursuant to this Section 10.
Exhibit 10 (b)
Salary Continuation Plan for Executives of
Lincoln National Corporation and Affiliates As Amended through August 1, 2000
Section 1. History and Effective Date. The following provisions constitute an amendment, restatement, and continuation of the Salary Continuation Plan for Executives of Lincoln National Corporation and Affiliates (the "Plan").
Section 2. Purpose. The Plan was established because certain highly-compensated employees ("Executives") have been and will be key persons in the successful operation of the Company and other Employers. Lincoln National Corporation (the "Company") desires (a) to assure that it will have the benefit of the Executives' services until retirement; and (b) after termination of service, but prior to age sixty-five (65) years, to retain the Executive's exclusive consultative services. The Company and each Affiliate (as defined below) which with the consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has adopted or hereafter adopts the Plan are referred to below collectively as the "Employers" and individually as an "Employer." The term "Affiliate" means any corporation fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.
Section 3. Employees Eligible to Participate. Individuals from a select group of highly-compensated employees shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as determined by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Such an eligible employee who participates in the Plan is hereinafter called "Executive."
Section 4. Effective Date of Executive's Participation. The Plan shall become effective for an Executive on the date specified in the Joinder Agreement signed by the Executive and agreed to by the Company.
Section 5. Amount of Salary Continuation Benefit. The amount of salary
continuation benefit shall be based on two percent (2%) of the
Executive's final monthly salary multiplied by the total number of years
of participation in the Plan up to a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the
Executive's final monthly salary. An Executive's final monthly salary
shall be that monthly rate of salary which is being paid at termination
of service unless the Executive retires after age sixty-five (65) years,
in which case, the final monthly salary shall be the monthly rate of
salary which is being paid at the time the Executive attains age
sixty-five (65) years. Effective January 1, 1992, the maximum final
monthly salary used to calculate the Salary Continuation Benefit shall
be the greater of $16,667.00 and the monthly salary in effect on
December 31, 1991. Years of participation shall be counted beginning
with the effective date of an Executive's Participation as described in
Section 4. A year of participation shall be a twelve (12) month period
beginning with the Executive's effective date of participation and
ending with the day preceding the first anniversary of such effective
date. Each succeeding twelve (12) month period of service shall be
counted as a year of participation in the Plan, except that participation
in and benefit accrual under the Plan shall end on the earlier of the
date that (a) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or his delegate)
determines the Executive is no longer eligible to participate in the Plan
or (b) the Executive terminates employment; provided, however, that (i)
months of participation for an Executive participating in the Plan at
termination of employment shall include months (maximum of twenty-four
(24)) during which such Executive is receiving severance pay and such
period of severance is included as Hours of Service under the Lincoln
National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan and (ii) an Executive who
does not have five full years of participation in the Plan and who retires
while participating will be granted a full year of participation for any
final partial year.
Section 6. Salary Continuation Benefits upon Retirement at or after Age Sixty-Five (65) Years. Upon retirement at or after age sixty-five (65) years under the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan, the Company (or the Affiliate for which the Executive last performed services) shall pay salary continuation benefits to the Executive in the amount calculated in Section 5.
Section 7. Salary Continuation Benefits upon Retirement prior to Age Sixty-Five (65) Years. Upon retirement at or after age fifty-five (55) years but before age sixty-five (65) years under the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan, the Company (or the Affiliate for which the Executive last performed services) shall pay salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The amount of such benefit shall be the amount calculated in Section 5, actuarially reduced in accordance with the following table and with such linear interpolations as shall in the sole discretion of the Company be necessary to take into account the exact age (including fractions) of the Executive at the date of retirement:
Applicable Factor Applicable Factor Applicable Factor If Executive Has At If Executive Has If Executive Has Less Executive's Least 25 Vesting Years 20 to 25 Vesting Years Than 20 Vesting Years Age on Date of Service Under the of Service Under the of Service Under the Benefits Company's Employees' Company's Employees' Company's Employees' Commence Retirement Plan Retirement Plan Retirement Plan -------- --------------- --------------- --------------- 65 1.00 1.00 1.00 64 1.00 .92 .91 63 1.00 .85 .83 62 1.00 .79 .75 61 .95 .74 .67 60 .90 .70 .60 59 .85 .66 .55 58 .80 .62 .50 57 .75 .58 .45 56 .69 .54 .40 55 .63 .50 .35 |
Section 8. Method and Duration of Payment of Benefits. Benefit payments under Sections 6 and 7 shall be made on the first day of the first calendar month following the date of retirement and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter so long as the Executive shall live; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company make less than one hundred twenty (120) such payments, whether to the Executive or to the Beneficiary.
Section 9. Survivor Benefits Before Retirement and Before Commencement of Executive's Benefits. Upon his death before retirement under the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan and before commencement of his benefits hereunder, all rights of the Executive hereunder shall terminate except that upon receipt by the Company of satisfactory proof of the Executive's death, his Beneficiary shall receive a survivor benefit in accordance with the following:
(a) For Executives who signed a Joinder Agreement on or before December 31, 1991, if the Executive dies while participating in the Plan (before termination of employment) and before attaining age sixty-five (65) years, the survivor benefit shall equal twenty-five (25%) of the Executive's annual salary (at the time of his death) and shall be paid upon such receipt and thereafter on the anniversary of the Executive's death until the later of the date on which the Executive would have attained age sixty-five (65) years and the date as of which a total of ten (10) such payments shall have been made. Effective January 1, 1992, the annual salary used to calculate such benefit shall not exceed the greater of $200,000 and the annual salary in effect on December 31, 1991;
(b) For Executives who signed a Joinder Agreement on or after January 1, 1992 and whose death occurs on or after August 1, 2000, if the Executive's spouse (or beneficiary) is entitled to a survivor benefit under the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan, the survivor benefit hereunder shall equal the benefit calculated in accordance with Section 7 that would have been payable had the Executive begun receiving his benefits hereunder on the later of the date of his death or his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday and shall be paid on the first day of the month following such later date and each month thereafter for a total of one hundred twenty (120) months; or
(c) For former Executives who signed a Joinder Agreement on or after January 1, 1992, whose death occurs on or after August 1, 2000 and who would otherwise have been entitled to benefits under Section 14, if the Executive's spouse (or beneficiary) is entitled to a survivor benefit under the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan, the survivor benefit hereunder shall equal the benefit calculated in accordance with Section 14 that would have been payable had the Executive begun receiving his benefits hereunder on the later of the date of his death or his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday and shall be paid on the first day of the month following such later date and each month thereafter for a total of one hundred twenty (120) months.
Section 10. Death Before Retirement but After Age Sixty-Five (65) Years. If the Executive dies before retiring but after attaining age sixty-five (65) years, all rights of the Executive hereunder shall terminate except that, upon receipt by the Company of satisfactory proof of the Executive's death, there shall be paid to his Beneficiary a monthly amount calculated in accordance with Section 5, payable as of the first day of the month after his death for an aggregate of one hundred twenty (120) payments.
Section 11. Death After Retirement. If the Executive dies after retiring and prior to receiving one hundred twenty (120) salary continuation benefit payments, payments to the Beneficiary shall be continued, if living, until combined payments to the Executive and the Beneficiary shall total one hundred twenty (120) payments.
Section 12. Payments to an Estate. If the Executive fails to designate a valid Beneficiary in the Joinder Agreement or if there is no designated Beneficiary surviving the Executive, then any remaining payments due shall be commuted and paid to the Executive's estate. If the Beneficiary shall die after receiving one or more payments, but before all payments have been made, any remaining payments shall be commuted and paid to such Beneficiary's estate.
Section 13. Voluntary Termination of Service. Neither the Executive
nor any Beneficiary shall be entitled to any benefits under this Plan if
the Executive voluntarily terminates employment with the Company and
all Affiliates (a) prior to attaining age fifty-five (55) years, or (b)
after attaining age fifty-five (55) years, but prior to completing five
(5) years of participation in the Plan.
Section 14. Involuntary Termination of Service. If before qualifying
for benefits under Sections 6 or 7, the Executive involuntarily
terminates employment with the Company and all Affiliates primarily from
circumstances not within the control of the Executive, but other than by
death, disability or for cause, and if he continues to provide exclusive
consultative services after such termination of employment, his salary
continuation benefit (in the amount calculated in Section 5) shall be
paid to the Executive beginning on the first day of the first calendar
month following the date the Executive reaches age sixty-five (65) years
and on the first day each calendar month thereafter so long as the
Executive shall live; provided, however, that after payments begin at
age sixty-five (65) years, the Company (or any Affiliate) shall make no
less than one hundred twenty (120) such payments, whether to the
Executive or to his Beneficiary. Effective January 1, 1998, such an
Executive may elect to receive his salary continuation benefit beginning
on the first day of the first calendar month following the later of his
attainment of age fifty-five (55) years or his employment Termination
Date (or beginning on the first day of any month thereafter). The
amount of such benefit shall be the amount calculated in Section 5,
actuarially reduced in accordance with the appropriate factor in Section
7 for the age at which the Executive elects to commence his benefit in
the column titled "Applicable Factor if Executive has less than twenty
(20) Vesting Years of Service under the Company's Employees' Retirement
Plan." Such benefit shall be paid each month thereafter so long as the
Executive shall live; provided, however, that after payments shall have
begun, the Company (or any Affiliate) shall make no less than one
hundred twenty (120) such payments, whether to the Executive or to his
Beneficiary.
Section 15. Termination of Service After a Change In Control of the Company. In the event of a voluntary or involuntary termination of service of the Executive within two years subsequent to a change in control of the Company, as defined in the LNC Executive Severance Benefit Plan, in effect immediately preceding such change in control, such Executive shall be treated as continuing employment with the Company until age sixty-five (65) years, and the conditions for benefits in Section 16, below, shall not apply.
Section 16. Conditions for Benefits. In the event of an Executive's involuntary termination of service, all benefits as provided in this Plan shall be forfeited if the Executive fails to act, directly or indirectly, as an exclusive consultant to the Company until age sixty-five (65) years; provided, however, that the Company may waive the requirements in this Section 16 in a written document signed by its Chief Executive Officer.
Section 17. No Right or Title to Funds. The Company shall have no obligation to set aside, earmark, or entrust any fund, policy, or money with which to pay any obligations under this Plan. The Executive, and any successor in interest to him, shall be and remain simply a general creditor of the Company with respect to any promises to pay under this Plan in the same manner as any other creditor who has a general claim for an unpaid liability. Neither the Executive nor any Beneficiary shall acquire any right in or title to any funds or assets of the Company otherwise than by and through the actual payment of the monthly or annual payments hereunder. The Company shall not make any loans or extend credit to an Executive which will be offset by benefits payable under this Plan.
Section 18. Definitions and Rules of Construction. Except where the context clearly indicates to the contrary, the following terms have the meanings specified:
(a ) "Beneficiary" means the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated in the Joinder Agreement by the Executive. The designation of beneficiary by the Executive in the last Joinder Agreement executed prior to death shall control. Payments under this Plan to the last designated beneficiary or his estate shall relieve the Company from all responsibility to any beneficiary designated in a prior Joinder Agreement.
(b) "Joinder Agreement" means the document agreed to by the Company by which the Executive affirmatively demonstrates a desire to participate in the Plan according to the terms and conditions herein and designates a Beneficiary.
(c) The pronouns "he" and "his" include the other gender.
(d) The terms "herein," "hereof," and "hereunder" refer to the Plan in its entirety.
(e) This Plan may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(f) The headings in this Plan are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms hereof.
(g) The Executive's Vesting Years of Service and Termination Date are as defined in the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan.
Section 19. No Assignments, etc. Neither the Executive nor a Beneficiary, shall have power to transfer, assign, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber in advance any of the payments provided by this Plan; nor shall said payments be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance, or be transferable by operation of law in event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise. Upon the occurrence of any event in violation or attempted violation of this provision, any payments thereafter payable hereunder shall, in the sole and uncontrolled discretion of the Company, be subject to cancellation; whereupon, the Company may, but need not, make such payments to someone else deemed by it to be a natural object of the bounty of the Executive, and such payments shall relieve the Company and all Affiliates of any further or other obligation hereunder.
Section 20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan. This Plan may be amended or terminated at any time and from time to time by the Company without an Executive's consent, but no amendment shall operate to give the Executive, or his Beneficiary, either directly or indirectly, any interest whatsoever in any funds or assets of the Company and any Affiliates, except the right upon fulfillment of all terms and conditions hereof to receive the payments herein provided. Likewise, no amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan shall, in and of itself, result in the forfeiture of any salary continuation benefit promise accrued to an Executive who is in the active employment of the Company at such time or to an Executive who's service has been involuntarily terminated as described in Section 14 and no amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan shall operate to reduce or diminish any benefit after payment of such benefit has begun.
Section 21. No Effect on Employment. This Plan shall not supersede any other contract of employment, whether oral or in writing, between the Company, its Affiliates and the Executive, nor shall it affect or impair the rights and obligations of the Company and the Executive, respectively, thereunder; and nothing contained herein shall impose any obligation on the Company to continue the employment of the Executive.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By: Jon A. Boscia
Its: President and Chief Executive Officer
Lincoln National Corporation
Salary Continuation Plan for Executives Joinder Agreement
I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to continue the Plan and that being a participant thereunder in no way guarantees my employment. Until further notice, I request that any death benefits be payable to:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Address Relationship --------------------------------- --------------------------------- Date Signature of Executive |
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Exhibit 10(c)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Executives' Severance Benefit Plan
(As effective January 10, 2002)
Section 1. History, Plan Name and Effective Date. Effective August 12, 1982, the Board of Directors (the "Board") of Lincoln National Corporation (the "Corporation") established the Lincoln National Corporation Executives' Severance Benefit Plan (the "Plan"). The following provisions constitute an amendment, restatement and continuation of the Plan, effective as of January 10, 2002.
Section 2. Purpose. The Corporation recognizes that the possibility of an unforeseen change of control is unsettling to its executives and the executives of its Affiliates. Therefore, this Plan is established to provide assurance to (i) encourage the attraction and continued employment of the executives, and assure their continuing dedication to their duties notwithstanding the threat or occurrence of a change of control; (ii) enable the executives, should the Corporation receive unsolicited proposals from third parties with respect to its future, to assess and advise the Board what action on those proposals would be in the best interests of the Corporation, its shareholders and the policyholders and other customers of its Affiliates, and to take such action regarding those proposals as the Board might determine appropriate, without being influenced by the uncertainties of their own situation; (iii) demonstrate to the executives of the Corporation and its Affiliates that the Corporation is concerned with the welfare of the executives and intends to assure that loyal executives are treated fairly; and (iv) provide the executives with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a change of control which are designed to ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of the executives will be satisfied.
Section 3. Employees Eligible to Participate. Individuals from a select group of key employees of the Corporation and its Affiliates shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. Members of the Corporation's Senior Management Committee (including any successor committee or other body having substantially similar responsibilities), as it shall be constituted from time to time, shall always be eligible to participate in the Plan. The Compensation Committee of the Board may specify additional employees at any time as eligible.
Section 4. Effective Date of Executive's Participation. An employee shall become a participant in the Plan on the date specified in the Joinder Agreement executed by the employee and the Corporation. An employee who participates in the Plan is an "Executive."
Section 5. Termination of Participation. If before a Change of Control
(as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation occurs, (i) the Executive's
employment terminates with the Corporation and its Affiliates, (ii) the
Executive is no longer a member of the Corporation's Senior Management
Committee (including any successor committee or other body having
substantially similar responsibilities), or (iii) the Compensation
Committee determines that an Executive otherwise is no longer eligible
to participate in the Plan, the Executive shall thereafter not be
entitled to any benefits under the Plan and all rights hereunder shall
be forfeited; provided, however, that if the Executive can reasonably
demonstrate that the change in his status (as described in subsections
(i) through (iii) above) (y) was at the request of a third party who had
taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control, or (z)
arose at the request or by action of the Corporation in connection with
or anticipation of a Change of Control, then the Executive shall be
deemed to have been a participant in the Plan on the date of the Change
of Control and entitled to all the benefits provided in this Plan. An
Executive whose change in status in the Plan, as described above,
occurred within six (6) months before a Change of Control is presumed to
have had a change of status in anticipation of a Change of Control.
Section 6. Amount of Severance Benefit. The amount of the severance benefit shall be (A) in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, an amount equal to three (3) times the Chief Executive Officer's highest annual rate of base salary during the 12 month period immediately preceding the date of the Chief Executive Officer's termination of employment, plus three (3) times the target bonus for which the Chief Executive Officer was eligible during the calendar year in which the Chief Executive Officer's employment was terminated or the target bonus for the year in which the Change of Control occurred, whichever is higher, and (B) in the case of all other Executives, an amount equal to two (2) times the Executive's highest annual rate of base salary during the 12 month period immediately preceding the date of the Executive's termination of employment, plus two (2) times the target bonus for which the Executive was eligible during the calendar year in which the Executive's employment was terminated or the target bonus for the year in which the Change of Control occurred, whichever is higher.
Section 7. Change of Control. As used in this Plan, "Change of Control" means:
(a) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (as defined in
Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (as
defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of twenty
percent (20%) or more of (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock
of the Corporation (the "Outstanding Corporation Common Stock") or (B)
the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of
the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
(the "Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities"); provided, however,
that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of
Control: (A) any acquisition directly from the Corporation other than
an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege, (B)
any acquisition by the Corporation, (C) any acquisition by any employee
benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the
Corporation, or any entity controlled by the Corporation, or (D) any
acquisition by any entity or corporation pursuant to a reorganization,
merger or consolidation, if, following such reorganization, merger or
consolidation, the conditions described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of
subsection (c) of this Section 7 are satisfied; or
(b) Individuals who, as of the beginning of any period of two consecutive years, constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board"), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Board at the beginning of such period, shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Board as of the beginning of such period, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
(c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Corporation, unless, following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, (A) more than sixty percent (60%) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is immediately thereafter then represented by the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as the voting power of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, among the holders thereof immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, (B) no Person (excluding the Corporation, any employee benefit plan or related trust of the Corporation, or such corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation and any Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation and, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock or Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation were members of the Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such reorganization, merger or consolidation; or
(d) Approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of (A) a complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or (B) the sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Corporation, other than to a corporation, with respect to which
following such sale or other disposition (1) more than sixty percent
(60%) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of
such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding
voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors is immediately thereafter then represented by the
Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting
Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such sale or other
disposition in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of
the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation
Voting Securities, as the case may be, among the holders thereof
immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, (2) no Person
(excluding the Corporation and any employee benefit plan or related
trust of the Corporation, or such corporation and any Person
beneficially owning, immediately prior to such sale or other
disposition, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the
Outstanding Corporation Common Stock or Outstanding Corporation Voting
Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or
indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of, respectively, the then
outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined
voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such
corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and
(3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of such
corporation were members of the Board at the time of the execution of
the initial agreement or action of the Board providing for such sale or
other disposition of assets of the Corporation; or
(e) The closing of a transaction, as defined in the documents relating to, or as evidenced by a certificate of any state or federal governmental authority in connection therewith, approval of which by the shareholders of the Corporation would constitute a Change of Control under subsection (d) of this Section 7 of this Plan.
Section 8. Payment of Benefits.
(a) If within a three-year period commencing on the date of a Change of Control (the "Benefit Period"), (i) the Corporation or any Affiliate terminates the employment of the Executive for any reason other than Cause, death or total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 18 hereof), or (ii) the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined in Section 8(c) hereof), the amount of the severance benefit determined in accordance with Section 6 shall be paid as a cash lump sum within 30 calendar days. An Executive who has a change in status as set forth in Section 5 prior to the Change of Control and who is still a participant in the Plan because of the provisions of Section 5 shall be treated as if the change in status occurred one day after the Benefit Period commenced.
(b) The Corporation may terminate an Executive for Cause during the Benefit Period. As used in this Plan, "Cause" means:
(i) conviction of a felony, or other fraudulent or willful misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the business or reputation of the Corporation by the Executive, or
(ii) the willful and continued failure of the Executive to perform substantially the Executive's duties with the Corporation or one of its Affiliates (other than such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or Chief Executive Officer believes that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties.
For purposes of this Section 8(b), no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Corporation. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer or a senior officer of the Corporation or based upon the advice of counsel for the Corporation shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Corporation. An Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to him and an opportunity for him, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive was guilty of conduct set forth above in (i) or (ii) above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
(c) The Executive's employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason during the Benefit Period. As used in this Plan, "Good Reason" means, without the Executive's written consent:
(i) a change in the Executive's status, positions or responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) which is inconsistent in any material and adverse respect with the Executive's status, position or responsibilities as in effect prior to such change;
(ii) a reduction in the Executive's base salary as in effect on the date he became a participant in the Plan, or as the same may be increased from time to time during the term of his participation;
(iii) the relocation of the principal executive offices of the Corporation or any Affiliate, whichever entity on behalf of which the Executive performs a principal function of that entity as part of his employment services, to a location more than fifty (50) miles from where it was, or the Corporation's requiring him to be based at any place other than the location at which he performed his duties before the Change of Control, except for required travel on the Corporation's or any Affiliate's business to an extent substantially consistent with his business travel obligations at the time of the Change of Control;
(iv) the failure to continue in effect this Plan, or to continue to provide the Executive all incentive, savings and retirement, bonus or other compensation plans, practices, policies or programs applicable generally to other peer executives of the Corporation or any Affiliate, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide the Executive with incentive opportunities (measured with respect to both regular and special incentive opportunities, to the extent, if any, that such distinction is applicable), savings opportunities and retirement opportunities, in each case, less favorable in the aggregate, than the most favorable of those provided by the Corporation and its Affiliates for the Executive under such plans, practices, policies and programs as in effect at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control or if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Change of Control to other peer executives of the Corporation and its Affiliates;
(v) the failure to continue to provide the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be, with benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Corporation and any of its Affiliates (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other peer executives of the Corporations and its Affiliates, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be, with benefits that are less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of such plans, practices, policies and programs in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Change of Control to other peer executives of the Corporation and its Affiliates;
(vi) the failure to provide or continue in effect benefits, including, without limitation, paid vacations, tax and financial planning services, payment of club dues, and, if applicable, use of an automobile and payment of related expenses, in accordance with the most favorable plans, practices, policies and programs of the Corporation and its Affiliates in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Corporation and its Affiliates;
(vii) the failure of any successor or assign of the Corporation to assume and expressly agree to perform the obligations under this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place;
(viii) any purported termination of the Executive's employment which
is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination (as defined in
Section 8(d) hereof) and a resolution satisfying the requirements of
Section 8(b) hereof; and for purposes of this Plan, no such purported
termination shall be effective; or
(ix) any request by the Corporation or any Affiliate that the Executive participate in an unlawful act.
Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, a termination of employment by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation for any reason during the Benefit Period shall be deemed to be a termination for Good Reason for all purposes of this Plan.
(d) Any termination by the Corporation for Cause, or by the Executive
for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the
other party to the Joinder Agreement given by hand delivery, registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the
last known home address of the Executive or to the address of the
principal office of the Corporation, copy to the General Counsel. For
purposes of this Plan, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice
which (i) indicates the specific termination provision relied upon, (ii)
to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and
circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the
Executive's employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the
date of termination is other than the date of receipt of such notice,
specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than thirty
(30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the
Executive or the Corporation to set forth in the Notice of Termination
any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason
or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Corporation,
respectively, hereunder, or preclude the Executive or the Corporation,
respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the
Executive's or the Corporation's rights hereunder.
Section 9. Other Plans. In the event benefits are payable to an Executive in accordance with Section 8(a),
(i) the Executive shall be paid (A) for each completed performance period, all amounts due to the Executive under any incentive plan of the Corporation or any Affiliate (or successor plans) in which he participated immediately before his employment was terminated, as provided in any such plan, and (B) for each performance period in progress, an amount pro-rated to the date of termination of employment of the Executive based on the greater of actual results through the most recently completed fiscal quarter or the targeted amount through such quarter;
(ii) the Executive's benefits, if any, under the terms of all excess benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(36) of ERISA) and supplemental retirement plans maintained by the Corporation or any Affiliate shall immediately vest and be payable as provided in those plans (and shall include credit for benefit accrual purposes for two (2) or three (3) additional years of service based on the amount of the severance benefit the Executive is eligible for under Section 6 of this Plan);
(iii) the Executive shall be reimbursed for any COBRA premiums the Executive shall have paid after his employment is terminated for continuation of coverage under benefit plans maintained by the Corporation or any Affiliate; and for purposes of determining eligibility for retiree medical and dental coverage, the Executive's service shall include the period for which severance pay would be payable to an eligible employee under the Corporation's broad-based severance plan;
(iv) the Executive shall be entitled to outplacement services, the scope and provider of which shall be selected by the Executive in his sole discretion, at the sole expense of the Corporation as incurred to a maximum of 15% of the Executive's highest annual rate of base salary during the 12 month period immediately preceding the Executive's termination of employment; and
(v) the Executive's rights under any other benefit plan maintained by the Corporation or any Affiliate (or successor) shall be governed by the terms of that plan as in effect on the day immediately preceding the Change of Control.
Section 10. Certain Additional Payments by the Corporation.
(a) Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event
it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the
Corporation to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or
payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this
Plan or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional
payments required under this Section 10) (a "Payment") would be subject
to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or
penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax
(such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the
Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a
"Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by the
Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with
respect to such taxes), including without limitation, any income taxes
(and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise
Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount
of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the
Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
10(a), if it shall be determined that an Executive would otherwise be
entitled to a Gross-Up Payment, but that the Payments otherwise payable
would not be subject to the Excise Tax if such Payments were reduced by
an amount that is less than 10% of the portion of such Payments that
would be treated as "parachute payments" under Section 280G of the Code,
then the amounts payable to the Executive under this Plan shall be
reduced (but not below zero) to the maximum amount that could be paid to
the Executive without giving rise to the Excise Tax (the "Safe Harbor
Cap"), and no Gross-Up Payment shall be made to the Executive. Such
reduction shall be made by reducing first the payments under Section 6,
unless an alternative method of reduction is elected by the Executive.
For purposes of reducing the Payments to the Safe Harbor Cap, only
amounts payable under this Plan (and no other Payments) shall be
reduced. If the reduction of the amounts payable hereunder would not
result in a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Cap, no amounts
payable under this Plan shall be reduced pursuant to this provision.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 10(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 10, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment, the reduction of Payments to reach the Safe Harbor Cap, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Ernst & Young or such other nationally recognized certified public accounting firm as may be designated by the Executive (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Corporation and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Corporation or the Executive. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control or the Corporation, the Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Corporation. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 10, shall be paid by the Corporation to the Executive within two business days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it shall furnish the Executive with a written opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on the Executive's applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Corporation and the Executive. In the event that the Corporation exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 10(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Corporation to or for the benefit of the Executive.
(c) The Executive shall notify the Corporation in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Corporation of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Corporation of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gave such notice to the Corporation (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Corporation notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:
(i) give the Corporation any information reasonably requested by the Corporation relating to such claim,
(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Corporation shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including; without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Corporation,
(iii) cooperate with the Corporation in good faith to contest such claim, and
(iv) permit the Corporation to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim,
provided, however, that the Corporation shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest, deemed interest with respect to interest-free advances, and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(c), the Corporation shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Corporation shall determine; provided, however, that if the Corporation directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Corporation shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Corporation's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.
(d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the
Corporation pursuant to Section 10(c), the Executive becomes entitled to
receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall
(subject to the Corporation's complying with the requirements of Section
10(c)) promptly pay to the Corporation the amount of such refund
(together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes
applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an
amount advanced by the Corporation pursuant to Section 10(c), a
determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any
refund with respect to such claim and the Corporation does not notify
the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund
prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such
advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the
amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount
of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.
Section 11. Reimbursement of Legal Fees. The Corporation shall pay directly or reimburse an Executive (at the Executive's option) for any and all legal fees and expenses incurred by such Executive relating to the enforcement or enforceability of any obligations of the Corporation and its Affiliates under the Plan or relating to enjoining the Board from amending the Plan in a manner which is inconsistent with Section 15; provided, however, that an Executive shall be required to repay any such amounts to the Corporation to the extent that a court issues a final and non-appealable order setting forth the determination that the position taken by the Executive was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith.
Section 12. Confidential Information. Each Executive who receives a
severance benefit under this Plan agrees to retain in confidence any
secret or confidential information known to him relating to the
Corporation, its Affiliates and their respective businesses, which shall
have been obtained by the Executive during his employment by the
Corporation or any of its Affiliates and shall not be or become public
knowledge (other than by acts of the Executive or a representative of
the Executive in violation of this Plan). After termination of the
Executive's employment with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates,
the Executive shall not, without prior written consent of the
Corporation or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process,
communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone
other than the Corporation and those designated by it. In no event
shall a violation or an asserted violation of the provisions of this
Section 12 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts
otherwise payable to the Executive under this Plan.
Section 13. Right or Title to Funds. In the event of a Change of Control, the Corporation shall immediately set aside, earmark, and contribute sufficient funds in cash to pay for any obligations it may have under this Plan as determined by the Accounting Firm, including no less than $5,000,000.00 to satisfy any obligation of the Corporation under Section 11, in a "Rabbi Trust". An Executive, and any successor in interest to him, shall be and remain a general creditor of the Corporation with respect to any promises to pay under this Plan in the same manner as any other creditor who has a general claim for an unpaid liability, provided, however, that the Executive shall have such rights against assets held in the Rabbi Trust that are provided in such Rabbi Trust agreement. The Corporation shall not make any loans or extend credit to an Executive which will be offset by benefits payable under this Plan.
Section 14. Binding Plan. The obligations under this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of an Executive, his beneficiary or estate, the Corporation and any successor to the Corporation.
Section 15. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan. This Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by and on behalf of the Corporation by the Board, but no amendment shall operate to give the Executive, either directly or indirectly, any interest whatsoever in any funds or assets of the Corporation, except the right upon fulfillment of all terms and conditions hereof, as such terms and conditions may be amended, to receive the payments herein provided. No amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan shall operate in any way to reduce, diminish, or affect any of the benefits provided to any Executive if such amendment, suspension or termination (i) arose by action of the Corporation in connection with or anticipation of a Change of Control, (ii) occurs coincident with a Change of Control, or (iii) occurs after a Change of Control has occurred. Any such amendment, suspension or termination that occurs within six (6) months before a Change of Control is presumed to have been in anticipation of a Change of Control.
Section 16. No Effect on Employment. This Plan shall supplement and shall neither supersede any other contract of employment, whether oral or in writing, between the Executive and the Corporation or any Affiliate, nor affect or impair the rights and obligations of the Executive and the Corporation or any Affiliate, respectively, thereunder; and nothing contained herein shall impose any obligation on the Corporation or Affiliate to continue the employment of the Executive.
Section 17. No Waiver. Neither the failure nor the delay on the part of the Executive in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder. No remedy conferred hereunder is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy now or hereafter existing at law or in equity.
Section 18. Definitions and Rules of Construction. Except where the context clearly indicates to the contrary, the following terms have the meanings specified:
(a) "Joinder Agreement" means the document, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A, agreed to by the Corporation by which the Executive affirmatively requests participation in the Plan according to its terms and conditions.
(b) "Affiliate" means any corporation which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Corporation. For purposes of this definition control means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a corporation through the ownership of voting securities.
(c) "Total and permanent disability" means the inability of the Executive to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The determination of whether an Executive is totally and permanently disabled shall be made by a physician selected by the Corporation or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative.
(d) The pronouns "he," "him," and "his" include the other sex.
(e) This Plan may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
(f) The headings in this Plan are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms hereof.
Exhibit A
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Executives' Severance Benefit Plan Joinder Agreement
I acknowledge that, so long as a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan) has not occurred, the Corporation is under no obligation to continue the Plan or my participation therein and that being a participant thereunder in no way guarantees my employment.
My participation in the Plan shall become effective as of the effective date above stated without further notice upon receipt and approval of this document by the Corporation.
Date Signature of Executive
Lincoln National Corporation agrees to the terms and conditions of the Plan and participation in that Plan by the above named Executive and
acknowledges his/her participation this day of , ---- ------------------ 200 . -- LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION By Chief Executive Officer |
APPROVED:
Chairman of the Compensation Committee
Board of Directors
Lincoln National Corporation
Exhibit 10(d)
PLAN TERMINATED IN 1996 TO ALL PARTICIPANTS EXCEPT:
Harry L. Kavetas and Jill S. Ruckelshaus
Retirement Plan for Directors
Directors, who are not employees of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, are eligible for retirement benefits. The annual benefits payable to a director is equal to 10% of the director's retainer paid during the last year he/she was a director multiplied by the number of years of service (with a maximum of 10 years). Individuals who were directors on January 1, 1987, were given credit for all years of past service. The benefit is payable either in a single lump sum or monthly beginning at the later of age 65 or when the director retires from the Corporation's Board. In the event of a director's death prior to the commencement of retirement benefits, a death benefit is paid to a beneficiary.
The director must sign an election agreement indicating the form of payment.
February 1991
Exhibit 10(e)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
DIRECTORS' VALUE SHARING PLAN
(Including All Amendments Through March 8, 2001)
ARTICLE I - PURPOSE OF PLAN
1.1 Establishment of Plan. Lincoln National Corporation (the "Corporation") adopts the Directors' Value Sharing Plan (the "Plan") to provide the benefits specified in the Plan for members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who are not employees of the Corporation or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries ("Non-Employee Directors").
1.2 Purpose of the Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to provide Non-Employee Directors with an increased economic interest in the Corporation in order to attract and retain well-qualified individuals to serve as Non-Employee Directors and to enhance the identity of interests between Non-Employee Directors and the shareholders of the Corporation.
The Corporation intends that its Non-Employee Directors' Base Compensation (i.e., retainer and meeting fees) approximate the median of that for peer companies within the industry. The Plan is designed to provide additional compensation to Non-Employee Directors linked to overall return to the Corporation's shareholders.
The Plan increases the Non-Employee Directors' financial interest in the Corporation through the payment of stock units based on:
1. Performance of the Corporation's stock relative to a group of peer companies, and
2. Service on the Board.
ARTICLE II - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
All Non-Employee Directors are eligible and shall participate in the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.
ARTICLE III - VALUE SHARING AWARD: COMPANY PERFORMANCE
3.1 Stock Units. In consideration for services rendered and as soon as practicable after completion of a performance cycle determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation ("Performance Cycle"), the Corporation shall award a whole number of stock units (the "Stock Units") to each individual who was a Non-Employee Director during such Cycle, as determined under subsection 3.2. Each Stock Unit shall represent an unfunded, unsecured obligation of the Corporation to pay an amount equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock of the Corporation ("Stock"). Such value shall be determined as of any business day by averaging the high and low sales price of the Stock (quoted on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Listing) on the preceding business day.
3.2 Calculation of Stock Unit Award. The number of Stock Units to be awarded to each Non-Employee Director will be determined in accordance with the following provisions:
a. Generally. For each Performance Cycle, such number of Stock Units shall be determined pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
b. Individual Not Director Throughout Period. If an individual is a Non-Employee Director during a portion but not all of a Performance Cycle, the number of Stock Units awarded to the individual shall equal what would have been awarded for a full Performance Cycle, multiplied by the appropriate factor, determined as follows:
1. If the individual becomes a Non-Employee Director after a Performance Cycle begins and remains a Non-Employee Director at the end of the Cycle, the appropriate factor shall equal the number of full months that the individual was a Non-Employee Director during the Cycle divided by the number of months in the Cycle.
2. If the individual ceases to be a Non-Employee Director before the end of a Performance Cycle (A) after attaining age 70, (B) after attaining age 65, but with the consent of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation other than the individual, (C) as a result of the individual's death, or (D) as a result of the individual's permanent and total disability (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), the appropriate factor shall equal the number of full months that the individual was a Non-Employee Director during the Cycle divided by the number of months in the Cycle.
3. If during a Performance Cycle the individual ceases to be a Non-Employee Director as a result of a "change of control" (within the meaning given to that term under the Corporation's Executives' Severance Benefit Plan on the date that is six months immediately preceding the "change of control"), the appropriate factor shall equal the number of full months that the individual was a Non-Employee Director during the Cycle divided by the number of full months from the start of the Cycle through the date of the change of control.
4. If before the end of the Cycle the individual ceases to be a Non-Employee Director for any reason not described in paragraphs 3.2(b)(2) or (3), the appropriate factor shall be zero, except to the extent decided otherwise by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
c. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may in its discretion increase or decrease the number of Stock Units awarded to one or more of its members or former members as it determines appropriate.
3.3 Special Payment Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
a. In the event of such change of control, the maximum number of Stock Units for then-current Performance Cycles shall be awarded to Non-Employee Directors (as if the highest applicable level of performance were achieved), and cash payments with respect to those Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable following the change of control.
b. In the event an individual ceases to be a Non-Employee Director before the end of a Performance Cycle for any reason other than such change in control, payment with respect to any Stock Units awarded to the individual pursuant to this Article III will be made as soon as practicable following the end of the Cycle; provided, however, that if the Non-Employee Director elected installment payments under Article VII with respect to other Stock Units awarded under the Plan, payment with respect to the Stock Units awarded pursuant to this Article III will be made over the remaining installment period.
ARTICLE IV - VALUE SHARING AWARD: BOARD SERVICE
4.1 In addition to the awards based on stock performance described in Article III, the Corporation shall award Stock Units in lieu of participation in any pension or other retirement program of the Corporation to each Non-Employee Director who on or before March 31, 1996, waived any entitlement under (or who never becomes entitled to benefits under) such a program.
4.2 The number of such Stock Units to be granted each eligible Director shall be determined by (i) calculating the dollar amount (the "Level Funding") required to fund in equal quarterly payments over the Calculation Period (defined below) a notional lump sum amount payable as of age 70 of .185 of the current annual retainer multiplied by the number of quarters in the Calculation Period; and then (ii) applying the provisions of 4.3 through 4.9 of this Plan. The Level Funding shall be calculated assuming such payments were credited at the end of each calendar quarter commencing on the later of April 1, 1986, or the beginning of the calendar quarter which includes the date on which the individual first became a Non-Employee Director and terminating at the end of the Calculation Period and assuming an effective annual interest rate of 7.5% during the Calculation Period and during the period from the end of the Calculation Period to age 70. The Calculation Period shall be a period equal to the lesser of forty calendar quarters or the number of calendar quarters commencing with the calendar quarter which includes the date on which the individual's service as a Non-Employee Director began and ending with the calendar quarter immediately preceding the calendar quarter during which attainment of age 70 occurs. (See Exhibit A.)
4.3 An initial grant of stock units shall be made to each Non-Employee Director who has waived benefits as provided in 4.1 above by calculating (i) the dollar amount that would have accumulated had such Level Funding outlined in 4.2(i) above taken place during the period beginning the later of April 1, 1986 or the quarter which includes the date the individual became a Non-Employee Director and ending on March 31, 1996, including interest at 7.5% and dividing this amount by (ii) the value of a share of Stock determined in the manner set forth in 3.1 above (the "Stock Value") on March 31, 1996.
4.4 For an individual who as of March 31, 1996 has served as a Non-Employee Director for a period equal to or greater than the Calculation Period, the initial grant as described in 4.3 above shall constitute the entire basic Board Service Value
4.5 For a Non-Employee Director who as of March 31, 1996 has not served as a Non-Employee Director for a period equal to or greater than the Calculation Period, the Corporation shall continue to make grants of Stock Units at the end of calendar quarters beginning April 1, 1996, and thereafter equal to the Level Funding amount calculated under 4.2(i) divided by the Stock Value as of the date of grant until grants have been made for each of the remaining quarters in the Calculation Period during which the individual continues to serve as a Non-Employee Director.
4.6 To the extent that the current annual retainer payable to Non-Employee Directors is increased in any year, each Non-Employee Director serving for such year shall also receive a grant of Stock Units equal to (i) .185 of the dollar amount of such increase times the number of quarters (to a maximum of forty) then served as a Non-Employee Director discounted at 7.5% interest from the Non-Employee Director's age 70 to the last day of the quarter during which such increase in retainer occurred, divided by (ii) the Stock Value as of the last day of the quarter in which such increase in retainer occurred.
4.7 For a Non-Employee Director who, as of the date any increase in retainer occurs, has not served as a Non-Employee Director for a period equal to or greater than the Calculation Period, the amount of any quarterly payment made in quarters following the quarter during which the increase in retainer occurred will be increased to an amount equal to the then current quarterly payment times the ratio of the new retainer to the then current retainer.
4.8 The beneficiary of a Non-Employee Director who dies while serving as a Non-Employee Director and who prior to March 31, 1996, waived his or her rights under any pension or retirement plan as provided in 4.1 above shall be entitled to receive an additional amount credited to his or her Account equal to the amount by which (i) the lump sum death benefit which would have been payable under the Lincoln National Corporation Directors' Retirement Plan had the Non-Employee Director continued to participate in that plan until his or her date of death exceeds (ii) the value as of the date of his or her death of the Stock Units calculated under the provisions of 4.2 through 4.7 and the Dividend Equivalent Payments provided by Article VI attributable to such Stock Units. No additional amount shall be credited under 4.8 if 4.8(ii) exceeds 4.8(i).
4.9 In no event shall grants under this Article IV be increased or decreased to reflect increases or decreases in Stock Value subsequent to the date of grant.
ARTICLE V - STOCK UNIT TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Stock Units shall be represented by and recorded in a bookkeeping account set up in each Non-Employee Director's name (the "Account"). The following terms and conditions shall apply to Stock Units: (i) a Dividend Equivalent Payment, as defined in Article VI below, shall be credited to the Account and shall have the same terms and conditions as the Stock Units; (ii) none of the Stock Units may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of; and (iii) the Stock Units and Dividend Equivalent Payments shall vest on the date the Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VI - DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT PAYMENTS
As of each dividend payment date with respect to Stock, each Non-Employee Director shall be awarded a Dividend Equivalent Payment equal to the product of (i) the per share cash dividend payable with respect to each share of Stock on such date; and (ii) the total number of Stock Units and Dividend Equivalent Payments credited to the Non-Employee Director's Account, as of the record date corresponding to such dividend payment date, divided by the fair market value. The Dividend Equivalent Payments are subject to the restrictions specified in Article V.
ARTICLE VII - PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
As soon as practicable following the date the Non-Employee Director ceases to be a director of the Corporation (the "Date"), the Corporation shall pay to the Non-Employee Director (or his or her designated beneficiary) an amount equal in value to the Stock Units and Dividend Equivalent Payments credited to his or her Account in a lump sum valued as of the Date. In lieu of a lump sum, at age 70 or after, a Director who has so elected may receive payments in annual installments over a 5, 10 or 15 year period.
ARTICLE VIII - ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION
In the event of a Stock dividend, Stock split or combination, reclassification, recapitalization or other capital adjustment of shares of Stock, the number of Stock Units and the amount of Dividend Equivalent Payments credited to Accounts shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. The award of Stock Units pursuant to this Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Corporation to issue additional Stock or other securities, to make adjustments, reclassification, reorganizations or other changes in its corporate, capital or business structure, to participate in a merger, consolidation or share exchange or to transfer its assets or dissolve or liquidate.
ARTICLE IX - TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN
9.1 In General. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may at any time terminate, suspend or amend this Plan.
9.2 Written Consents. No amendment may, without the written consent of such Non-Employee Director, adversely affect the right of any Non-Employee Director to receive any Stock Units or any Dividend Equivalent Payments previously awarded.
ARTICLE X - GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS
The obligations of the Corporation under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and the obtaining of all such approvals by government agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
ARTICLE XI - MISCELLANEOUS
11.1 Unfunded Plan. The Plan shall at all times be entirely unfunded. Any Account established and maintained under the Plan is solely for accounting purposes and shall not require a segregation of any assets of the Corporation. A Non-Employee Director's right to receive any payment under this Plan shall be no greater than the rights of an unsecured general creditor of the Corporation.
11.2 Assignment; Encumbrances. Stock Units and Dividend Equivalent Payments under this Plan are not assignable or transferrable and shall not be subject to any encumbrances, liens, pledges or charges of the Non-Employee Director or his or her creditors. Any attempt to assign, transfer or hypothecate any Stock Units or Dividend Equivalent Payments shall be void and of no force and effect whatsoever.
11.3 Applicable Law. This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Indiana to the extent not preempted by Federal law.
11.4 Headings. The headings in this Plan are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Plan.
11.5 Plan Administration. The Plan shall be administered by a DVSP Administration Committee (the "Committee"). At any date, the members of the Committee shall be those members of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors who are Non-Employee Directors as such term is defined in Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time. The Committee may not exercise its authority at any time there are less than two (2) members. The Committee shall exercise its authority only by a majority vote of its members at a meeting or by a writing without meeting.
ARTICLE XII - EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
This Plan shall become effective as of January 1, 1996.
EXHIBIT A
DVSP Board Service Quarterly Contribution Calculated for $30,000 Retainer at 7.5% Interest
Calculation Become Period Director Quarterly at Age Contribution 69 5,400 68 5,205 67 5,015 66 4,829 65 4,649 64 4,473 63 4,302 62 4,136 61 3,974 60 3,817 59 3,551 58 3,303 57 3,073 56 2,858 55 2,659 54 2,473 53 2,301 52 2,140 51 1,991 50 1,852 49 1,723 48 1,603 47 1,491 46 1,387 45 1,290 44 1,200 43 1,116 42 1,039 41 966 40 899 39 836 38 778 |
Exhibit 10(f)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES
Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2001
This Lincoln National Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees has been established and is maintained by Lincoln National Corporation ("LNC").
Section 1
Definitions
The following definitions are provided for key terms contained within this document:
1.01. Account. The term "Account" refers to a separate deferred compensation account established by the Employer in the name of each Participant.
1.02. Beneficiary. The word "Beneficiary" refers to an individual designated by the Participant to receive certain benefits enumerated in this Plan.
1.03. Benefits Administrator. The "Benefits Administrator" shall be the LNC Senior Vice President of Human Resources or any successor appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of LNC. The Benefits Administrator shall head the Plan's Administrative Committee and determine its membership.
1.04. Bonus. The term "Bonus" refers to an amount calculated by reference to the LNC 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan or, as determined by the Benefits Administrator, any bonus paid by an Employer.
1.05. Cause. "Cause" means (as determined by LNC in its sole discretion): (1) a conviction of a felony, or other fraudulent or willful misconduct by a Participant that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the business or reputation of LNC, or (2) the willful and continued failure of a Participant to substantially perform Participant's duties with LNC or a Subsidiary (other than such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Participant's manager which specifically identifies the manner in which the manager believes that the Participant has not substantially performed the Participant's duties.
1.06. Change in Control. A "Change in Control" means that LNC has had a change of control as that term is defined in the LNC Executives' Severance Benefit Plan, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. This definition shall always be identical to the definition of "Change in Control" contained in the LNC Executives' Severance Benefit Plan (or any successor plan). Any amendment of the definition contained in the LNC Executives' Severance Benefit Plan (or any successor plan) shall be deemed an amendment of the definition of Change in Control contained in this Plan.
1.07. Compensation. For purposes of the Plan, "Compensation" means the basic cash compensation paid or payable to a Participant by the Employer at regular intervals, plus the amounts by which such compensation is reduced pursuant to the Participant's voluntary election, but excluding bonuses, overtime earnings, service awards, and other special compensation. As determined by the Benefits Administrator, Compensation shall also include certain first-year and other commissions reported on IRS Form W-2.
1.08. Deferrals. The word "Deferrals" refers to the amount that a Participant specifies in his or her Election to defer pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Plan.
1.09. Election. The term "Election" refers to the act of the Participant of stating in writing that he or she intends to participate in the Plan.
1.10. Employer(s). The term "Employer" when used in the singular refers to LNC or any individual Subsidiary and when used in the plural ("Employers") refers to LNC and all subsidiaries collectively.
1.11. 401(k) Plan. The phrase "401(k) Plan" refers to the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Savings and Profit-Sharing Plan.
1.12. Hardship. "Hardship" shall mean an unforeseeable emergency to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) of the Participant, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.
1.13. Insider. "Insider" means an individual subject to the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
1.14. LNCC. "LNCC" means the Lincoln National Corporation Compensation Committee constituted as described in the LNC Bylaws.
1.15. Match. The term "Match" refers to a credit to the Participant's Account made by the Employer equal to (i) six percent (6%) of the Participant's Compensation and Bonus (up to $100,000 and fifty percent (50%) thereafter) for such year multiplied by the percentage determined under the 401(k) Plan for such calendar year representing the Employer contribution, less (ii) the actual Employer contribution to the 401(k) Plan pursuant thereto for such calendar year, less (iii) any amount the Employer decides in its sole discretion to pay directly to the Participant. If the Participant becomes eligible for the 401(k) Plan after the first payroll period of the year, the Match will be based only on the Compensation and Bonus (up to $100,000 and 50% thereafter) paid during or after the payroll period in which he or she becomes eligible.
1.16. Match Units. "Match Units" means phantom stock Units allocated pursuant to the Match.
1.17. Paid Units. "Paid Units" means phantom stock Units that the Participant has acquired pursuant to deferrals made by the Participant under this Plan.
1.18. Participant. The word "Participant" refers to an employee who is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Employers who has been designated by an Employer as eligible to participate in the Plan.
1.19. Plan. The word "Plan" refers to this Lincoln National Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees, including Appendixes.
1.20. Subsidiary. The term "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by LNC. As determined by the Benefits Administrator, a corporation may be deemed to be a Subsidiary even if such percentage is less than fifty percent (50%).
1.21. Units. "Units" means phantom stock Units, including Match Units, Paid Units, Unpaid Units, and Vested Units.
1.22. Unpaid Units. "Unpaid Units" means phantom stock Units awarded to the Participant pursuant to the LNC 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan (rather than acquired pursuant to deferrals) that are subject to forfeiture.
1.23. Vested Units. "Vested Units" are phantom stock Units awarded to the Participant pursuant to the LNC 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan (rather than acquired pursuant to deferrals) that are no longer subject to forfeiture.
Section 2
Eligibility, Participation and Disbursements
This Plan is maintained by Employers for the benefit of a select group of management and highly compensated employees. Pursuant to the Plan, eligible employees may elect to participate and receive disbursements.
2.01. The Benefits Administrator shall have discretion to determine the eligibility of employees to participate in this Plan; provided, however, that in order to be eligible, the employee must be a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of an Employer.
2.02. Under terms and conditions provided herein (including Appendixes hereto), each eligible employee may become a Participant by (a) electing to defer payment of Compensation, Bonus or both, (b) receiving a grant of Unpaid Units or (c) receiving a special employer credit under subsection 2.05.
2.03. Subject to the terms of this Plan, each Participant and the Employers may make the following types of annual Deferrals and Matches:
a. Each Participant may elect to defer a portion of his or her Compensation for a calendar year, not to exceed seventy percent (70%);
b. The Employer shall provide a Match if (i) the Participant has made "pre-tax contributions" to the 401(k) Plan in the maximum amount permitted under its terms for a calendar year, (ii) such contributions (for years after 1999) equal at least six percent (6%) of such Participant's eligible compensation under the 401(k) Plan and (iii) under this Plan, the Participant defers (for years after 1999) at least six percent (6%) of his or her Compensation and Bonus (up to $100,000 and 50% thereafter), either from the beginning of the calendar year or after such maximum amount under the 401(k) Plan shall have been contributed. The Match shall be deemed to be invested in LNC Phantom Stock; except that for years after 2000, only the matching amount, if any, in excess of $0.50 on the dollar will be deemed to be so invested.
c. The Participant may elect to defer a specified amount of Bonus that may be earned by the Participant during the subsequent calendar year and which is paid after the close of the calendar year to which the election relates; except that for any Bonus payable for years after 2000, the Participant may elect before September 1 of a year to defer a specified amount of his or her Bonus that may be earned that year and may be paid during the subsequent calendar year.
d. To the extent that a Participant who participates in the 401(k) Plan
reaches the contribution limit thereunder, he or she may elect to defer
the additional amounts that otherwise would have been contributed to the
401(k) Plan into this Plan.
2.04. The Participant shall file an Election with the Employer in the form specified by the Benefits Administrator, which form shall specify the timing and amount of any Deferrals (of Compensation, Bonus or both) under the Plan. For Deferrals of Compensation, the Participant shall file the Election prior to earning the Compensation, effective for payroll periods in the next calendar year; except that a newly eligible Participant may file an Election within thirty (30) days of becoming eligible, effective for prospective payroll periods. An Election shall be irrevocable for any calendar year; provided, however, that in the case of a Hardship withdrawal from the 401(k) Plan (or any defined contribution plan of Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. or its subsidiaries), the Participant's Election shall be automatically revoked under this Plan beginning with the first day of the next regularly scheduled payroll period and for the remainder of the calendar year and the entire calendar year immediately thereafter.
2.05. If a Deferral, Match or special employer credit is made for any calendar year, the Employer shall establish an Account in the name of the Participant, to which shall be credited all such Deferrals, Matches and credits made on behalf of such Participant. Special employer credits may have a vesting schedule and such other terms as are determined by the Benefits Administrator. The Employer shall also credit such Account with earnings that would otherwise accrue if the Account were actually invested in the investment options selected by the Participant from among the options offered from time to time by the Employer ("phantom investments"); provided, however, that any expenses incurred by an Employer (including expenses for Federal and State income taxes) in connection with such Participant's Account may be charged against the Participant's Account. Additionally, the Employer makes the following representations concerning the phantom investments available under the Plan:
a. Due care will be taken to credit Deferrals and Matches in proper proportions to sub-accounts for the phantom investments selected by the Participant.
b. The phantom investments available under this Plan are those set forth in Appendix A, including, but not limited to, phantom stock Units of LNC common stock ("phantom stock Units").
c. With respect to phantom stock Units (and effective September 30, 1999), actual shares of LNC common stock will be issued in settlement when the Participant's Account is actually paid to him or her. Before such settlement, no voting or other rights of any kind associated with the ownership of LNC common stock shall inure to any Participant whose Account is credited with phantom stock Units.
d. With respect to the other phantom investments available under the Plan, Participants have no rights to any assets of any funds used to determine the value of Accounts.
e. Subject to Section 3.01(b), Participants may reallocate phantom investments under conditions prescribed by the Benefits Administrator. LNC reserves the right to eliminate, change and add phantom investments at any time. LNC is under no obligation to offer any particular phantom investment option.
2.06. The Participant's Account shall be disbursed in accordance with Appendix A, as determined in the sole discretion of the Benefits Administrator. Effective September 30, 1999, a Participant's Account will be paid in the form of (a) shares of LNC common stock, to the extent the Account consists of LNC phantom stock Units (with fractional Units paid in cash); and (b) cash, to the extent the Account is allocated to other phantom investments. In the case of a Participant providing services to an Employer in a country other than the United States, the Account shall be disbursed as determined in the sole discretion of the Benefits Administrator.
2.07. A Participant may request an immediate, accelerated distribution from his or her Account in the event such Participant has incurred a severe financial Hardship. Payments under this Plan for a severe financial Hardship will not be made to the extent that such Hardship is relieved through insurance proceeds, liquidation of the Participant's assets (only to the extent that such liquidation would not itself cause a severe financial Hardship) or by cessation of Deferrals under this Plan. Payments for severe financial Hardship under this Plan are limited to the extent necessary to comply with the standards set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.457-2. The Benefits Administrator, in his sole discretion, shall determine whether the Participant has incurred a severe financial Hardship and may grant the immediate, accelerated distribution of all, or a portion of, the amounts then credited to the Participant's Account; provided, however, that such distribution shall not exceed the amount necessary for such Participant to alleviate the severe financial Hardship. If a Participant is an Insider, then such Participant is not eligible for Hardship withdrawals from this Plan.
2.08. The Participant may designate a Beneficiary to receive amounts payable to him or her under this Plan in the event of death. The Participant may revoke or change a Beneficiary designation and name a new Beneficiary by filing a written notice of revocation or other notice of change of Beneficiary, in accordance with rules or information provided by the Benefits Administrator.
2.09. Interests in this Plan cannot and shall not be transferred, assigned, pledged or encumbered. Prior to the time payment is actually made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary, such Participant or Beneficiary shall have no rights by way of anticipation or otherwise to assign or dispose of any interest under this Plan.
2.10. Eligible employees of Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. ("DMH") or its subsidiaries who become Participants are referred to in this subsection as "DMH Participants". In the event that a DMH Participant's Deferral of Compensation under the Plan causes a reduction in the amount that would have otherwise been contributed to the Delaware Management Company Employee Profit Sharing Plan or any successor thereto ("Delaware Plan"), an amount equal to such reduction shall be credited to this Plan as soon as practicable after the contribution is made to the Delaware Plan. The Accounts of eligible DMH Participants shall be credited with an amount equal to (i) seven and one-half percent (7_%) of the Participant's Compensation and Bonus (up to $100,000 and 50% thereafter) for the calendar year, less (ii) the actual Employer contribution to the Delaware Plan pursuant thereto for such calendar year, less (iii) any amount the Employer decides in its sole discretion to pay directly to the Participant; provided, however, that for 2001 such crediting shall be effective April 1, 2001 and take into account only such Compensation, Bonus and contribution paid on and after April 1, 2001.
Section 3
Administration of Phantom Stock Units
3.01. Administration of Match Units, Paid Units and Vested Units.
a. General. The administration of the Match Units, Paid Units and Vested Units shall be done in accordance with rules and definitions that the Benefits Administrator shall in his or her absolute discretion develop from time to time. The Benefits Administrator may delegate his or her responsibilities to other persons, or retain the services of lawyers, accountants, or other outside third parties to assist with the administration of the Plan.
b. Restrictions on Transfers. A Participant may transfer amounts out of other phantom investments and into Units pursuant to an election made during a thirty (30) day window period following the release of either a quarterly report of earnings of LNC or the annual report to shareholders; provided, however, that an Insider may transfer amounts from other deemed phantom investments into Units only if it is determined that such transfer will not result in a violation of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. After November 5, 1999, Participants may not transfer amounts out of Units (Participants formerly could transfer amounts out of Units and into other deemed phantom investments pursuant to an election made prior to November 6, 1999).
3.02. Administration of Unit Grants. The LNCC has full and complete authority in its discretion to grant awards of Unpaid Units pursuant to the LNC 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan, to be credited to Participant Accounts under this Plan. The LNCC shall determine the terms and conditions pertaining to such awards.
3.03. Phantom Dividends on Units. To the extent dividends are paid by LNC on common stock of the same class as the Units, Participants will be credited with phantom dividends. Phantom dividends shall be calculated, on each dividend payment date, as an amount equal to the product of the dividend paid on a share of common stock multiplied by the number of Units as of the record date. Any dividends on Unpaid Units are subject to the terms and conditions pertaining to such awards.
3.04. Determination of Price for Units. The value of a Unit shall be equal to the final sales price quoted by the New York Stock Exchange Composite Listing of a share of LNC common stock of the same class as the Units on the business day on which the calculation is made.
3.05. Changes in Capital and Corporate Structure. In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of LNC common stock by reason of an issuance of additional shares, recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, stock split, reverse stock split, combination of shares, stock dividend or similar transaction, the number of phantom stock Units held by Participants under the Plan shall be proportionately adjusted, in an equitable manner. The foregoing adjustment shall be made in a manner that will cause the relationship between the aggregate appreciation in outstanding common stock and earnings per share of LNC and the increase in value of each phantom stock Unit granted hereunder to remain unchanged as a result of the applicable transaction.
3.06. Voting. Participants shall not be entitled to any voting rights with respect to LNC common stock because their Accounts contain Match Units, Paid Units, Unpaid Units or Vested Units.
3.07. No Assignment. Units cannot be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered.
Section 4
Miscellaneous
4.01. This Plan does not and is not intended to create a contract of employment. The provisions of this Plan shall not limit the right of the Employer to discharge the Participant nor limit the right of the Participant to voluntarily terminate from the service of the Employer.
4.02. The rights of the Participant under this Plan (as well as any right of his or her Beneficiary or estate) shall be solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Employer and such rights shall not constitute an interest in any specific asset of the Employer. LNC may establish one or more "rabbi trusts" in connection with the Plan, provided that such trusts shall not be deemed to cause the Plan to be anything other than unfunded for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
4.03. The Plan shall be administered by the Benefits Administrator, who shall have complete discretion to interpret the Plan, resolve issues pertaining to Plan eligibility, determine benefits payable under the Plan and take whatever action that he believes is necessary or desirable for such administration, including but not limited to (a) establishing administrative rules consistent with the provisions of this Plan, (b) delegating his responsibilities to other persons, (c) retaining the services of lawyers, accountants or other third parties to assist with the administration of the Plan, (d) making equitable adjustments under the Plan (including retroactive adjustments) to correct mathematical, accounting or factual errors made in good faith by the Employer or a Participant (and any such adjustments will be final and binding on all persons) and (e) directing Employers to deduct from all Accounts, payments and distributions under the Plan any federal, state or local taxes or such other amounts as may be required by law to be withheld (alternatively, the Benefits Administrator may charge each Participant a flat fee based upon the amount of money deferred pursuant to the Plan, for purposes of covering any such taxes or other amounts).
4.04. LNC retains the right to amend this Plan prospectively at any time. This Plan may be amended by action of the Board at a meeting held either in person or by telephone or other electronic means, or by unanimous consent in lieu of a meeting. The Board may delegate this amendment power to an officer of LNC or committee of the Board, in whole or in part, by resolution adopted by the Board. Pursuant to Resolution Number 1467 of the Board, adopted January 11, 1995, the Chief Executive Officer of LNC has been authorized to make any modification to this Plan if such modification is (1) in the opinion of counsel, required by local, state or federal law or regulation or (2) estimated to cost LNC no more than $5,000,000 (actuarial present value of all Plan changes made in the same year) for the next five (5) calendar years after the effective date of such modification.
4.05. LNC, by action of the Board, may terminate this Plan for any reason at any time. The Plan will terminate as to all of the Employers on any date specified by LNC if thirty (30) days' advance written notice of the termination is given to the Employers. The Plan will terminate as to any individual Employer on the first to occur of the following:
a. the date it is terminated by that Employer if thirty (30) days' advance written notice is given to LNC;
b. the date that the Employer is judicially declared bankrupt or insolvent;
c. the dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Employer, or the sale by that Employer of all or substantially all of its assets, except as otherwise determined by the Benefits Administrator; or
d. the date specified by the Board in an action terminating this Plan for one or more specific Employers provided that thirty (30) days' advance written notice is given to the Employer prior to termination of the Plan.
4.06. If a Subsidiary ("Affected Corporation") shall have ceased to meet the definition of "Subsidiary" as a result of sale, merger or other disposition by LNC, then LNC may negotiate with the Affected Corporation or the entity purchasing the Affected Corporation (or both) to have the Affected Corporation assume responsibility for the Plan and all liabilities for Accounts of Participants employed by the Affected Corporation (or of Participants to be employed by the purchaser, or both). A Participant who remains employed by an Employer may continue to participate in the Plan.
4.07. This paragraph shall apply if LNC determines that any Subsidiary does not have sufficient capital to pay its liabilities under the Plan when due (but shall not apply if and when such organization no longer meets the definition of "Subsidiary" under the Plan). To the extent of LNC's determination, the trustees of the LNC rabbi trust(s) ("Trusts") shall pay each Participant from that Subsidiary his Account balance (in accordance with the terms of the Plan). If the assets within the Trusts are insufficient to make any such payment, LNC shall ensure that such payment is made in full. LNC may require each such Subsidiary to reimburse either the trustees or LNC for amounts paid on its behalf.
4.08. By participating in the Plan, a Participant waives the right to litigate any dispute pertaining to the Plan in any court of otherwise competent jurisdiction. If a Participant disagrees with any decision, action or interpretation pertaining to the Plan, he or she may submit in writing a full description of the disagreement. The determination of the Benefits Administrator in reference to any such disagreement shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons.
4.09. Any amount payable under this Plan to an incompetent or otherwise incapacitated person may, at the sole discretion of the Benefits Administrator, be made directly to such person or for the benefit of such person through payment to an institution or other entity caring for or rendering service to or for such person or to a guardian of such person or to another person with whom such person resides. The receipt of such payment by the institution, entity, guardian or other person shall be a full discharge of that amount of the obligation of the Employer to the Employee or Beneficiary.
4.10. This Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana. When appropriate, the singular nouns in this Plan include the plural, and vice versa. If any provision of this Plan is deemed invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue in effect.
This amendment and restatement of the Lincoln National Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees is hereby approved.
-------------------------------------------- ------------- Jon A. Boscia Date President and Chief Executive Officer Lincoln National Corporation |
APPENDIX A
[LOGO OMITTED]
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED
COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR EMPLOYEES
-- PLAN OVERVIEW --
[GRAPHIC OMITTED: LINCOLN]
January 1, 2001
CONTENTS
I. PLAN OVERVIEW
II. PLAN DESCRIPTION
A. Eligibility
B. Deferral Provisions
C. Vesting
D. Account Characteristics
E. Investment Options
F. Choosing a Beneficiary
G. Distributions and Taxes
H. Other Important Facts about the Plan
I. Participant Communications
III. ENROLLMENT PROCESS
I. PLAN OVERVIEW
As you know, the compensation and benefits package provided to all Lincoln Financial Group ("LFG ") employees has been designed to deliver a competitive total compensation package. However, in recognition of the services provided by certain designated individuals, LFG has developed the Lincoln National Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees ("Plan"). This Plan is being amended effective January 1, 2001. New phantom investment options identical to the investment options available under the 401(k) Plan will replace the current phantom investment options effective January 1, 2001. Accounts under the current Plan and any Account balance you have under the Deferred Compensation Plan of CIGNA Corporation that was transferred to LNC on January 1, 1998 will be transferred to the new investment options under this Plan effective January 1, 2001. Investments under the current Plan in LNC common stock must remain invested in LNC stock and pre-1996 investments in the CIGNA Plan must remain in the guaranteed fund. The remaining Account balances will be transferred to the new investment Short Term Account and can then be transferred to any of the other twenty-five (25) new investment options available for investment effective January 1, 2001.
* Each year, you may elect to defer receipt of up to seventy percent (70%) of your Compensation and up to one hundred percent (100%) of your Bonus. You must make this election before January 1 of each year for deferral of annual Compensation and prior to September 1 in the year prior to the year the Bonus is payable.
* The investment performance of your deferral will depend upon the
performance of the investment options that you select from the twenty-six
(26) investment options.
* Your Account balance attributable to your pre-tax deferral, company match, Delaware Retirement Plan contribution and investment performance is one hundred percent (100%) vested. Your Account balance attributable to any special employer credits may be subject to a vesting schedule.
* The deferrals that you make to this Plan during the year will be eligible
to receive a company match equal to the match which would have been made to
the LNC Employees' Savings and Profit Sharing Plan [401(k) Plan] had you
not made a deferral under this Plan and had there not been any IRS limits
on contributions. (Deferrals into the Plan by Delaware employees who do not
become eligible for the 401(k) Plan until April 1, 2001, will not be
eligible for any company match prior to April 1, 2001.) To be eligible for
the company match you must elect to defer at least six percent (6%) of your
Compensation and Bonus. You may elect to start such deferral effective
January 1 of a plan year or defer the start of the deferral until you have
contributed the maximum allowed to the 401(k) Plan (currently $10,500).
The basic match (fifty percent match) will be credited to your deferred
compensation Account and will be invested in accordance with the investment
direction you have indicated for new money going into the Plan. The
additional match (up to one hundred percent) will be credited to the LNC
common stock Account annually. This additional match will be credited to
your Account at the same time the additional match provided under the
401(k) Plan is made to that plan for the previous year's deferrals, and
will be based on the same factor for the additional match made to the
401 (k) Plan for that year. Failure to elect an adequate deferral under
this Plan will result in you not receiving the total company match to
which you would have been entitled under the 401(k) Plan had there been
no IRS contribution limitations. "Adequate" means at least six percent
(6%) of your Compensation and Bonus, either from the beginning of a
year or after the maximum amount under the 401(k) Plan shall have been
contributed.
* If you are an employee of Delaware Management, Compensation and Bonus (up to $100,000 and 50% thereafter) paid to you after March 31, 2001 in excess of the IRS 401(a)(17) limit -- currently $170,000 -- will be eligible for an employer contribution to this Plan equal to the additional contribution that would have been made to the Delaware Retirement Plan had there been no IRS limits. Such crediting of employer contributions to this Plan will be made as soon as practicable after the contribution is made to the Delaware Retirement Plan. This contribution will be invested in accordance with the investment direction you have indicated for new money going into the Plan. You are not required to make an elective deferral under the Plan to be eligible for this additional contribution.
The Plan is referred to as a "non-qualified" plan because it is not provided for under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The non-qualified nature of the Plan allows LNC to offer this Plan to only select executives.
Unlike investments in the "qualified" 401(k) Plan, this non-qualified Plan is not protected against LNC insolvency. These assets are available to creditors of the organization. As a result, your Account balance would not be guaranteed if LNC became insolvent.
II. PLAN DESCRIPTION
A. Eligibility
This Plan is being offered to select employees of LFG. You will be eligible for the Plan if you have an annual established Compensation of at least $100,000 or you are at an officer level with base salary of at least $100,000 per year. Once you are a Plan participant, you continue to be a participant. However, you will not be eligible to make a deferral for a plan year if your prior year's base salary or established Compensation is less than $100,000.
New employees are eligible to participate if they are hired at an officer level with a base salary of at least $100,000 and they enroll in the Plan within thirty (30) days of their hire date.
B. Deferral Provisions
Under this Plan, you may elect to defer up to seventy percent (70%) of Compensation and up to one hundred percent (100%) of Bonus. You must make this election before January 1 of each year (prior to September 1 for deferral of any Bonus). In addition, or in lieu of a deferral beginning January 1, you may also elect to have deferrals of at least six percent (6%) commence after you have contributed the maximum deferral permitted under the 401(k) Plan.
You may elect to defer payment of your Account until termination or retirement or to any one of the following pre-established in-service pay-out year Accounts - the year 2005 Account, 2010 Account, 2015 Account or 2020 Account - and in five (5) year increments afterwards. You can defer into only one Account per year (for example, the year 2005 Account or the retirement account, but not both). In the second year, you may defer into a different Account than your first year deferral (for example, 2005 for the first year deferral, 2010 for the second year deferral). In the third year, you may defer into an Account different from those selected for the first two years' deferrals.
For 2001 and 2002 you will be permitted to defer to any pre-established pay-out year as described above (for example, 2005, 2010, 2015, etc.). However, in 2003, you will be prohibited from deferring to the 2005 Account. If you choose to defer to an in-service pay-out date in 2003, you would then be required to defer until 2010, 2015, 2020, etc. (a pay-out year which is at least three (3) years later than the deferral year) or retirement. This provision is necessary to avoid being deemed in constructive receipt of amounts deferred resulting in immediate taxation to you. The maximum number of Accounts permissible under this Plan is three, two in-service pay-outs and a retirement account.
You are not required to defer part of your Compensation and Bonus each year; however, if you do not, you will not receive any restoration of lost company match due to IRS limitations on the 401(k) Plan.
If you elect to defer contributions to a pay-out year Account that is payable after your retirement or separation from service, the distribution of these funds will not start until that future date and not at your retirement or separation from service, subject to the Plan terms and conditions detailed in Section G, Distributions and Taxes.
You will be allowed to re-defer any pay-out year Account until retirement. This must be elected at least one full calendar year prior to the distribution date for that pay-out year Account. For example, if you elect to defer into the 2005 Account, you may re-defer that Account balance into the retirement account provided that the request is made by December 31, 2003. Amounts re-deferred can only be re-deferred one time and only until retirement.
In the absence of a properly and timely completed re-deferral, all scheduled distributions will be made to participants even if this is before termination or retirement. For example, if you have money deferred to the year 2010 Account, you will receive it in the year 2010 even if you retire in the year 2012.
You may not receive your distribution before the pay-out year that you selected except in the case of death, permanent disability as defined in the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Long Term Disability Plan or financial hardship. However, the Plan will also allow for an in-service distribution at your discretion. If you elect an in-service distribution, other than those provided for in accordance with plan provisions, the amount paid to you will be subject to a ten percent (10%) penalty as well as income taxes. Furthermore, the participant will not be allowed to make additional deferrals into the Plan for the remainder of the Plan year plus all of the following year.
Hardship withdrawals are permitted only if the participant is faced with an unforeseeable financial emergency. An unforeseeable financial emergency is defined as "severe hardship to the participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the participant or a dependent of the participant, loss of the participant's property due to casualty or other extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the participant."
C. Vesting
You are immediately vested in the amounts in your Plan Account attributable to your deferral elections, the company match and any Delaware Retirement Plan contributions. Your Account balance attributable to any special employer credits may be subject to a vesting schedule.
D. Account Characteristics
For purposes of recordkeeping, a separate account(s) will be established in your name.
The investment performance of your Account balance will be tied to the performance of your choice among professionally managed funds, a guaranteed Account and LNC stock.
You may change your investment allocation daily, with the exception of money allocated to LNC stock and pre-1996 money from the former CIGNA deferred compensation plan which must remain in LNC stock and the guaranteed Account respectively. In addition, transfers into LNC stock are limited to open window periods and insider trading rules. LNC reserves the right to eliminate, change and add investment options at any time. LNC is under no obligation to offer any particular investment option or to effectuate a selection by you. Any selection shall be treated by LNC as a mere expression of investment preference on your part.
E. Investment Options
LNC has selected LNC common stock, twenty-four (24) professionally managed funds and a guaranteed Account as "investment" options for measuring gains and losses in your Account. These are "phantom" investments. Your Account value will be based upon the performance of the investment options you select as if money had actually been invested in those funds. You should be aware that your deferrals will not actually be invested in the investments you select, but rather the Plan record keeper will keep records of your "phantom" investments and resulting investment performance. Your deferrals will remain assets of LNC until time of distribution to you. Your election will merely ensure that the value of your Account balance will "mirror" the performance of the investments you select. In the future LNC may change the nature of the investments offered as well as the specific investment vehicles selected to achieve the investment goals.
Except for the additional company match, which is invested in LNC common stock, new money going into this Plan (your deferrals, the basic company match and the Delaware Retirement Plan contribution) will be invested in the manner you select for your deferrals. New money going into the Plan will be invested in the Short Term Account if you have not made an investment direction for new money.
The following investment options are available at this time. LNC
reserves the right to select alternative investments at its sole
discretion. These are the same investments currently offered under the
401(k) Plan.
1. Lincoln National Corporation Common Stock
2. Guaranteed
3. Short Term
4. Government Bond
5. Government/Corporate Bond
6. Delaware Global Bond
7. High Yield Bond
8. Conservative Balanced
9. Balanced
10. Aggressive Balanced
11. Delaware Growth and Income
12. Mid-Cap Growth Equity
13. Medium Capitalization Equity
14. Deutsche VIT Small Cap Index
15. Small Capitalization Equity
16. Value Equity
17. Core Equity
18. Deutsche VIT Equity 500 Index
19. VIP II Contrafund
20. Janus Account
21. Mid-Cap Value
22. Social Awareness
23. Large Capitalization Equity
24. International Equity
25. T. Rowe Price International Equity
26. Global Growth
Complete information on each of the investment options will be included in the enrollment kit.
F. Choosing a Beneficiary
When you enroll you will be asked to designate a beneficiary (the person who will be entitled to receive the value of your Account if you die). You may name anyone you wish as your beneficiary. Existing Plan Participants must still provide a beneficiary designation.
You may, if you wish, name more than one person as beneficiary. If you name more than one person, however, you should specify the percentage you wish paid to those persons. Otherwise, the beneficiaries will share the Account value equally.
If you do not have a beneficiary on file, or if your beneficiary dies before you and you have not named a contingent beneficiary, the value of your Account will be payable to your spouse, if living, and otherwise to your estate.
At any time you may change your beneficiary by filing a new designation of beneficiary form with the Plan Administrator. The change will be effective on the date you submit the form.
G. Distributions and Taxes
Your LNC Stock Account will be settled with actual shares of LNC common stock. Distributions of all other Account values will be in cash.
For distributions at selected pay-out years other than death or disability, you will receive your distribution in a lump-sum payment unless you file for a five (5) year payment option at least one full calendar year prior to distribution date.
At termination or retirement, you will receive distribution of your retirement account in a lump-sum payment unless you file for any of the following payment options at least one full calendar year prior to the distribution date:
* Five-year installment payments
* Ten-year installment payments
* Fifteen-year installment payments
* Twenty-year installment payments
For example, if you choose five (5) year installment payments, you will receive 1/5 of your total Account balance the first year, 1/4 of the remaining Account balance the second year, 1/3 of the remaining Account balance the third year, 1/2 of the remaining Account balance the fourth year and all of the remaining balance the final year. You may elect a different payment option for your LNC stock than you elect for distribution of the balance of your Account.
In the event of death or total disability prior to the commencement of distributions, you or your beneficiary will receive a lump sum unless you have filed an election for one of the alternate distribution options available for termination or retirement. Such election for an alternate distribution must be on file at least one full calendar year prior to your death or total disability.
You will need to make a separate distribution pay-out election for each separate pay-out year Account. However, you will have a one-time option per distribution year elected to amend your distribution pay-out option. Such election must be made at least one full calendar year prior to the scheduled distribution date while still employed by LNC. For example, if you elect to defer to 2005 and do not elect an installment option, you will receive your distribution in a lump sum in 2005. However, you may change to a five (5) year pay-out option if you make the election by at least December 31, 2003 (one full calendar year prior to the scheduled distribution year).
At termination or retirement, your Account balance will be paid in a lump sum or in installment payments as specified in your Distribution Pay-out Option form. Retirement is defined as separation of service with LNC at age fifty-five (55) or later with five (5) or more years of service. Termination is defined as voluntary or involuntary separation from employment other than for cause or fraud. If you have elected to defer to a pay-out year Account beyond your date of termination or retirement, distribution of those funds will start in that future year as specified on your Distribution Pay-out Option form.
For distributions at termination or retirement, you will be permitted to make an election for distribution of your LNC Stock Account that is different than the election for distribution of your Account balance tied to other investments you have selected. Any separate distribution elections must be made at least one full calendar year prior to the scheduled distribution date. Your LNC Stock Account will be settled with actual shares of LNC common stock. Distribution of all other Account values will be in cash.
All distributions payable as a result of your retirement or termination will be payable beginning on February 5 of the calendar year following your retirement or termination. Pre-established pay-out year distributions will be payable beginning February 5 of the year you elected for the distribution. Your Account will be valued as of the close of business on February 5 or on the last business day preceding February 5. You should receive your distribution within two (2) weeks of that date. Distributions of LNC stock should be received within six (6) weeks of February 5.
If you are terminated involuntarily for cause, you will forfeit employer contributions and appreciation on those contributions. If you are terminated involuntarily for fraud, you will forfeit employer contributions plus appreciation. In addition, employee deferrals plus appreciation will be forfeited only in an amount sufficient to allow LNC to recover any balances due LNC from you.
In any event, LNC will have a right of offset from the distribution of your Account balance in an amount equal to any balance owed LNC by you.
In the event of your death or disability prior to the complete distribution of your Account balance, your remaining Account balance will continue to be paid to you or your beneficiary(ies) in accordance with your elected pay-out option.
In the event of a qualifying financial hardship, the Benefits Administrator will direct that you be paid from your Account balance an amount in cash sufficient to meet the financial hardship. In the event the amount needed to satisfy the hardship is greater than the value of your Account invested in other than LNC stock, the balance will be paid to you in shares of LNC Stock.
The Plan will also allow for a non-hardship withdrawal. If you make a non-hardship withdrawal, the amount elected to be withdrawn must be at least fifty percent (50%) of your Account value and will be subject to a ten percent (10%) penalty (i.e. it will be reduced by ten percent (10%) and you will forfeit that amount). You will then be ineligible to make future deferrals into the plan until the beginning of the second year after the year in which you elected to take an in-service distribution. No company match or Delaware Retirement Plan contributions would be made during this period of suspension. For example, if you elect a non-hardship withdrawal in 2002, you will be ineligible to defer any portion of your Compensation and Bonus until January 2004.
Since this plan is a non-qualified plan, distributions are taxable as ordinary income in the year that you receive them. Income taxes will be withheld, if required, in accordance with federal, state and local income tax laws. Because of the nature of this plan, you cannot "roll over" distributions from this plan into a qualified plan such as your IRA or another employer's savings plan.
If your distribution includes LNC stock or cash plus LNC stock and you do not have a cash distribution large enough for the tax withholding, shares of stock scheduled for distribution will be sold to satisfy the tax withholding requirement.
Distributions from Accounts with balances less than $10,000 will be payable in a lump sum in all circumstances. For example, if your Account balance is $15,000 and you elect five annual installments and your balance at the third installment is $9,000, you will receive a total distribution in that year and no further installments.
H. Other Important Facts about the Plan
Participation in this Plan is not an employment contract between you and LNC either expressed or implied. The existence of the Plan and participation in it does not in any way guarantee you the right to continue your employment relationship with LNC.
LNC reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time. If the Plan were terminated, the Plan would continue until all distributions were made under the terms of the Plan. You will be informed of changes to the Plan.
I. Participant Communications
You will receive quarterly statements that will be itemized to show the balances in each of your Accounts, including any gain or loss on your investment selections.
III. Enrollment Process
To enroll in the Plan, you must complete the following forms contained in your enrollment kit:
* Deferral Election/Distribution Form
* Investment Election Form
* Beneficiary Designation Form
APPENDIX B
Lincoln Financial Distributors
Level Four Wholesalers
This Appendix describes the special employer credit, pursuant to subsection 2.05 of the Plan, for "level four" wholesalers of Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (LFD), Participants hereunder.
The President and Chief Executive Officer of LFD (or his delegate) shall determine the amount of credit, if any, for each Participant for each calendar year. Such credit shall be made as soon as practicable after it has been determined (generally on February 1 and in reference to the previous year), may vary by Participant and shall be based on performance and other criteria determined by LFD. The first credit (for the year 2000) shall equal $25,000 for each Participant and will be retroactively credited as of February 1, 2001 to the Short Term fund. Each credit (adjusted for gains and losses under the Plan) will vest at the beginning of the fourth calendar year after the calendar year in which it shall have been credited; except that all of a Participant's credits shall vest at retirement, death or in the case of total disability. "Retirement" means termination of employment at age 55 years or later with at least 5 vesting years of service under the LNC Employees' Retirement Plan. "Total disability" shall be determined by the Benefits Administrator, who may apply criteria contained in any LTD plan or coverage provided by LNC or its subsidiaries. The amount of unvested credits (adjusted for gains and losses under the Plan) shall be forfeited upon the Participant's termination of employment with LNC and its subsidiaries.
After a credit has vested, the amount of the credit (adjusted for gains and losses under the Plan) shall be paid in February of the next in-service distribution year under the Plan unless the Participant elects to defer distribution until retirement or other termination of employment. Such election must be filed with the Plan's recordkeeper more than one full calendar year before such in-service distribution year. The amount of credits (adjusted for gains and losses under the Plan) shall not be considered eligible compensation under any other plan of LNC or its subsidiaries.
Exhibit 10(g)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
1993 STOCK PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
(Including All Amendments Through May 10, 2001)
ARTICLE I - PURPOSE OF PLAN
1.1 Purpose of Plan. Lincoln National Corporation (the "Corporation") has adopted the 1993 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the "Plan") to provide for payment in shares of the Corporation's Common Stock ("Stock") of a portion of the retainer fee payable to members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who are not employees of the Corporation or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries ("Non-Employee Directors") and to allow Non-Employee Directors and directors of any of the Corporation's affiliates or subsidiaries ("Non-LNC Directors") to elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of their retainer and/or meeting fees. The Plan also provides a restricted stock bonus in the form of Restricted Stock for Non-Employee Directors, and for the granting to Non-Employee Directors of nonqualified options to purchase Stock and Stock equivalents. The Plan is intended to provide Non-Employee Directors with a larger equity interest in the Corporation in order to attract and retain well-qualified individuals to serve as Non-Employee Directors and to enhance the identity of interests between Non-Employee Directors and the shareholders of the Corporation.
ARTICLE II - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.1 Eligibility and Participation. Only Non-Employee Directors of the Corporation and Non-LNC Directors shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, and participation in the Plan is mandatory for all Non-Employee Directors. Except as specifically provided herein, a Non-Employee Director may not elect to increase or decrease the portion of the retainer fee payable in Stock.
ARTICLE III - RETAINER STOCK AWARDS AND DEFERRAL ELECTIONS
3.1 Retainer Stock Awards.
(a) Amount of Award. On each July 1 after the Effective Date through and including July 1, 2004 (each such date hereinafter a "Grant Date"), in lieu of the retainer fee payable to a Non-Employee Director with respect to the calendar quarter beginning on the Grant Date determined without regard to the Plan ("Retainer"), and in consideration for services rendered as a Non-Employee Director, the Corporation shall issue to each Non-Employee Director a whole number of shares of Stock (a "Stock Award") equal to the number of shares determined by dividing (a) the sum of (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Retainer established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and payable for services prior to July 1, 1995, plus (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of any increase in the Retainer adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation for services after July 1, 1995 (provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall take effect with respect to each such increase only upon the effective date of such increase), by (b) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on such Grant Date. For purposes of this Plan, the "Fair Market Value" of Stock on any business day shall be the average of the high and low sales prices of the Stock quoted on the New York Exchange Composite Listing on the next preceding business day on which there were such quotations for the day in question. To the extent that the formula described in this Section 3.1(a) does not result in a whole number of shares of Stock, the result shall be rounded upwards to the next whole number such that no fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan. Such shares shall be restricted from sale or transfer as provided in Section 3.1(b).
(b) Restrictions on Stock Awards. A stock certificate representing the
Stock Award shall be registered in each Non-Employee Director's name.
The Non-Employee Director shall have all rights and privileges of a
shareholder as to such Stock Award, including the right to vote such
Restricted Shares, except that the following restrictions shall apply:
(i) no dividends shall be payable on the shares, however, a Dividend
Equivalent Payment, as defined in Article V, below, shall be credited to
an account established under the Plan, invested in Stock Units, as
described under Section 3.2(b) and shall have the same restrictions as
the relevant restricted shares, (ii) none of the Restricted Shares may
be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or
disposed of during the Restricted Period, and (iii) except as provided
in Section 3.1(c), all of the Restricted Shares and Dividend Equivalent
Payments shall be forfeited and all rights of the Non-Employee Director
to such Restricted Shares shall terminate without further obligation on
the part of the Corporation and its subsidiaries upon the Non-Employee
Director's ceasing to be a director of the Corporation and its
subsidiaries.
(c) Termination of Directorship.
(i) Vesting of Shares. If a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a director of the Corporation and its subsidiaries by reason of Disability, Death, Retirement or Change of Control, the Restricted Shares granted to and Dividend Equivalent Payments on such shares accumulated for such Non-Employee Director shall immediately vest. If a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a director of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for any other reason, the Non-Employee Director shall immediately forfeit all Restricted Shares, except to the extent that a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation other than the Non-Employee Director approves the vesting of such Restricted Shares. Upon vesting, except as provided in Article XI, all restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares shall lapse.
(ii) Disability. For purposes of this Section 3.1(c), "Disability" shall mean a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(iii) Retirement. For purposes of this Section 3.1(c), "Retirement" shall mean ceasing to be a director of the Company (A) on or after age 70, or (B) on or after age 65 with the consent of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation other than the Non-Employee Director.
(iv) Change of Control. For purposes of this Section 3.1(c), "Change of
Control" shall have the same meaning as in the Lincoln National
Corporation Executives' Severance Benefit Plan on the date that is six
(6) months immediately preceding the "Change of Control."
3.2 Deferral of Retainer and/or Fees.
(a) Deferral Elections. Commencing on the effective date of the Plan, payment of all or part of the Retainer (excluding Stock Awards pursuant to Section 3.1(a)) and/or fees payable to a Non-Employee Director for meetings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or Board Committees or for extraordinary services may be deferred by election of the Non-Employee Director. Payment of all or a part of any retainer and/or fees payable to a Non-LNC Director by an affiliate or subsidiary of the Corporation for meetings of the Board of Directors of the subsidiary or affiliate or for board committees or for extraordinary services, may also be deferred commencing with the adoption of the Plan by the affiliate or subsidiary. Each such election must be made prior to the start of the calendar year for which the Retainer and/or fees will be paid and must be irrevocable for the affected calendar year; except that each newly elected Non-Employee Director shall be permitted to elect deferred payment of all or a portion of any prospective Retainer and/or fees (such election must be made before the Non-Employee Director shall have been officially elected). In addition, each election to defer payment of any amount of the Retainer and/or fees payable in cash must be made in a manner that complies with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("1934 Act"), as the same may be hereafter amended.
(b) Crediting Stock Units to Accounts. Amounts deferred pursuant to
Section 3.2(a) shall be credited as of the date of the deferral to a bookkeeping reserve account maintained by the Corporation ("Account") in units which are equivalent in value to shares of Stock ("Stock Units"). The number of Stock Units credited to an Account with respect to any Non-Employee Director shall equal a number of Stock Units equal to any deferred cash amount divided by the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date on which such cash amount would have been paid but for the deferral election pursuant to Section 3.2(a).
(c) Fully Vested Stock Units. All Stock Units credited to a Non-Employee Director's Account pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be at all times fully vested and nonforfeitable.
(d) Payment of Stock Units. Stock Units credited to a Non-Employee Director's Account pursuant to this Article III shall be payable (in accordance with his or her written election) in an equal number of shares of Stock or cash, in a single lump sum distribution or annual installment payments, as soon as practicable after service as a Non-Employee Director terminates.
(e) Payment of Stock Units Upon a Change of Control. Stock Units credited to a Non-Employee Director's Account shall be automatically distributed in a single lump sum amount of shares of Stock, with fractional Stock Units being distributed in cash, upon a Change of Control.
ARTICLE IV - RESTRICTED STOCK BONUS
4.1 Restricted Stock Bonus for Non-Employee Directors on July 1, 1994. Each Non-Employee Director serving as such on the date of shareholder approval of the Plan shall be awarded a whole number of restricted Shares of Stock (a "Stock Bonus") equal to $10,000 divided by Fair Market Value of Common Stock in consideration for services rendered as a Non-Employee Director of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. To the extent that the formula described in this Section 4.1 does not result in a whole number of Shares of Stock, the result shall be rounded upwards to the next whole number such that no fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan. The restrictions on the Stock Bonus shall be the same as those restrictions described in Section 3.1(b).
4.2 Restricted Stock Bonus for Non-Employee Directors After July 1, 1994. Each Non-Employee Director who commences serving a new three year term after July 1, 1994 shall be issued an additional Stock Bonus equal to $10,000 divided by the Fair Market Value of Common Stock as of the July 1 on which he or she begins serving a new term as a Non-Employee Director, and thereafter until the Plan is terminated. A new Non-Employee Director who is appointed or elected to an unexpired term, shall receive a partial Stock Bonus on the next succeeding July 1 after his or her appointment or election to such partial term in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of Stock on such July 1 of $10,000 multiplied by a fraction the numerator being the number of months remaining in the unexpired term since being so appointed or elected and the denominator being 36. To the extent that the formula described in this Section 4.2 does not result in a whole number of Shares of Stock, the result shall be rounded upwards to the next whole number such that no fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan. This Stock Bonus shall contain the same restrictions as specified in Section 3.1(b).
ARTICLE V - DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT PAYMENTS
5.1 Dividend Equivalent Payments. As of each dividend payment date with respect to Stock, each Non-Employee Director shall receive additional Stock Units ("Dividend Equivalent Payment") equal to the product of (i) the per-share cash dividend payable with respect to each share of Stock on such date, and (ii) the total number of Restricted Shares issued in his or her name and Stock Units credited to his Account as of the record date corresponding to such dividend payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value. Fractional Stock Units may be awarded. The Dividend Equivalent Payments with respect to Restricted Shares shall contain the same restrictions as specified in Section
3.1(b).
ARTICLE VI - STOCK OPTIONS
6.1 Options. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may in its discretion grant nonqualified options to purchase Stock or Stock Units ("Options") to Non-Employee Directors on the following terms and conditions:
(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation provided that such exercise price shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of such Option.
(b) Time and Method of Exercise. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall determine, at the date of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which or the circumstances under which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement by the Corporation of performance goals and/or satisfaction by the Non-Employee Director of future service requirements), the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid, and the form of such payment, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, or other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of Non-Employee Directors to make payment on a deferred basis). In no event, however, shall an Option be exercisable within six months of the date on which it was granted.
(c) Exercise only by Non-Employee Director. An Option shall be exercisable only by the Non-Employee Director or by a person who acquires the Option from the Non-Employee Director, following his death, by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
(d) Exercise of Option to Purchase Stock Units. The exercise of an Option to purchase Stock Units shall be made in the manner, and on such other terms with respect to payments of Stock Units and other matters, as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Stock Units received on exercise shall be credited as of the date of exercise to an Account (as described in Section 3.2(b)). The number of Stock Units credited to an Account on behalf of a Non-Employee Director as a result of his exercise of an Option shall equal (i) the difference between the exercise price of the Option and the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option, divided by (iii) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise.
6.2 Option Agreements. Each Option shall be evidenced by an agreement between the Corporation and the Non-Employee Director setting forth all the relevant terms and conditions applicable to the Option. An agreement executed by a Non-Employee Director may be different from one executed by another Non-Employee Director and/or an agreement previously executed by the Non-Employee Director.
ARTICLE VII - DELIVERY OF STOCK CERTIFICATES
7.1 Stock Awards. As soon as practicable following the expiration of the restrictions, but in no event sooner than six (6) months from such Grant Date, the Corporation shall deliver to the Non-Employee Director an unrestricted Stock certificate with respect to the shares of Stock issued pursuant to such Stock Award and Stock Bonus. During any six (6) month period after the Grant Date and before delivery of the Stock certificate after the restrictions have lapsed, the Non-Employee Director shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Stock, except for the right to receive dividend payments and except that such Stock shall not be transferable by the Non-Employee Director other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
7.2 Stock Unit Payments. The Corporation shall issue and deliver to the Non-Employee Director cash or a Stock certificate, as elected by the Non-Employee Director, for payment of Stock Units as soon as practicable following the date on which Stock Units are payable in accordance with
Section 3.2(d). No fractional shares will be distributed.
7.3 Stock Options. As soon as practicable following the exercise of an Option, the Corporation shall deliver to the Non-Employee Director an unrestricted Stock certificate with respect to the shares of Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such Option.
ARTICLE VIII - STOCK
8.1 Stock. The aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan, including shares issued on exercise of an Option, shall not exceed one hundred fifty thousand (150,000) shares, unless such number of shares is adjusted as provided in Article VIII of this Plan. In addition to the foregoing limit, the aggregate number of restricted shares that may be granted during the term of the Plan shall not exceed fifty thousand (50,000) shares, unless such number of shares is adjusted as provided in Article IX of this Plan. To the extent that an award or Option lapses or the rights of the Non-Employee Director terminate or the award is settled in cash (e.g. cash settlement of Stock Units) any shares of Common Stock subject to such award shall again be available for the grant of an award.
ARTICLE IX - ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION
9.1 Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event of a stock dividend, stock split or combination, reclassification, recapitalization or other capital adjustment of shares of Stock, the number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards, Stock Bonuses, Stock Units and Options and the number of Stock Units credited to Accounts shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan on account of any adjustment specified herein. The grant of Stock Awards, Stock Bonuses, Stock Units or Options pursuant to this Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Corporation to issue additional Stock or other securities, make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or other changes in its corporate, capital or business structure, to participate in a merger, consolidation or share exchange or to transfer its assets or dissolve or liquidate.
ARTICLE X - TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN
10.1 In General. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may at any time terminate, suspend or amend this Plan. However, except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, no such amendment shall become effective without the approval of the stockholders of the Corporation to the extent stockholder approval is required in order to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act.
10.2 Written Consents. No amendment may adversely affect the right of any Non-Employee Director to receive any Stock previously issued as a Stock Award or Stock Bonus, to receive any Stock pursuant to the exercise of an outstanding Option, or to receive any Stock of Dividend Equivalent Payments pursuant to an outstanding Stock Unit without the written consent of such Non-Employee Director.
10.3 Termination of Plan. Unless the Plan is sooner terminated, no Stock Award, Stock Bonus or Option shall be granted after July 1, 2004. The termination of the Plan shall have no effect on outstanding Stock Awards, Stock Bonuses, Stock Units or Options.
ARTICLE XI - GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS
11.1 Government Regulations.
(a) The obligations of the Corporation to issue any Stock granted under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in Article X of this Plan, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may make such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any governmental authority.
ARTICLE XII - MISCELLANEOUS
12.1 Unfunded Plan. The Plan shall be unfunded with respect to the Corporation's obligation to pay any amounts due pursuant to Stock Units and Dividend Equivalent Payments, and a Non-Employee Director's rights to receive any payment of any Stock Unit or Dividend Equivalent Payment shall be not greater than the rights of an unsecured general creditor of the Corporation.
12.2 Assignment; Encumbrances. The right to receive a Stock Award, Stock Bonus, Stock Unit or Option and the right to receive payment with respect to a Stock Unit under this Plan are not assignable or transferable and shall not be subject to any encumbrances, liens, pledges or charges of the Non-Employee Director or his or her creditors. Any attempt to assign, transfer or hypothecate any Restricted Stock Award, Stock Bonus, Stock Unit or Option or any right to receive a Stock Award, Stock Bonus, Stock Unit or Option shall be void and of no force and effect whatsoever
12.3 Designation of Beneficiaries. A Non-Employee Director may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any distributions under the Plan upon his or her death.
12.4 Applicable Law. The validity, interpretation and administration of this Plan and any rules, regulations, determinations or decisions made hereunder, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest herein or hereunder, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana, without regard to the choice of laws provisions hereof.
12.5 Headings. The headings in this Plan are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Plan.
12.6 Notices. All notices or other communications made or given pursuant to this Plan shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently made or given if hand-delivered or mailed by certified mail, addressed to any Non-Employee Director at the address contained in the records of the Corporation or to the Corporation in care of the Corporation's Secretary, 200 East Berry Street, Fort Wayne, IN 46802-2706.
ARTICLE XIII - EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
13.1 Effective Date of Plan. This Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast by shareholders of the Corporation present, or represented and entitled to vote, at the next annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation duly held in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.
Exhibit 10(h)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVES'
EXCESS COMPENSATION PENSION BENEFIT PLAN
As Adopted Effective as of January 1, 1989
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
By:--------------------------------------
Ian M. Rolland
Its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EMPLOYEES' EXCESS COMPENSATION PENSION BENEFIT PLAN
Section 1 General
1.1 Effective as of January 1, 1989, Lincoln National Corporation, an Indiana corporation (the "Company") has established the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Excess Compensation Benefit Plan (the "Plan").
1.2 This Plan is for a select group of highly compensated and management personnel who are participants in the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan, which plan is maintained for employees of Lincoln National Corporation and its affiliates who retire, or have retired, under the said plan and the beneficiaries of such participants.
1.3 The Company and any of its affiliates which with the written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company adopt the Plan are referred to below collectively as the "Employers" and individually as an "Employer".
1.4 This Plan is completely separate from the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan and is not funded or qualified for special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code.
1.5 The purpose of the Plan is to restore retirement benefit payments to those participants, and the beneficiaries of such participants, who retire or have retired under the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan and whose retirement benefits are limited by section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.6 Any action required or permitted to be taken by any Employer under the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors, or by a person or persons authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors.
Section 2 Eligibility
2.1 Any participant in the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan who retires or has retired under said plan, or such participant's beneficiary, shall be entitled to a benefit, payable hereunder in accordance with section three of this Plan, equal to the excess, if any, of
(A) The amount of such participant's or surviving beneficiary's annual benefit under the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan computed under the provisions of the said plan, without regard to the above-mentioned limitations of section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code
over
(B) The sum of (i) the amount of such participant's or surviving beneficiary's annual benefit actually payable for each year under the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan, computed under the provisions of the said retirement plan and subject to the above-mentioned limitations of section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code, and (ii) the amount of such participant's or surviving beneficiary's annual benefit actually payable for each year under the Lincoln National Corporation Employee's Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan.
In the event of a change of control of Lincoln National Corporation, as defined for purposes of the Lincoln National Corporation Executives' Severance Benefit Plan (as in effect immediately prior to such change of control), hereinafter referred to as "the Severance Benefit Plan," any participant in the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan, hereinafter "the Retirement Plan," who terminates employment with a nonforfeitable right to benefits under the Retirement Plan within two years after such change of control shall be deemed to have retired under the Plan.
2.2 The benefits payable under the Plan shall be payable to a participant and the participant's beneficiary in the same manner and subject to all the same options, conditions, privileges and restrictions as are applicable to the benefits payable to a participant or to the beneficiary of a participant under the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan.
2.3 The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and participation in the Plan will not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of any Employer nor any right to or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan.
Section 3 Benefits
3.1 The benefits under this Plan shall become payable when a participant retires and begins to receive payments or to a retired participant or beneficiary receiving payments under the Lincoln National Corporation Employees' Retirement Plan, and shall be payable in the same manner and at the same time as the participant's or beneficiary's benefits under the said retirement plan are paid.
3.2 In the event that a person entitled to benefits under the Plan is declared incompetent and a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of this person or of his estate is appointed, any benefits to which such person is entitled under the Plan shall be paid to such conservator or other person legally charged with the care of this person or of his estate.
3.3 The benefits payable to any Participant under the Plan may not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or alienated.
Section 4 Amendment or Termination
4.1 Lincoln National Corporation may amend or terminate this Plan at any time, but such amendment or termination shall not adversely affect the rights of any participant or beneficiary then receiving benefits, or the beneficiary of any participant then receiving benefits under this Plan. In the event of a change of control of Lincoln National Corporation, as defined in the Severance Benefit Plan (as in effect immediately prior to such change of control), no amendment or termination of this Plan shall adversely affect the right of any participant to the benefits accrued to the participant or to payment of such benefits under the terms of this Plan as in effect immediately prior to such change of control.
Section 5 Employee's Rights or Title to Funds
5.1 The Plan is deemed to be an unfunded plan and no Employer has any obligation to set aside, earmark, or entrust any fund, policy, or money with which to pay any obligations under the Plan.
5.2 The amount of any benefit payable under the Plan with respect to any Participant shall be paid from the general revenues of the Employer that last employed that Participant.
5.3 Any participant or beneficiary shall be and remain a general creditor of an Employer with respect to any promises to pay under the Plan in the same manner as any other creditor who has a general claim for an unpaid liability.
Exhibit 10(j)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
(As Amended and Restated March 8, 2001)
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
Page ---- 1. Purpose 1 2. Definitions 1 3. Administration 3 (a) Authority of the Committee 3 (b) Manner of Exercise of Committee 3 (c) Limitation of Liability 3 4. Stock Subject to Plan 4 (a) Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery 4 (b) Application of Limitation to Grants of Awards 4 (c) Availability of Shares Not Delivered Under Awards 4 5. Eligibility; Per-Person Award Limitations 4 6. Specific Terms of Awards 4 (a) General 4 (b) Options 5 (c) Stock Appreciation Rights 5 (d) Restricted Stock 5 (e) Deferred Stock Units 6 (f) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations 6 (g) Other Stock-Based Awards 6 7. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards 7 (a) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards; No Repricing 7 (b) Term of Awards 7 (c) Form and Timing of Payment Under Awards; Deferrals 7 (d) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability 8 (e) Cancellation and Rescission of Awards 8 8. Performance and Annual Incentive Awards 8 (a) Performance Conditions 8 (b) Performance Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees 9 (c) Annual Incentive Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees 9 (d) Written Determinations 9 |
(e) Status of Section 8(b) and 8(c) Awards Under Code Section 162(m) 9
9. Change of Control 11 (a) Options and SARs 11 (b) Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock Units 11 (c) Other Awards 11 10. General Provisions 11 (a) Compliance with Legal and Other Requirements 11 (b) Limits on Transferability; Beneficiaries 12 (c) Adjustments 12 (d) Taxes 12 (e) Changes to the Plan and Awards 13 (f) Limitation on Rights Conferred Under Plan 13 (g) Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts 13 (h) Nonexclusivity of the Plan 13 (i) Payments in the Event of Forfeitures; Fractional Shares 13 (j) Governing Law 14 (k) Awards Under Preexisting Plans 14 (l) Plan Effective Date and Shareholder Approval 14 |
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
1. Purpose. The purpose of this Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan") is to assist Lincoln National Corporation, an Indiana corporation (the "Corporation"), and its subsidiaries in attracting, retaining, and rewarding high-quality executives, employees, and other persons who provide services to the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries, enabling such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Corporation in order to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and the Corporation's shareholders, and providing such persons with annual and long-term performance incentives to expend their maximum efforts in the creation of shareholder value. The Plan is also intended to qualify certain compensation awarded under the Plan for tax deductibility under Code Section 162(m) (as hereafter defined) to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee (or any successor committee) of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
2. Definitions. For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below, in addition to such terms defined in Section 1 hereof:
(a) "Annual Incentive Award" means a conditional right granted to a Participant under Section 8(c) hereof to receive a cash payment, Stock or other Award, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, after the end of a specified fiscal year.
(b) "Award" means any Option, SAR (including Limited SAR), Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock Units, Stock granted as a bonus or in lieu of another award, Other Stock-Based Award, Performance Award or Annual Incentive Award, together with any other right or interest granted to a Participant under the Plan.
(c) "Beneficiary" means the person, persons, trust or trusts which have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits specified under the Plan upon such Participant's death or to which Awards or other rights are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section 10(b) hereof. If, upon a Participant's death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person, persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.
(d) "Board" means the Corporation's Board of Directors.
(e) "Change of Control" shall have the same meaning ascribed to such term in the Lincoln National Corporation Executives' Severance Benefit Plan (the "Severance Benefit Plan") on the date immediately preceding the Change of Control.
(f) "Change of Control Price" means an amount in cash equal to the higher of (i) the amount of cash and Fair Market Value of property that is the highest price per share paid (including extraordinary dividends) in any transaction triggering the Change of Control or any liquidation of shares following a sale of substantially all assets of the Corporation, or (ii) the highest Fair Market Value per share at any time during the 60-day period preceding and 60-day period following the Change of Control.
(g) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.
(h) "Committee" means at any date each of those members of the Compensation Committee of the Board who shall be (i) a "non-employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, unless administration of the Plan by "non-employee directors" is not then required in order for exemptions under Rule 16b-3 to apply to transactions under the Plan, and (ii) an "outside director" as defined under Code Section 162(m), unless the action taken pursuant to the Plan is not required to be taken by "outside directors" in order to qualify for tax deductibility under Code Section 162(m). Unless otherwise designated by the Board, the Committee shall include not fewer than three members. In the event that fewer than three members of the Compensation Committee are eligible to serve on the Committee, the Board may appoint one or more of its other members who is otherwise eligible to serve on the Committee until such time as three members of the Compensation Committee are eligible to serve.
(i) "Covered Employee" means an Eligible Person who is a Covered Employee as specified in Section 8(e) of the Plan.
(j) "Deferred Stock Unit" means a right, granted to a Participant under
Section 6(e) hereof, to receive Stock, cash or a combination thereof at
the end of a specified deferral period.
(k) "Effective Date" means January 1, 1997.
(l) "Eligible Person" means each Executive Officer and other officers and employees of the Corporation or of any subsidiary, including employees, agents and brokers who may also be directors of the Corporation. An employee on leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Corporation or a subsidiary for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan.
(m) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.
(n) "Executive Officer" means an executive officer of the Corporation as defined under the Exchange Act.
(o) "Fair Market Value" means the Fair Market Value of Stock, Awards or other property as determined by the Committee or under procedures established by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be the average of the highest and lowest prices of a share of Stock, as quoted on the composite transactions table on the New York Stock Exchange, on the last trading day prior to the date on which the determination of Fair Market Value is being made.
(p) "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means any Option intended to be
and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code
Section 422 or any successor provision thereto.
(q) "Limited SAR" means a right granted to a Participant under Section 6(c) hereof.
(r) "Option" means a right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(b) hereof, to purchase Stock or other Awards at a specified price during specified time periods.
(s) "Other Stock-Based Awards" means Awards granted to a Participant under Section 6(g) hereof.
(t) "Participant" means a person who has been granted an Award under the Plan which remains outstanding, including a person who is no longer an Eligible Person.
(u) "Performance Award" means a right, granted to a Participant under
Section 8 hereof, to receive Awards based upon performance criteria
specified by the Committee.
(v) "Preexisting Plans" mean the Lincoln National Corporation 1986 Stock Option Incentive Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") and the 1994 Amended and Restated Lincoln National Corporation Executive Value Sharing Plan (the "EVSP").
(w) "Restricted Stock" means Stock granted to a Participant under
Section 6(d) hereof, that is subject to certain restrictions and to a
risk of forfeiture.
(x) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or any similar law or regulation that may be a successor thereto.
(y) "Stock" means the Corporation's Common Stock, and such other securities as may be substituted (or resubstituted) for Stock pursuant to Section 10(c) hereof.
(z) "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" means a right granted to a Participant under Section 6(c) hereof.
3. Administration.
(a) Authority of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to interpret the provisions of the Plan, select Eligible Persons to become Participants, grant Awards, determine the type, number and other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards, prescribe Award agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant), adopt, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, construe and interpret the Plan and Award agreements and correct defects, supply omissions or reconcile inconsistencies therein, ensure that awards continue to qualify under Rule 16b-3, and make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
(b) Manner of Exercise of Committee. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Corporation, its subsidiaries, Participants, Beneficiaries, transferees under Section 10(b) hereof or other persons claiming rights from or through a Participant, and shareholders. The Committee shall exercise its authority only by a majority vote of its members at a meeting or without a meeting by a writing signed by a majority of its members. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. The Committee may delegate to officers or managers of the Corporation or any subsidiary, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, (i) to perform administrative functions, (ii) with respect to Participants not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to perform such other functions as the Committee may determine, and (iii) with respect to Participants subject to Section 16, to perform such other functions of the Committee as the Committee may determine to the extent performance of such functions will not result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 otherwise available for transactions by such persons, in each case to the extent permitted under applicable law and subject to the requirements and restrictions set forth in Section 8(e). The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan.
(c) Limitation of Liability. The Committee and each member thereof shall be entitled, in good faith, to rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to it, him or her by any executive officer, other officer or employee of the Corporation or a subsidiary, the Corporation's independent auditors, consultants or any other agents assisting in the administration of the Plan. Members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Corporation or a subsidiary acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Corporation with respect to any such action or determination.
4. Stock Subject to Plan.
(a) Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10(c) hereof, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be 32,226,512; provided, however, that the total number of shares of Stock with respect to which ISOs may be granted shall not exceed 2,000,000; and provided, further, that the total number of shares of Stock that may be granted in payment of Awards other than Options and SARs shall not exceed 5,889,512. Shares of Stock with respect to Awards granted prior to the March 8, 2001 amendment and restatement of the Plan which were counted against the shares reserved and available for delivery under the Plan, as in effect prior to that date, shall be counted against the shares reserved and available for delivery under the Amended and Restated Plan.
(b) Application of Limitation to Grants of Awards. No Award may be granted if the number of shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with such Award or, in the case of an Award measured solely by the increase in value of shares of Stock but settleable only in cash (such as cash-only SARs), the number of shares to which such Award relates, exceeds the number of shares of Stock remaining available under the Plan minus the number of shares of Stock issuable in settlement of or relating to then-outstanding Awards. The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards) and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award.
(c) Availability of Shares Not Delivered Under Awards. Shares of Stock
subject to an Award under the Plan or award under a Preexisting Plan
that is canceled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise
terminated without a delivery of shares to the Participant, including
(i) the number of shares withheld in payment of any exercise or purchase
price of an Award or award or taxes relating to Awards or awards, and
(ii) the number of shares surrendered in payment of any exercise or
purchase price of an Award or award or taxes relating to any Award or
award, will again be available for Awards under the Plan, except that if
any such shares could not again be available for Awards to a particular
Participant under any applicable law or regulation, such shares shall be
available exclusively for Awards to Participants who are not subject to
such limitation.
5. Eligibility; Per-Person Award Limitations. Awards may be granted
under the Plan only to Eligible Persons. In each fiscal year during any
part of which the Plan is in effect, an Eligible Person may not be
granted Awards relating to more than 2,000,000 shares of Stock, subject
to adjustment as provided in Section 10(c), under each of the following
separate provisions: Sections 6(b), 6(c), 6(d), 6(e), 6(f), 6(g), 8(b)
and 8(c). In addition, the maximum cash amount that may be earned under
Section 8(c) of the Plan as an Annual Incentive Award or other cash
annual Award payable in cash (currently or on a deferred basis) in
respect of any fiscal year by any one Participant shall be $8,000,000,
and the maximum cash amount that may be earned under Section 8(b) of the
Plan as a Performance Award or other cash Award payable in cash
(currently or on a deferred basis) in respect of any individual
performance period by any one Participant shall be $8,000,000.
6. Specific Terms of Awards.
(a) General. Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6, provided, however, that no Award shall be made under this Section 6 prior to the date on which shareholders of the Corporation approve the adoption of the Plan. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section 10(e)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment by the Participant and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award. The Committee shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under the Plan. Except in cases in which the Committee is authorized to require other forms of consideration under the Plan, or to the extent other forms of consideration must be paid to satisfy the requirements of Indiana law, no consideration other than services may be required for the grant (but not the exercise) of any Award. Any Award or the value of any Award that is made under this Plan may, subject to any requirements of applicable law or regulation, in the Committee or its designee's sole discretion, be converted into Deferred Stock Units and treated as provided in Section 6(e) below.
(b) Options. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
(i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee, provided that such exercise price shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of such Option.
(ii) Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine, at the date of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which or the circumstances under which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid, the form of such payment, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards or awards granted under other plans of the Corporation or any subsidiary, or other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of Participants to make payment on a deferred basis), and the methods by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.
(iii) ISOs. The terms of any ISO granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Code Section 422. Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no term of the Plan relating to ISOs (including any SAR in tandem therewith) shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify either the Plan or any ISO under Code Section 422, unless the Participant has first requested the change that will result in such disqualification.
(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
(i) Right to Payment. A SAR shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise (or, in the case of a "Limited SAR," the Fair Market Value determined by reference to the Change of Control Price) over (B) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the Committee.
(ii) Other Terms. The Committee shall determine, at the date of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which a SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by or forms in which any Stock payable will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, whether or not a SAR shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR. Limited SARs that may only be exercised in connection with a Change of Control or other events as specified by the Committee may be granted on such terms, not inconsistent with this Section 6(c), as the Committee may determine. SARs and Limited SARs may be either freestanding or in tandem with other Awards.
(d) Restricted Stock. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
(i) Grant and Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter. Except to the extent restricted under any Award agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote the Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends thereon (subject to any mandatory reinvestment or other requirement imposed by the Committee). During the restricted period applicable to the Restricted Stock, subject to Section 10(b) below, the Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined or otherwise encumbered by the Participant.
(ii) Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination of employment during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Corporation; provided that the Committee may, in its discretion, in any individual case provide for waiver in whole or in part of restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock.
(iii) Certificates for Stock. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Corporation retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Corporation, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.
(iv) Dividends and Splits. As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require that any cash dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock or applied to the purchase of additional Awards under the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.
(e) Deferred Stock Units. The Committee is authorized to grant to Participants Deferred Stock Units, which are rights to receive Stock, cash, or a combination thereof at the end of a specified deferral period. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, Deferred Stock Units shall be credited as of the date of award to a bookkeeping reserve account maintained by the Employer under the Lincoln National Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for Employees or its successor (the "Deferred Compensation Plan") in units which are equivalent in value to shares of Common Stock ("Deferred Stock Units"). Once credited to such account, Deferred Stock Units shall be governed by the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan.
(f) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations. The Committee is
authorized to grant Stock as a bonus, or to grant Stock or other Awards
in lieu of obligations to pay cash or deliver other property under the
Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, provided that,
in the case of Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act,
the amount of such grants remains within the discretion of the Committee
to the extent necessary to ensure that acquisitions of Stock or other
Awards do not impair a participant's exemption from liability under
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Stock or Awards granted hereunder
shall be subject to such other terms as shall be determined by the
Committee.
(g) Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Stock, purchase rights for Stock, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Corporation or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified subsidiaries. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Stock delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6(g) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 6(g).
7. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards.
(a) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards; No Repricing. Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Corporation, any subsidiary, or any business entity to be acquired by the Corporation or a subsidiary, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Corporation or any subsidiary. Such additional, tandem, and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award or award, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award or award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, no Option that has been granted by the Corporation or a subsidiary thereof shall be thereafter repriced, replaced or regranted through cancellation, or otherwise modified without shareholder approval (except in connection with a change in the Corporation's capitalization), if the effect would be to reduce the exercise price for the shares underlying such Option.
(b) Term of Awards. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided that in no event shall the term of any Option or SAR exceed a period of ten years (or such shorter term as may be required in respect of an ISO under Code Section 422).
(c) Form and Timing of Payment Under Awards; Deferrals. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award agreement, payments to be made by the Corporation or a subsidiary upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis. The settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Stock in connection with such settlement, in the discretion of the Committee or upon occurrence of one or more specified events (in addition to a Change of Control). Installment or deferred payments may be required by the Committee (subject to Section 10(e) of the Plan, including the consent provisions thereof) in the case of any deferral of an outstanding Award not provided for in the original Award agreement, except that this provision shall not prevent the Committee or its designee from converting an Award to Deferred Stock Units as provided under Section 6(a) above or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the Committee. Payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of dividend equivalents or other amounts in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Stock.
(d) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability. It is the intent of the Corporation that the grant of any Awards to or other transaction by a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt under Rule 16b-3 (except for transactions acknowledged in writing to be non-exempt by such Participant). Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such transaction, unless the Participant shall have acknowledged in writing that a transaction pursuant to such provision is to be non-exempt, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
(e) Cancellation and Rescission of Awards. Unless the Award agreement specifies otherwise, the Committee may cancel any unexpired, unpaid, or deferred Awards at any time, and the Corporation shall have the additional rights set forth in Section 7(e)(iv) below, if the Participant is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Award agreement and the Plan including the following conditions:
(i) A Participant shall not render services for any organization or engage directly or indirectly in any business which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or other senior officer designated by the Committee, is or becomes competitive with the Corporation. For Participants whose employment has terminated, the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or other senior officer designated by the Committee shall be based on the Participant's position and responsibilities while employed by the Corporation, the Participant's post-employment responsibilities and position with the other organization or business, the extent of past, current and potential competition or conflict between the Corporation and the other organization or business, the effect on the Corporation's shareholders, customers, suppliers and competitors of the Participant assuming the post-employment position and such other considerations as are deemed relevant given the applicable facts and circumstances. A Participant who has terminated employment shall be free, however, to purchase as an investment or otherwise, stock or other securities of such organization or business so long as they are listed upon a recognized securities exchange or traded over-the-counter, and such investment does not represent a greater than five percent equity interest in the organization or business.
(ii) A Participant shall not, without prior written authorization from the Corporation, disclose to anyone outside the Corporation, or use in other than the Corporation's business, any confidential information or material relating to the business of the Corporation that is acquired by the Participant either during or after employment with the Corporation.
(iii) A Participant shall disclose promptly and assign to the Corporation all right, title, and interest in any invention or idea, patentable or not, made or conceived by the Participant during employment by the Corporation, relating in any manner to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Corporation and shall do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Corporation to secure a patent where appropriate in the United States and in foreign countries.
(iv) Upon exercise, settlement, payment or delivery pursuant to an Award, the Participant shall certify on a form acceptable to the Committee that he or she is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan. Failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 7(e) prior to, or during the six months after, any exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to an Award shall cause such exercise, payment or delivery to be rescinded. The Corporation shall notify the Participant in writing of any such rescission within two years after such exercise, payment or delivery; provided, however, that the Corporation may, in its discretion, in any individual case provide for waiver in whole or in part of compliance with the provisions of this Section 7(e). Within ten days after receiving such a notice from the Corporation, the Participant shall pay to the Corporation the amount of any gain realized or payment received as a result of the rescinded exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to an Award. Such payment shall be made either in cash or by returning to the Corporation the number of shares of Stock that the Participant received in connection with the rescinded exercise, payment or delivery. In the case of any Participant whose employment is terminated by the Corporation and its subsidiaries without "cause" (as defined in the Award agreement), however, a failure of the Participant to comply with the provisions of Section 7(e)(i) after such termination of employment shall not in itself cause rescission or require repayment with respect to any Award exercised, paid or delivered before such termination.
8. Performance and Annual Incentive Awards.
(a) Performance Conditions. The right of a Participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions, except as limited under Sections 8(b) and 8(c) hereof in the case of a Performance Award or Annual Incentive Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m).
(b) Performance Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees. If the Committee determines that a Performance Award to be granted to an Eligible Person who is or may become a Covered Employee should qualify as "performance-based compensation" for purposes of Code Section 162(m), the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Award shall be contingent upon achievement of preestablished performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 8(b).
(i) Performance Goals Generally. The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance and associated maximum Award payments with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 8(b). Performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder (including Regulation 1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto), including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being "substantially uncertain." The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any performance goal or that more than one performance goal must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.
(ii) Business Criteria. One or more of the following business criteria for the Corporation, as defined by the Committee, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified subsidiaries or business units of the Corporation (except with respect to the total shareholder return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Performance Awards: (1) earnings per share; (2) revenues; (3) cash flow; (4) cash flow return on investment; (5) return on assets, return on investment, return on capital, return on equity; (6) economic value added; (7) operating margin; (8) net income; pretax earnings; pretax earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization; pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, service fees, and extraordinary or special items; operating earnings; income from operations; (9) total shareholder return; (10) any of the above goals as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index or a group of comparator companies; and (11) any criteria comparable to those listed above that shall be approved by the Committee. One or more of the foregoing business criteria shall also be exclusively used in establishing performance goals for Annual Incentive Awards granted to a Covered Employee under Section 8(c) hereof.
(iii) Performance Period; Timing for Establishing Performance Goals. Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period, which may overlap with another performance period or periods, of up to ten years, as specified by the Committee. Performance goals shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Awards, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for "performance-based compensation" under Code Section 162(m).
(iv) Performance Award Pool. The Committee may establish a Performance
Award pool, which shall be an unfunded pool, for purposes of measuring
performance of the Corporation in connection with Performance Awards.
The amount of such Performance Award pool shall be based upon the
achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the
business criteria set forth in Section 8(b)(ii) hereof during the given
performance period, as specified by the Committee in accordance with
Section 8(b)(iii) hereof. The Committee may specify the amount of the
Performance Award pool as a percentage of any of such business criteria,
a percentage thereof in excess of a threshold amount, or as another
amount which need not bear a strictly mathematical relationship to such
business criteria.
(v) Settlement of Performance Awards; Other Terms. Settlement of such Performance Awards shall be in cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, including deferred payments in any such forms, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards, but may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount payable to a Covered Employee in respect of a Performance Award subject to this Section 8(b). The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of Performance Awards.
(c) Annual Incentive Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees. If
the Committee determines that an Annual Incentive Award to be granted to
an Eligible Person who is or may become a Covered Employee should
qualify as "performance-based compensation" for purposes of Code Section
162(m), the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Annual Incentive
Award shall be contingent upon achievement of preestablished performance
goals and other terms set forth in this Section 8(c).
(i) Annual Incentive Award Pool. The Committee may establish an Annual Incentive Award pool, which shall be an unfunded pool, for purposes of measuring performance of the Corporation in connection with Annual Incentive Awards. The amount of such Annual Incentive Award pool shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the business criteria set forth in Section 8(b)(ii) hereof during the given performance period, as specified by the Committee in accordance with Section 8(b)(iii) hereof. The Committee may specify the amount of the Annual Incentive Award pool as a percentage of any of such business criteria, a percentage thereof in excess of a threshold amount, or as another amount which need not bear a strictly mathematical relationship to such business criteria.
(ii) Potential Annual Incentive Awards. Not later than the end of the 90th day after the beginning of each fiscal year, or at such other date as may be required or permitted in the case of Awards intended to be "performance-based compensation" under Code Section 162(m), the Committee shall determine the Eligible Persons who will potentially receive Annual Incentive Awards, and the amounts potentially payable thereunder, for that fiscal year, either out of an Annual Incentive Award pool established by such date under Section 8(c)(i) hereof or as individual Annual Incentive Awards. In the case of individual Annual Incentive Awards intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m), the amount potentially payable shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the business criteria set forth in Section 8(b)(ii) hereof in the given performance year, as specified by the Committee; in other cases, such amount shall be based on such criteria as shall be established by the Committee. In all cases, the maximum Annual Incentive Award of any Participant shall be subject to the limitation set forth in Section 5 hereof.
(iii) Payout of Annual Incentive Awards. After the end of each fiscal year, the Committee shall determine the amount, if any, of (A) the Annual Incentive Award pool, and the maximum amount of potential Annual Incentive Award payable to each Participant in the Annual Incentive Award pool, or (B) the amount of potential Annual Incentive Award otherwise payable to each Participant. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the amount payable to any Participant as a final Annual Incentive Award shall be increased or reduced from the amount of his or her potential Annual Incentive Award, including a determination to make no final Award whatsoever, but may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount in the case of an Annual Incentive Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m). The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which an Annual Incentive Award shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant prior to the end of a fiscal year or settlement of such Annual Incentive Award.
(d) Written Determinations. All determinations by the Committee as to
the establishment of performance goals, the amount of any Performance
Award pool or potential individual Performance Awards and as to the
achievement of performance goals relating to Performance Awards under
Section 8(b), and the amount of any Annual Incentive Award pool or
potential individual Annual Incentive Awards and the amount of final
Annual Incentive Awards under Section 8(c), shall be made in writing in
the case of any Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m).
The Committee may not delegate any responsibility relating to such
Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards.
(e) Status of Section 8(b) and Section 8(c) Awards Under Code Section
162(m). It is the intent of the Corporation that Performance Awards and
Annual Incentive Awards under Sections 8(b) and 8(c) hereof granted to
persons who are designated by the Committee as likely to be Covered
Employees within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations
thereunder (including Regulation 1.162-27 and successor regulations
thereto) shall, if so designated by the Committee, constitute
"performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Code Section
162(m) and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, the terms of Sections
8(b), (c), (d) and (e), including the definitions of Covered Employee
and other terms used therein, shall be interpreted in a manner
consistent with Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. If any
provision of the Plan as in effect on the date of adoption or any
agreements relating to Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards
that are designated as intended to comply with Code Section 162(m) does
not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section
162(m) or regulations thereunder, such provision shall be construed or
deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.
9. Change of Control. In the event of a "Change of Control," the following provisions shall apply unless otherwise provided in the Award agreement:
(a) Options and SARs. Any Option or SAR carrying a right to exercise
that was not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully
exercisable and vested as of the time of the Change of Control and shall
remain exercisable and vested for the balance of the stated term of such
Option or SAR without regard to any termination of employment by the
Participant, subject only to applicable restrictions set forth in
Section 10(a) hereof;
(b) Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock Units. The restrictions, deferral of settlement, and forfeiture conditions applicable to any Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock Unit granted under the Plan shall lapse and such Awards shall be deemed fully vested as of the time of the Change of Control, except to the extent of any waiver by the Participant and subject to applicable restrictions set forth in Section 10(a) hereof; and
(c) Other Awards. The rights and obligations respecting, and the payment of, all other Awards under the Plan shall be governed solely by the provisions of the Severance Benefit Plan.
10. General Provisions.
(a) Compliance with Legal and Other Requirements. The Corporation may, to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Committee, postpone the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of other benefits under any Award until completion of such registration or qualification of such Stock or other required action under any federal or state law, rule or regulation, listing or other required action with respect to any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Stock or other securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted, or compliance with any other obligation of the Corporation, as the Committee may consider appropriate, and may require any Participant to make such representations, furnish such information and comply with or be subject to such other conditions as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of other benefits in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, listing requirements, or other obligations. The foregoing notwithstanding, in connection with a Change of Control, the Corporation shall take or cause to be taken no action, and shall undertake or permit to arise no legal or contractual obligation, that results or would result in any postponement of the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of benefits under any Award or the imposition of any other conditions on such issuance, delivery or payment, to the extent that such postponement or other condition would represent a greater burden on a Participant than existed on the 90th day preceding the Change of Control.
(b) Limits on Transferability; Beneficiaries. No Award or other right or interest of a Participant under the Plan shall be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation or liability of such Participant to any party (other than the Corporation or a subsidiary), or assigned or transferred by such Participant otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary upon the death of a Participant, and such Awards or rights that may be exercisable shall be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative, except that Awards and other rights (other than ISOs and SARs in tandem therewith) may be transferred to one or more Beneficiaries or other transferees during the lifetime of the Participant, and may be exercised by such transferees in accordance with the terms of such Award, but only if and to the extent such transfers are permitted by the Committee pursuant to the express terms of an Award agreement (subject to any terms and conditions which the Committee may impose thereon). A Beneficiary, transferee, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.
(c) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution
(whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property),
recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange,
liquidation, dissolution or other similar corporate transaction or event
affects the Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee
to be appropriate under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such
manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and
kind of shares of Stock which may be delivered in connection with Awards
granted thereafter, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock by which
annual per-person Award limitations are measured under Section 5 hereof,
(iii) the number and kind of shares of Stock subject to or deliverable
in respect of outstanding Awards and (iv) the exercise price, grant
price or purchase price relating to any Award and/or make provision for
payment of cash or other property in respect of any outstanding Award.
In addition, the Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the
terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards (including
Performance Awards and performance goals, and Annual Incentive Awards
and any Annual Incentive Award pool or performance goals relating
thereto) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including,
without limitation, events described in the preceding sentence, as well
as acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets) affecting the
Corporation, any subsidiary or any business unit, or the financial
statements of the Corporation or any subsidiary, or in response to
changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, tax
rates and regulations or business conditions or in view of the
Committee's assessment of the business strategy of the Corporation, any
subsidiary or business unit thereof, performance of comparable
organizations, economic and business conditions, personal performance of
a Participant, and any other circumstances deemed relevant; provided
that no such adjustment shall be authorized or made if and to the extent
that such authority or the making of such adjustment would cause
Options, SARs, Performance Awards granted under Section 8(b) hereof or
Annual Incentive Awards granted under Section 8(c) hereof to
Participants designated by the Committee as Covered Employees and
intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Code
Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder to otherwise fail to qualify
as "performance-based compensation" under Code Section 162(m) and
regulations thereunder.
(d) Taxes. The Corporation and any subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Corporation and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant's tax obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis in the discretion of the Committee. However, this authority shall not include withholding of taxes above the statutorily required withholding amounts where such excess withholding would result in an earnings charge to the Corporation under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
(e) Changes to the Plan and Awards. The Board, or the Committee acting pursuant to such authority as may be delegated to it by the Board, may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or the Committee's authority to grant Awards under the Plan without the consent of shareholders or Participants, except that any amendment or alteration to the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Corporation's shareholders not later than the annual meeting next following such Board action if such shareholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to the Plan to shareholders for approval; provided that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Board action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in the Plan; provided that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Committee action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if any right under this Plan would cause a transaction to be ineligible for pooling of interest accounting that would, but for the right hereunder, be eligible for such accounting treatment, the Committee may modify or adjust the right so that pooling of interest accounting shall be available, including the substitution of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the cash otherwise payable hereunder for the right which caused the transaction to be ineligible for pooling of interest accounting.
(f) Limitation on Rights Conferred Under Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ or service of the Corporation or a subsidiary, (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Corporation or a subsidiary to terminate any Eligible Person's or Participant's employment or service at any time, (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants and employees, or (iv) conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a shareholder of the Corporation unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred shares of Stock in accordance with the terms of an Award.
(g) Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts. The Plan is intended to constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant or obligation to deliver Stock pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Corporation; provided that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts and deposit therein cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, or make other arrangements to meet the Corporation's obligations under the Plan. Such trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the "unfunded" status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant. The trustee of such trusts may be authorized to dispose of trust assets and reinvest the proceeds in alternative investments, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify and in accordance with applicable law.
(h) Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the shareholders of the Corporation for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or a committee thereof to adopt such other compensation and incentive arrangements for employees, agents and brokers of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may deem desirable.
(i) Payments in the Event of Forfeitures; Fractional Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a forfeiture of an Award with respect to which a Participant paid cash or other consideration, the Participant shall be repaid the amount of such cash or other consideration. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.
(j) Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan, and any Award agreement shall be determined in accordance with Indiana law, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable federal law.
(k) Awards Under Preexisting Plans. No further awards shall be granted under the Preexisting Plans, after the Effective Date with respect to the EVSP and after Midnight, May 15, 1997 with respect to the Stock Option Plan. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under or amend or alter any awards granted under the Preexisting Plans to the extent provided in either (i) the Preexisting Plan under which the award was made or (ii) Section 10(e) hereof.
(l) Plan Effective Date and Shareholder Approval. The Plan as originally adopted by the Board as of the Effective Date, subject to approval by the shareholders of the Corporation on May 15, 1997, was amended and restated to its current form by the Board on March 8, 2001, subject to approval of the amendment and restatement by the shareholders of the Corporation.
Exhibit 10(m)
AGREEMENT OF LEASE
BY AND BETWEEN
NORTHLAND METRO PORTFOLIO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
(LANDLORD)
AND
THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(TENANT)
INDEX TO LEASE ARTICLES NUMBER CAPTION ARTICLE 1 Basic Lease Provisions and Enumeration of Exhibits..............4 ARTICLE 2 Description of Premises and Appurtenant Rights..................6 ARTICLE 3 Rent and Additional Rent........................................8 ARTICLE 4 Landlord's Covenants, Interruptions and Delays.................15 ARTICLE 5 Tenant's Covenants.............................................17 ARTICLE 6 Assignment, Subletting, and Mortgaging.........................22 ARTICLE 7 Casualty and Taking............................................24 ARTICLE 8 Defaults; Events; Remedies.....................................26 ARTICLE 9 Rights of Mortgagee/Ground Lessor..............................28 ARTICLE 10 Miscellaneous Provisions.......................................29 10.1 Title..........................................................29 10.2 Notices........................................................29 10.3 Bind and Inure.................................................30 10.4 Partial Invalidity.............................................30 10.5 No Waiver......................................................30 10.6 No Surrender...................................................30 10.7 No Accord and Satisfaction.....................................30 10.8 Intentionally Deleted..........................................30 10.9 Self-Help......................................................30 10.10 Estoppel Certificates..........................................31 10.11 Waiver of Subrogation..........................................32 10.12 Governing Law..................................................32 10.13 Acts of God....................................................32 10.14 Consent........................................................32 10.15 Brokerage Commissions..........................................32 10.16 Intentionally Deleted..........................................33 10.17 Limitation of Liability........................................33 10.18 Intentionally Deleted..........................................33 10.19 Recording......................................................33 10.20 Intentionally Deleted..........................................33 10.21 Term Commencement Date.........................................33 10.22 Improvements...................................................34 10.23 Electricity....................................................36 10.24 Option to Extend...............................................37 10.25 Hazardous Materials............................................39 10.26 Right of First Offer...........................................40 10.27 Right of First Refusal.........................................42 10.28 Right to Reduce Space..........................................43 10.29 Storage Premises...............................................44 10.30 Antenna Installation...........................................45 10.31 Exterior Signage...............................................48 10.32 Food Service Facility..........................................49 10.33 Exercise Facility..............................................49 10.34 Temporary Premises.............................................49 10.35 Testing of Building HVAC System................................50 DATE OF LEASE EXECUTION: February , 1998 -- |
ARTICLE I
REFERENCE
1.1 Subjects Referred To. Each reference in this Lease to any of the following subjects shall be construed to incorporate the data for that subject in this Article.
PARTIES:
LANDLORD: NORTHLAND METRO PORTFOLIO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Massachusetts
limited partnership
MANAGING AGENT: NORTHLAND INVESTMENT CORPORATION
LANDLORD'S/MANAGING AGENT'S ADDRESS FOR NOTICES:
Northland Investment Corporation
2150 Washington Street
Newton, MA 02162
MAKE CHECKS PAYABLE TO: NORTHLAND METRO PORTFOLIO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
SEND CHECKS TO: c/o Northland P.O. Box 620601 Newton Lower Falls, MA 02162-0601 TENANT: THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporation |
TENANT'S ADDRESS (FOR NOTICE AND BILLING):
350 Church Street
Hartford, CT 06103
Attn: Peter Gourley
Vice President, Financial Reporting & Pricing
BUILDING & LEASED PREMISES: Approximately 149,778 rentable square feet comprising the entire seventh (7th) through twelfth (12th) floors (collectively, the "Premises") of the building known as the Metro Center and located at 350 Church Street, Hartford, Connecticut (the "Building"), substantially as shown on the Plans attached hereto as Exhibit "A". All measurements and determinations of area required pursuant to this Lease shall be made in accordance with the Building Owners and Managers Association ("BOMA") standards, BOMA publication ANSI 265.1-1996. Prior to the Term Commencement Date, as hereinafter defined, the area of the Premises will be remeasured in accordance with BOMA standards. If such remeasurement discloses a different rentable area for the Premises than that set forth above, then the Base Rent and Tenant's Proportionate Share (as such terms are hereinafter defined) shall be adjusted accordingly.
PROPERTY: The Building, the parking structure (the "Garage") with an address at 150 High Street, Hartford, Connecticut, and the land parcel(s) on which the Building and the Garage are located, including exterior grounds and sidewalks, if any.
TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE: See Section 10.21
EXPIRATION DATE: The date which is one hundred twenty (120) months and two
(2) weeks after the Term Commencement Date; provided, however, if such date
shall fall on other than the last day of a calendar month, the Expiration
Date shall be deemed to be the last day of the calendar month in which such
date shall occur.
TERM: One hundred twenty (120) months and two (2) weeks (plus the partial month, if any, at the end of the Term), as the same may be sooner terminated or extended in accordance with the terms of this Lease.
OPTION TO EXTEND: See Section 10.24
BASE RENT RATE:
Months 1- 24: $12.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year Months 25-60: $17.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year Months 61-84: $22.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year Months 85-96: $24.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year Months 97-108: $24.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year Months 109- Expiration Date: $25.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year |
PROPORTIONATE SHARE: 52.56%, being a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable area of the Premises and the denominator of which is the rentable area of the Building.
PERMITTED USE OF PREMISES: General office use only (without associated bulk storage or uses requiring above building standard structural, electrical or HVAC facilities), and for no other use or purpose.
TENANT INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: Public Liability Insurance Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury & Property Damage: $3,000,000.00/$5,000,000.00 |
SECURITY DEPOSIT: None
GUARANTOR: None
BROKER: Cushman & Wakefield of Connecticut, Inc.
1.2 Exhibits & Riders. The Exhibits and Riders listed below in this Section are incorporated in this Lease by reference and are to be construed as part of this Lease:
Exhibit A Plan of Premises Exhibit B Landlord Services Exhibit B-1 Cleaning Specifications Exhibit C Rules and Regulations Exhibit D Form of Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement Exhibit E Plan of Storage Premises Exhibit F Form of Metro Center Fitness Club Usage Agreement |
ARTICLE II
DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES AND APPURTENANT RIGHTS
2.1 Location of Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby accepts from Landlord, the Premises suitably identified in the foregoing portion of this Lease.
2.2 Appurtenant Rights and Reservations. Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, the non-exclusive right to use, and permit its invitees to use in common with others, the public or common lobbies, hallways, stairways, passenger elevators and sanitary facilities in the Building, but such rights shall always be subject to the Rules and Regulations set forth on Exhibit C (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time by Landlord by prior notice to Tenant), and to the right of Landlord to designate and change from time to time areas and facilities so to be used (provided that Tenant's use and enjoyment thereof and of the Premises and Tenant's rights under this Lease are not materially adversely affected thereby). Tenant shall also have, as appurtenant to the Premises, subject to obtaining Landlord's prior written consent, the non-exclusive right to use reasonable portions of common area conduits, chutes and pipes adjacent to the Premises for the purpose of running wires and cabling between floors of the Premises to serve Tenant's equipment located within the Premises.
Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have the right, upon reasonable prior written notice to Tenant, to place in, over and upon the Premises (but in such a manner as to reduce interference with Tenant's use of the Premises and not be visible from within the Premises) utility lines, pipes, equipment and the like to serve the Premises or premises other than the Premises, and to replace, maintain and/or repair such utility lines, pipes, equipment and the like.
During the hours of 7:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M., Monday through Friday, legal holidays recognized generally in first-class office buildings in downtown Hartford excepted (hereinafter referred to as "Normal Building Operating Hours"), the Building shall be open and access to the Premises shall be freely available, subject to interruption due to causes beyond Landlord's reasonable control. During all periods other than Normal Building Operating Hours Tenant shall have access to the Premises, and at all times Tenant shall have access to the Garage, but always subject to reasonable rules and regulations therefor from time to time established by Landlord by suitable notice.
2.3 Parking. During the Term of this Lease, Landlord will make available for the use by Tenant and its employees four (4) Garage parking passes for each one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the one-time right, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord, which notice must be given on or before the third (3rd) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, to reduce the number of Garage parking passes available for its use to three (3) Garage parking passes for each one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises; and, if Tenant shall exercise such right, the number of Garage parking passes shall be so reduced effective as of the expiration of such thirty (30) day period. Said parking passes shall be paid for by Tenant at the following rates (in each case plus applicable State sales tax): $50.00 per pass per month for months 1-24 of the Term; $70.00 per pass per month for months 25-36 of the Term; $80.00 per pass per month for months 37-48 of the Term; $100.00 per pass per month for months 49-60 of the Term; $125.00 per pass per month for one-half (1/2) of the passes for months 61 through the Expiration Date of the Term; and at the then current prevailing rate in the Garage, as such rate may vary from time to time, for the other one-half (1/2) of the passes for months 61 through the Expiration Date of the Term. All parking passes (and the parking spaces in the Garage) will be on an unassigned, non-reserved basis, except for thirty (30) spaces, twenty (20) of which shall be designated by Landlord as reserved for Tenant's exclusive use and ten (10) of which shall be designated by Landlord as reserved for the use by Tenant's visitors and guests. Such thirty (30) spaces shall be in a preferred location in the Garage (as designated by Landlord) and shall be indicated by signage (or other form of identification) installed by Landlord and approved by Tenant; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be obligated to police the use of such thirty (30) spaces. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, upon written notice from Tenant that unauthorized persons are using any of such thirty (30) spaces, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause such persons not to use such spaces; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to terminate any lease to which Landlord and such persons may be parties by reason of such unauthorized use. The use of all parking spaces in the Garage shall be subject to rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time.
Except in connection with a permitted sublease or assignment under Article VI hereof, Tenant shall have no right to sublet, assign or otherwise transfer said parking passes without Landlord's prior written consent. If Tenant shall desire to sublet, assign or otherwise transfer any of said parking passes, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing the name of the proposed transferee, the terms and conditions of the transfer (including copies of the proposed sublease or assignment) and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to Tenant within ten (10) business days after Landlord's receipt of Tenant's notice, to recapture any or all of the parking passes which are the subject of the proposed sublease, assignment or other transfer. If Landlord shall exercise such right, Tenant shall have no further right to such parking passes (and shall return the same to Landlord) effective as of the date and for the period of time set forth in Landlord's recapture notice. If Landlord shall not exercise such right, Landlord's consent to the proposed sublease, assignment or other transfer shall not unreasonably withheld or unduly delayed; provided, however, that Landlord may withhold its consent if in the exercise of its sole judgment Landlord determines that (i) the financial condition or general reputation of the proposed transferee is not consistent with the extent of the obligations undertaken by the proposed sublease, assignment or other transfer, or (ii) Tenant proposes to sublet or assign to one who, at the time of Tenant's request for consent, is a tenant or occupant of the Building and/or is using parking spaces in the Garage or to one with whom Landlord or its agents is (are) actively negotiating for space in the Building or for parking spaces or passes in the Garage, or (iii) the charges for the parking passes which the transferee is obligated to pay are less than the then current prevailing rate (from time to time) in the Garage. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord's consent may be conditioned upon, inter alia, a requirement that all charges payable for the use of such parking passes in excess of the charges payable hereunder for such parking passes be paid to Landlord.
ARTICLE III
RENT AND ADDITIONAL RENT
3.1 Rent. All monies payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease shall be deemed to be rent and shall be payable and recoverable as rent in a manner herein provided. Rent shall be paid to the Landlord, commencing on the Term Commencement Date, and on the first day of each calendar month during the Term of this Lease without any withholding, offset, abatement, reduction, prior notice or demand, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease. Until notice of some other designation is given, rent and all other charges shall be paid by check to the order of Landlord at Landlord's mailing address set forth in Section 1.1 hereof, receipt of same being subject to collection. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against Base Rent payable hereunder in the amount of $.50 for each rentable square foot of the Premises not occupied by Tenant for business during the first two (2) weeks of the Term, the amount of such credit to be confirmed in writing by Landlord and Tenant promptly after the expiration of such first two (2) week period.
If Tenant shall fail to pay rent when due, such unpaid amount shall bear interest until paid at the rate of 1.5% per month for all sums which are in excess of ten (10) business days overdue. In the event Tenant pays any rent or other charge by check or draft, and said check or draft is not honored by the bank on which it is drawn, interest as set forth herein and an additional charge of $15.00 shall be due from Tenant to Landlord.
3.2 Operating Cost Increase. If the Operating Costs for any calendar year or partial calendar year during the Term are greater than the Operating Costs for the Base Calendar Year set forth in Section 1.1 (or a prorated amount thereof for any partial calendar year), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord its Proportionate Share set forth in Section 1.1 of such excess, as the same may be adjusted in the event of a remeasurement or change in size of the Premises or Building. Operating Costs for the Base Calendar Year shall be adjusted to reflect an occupancy rate in the Building of ninety-five percent (95%).
Landlord may from time to time reasonably estimate the amount due from Tenant under this Section with respect to any calendar year or portion thereof and, commencing no sooner than the first (1st) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay periodically as Landlord may determine, but not more frequently than monthly, the amount of Landlord's estimate as rent with the next due payment of monthly Base Rent.
Not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall render Tenant a statement of Operating Costs for such calendar year and any amount due from Tenant or any credit due to Tenant hereunder. Payment by Tenant of any amount due shall be made as additional rent with Tenant's next due payment of monthly Base Rent (or, if the term of this Lease has ended, within ten (10) days of receipt of such statement), and Landlord shall credit the amount of any overpayment against subsequent obligations of Tenant under this clause (or refund such overpayment, if the term of this Lease has ended and Tenant has no further obligations to Landlord). Failure by Landlord to deliver such statement within the one hundred twenty (120) day period does not relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay the charges described herein; provided, however, that in the event that Landlord fails to furnish Tenant with such statement within two (2) years after the end of any calendar year, then Tenant shall not be required to pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of any increase in Operating Costs for that calendar year.
Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's cost and expense (subject to the
penultimate sentence of this paragraph), to examine Landlord's books and
records of Operating Costs for any year with respect to which Tenant has
made its payments on account thereof, subject to the following provisions:
(a) Such books and records shall be made available to Tenant at the offices
where Landlord keeps the same during normal business hours.
(b) Tenant shall have the right to make such examination no more than once in respect of any period in which Landlord has given Tenant a statement of the actual amount of Operating Costs.
(c) Any request for examination in respect of any year may be made no more than one (1) year after Landlord renders the statement of the actual amount of Operating Costs for such year, and such examination shall be performed within such one (1) year period.
(d) Such examination may be made only by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Without limiting Landlord's approval rights, Landlord may withhold its approval of any examiner of Tenant who is being paid by Tenant on a contingent fee basis.
(e) As a condition to performing any such examination, Tenant and its examiners shall be required to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement, in form acceptable to Landlord, agreeing to keep confidential any information which it discovers about Landlord or the Building in connection with such examination.
If it is determined that Landlord overstated Operating Costs for the year to which Tenant's examination relates by more than 4%, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in performing such examination, but in no event shall such reimbursement exceed $2,000.00; and if it is determined that Landlord understated Operating Costs for the year to which Tenant's examination relates, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in performing such examination, but in no event shall such reimbursement exceed the amount of Tenant's underpayment on account of Operating Costs for such year. If it is determined that there was an overpayment or underpayment on account of Operating Costs for the year to which Tenant's examination relates, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant, or Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days of such determination, the amount of such overpayment or underpayment (as the case may be).
3.3 Definition of "Operating Costs." The term "Operating Costs" is defined to be the aggregate of costs and expenses incurred for operating, maintaining, repairing, cleaning and managing the Property, including, without limitation, the following: salaries, wages, employment taxes, reasonable, customary and mandatory benefits for employees of Landlord or its managing agent (provided, however, that with respect to any employee who performs services for buildings other than the Building, the salaries, wages, taxes and benefits payable or allocable to such employee shall be equitably apportioned among the buildings to which such employee renders services based upon the time which such employee spent performing services for each such building), costs of providing HVAC and elevator service, costs of any contractor of Landlord engaged in the cleaning, operating, maintenance or management of the Property, electricity properly chargeable hereunder, gas, oil, water (including chilled water) and steam (including sewer rental and any utility tax), rubbish removal, Landlord's insurance of every description and type related to the Property, repairs, replacements, maintenance of any grounds, landscaping and planting, building supplies, costs of operating the food service facility described in Section 10.32 below (unless such food service facility is operated by a rent-paying tenant, in which event only the costs of operating the food service facility in excess of the rent paid by such tenant shall be included in Operating Costs), costs of operating (including the maintenance and replacement of equipment for) the exercise facility described in Section 10.33 below, snow removal, window cleaning, building security, service contracts with independent contractors for any of the foregoing (including elevator and air conditioning maintenance), the cost of capital replacements, the cost of new (i.e., as opposed to replacement) capital improvements which are reasonably projected to reduce energy or other operating costs (provided, however, that the cost of all capital expenditures (both for replacements and new improvements) shall be amortized over their useful life in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied ("GAAP"), together with market interest on the unamortized balance), management fees, energy audits, and legal and accounting fees directly related to the operating of the Property.
For purposes of this Lease, the aggregate controllable expenses includable in Operating Costs for any calendar year shall not exceed one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate controllable expenses for the prior calendar year. "Controllable" shall mean within the reasonable control of Landlord and not determined by a third party. For example, utility rates, insurance premiums, mandated minimum wages and tax rates or assessments are not controllable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following items shall be excluded from the definition of Operating Costs:
(a) Costs of decorating, redecorating or special cleaning or other services provided to a particular tenant (but not all tenants) of the Building;
(b) Wages, salaries, fees and fringe benefits paid to officers or partners of Landlord or personnel above the level of Property Manager;
(c) Any charge for depreciation of the Building or Building equipment;
(d) Any charge for Landlord's income taxes, excess profit taxes, franchise taxes or similar taxes on Landlord's business;
(e) All costs directly relating to activities for the solicitation and execution of leases of space in the Building;
(f) All costs and expenses of operating the Garage;
(g) All costs for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Building is separately charged (other than through the operating cost escalation provisions of the lease with such other tenant);
(h) The cost of any electric current furnished to office tenants for non-customary office machinery and equipment;
(i) The cost of correcting defects in the original construction of the Building, except that conditions (not occasioned by construction defects) resulting from ordinary wear and tear will not be deemed defects for the purpose of this clause (i);
(j) The cost of correcting defects in Building equipment to the extent such cost is covered by warranty, except that conditions resulting from ordinary wear and tear will not be deemed defects for the purpose of this clause (j);
(k) The cost of any repair made by Landlord because of the total or partial destruction of the Building by fire or other casualty (except that reasonable deductible amounts may be included in Operating Costs) or the condemnation of a portion of the Building;
(l) Any increase in Landlord's insurance premiums to the extent that such increase is caused by or attributable to the particular use, occupancy or act of another tenant;
(m) The cost of any items for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or otherwise compensated by other parties (other than tenants of the Building through the operating cost escalation provisions of the leases with such tenants);
(n) The cost of capital expenditures, except as set forth above;
(o) The cost of any removal, treatment or abatement of asbestos or any other hazardous substance or gas in the Building or on the Premises (other than those customarily handled and disposed of incident to the normal operation, maintenance or repair of the Property, such as cleaning materials);
(p) Any amount paid to an affiliate of Landlord which is in excess of the amount which would be paid in the absence of such relationship (it being acknowledged and agreed, however, that a management fee not exceeding 4% of gross revenues from the Property payable to an affiliate of Landlord will not violate this clause (p));
(q) The cost of any work or service performed for or facilities furnished to any tenant of the Building to a greater extent or in a manner more favorable to such tenant that that performed for or furnished to Tenant;
(r) The cost of preparing, improving or altering space in the Building leased to other tenants;
(s) The cost of overtime or other expense to Landlord in curing its defaults; and
(t) Ground rent or similar payments to a ground lessor.
Landlord shall compute Operating Costs on an accrual basis in accordance with GAAP. Until such time as the occupancy rate in the Building is at least ninety-five percent (95%), Landlord shall have the right to adjust those Operating Costs which may vary based on occupancy levels to reflect a ninety-five percent (95%) occupancy rate in the Building.
In the event that Operating Costs shall contain any costs of operating or maintaining any system or providing any services which shall serve the Premises but less than the entire Building, then such portion of Operating Costs shall be calculated separately from other costs within Operating Costs. With respect to such costs, Tenant shall not pay its Proportionate Share as defined in Section 1.1 but rather a proportionate share calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable square footage of the Premises as established in Article I, and the denominator of which shall be the rentable square footage of the space served by the system or receiving the services, as the case may be.
3.4 Real Estate Tax Increase. If Landlord's Tax Expense for any calendar year or partial calendar year during the Term is greater than the Real Estate Taxes for the Base Calendar Year set forth in Section 1.1, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, its Proportionate Share set forth in Section 1.1 of such excess, as the same may be adjusted in the event of a remeasurement or change in size of the Premises or Building.
Landlord may from time to time reasonably estimate the amount due from Tenant under this Section with respect to any calendar year or portion thereof and, commencing no sooner than the first (1st) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay periodically as Landlord may determine, but not more frequently than monthly, the amount of Landlord's estimate as rent with the next due payment of monthly Base Rent.
Not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after Landlord's Tax Expense for the applicable period is determined, Landlord shall render Tenant a statement (which shall include copies of real estate tax bills and invoices from tax abatement consultants, if any) showing for the applicable period Landlord's Tax Expense and any other amount due from Tenant or any credit due to Tenant hereunder. Payment by Tenant of any amount due shall be made as additional rent with Tenant's next due payment of monthly Base Rent (or, if the term of this Lease has ended, within ten (10) days of receipt of such statement), and Landlord shall credit the amount of any overpayment against subsequent obligations of Tenant under this clause (or refund such overpayment, if the term of this Lease has ended and Tenant has no further obligations to Landlord). Failure by Landlord to deliver such statement within the one hundred twenty (120) day period does not relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay the charges described herein.
The term "Landlord's Tax Expense" shall mean all taxes, betterments and assessments of every kind and nature assessed by any governmental authority on the Property which Landlord shall become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and/or operating of the Property plus the reasonable costs incurred in any attempt to obtain a real estate tax abatement for the real estate taxes due during the term hereof, whether or not successful, subject to the following:
(a) The amount of special taxes or special assessments to be included shall be limited to the amount of the installment (plus any interest, other than penalty interest, payable thereon) of such special tax or special assessment required to be paid during the year in which such taxes are being determined;
(b) There shall be excluded from such taxes interest and penalties due to Landlord's failure to pay taxes when they are due and all income taxes, excess profit taxes, excise taxes, franchise taxes, estate, succession, inheritance and transfer taxes; provided, however, that if at any time during the Term the present system of ad valorem taxation of real property shall be changed so that in lieu of the whole or any part of the ad valorem tax on real property, there shall be assessed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax on the gross rents received with respect to the Property or a federal, state, county, municipal or other local income, franchise, excise or similar tax, assessment, levy or charge (distinct from any now in effect) measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon any such gross rents, then any and all of such taxes, assessments, levies or charges, to the extent so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included within the term "Landlord's Tax Expense" but only to the extent that the same would be payable if the Property were the only property of Landlord; and
(c) Landlord's Tax Expense shall be reduced by the amount of any abatements or refunds actually received net of the reasonable expenses, including without limitation legal fees and expert witness fees, incurred in obtaining such abatements or refunds.
Although real estate taxes in Connecticut are payable on the basis of a July 1 - June 30 fiscal/tax year, for the purposes of this Section 3.4, Landlord's Tax Expense shall be computed on a calendar year basis, based upon the sum of one-half (1/2) of Landlord's Tax Expense payable in respect of one fiscal/tax year, plus one-half (1/2) of Landlord's Tax Expense payable in respect of the next fiscal/tax year. (For example, Landlord's Tax Expense for 1997 would be 1/2 of Landlord's Tax Expense in respect of the 1997 fiscal/tax year, plus 1/2 of Landlord's Tax Expense in respect of the 1998 fiscal/tax year.)
ARTICLE IV
LANDLORD'S COVENANTS, INTERRUPTIONS AND DELAYS
4.1 Landlord Covenants.
4.1.1 To furnish services, facilities and supplies set forth in Exhibit B, comparable to first-class office buildings in downtown Hartford.
4.1.2 Except as otherwise provided in Article VII and except in the case of damage caused by any act or negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or servants, to make such repairs to the roof, exterior walls, floor slabs and common areas and facilities of the Building as may be necessary to keep them in serviceable condition.
4.1.3 That Tenant, on paying the rent and performing Tenant's obligations in this Lease, shall peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises, free from claims of Landlord or those claiming under Landlord, subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof.
4.1.4 Landlord shall carry commercial general liability insurance for the Building with a combined single limit of at least $5,000,000 (and, upon written request, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a certificate of insurance evidencing such coverage), as well as fire and hazard insurance coverage for the Building. The coverages provided in the preceding sentence shall also satisfy all requirements of Landlord's mortgagee. Landlord or Landlord's managing agent shall carry appropriate workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance on those employees who may at any time enter the Premises.
4.1.5 Landlord shall comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations and codes relating to the operation of the Building generally as an office building (specifically excluding, without limitation, the manner of use by Tenant of the Premises or by other tenants of other premises in the Building). Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord shall cause the common areas of the Building to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the "ADA") as in effect on the date hereof.
4.1.6 Subject to the provisions of Section 10.11 hereof, Landlord agrees to hold Tenant harmless and to defend, exonerate and indemnify Tenant from any against any and all claims, liabilities or penalties (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) asserted by or on behalf of any third party against Tenant for damage to property or injuries to persons sustained or occurring in the Building to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord's agents, employees or contractors.
4.2 Interruption and Delay. Landlord reserves the right to stop any service or utility system when necessary by reason of accident or emergency or until necessary repairs have been completed; provided, however, that in each instance of stoppage, Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence to eliminate the cause thereof. Except in case of emergency repairs, Landlord will give Tenant reasonable advance notice of any contemplated stoppage and will use reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary inconvenience to Tenant by reason thereof. In case Landlord is prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any services or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on Landlord's part, by reason of any cause reasonably beyond Landlord's control, including without limitation the causes set forth in Section 10.13 hereof, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in Tenant's favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the Premises, and Tenant's sole remedies shall be in the following circumstances, as and to the extent described:
(a) If, due to Landlord's failure to provide any service or utility (including electricity) required to be provided by Landlord under this Lease, the Premises or any portion thereof becomes untenantable so that, for the Premises Untenantability Cure Period, as hereinafter defined, the continued operation in the ordinary course of Tenant's business is materially adversely affected, then, provided that Tenant ceases to use the affected portion of the Premises during the entirety of the Premises Untenantability Cure Period (except for such temporary access thereto as is necessary to obtain files, records and the like) and that such untenantability and Landlord's inability to cure such condition are not caused by the fault or neglect of Tenant or Tenant's agents, employees or contractors or any other cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control, Base Rent and Tenant's payments on account of Operating Costs and Landlord's Tax Expense shall thereafter be abated in proportion to such untenantability until the day such condition is corrected. For the purposes hereof, the "Premises Untenantability Cure Period" shall be defined as five (5) consecutive business days after Landlord's receipt of written notice from Tenant of the condition causing untenantability in the Premises.
(b) If, due to Landlord's failure to provide any service or utility (including electricity) required to be provided by Landlord under this Lease, the Premises or any portion thereof becomes untenantable, the untenantability of which materially adversely affects the continued operation in the ordinary course of Tenant's business, and if (i) such untenantability continues for sixty (60) consecutive days after Landlord's receipt of written notice of such condition from Tenant, and (ii) such untenantability and Landlord's inability to cure such condition are not caused by the fault or neglect of Tenant or Tenant's agents, employees, or contractors, then, provided that Tenant ceases to use the affected portion of the Premises during the entirety of such sixty (60) day period (except for such temporary access thereto as is necessary to obtain files, records and the like), Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease exercisable by giving Landlord a written termination notice as follows. Upon the giving of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date which is thirty (30) days after Landlord's receipt thereof, unless Landlord shall have cured such condition on or before such thirtieth (30th) day.
The provisions of clauses (a) and (b) above shall not apply in the event of untenantability caused by fire or other casualty or taking (see Article VII).
ARTICLE V
TENANT'S COVENANTS
Tenant covenants during the Term and such further time as Tenant occupies any part of the Premises:
5.1 Tenant's Payments. To pay when due all rent and additional rent and all charges for utility services rendered to the Premises therefor including electricity costs and, as further additional rent, all charges for additional services agreed to from time to time.
5.2 Repairs & Yielding Up. To keep and maintain the Premises in good order and condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage by casualty or taking excepted, and to notify Landlord promptly of any repairs to be made in or to the Premises. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably yield up the Premises and all alterations, additions and improvements (it is agreed that alterations, additions and improvements made to the Premises, except for the installation of so-called Liebert units which Tenant may remove, shall become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord), unless Landlord requests removal of same by Tenant, in good order and repair and in the same condition as said Premises were in at Term Commencement Date or thereafter may be put in accordance with this Lease, reasonable wear and tear or damage by casualty or taking excepted, first removing all personal property, trade fixtures, business equipment and other goods and effects of Tenant (including, without limitation, all telephone and computer equipment), and repairing any damage caused by such removal and restoring the Premises and leaving them broom clean and neat. Any of Tenant's property which shall remain in the Building or on the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease shall be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned and either may be retained by Landlord as its property or may be disposed of in such manner as Landlord may see fit, at Tenant's sole cost and expense.
5.3 Occupancy & Use. Continuously from the Term Commencement Date to use and occupy the Premises for only the Permitted Use of Premises; to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations and codes in its use and occupancy of the Premises; not to injure or deface the Premises, Building or any other portion of the Property; and not to dump, flush, or in any way introduce any hazardous, toxic or chemical substances into the septic, sewage or other waste disposal system; and not to use, generate, store or dispose of hazardous, toxic or chemical substances in or on the Premises (except those in customary types and quantities and ordinarily used by office tenants, and then only in accordance with law and manufacturer's specifications therefor); and not to permit the emission from the Premises of any objectionable noise or odor, or to create any nuisance, and not to use the Premises for an auction sale or any purpose which is inconsistent with the tenancy of the Building, or which is improper, offensive, contrary to law or ordinance or liable to invalidate or increase the premiums for any insurance on the Building or its contents or liable to render necessary any alteration or addition to the Building; and not to obstruct in any manner any portion of the Building not hereby leased or any portion thereof or of the Building used by Tenant in common with others and not without prior written consent of Landlord, permit the painting or placing of any curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials, signs, flagpoles or the like, visible from outside the Premises.
5.4 Rules & Regulations. To comply with the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit C and all other reasonable rules and regulations hereafter made or modified by Landlord, of which Tenant has been given notice, provided that such other rules and regulations shall not materially adversely affect Tenant's rights under this Lease. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to uniformly enforce such rules and regulations against all tenants of the Building; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be obligated to terminate the lease of any tenant of the Building by reason of a violation of any rule or regulation.
5.5 Alterations by Tenant. In connection with making any changes, additions
and improvements to the Premises, to (i) obtain the prior written consent
of Landlord of the same (except for changes, additions or improvements
costing no more than $80,000 in the aggregate per calendar year and which
are non-structural in nature and not visible from outside the Premises,
notice of which is given to Landlord prior to the commencement of the same)
and of plans, specifications and the licensed contractor to be used by
Tenant and any other data reasonably required to be furnished by Tenant;
(ii) comply with all governmental requirements; including but not limited
to building, electrical and plumbing codes; (iii) equal or exceed the
current construction standard for the Building; (iv) provide Landlord with
evidence of the insurance covering such work; and (v) provide Landlord with
"as-built" drawings and specifications upon completion of such work. All
work performed shall be done in such a manner as not to disturb or disrupt
the operation of the Building or any other occupants in the Building. Any
increase in Landlord's Tax Expense or insurance premiums on the Property
attributable to such change, addition or improvements shall be paid by
Tenant. Tenant agrees that it will not, either directly or indirectly, use
any contractors and/or materials if their use will create any difficulty,
whether in the nature of a labor dispute or otherwise, with other
contractors and/or labor engaged by Tenant or Landlord or others in the
construction, maintenance and/or operation of the Property or any part
thereof.
5.6 Indemnity. To defend with counsel duly licensed in the state in which the Building is located, save harmless, and indemnify Landlord and its agents and employees from any liability for injury, loss, accident or damage to any person or property, and from any claims, actions, proceedings and expenses and costs in connection therewith, including without limitation reasonable counsel fees, (i) arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant's servants, agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees, or arising from any use made or thing done or occurring in or on the Premises not due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, subject in any such case to the provisions of Section 10.11 hereof, or (ii) resulting from the failure of Tenant to perform and discharge its covenants and obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall also indemnify and hold Landlord and its agents and employees harmless from and against any losses, costs, damages or claims of whatever nature arising out of or in connection with the compliance requirements set forth in the ADA relating to Tenant's design, renovation, alteration and/or construction of the Premises. The preceding sentence, however, shall not apply to Tenant's initial design of the Premises as reflected in the Construction Drawings (as hereinafter defined) or to the performance of Landlord's Work (as hereinafter defined).
5.7 Tenant's Liability Insurance. To maintain with responsible companies qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located public liability insurance covering the Premises insuring Landlord, the Managing Agent and others in interest whom Landlord may reasonably request as well as Tenant with the limits set forth in Section 1.1, which limits may be increased based on industry standards, and worker's compensation insurance with statutory limits covering all of Tenant's employees working in the Premises. All policies shall be noncancelable and nonamendable with respect to Landlord, the Managing Agent and Landlord's designees without thirty (30) days prior notice to Landlord. A certificate of insurance evidencing the above agreements shall be delivered to Landlord on or before Term Commencement Date. If Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing requirements, Landlord may obtain such insurance and keep same in effect, and all sums paid by Landlord for such insurance hereunder shall be and are hereby declared additional rent, due and payable forthwith.
5.8 Tenant's Property. That all of the furnishings, fixtures, equipment, effects and property of every kind, nature and description of Tenant and of all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant shall be insured to the full replacement cost thereof under a broad form "all risk" insurance policy and kept in the Premises or the Building at the sole risk and hazard to Tenant, and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water or other casualty including the leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or other pipes, or by theft or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or borne by Landlord unless, subject to Section 10.11 hereof, such loss or damage is due to the negligence of the Landlord, in which case Landlord shall bear loss or damage only to "ordinary office property" (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 5.8, "ordinary office property" shall mean merchandise, furniture and other tangible personal property of a kind and quantity which may customarily be expected to be found within comparable business offices in downtown Hartford, and excluding any unusually valuable or exotic property, works of art and the like. At Tenant's option, (a) Tenant may provide the insurance coverages required under Sections 5.7 and/or 5.8 through blanket policies of insurance covering more than one location, provided the entire amount of insurance required of Tenant hereunder is applicable to the Premises without regard to any other location, and (b) Tenant may elect to self-insure for the liabilities and casualties required to be covered by the insurance policies described in Sections 5.7 and/or 5.8, provided that Tenant's net worth at all times during such self-insurance remains at least equal to $1,000,000,000 and Landlord is given written notice reasonably in advance of the effective date of such self-insurance.
5.9 Landlord's Right to Entry. Upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice to Tenant (except that no notice shall be required in an emergency or for cleaning or routine repair and maintenance operations), to permit Landlord and its agents entry to the Premises at reasonable times to examine the same, make any repairs or replacements or, with Tenant's prior written consent, improvements and/or additions, to carry out any right granted by Section 10.9 and to show the Premises to prospective tenants during the nine (9) months preceding expiration of the Term and to prospective purchasers and mortgagees at all reasonable times. Landlord shall exercise its rights of access to the Premises permitted hereunder in such manner so as to minimize interference with Tenant's use and occupation of the Premises, but in no event shall Landlord's entry prevent Tenant's use of the Premises (except as may be required in an emergency). Except in an emergency, Tenant shall have the opportunity to have a representative of Tenant present during any entry by Landlord into the Premises.
5.10 Loading. Not to place a load upon the Premises exceeding 100 pounds of combined load per square foot of floor area, and not to move any safe, vault or other heavy equipment in, about or out of the Premises except in such manner and at such time as Landlord shall in each instance authorize. Tenant's business machines and mechanical equipment shall be installed to prevent vibration or noise outside the Premises.
5.11 Liens & Property Taxes. Not to cause or allow liens of any kind to be filed or placed against the Premises or the Property, and to immediately, at its sole cost and expense, eliminate or bond over said lien and to pay promptly when due all taxes which may be imposed upon personal property (including, without limitation, fixtures and equipment) in the Premises to whomever assessed.
5.12 Attorney's Fees. In the event of any litigation between the parties concerning the enforcement of any obligations under this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party the reasonable attorneys' fees and other expenses of litigation incurred by the prevailing party.
5.13 Holding Over.
(a) Tenant shall have the right (which, if timely and properly exercised as provided herein, shall be in lieu of the then applicable option, if any, to extend the Term as provided in Section 10.24 below) to extend the Term of this Lease for an additional period of three (3) months (the "Elected Holdover Period"), such right to be exercised by notice to Landlord no later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the then current Term of this Lease. Said notice shall be effective only if given in the timely manner described; however, Tenant's exercise of such right may be deemed void in Landlord's sole discretion if Tenant is not occupying the Premises for the Permitted Use or is in default under the terms of this Lease either on the date of the notice or on the date of the expiration of the then current Term hereof. If Tenant fails to give timely notice to Landlord as herein provided, Tenant shall have no right to extend the Term for the Elected Holdover Period, time being of the essence of this Section 5.13(a). Upon the timely giving of such notice by Tenant, the Term of this Lease shall be extended for the Elected Holdover Period upon all of the same terms and conditions of this Lease in effect as of the expiration of the then current Term of this Lease, except that the Base Rent shall equal one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Base Rent in effect at the expiration of the then current Term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the fact that, upon Tenant's exercise of its right to extend the Term for the Elected Holdover Period, such extension shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, upon request of either party, the parties shall promptly execute a lease amendment reflecting such extension of the Term following Tenant's exercise of such right.
(b) If Tenant continues to occupy the Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of the Term of this Lease (as the same may be extended for the Elected Holdover Period or pursuant to Section 10.24 below) without Landlord's written consent (which consent may be withheld in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion), Tenant shall pay, as a charge for use and occupancy and liquidated damages (and not as rent), for each month of continued occupancy an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the total monthly rent payment (rent and all other monthly charges) in effect prior to such holdover, and shall also pay all damages, both direct and/or indirect (including, without limitation, loss of a tenant(s) or of rental income), sustained by Landlord on account of such holding over if Landlord shall have secured another tenant to lease the Premises or any part thereof. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after expiration or termination of this Lease shall reinstate or extend this Lease.
5.14 Safety Requirements. To keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by law or ordinance or any other regulation of any public authority because of any use made by Tenant (except that Tenant shall not be required to install safety appliances that Landlord is required to install generally throughout the Property), and to procure all licenses and permits so required because of such use and, if requested by Landlord, to do any work so required because of such use, it being understood that the foregoing provisions shall not be construed to broaden in any way the Permitted Use of the Premises.
ARTICLE VI
ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, AND MORTGAGING
6.1 Procedure.
(a) Tenant will not, by operation of law or otherwise, assign, mortgage or encumber this Lease, or sublet or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used by others, without Landlord's prior express written consent in each instance. The consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not in any manner be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining Landlord's express written consent to any other or further assignment or subletting nor shall any assignment or subletting, with or without consent by Landlord, serve to relieve or release Tenant from its obligations to fully and faithfully observe and perform all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant's part to be observed and performed.
(b) If Tenant shall desire to assign this Lease or to sublet the Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing (i) the name of the proposed assignee or subtenant; (ii) the terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or subletting (including copies of the proposed assignment or sublease); (iii) the nature and character of the business and credit of the proposed assignee or subtenant; and (iv) any other information reasonably requested by the Landlord.
Landlord's consent to any such proposed assignment or subletting shall not be unreasonably withheld or unduly delayed, provided, however, that Landlord may withhold consent thereto if in the exercise of its sole judgment it determines that:
1. The financial condition or general reputation of the proposed assignee or subtenant is not consistent with the extent of the obligations undertaken by the proposed assignment or sublease; or
2. The proposed use of the Premises is not in keeping with the character of the existing tenancies of the Building or permitted by Section 1.1 of this Lease; or
3. The nature of the occupancy of the proposed assignee or subtenant will cause an excessive density of employees or traffic or make excessive demands on the Building's services or facilities or in any other way will lessen the character of the Building; or
4. The Tenant proposes to assign or sublet to one who at the time is a tenant or occupant of premises in the Building (unless such tenant or occupant is expanding and not relinquishing space and Landlord has no other available space to lease to such tenant or occupant in the Building) or to one with whom Landlord or its agents are actively negotiating for space in the Building; or
5. The Tenant proposes to assign or sublet all or a portion of the Premises at a rental rate less than the rental rate Landlord is then asking for other space in the Building.
(c) Any instrument of sublease shall specifically state that such sublease is subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Each assignee or sublessee shall assume in writing this Lease and shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant for the full performance of all covenants hereunder. An original or duplicate original of the assignment or sublease shall be delivered to Landlord within ten (10) days following the making thereof.
(d) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, (1) in the event of an assignment, fifty percent (50%) of the amount of all monies, if any, which the assignee has agreed to and does pay to Tenant in consideration of the making of such assignment, after deduction for Tenant's reasonable out-of-pocket costs in connection with such assignment, as set forth in a reasonably detailed accounting (with supporting invoices) submitted by Tenant to Landlord, and (2) in the event of a subletting, fifty percent (50%) of the amount, if any, by which the rent and additional rent (including parking charges, if any) payable by the sublessee to Tenant shall exceed the sum of (x) the Base Rent plus additional rent (including parking charges) allocable to that part of the Premises affected by such sublease, plus (y) all of Tenant's reasonable out-of-pocket costs in connection with such sublease, as set forth in a reasonably detailed accounting (with supporting invoices) submitted by Tenant to Landlord. Such additional rent payments shall be made monthly to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of the same by Tenant.
(e) Landlord may collect rent directly from the assignee or, after a monetary default by Tenant, subtenant or occupant upon notice thereof by Landlord and apply the net amount collected (which may be treated by Landlord as rent for use and occupancy) to the rent due hereunder or to cure Tenant's default. Such collection of rent shall not be deemed a waiver of the covenants in this Article, nor shall it be deemed acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant.
6.2 Affiliate Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, provided that Tenant is not in default under any terms of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord's prior written consent, but upon prior written notice to Landlord, to assign its interest in this Lease or to sublease the Premises to an Affiliated Entity, as hereinafter defined, so long as such Affiliated Entity remains in such relationship with Tenant and has not been formed for the purpose of subverting the restraints on alienation contained herein. For purposes hereof, an "Affiliated Entity" shall be defined as (a) any entity which is controlled by, is under common control with or which controls Tenant (control, for purposes hereof, shall mean the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest of the entity in question), or (b) a successor to Tenant by way of merger or purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant's assets, provided that such successor has a net worth at least equal to the net worth of Tenant as of the date hereof or immediately prior to such merger or purchase, whichever is greater (as evidenced by financial information submitted and reasonably acceptable to Landlord). As a further condition to and prior to or simultaneously with any such assignment, such Affiliated Entity shall execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord whereby the assignee agrees to be bound by and to assume the obligations of the tenant under this Lease.
6.3 Further Limitations. In no event shall Landlord be obligated either to
consent to any proposed assignment or subletting or to elect to terminate
this Lease if at the time of proposal of assignment or subletting, Tenant
is in default under any terms of this Lease. If Landlord fails to respond
to Tenant's request for consent to any assignment or sublease within thirty
(30) days of receipt of Tenant's request therefor, and such failure
continues for ten (10) days after a reminder notice from Tenant to
Landlord, Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the assignment or
sublease in question. Anything contained in the foregoing provision of this
Article to the contrary notwithstanding, neither Tenant nor any other
person having an interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization
of the Premises shall enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession
or other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization of space in the
Premises which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy
or utilization based, in whole or in part, on the net income or profits
derived by any person from the Premises leased, used, occupied or utilized
(other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of
receipts or sales), and any such purported lease, sublease, license,
concession or other agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a
conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy or
utilization of any part of the Premises.
ARTICLE VII
CASUALTY AND TAKING
7.1 Casualty and Taking. If, during the Term, all or any substantial part of the Premises, the Building or the Property is damaged materially by fire or other casualty or taken by eminent domain or by action of public or other authority in consequence thereof, or Landlord receives compensable damage by reason of anything lawfully done in pursuance of public or other authority, this Lease shall terminate at Landlord's election, which may be made notwithstanding Landlord's entire interest may have been divested, by notice given to Tenant within thirty-seven (37) days after such casualty or taking specifying the effective date of termination which shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date of notice of such termination.
If in any such case the Premises, the Building or the Property are rendered unfit for use and occupancy and this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall use due diligence to restore the same or, in case of taking, what may remain thereof (excluding in each case any items installed or paid for by Tenant which Tenant may be required or permitted to remove) to substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to such fire or other casualty or taking to the extent permitted by laws and ordinances then in effect and by the net award of insurance or damages actually received by Landlord, and a just proportion of the rent, according to the nature and extent to which the Premises have been rendered untenantable, shall be abated until the substantial completion of such work.
7.2 Reservation of Award. Landlord reserves to itself any and all rights to receive awards made for damages to the Premises, the Building, the Property and the leasehold hereby created, or any one or more of them, accruing by reason of exercise of eminent domain or by anything lawfully done pursuant to public or other authority. Tenant hereby releases and assigns to Landlord all Tenant's rights to such awards, and covenants to deliver such further assignments and assurances thereof as Landlord may from time to time request. It is agreed and understood, however, that Landlord does not reserve to itself, and Tenant does not assign to Landlord, any damages payable for movable trade fixtures installed by Tenant or anybody claiming under Tenant at its own expense or relocation expenses recoverable by Tenant from such authority in a separate action, provided said award does not diminish Landlord's award in any way.
7.3 Tenant's Termination Rights.
(a) If the Premises or any portion thereof are damaged by fire or other
casualty or taking, Landlord shall notify Tenant (the "Damage Notice") in
writing within thirty-seven (37) days of the occurrence of the damage as to
whether (i) the repair of such damage is susceptible of being substantially
completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the occurrence
(Landlord hereby agreeing to submit to Tenant with the Damage Notice an
engineering estimate as to the length of time necessary to substantially
complete the repair of such damage, such estimated repair period being
hereinafter referred to as the "Estimated Repair Period"), (ii) sufficient
insurance proceeds or condemnation awards (together with other funds which
Landlord may commit) will be available for the repair of such damage, and
(iii) in the case of damage by fire or other casualty (and not by taking),
less than ninety percent (90%) of the rentable area of the Premises
existing immediately prior to the damage will be available for Tenant's use
and occupation after the repair of such damage is completed. If (x) the
damage to the Premises or any portion thereof shall materially adversely
interfere with the conduct of Tenant's business in the Premises in the
ordinary course as reasonably determined by Tenant, and the Estimated
Repair Period is in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days after the
occurrence of such damage, or (y) the Damage Notice states that there will
not be sufficient insurance proceeds or condemnation awards (together with
other funds which Landlord may commit) available for the repair of such
damage, or (z) in the case of damage by fire or other casualty (and not by
taking), the Damage Notice states that less than ninety percent (90%) of
the rentable area of the Premises existing immediately prior to the damage
will be available for Tenant's use and occupation after the repair of such
damage is completed, then Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord within
fifteen (15) days after the giving of the Damage Notice to Tenant,
terminate this Lease as of the date of occurrence of such damage. If such
damage can be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date
of occurrence of the damage, this Lease is not terminated, and Landlord
fails to substantially complete the repairs within such period without
fault or neglect of Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors, then
Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord, in
which case this Lease shall terminate thirty (30) days after the giving of
such termination notice unless within such thirty (30) day period Landlord
substantially completes said repairs. If the Estimated Repair Period is in
excess of one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of occurrence of the
damage, this Lease is not terminated, and Landlord fails to substantially
complete the repairs within the Estimated Repair Period without fault or
neglect of Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors, then Tenant may
terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord, in which case
this Lease shall terminate thirty (30) days after the giving of such
termination notice unless within such thirty (30) day period Landlord
substantially completes said repairs.
(b) If, during the Term, all or any part of the Premises or the Garage or access thereto are taken by eminent domain or by action of public or other authority in consequence thereof, and such taking materially adversely interferes with Tenant's business operations in the Premises in the ordinary course, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice given to Landlord within thirty-seven (37) days after such taking specifying the effective date of termination which shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date of notice of such termination.
ARTICLE VIII
DEFAULTS; EVENTS; REMEDIES
8.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:
8.1.1 Failure of Tenant to make any payment of rent or other required payment (including parking charges) when due, and such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days after receipt by Tenant of written notice from Landlord;
8.1.2 Failure of Tenant to comply with any provision of this Lease, other than payment of rent, and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of written notice from Landlord; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant's default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, Tenant shall not be in default if Tenant commences such cure within thirty (30) days and diligently pursues such cure to completion;
8.1.3 The making of an assignment or general arrangement for the benefit of
creditors by Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations hereunder, or
the appointment of a receiver or trustee for all or substantially all the
assets of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations hereunder and
such receivership shall not have been terminated or stayed within ninety
(90) days, or the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of
substantially all of Tenant's assets located in the Premises or Tenant's
interest in this Lease where such seizure is not discharged within thirty
(30) days;
8.1.4 The filing by Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations hereunder of petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency Law; or the filing of such a petition against Tenant or such guarantor which is not dismissed within ninety (90) days; or
8.1.5 Using the Premises for other than the Permitted Use, if such use continues for a period of seven (7) days after receipt by Tenant of written notice from Landlord.
8.2 Remedies in Event of Default. Landlord or its servants and agents may,
in addition to and not in derogation of any remedies for any preceding
breach of any covenant, immediately or at any time thereafter while such
default continues and without further notice, at Landlord's election, do
any one or more of the following: (1) give Tenant written notice stating
that the Lease is terminated effective upon the giving of such notice or
upon a date stated in such notice, as Landlord may elect, in which event
the Lease shall be irrevocably extinguished and terminated as stated in
such notice without any further action or (2) with or without process of
law, in a lawful manner, enter and repossess the Premises, and expel Tenant
and those claiming through or under Tenant, and remove its and their
effects, without being guilty of trespass, in which event this Lease shall
be irrevocably extinguished and terminated at the time of such entry, or
(3) pursue any other rights or remedies permitted by law. Any such
termination of this Lease shall be without prejudice to any remedies which
might otherwise be used for arrears of rent or prior breach of any covenant
and in the event of such termination, Tenant shall remain liable under this
Lease as hereinafter provided. Tenant hereby waives all statutory rights
(including, without limitation, rights of redemption, if any) to the extent
such rights may be lawfully waived, and Landlord without notice to Tenant
may store Tenant's effects and those of any person claiming through or
under Tenant at the expense and risk of Tenant and, if Landlord so elects,
may sell such effects at public auction or private sale and apply the net
proceeds to the payment of all sums due to Landlord from Tenant, if any,
and pay over the balance if any, to Tenant.
8.3 Tenant's Obligations After Termination. In the event that this Lease is terminated for breach of any obligation of Tenant, Tenant covenants to pay forthwith to Landlord, as compensation, the excess (discounted to present value at the prime rate then being offered by the largest commercial bank in the United States) of the total rent due for the residue of the Term over the fair market rental value of the Premises for said residue of the Term. Tenant further covenants to pay punctually to Landlord all the sums and perform all the obligations which Tenant covenants in this Lease to pay and to perform in the same manner and to the same extent and at the same time as if this Lease had not been terminated; however, Tenant shall be credited with any amount paid to Landlord as compensation as provided in the first sentence of this Section 8.3 and also with the net proceeds of any rents obtained by Landlord by reletting the Premises, after deducting all Landlord's expenses in connection with such reletting, including, without implied limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, fees for legal services and expenses of preparing the Premises for such reletting, it being agreed by Tenant that Landlord may relet the Premises or any part or parts thereof on such terms as Landlord seems fit, and make such alterations or repairs in the Premises as Landlord in its sole judgment considers necessary to relet the same and no action of Landlord in accordance with the foregoing or failure to relet or to collect rent under reletting shall operate or be construed to release or reduce Tenant's liability as aforesaid.
ARTICLE IX
RIGHTS OF MORTGAGEE/GROUND LESSOR
9.1 Subordination and Attornment.
(a) This Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder are subject and subordinate in all respects to all mortgages and ground leases which may now or hereafter be placed on or affect all or any part of the real property of which the Premises are a part and/or Landlord's interest or estate in such real property or ground leases, and to each advance made and/or hereafter to be made under any such mortgages, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof and all substitutions therefor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article IX contained, as to any future mortgages or ground leases, the herein provided subordination and attornment shall be effective only if the mortgagee or ground lessor therein, as the case may be, agrees, by a written instrument in recordable form and otherwise in a form reasonably acceptable to Tenant and such mortgagee or ground lessor, that, as long as Tenant shall not be in terminable default of the obligations on its part to be kept and performed under the terms of this Lease, this Lease will not be affected and Tenant's possession hereunder will not be disturbed by any default under and/or foreclosure or termination of such mortgage or ground lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the form of subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D is acceptable to Tenant for future mortgages and ground leases.
(b) The term "mortgage" as used in this Lease shall include any mortgage or deed of trust. The term "mortgagee" as used in this Lease shall include any mortgagee or any trustee and beneficiary under a deed of trust or receiver appointed under a mortgage or deed of trust, including, without limitation, all persons or entities which may acquire Landlord's interest in the Property or any part thereof by purchase at foreclosure or deed or acquisition in lieu thereof, and all successors in title to such persons or entities.
9.2 No Prepayment of Rent. Tenant acknowledges that this Lease has been or may be assigned from time to time by Landlord as collateral security for Landlord's obligations under one or more mortgages. No fixed rent, additional rent or any other charge shall be paid more than thirty (30) days prior to the due date thereof and payments made in violation of this provision shall (except to the extent that such payments are actually received by a mortgagee) be a nullity as against any mortgagee and Tenant shall be liable for the amount of such payments to such mortgagee taking possession of the Building.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
10.1 Title. The titles of the Articles are for convenience and are not to be considered in construing this Lease.
10.2 Notices. Whenever, by the terms of this Lease, notice shall or may be given either to Landlord or to Tenant, such notice shall be in writing, addressed, if to Landlord, at Landlord's address in Section 1.1 or, if to Tenant, at Tenant's address in Section 1.1, or such other address as last designated in writing by either Landlord or Tenant, and shall be deemed duly given if deposited with or picked up by an overnight delivery service or deposited with the U.S. Postal Service by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Any notice given by an agent or attorney of Landlord shall be deemed notice given by Landlord.
In the event a notice mailed with sufficient postage as above provided shall not be received upon attempted delivery thereof to the proper address and shall be returned by the Postal Service to the sender because of a refusal of receipt, the absence of a person to receive, or otherwise, the time of the giving of such notice shall be the time of such attempted delivery.
10.3 Bind and Inure. The obligations of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Landlord named herein and each successive owner of the Premises shall be liable only for the obligations accruing during the period of its ownership. Whenever the Premises are owned by a trustee or trustees, the obligations of Landlord shall be binding upon Landlord's trust estate, but not upon any trustee, beneficiary or shareholder of the trust individually.
10.4 Partial Invalidity. If any term of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
10.5 No Waiver. No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver is in writing signed by the applicable party waiving its rights. The failure of Landlord or Tenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant, condition or rule of this Lease, or in the case of Landlord, failure to enforce any Rules or Regulation against Tenant or any other tenant, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach or prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a breach, from having the effect of any original breach. Landlord's receipt of rent with knowledge of a breach by Tenant of any term or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.
10.6 No Surrender. No act or thing done by Landlord, its agents or employees during the term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises or shall be valid unless in writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to any of Landlord's agents or employees shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises.
10.7 No Accord and Satisfaction. No payment by Tenant, or receipt by Landlord, of a lesser amount than the rent due shall be deemed to be other than on account and as allocated in Landlord's sole discretion, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying or such payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy available to Landlord.
10.8 Intentionally Deleted.
10.9 Self-Help.
(a) Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, cure, at any time, without notice in case of emergency, or on reasonable notice in cases other than an emergency, any failure of Tenant to fully comply with any of its obligations or duties under this Lease, and/or any default or breach by Tenant under this Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods; and whenever Landlord so elects, all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord, including, without limitation reasonable attorney's fees, together with interest on the amount of costs and expenses so incurred at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord forthwith on demand, and shall be recoverable as additional rent.
(b) If Landlord shall fail to make any repair required to be made by Landlord under this Lease, and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant (or such additional time as is reasonably required to make such repair if Landlord commences such repair within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues such repair to completion), Tenant may, but shall not be obligated to, upon prior written notice to Landlord, perform such repair on Landlord's behalf. If Tenant exercises such right, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in making such repair. If Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant for such reasonable costs and expenses within thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant to Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to offset against rent such reasonable costs and expenses so incurred by Tenant. Any sum so reimbursed by Landlord to Tenant or offset against rent may be included in Operating Costs to the extent the cost of the repair would have been included in Operating Costs if the repair were performed by Landlord itself.
10.10 Estoppel Certificates. Tenant shall, without charge, at any time and from time to time (but no more than five (5) times per calendar year), within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord, certify by written instrument (in recordable form if requested) duly executed, acknowledged and delivered to Landlord, or to any mortgagee or proposed mortgagee, or any purchaser or proposed purchaser, or to any other entity reasonably specified by Landlord:
(1) The Term Commencement Date, the original expiration date, the present expiration date, and the existence, number, and term of any option periods.
(2) Whether or not, to Tenant's actual knowledge, Landlord is in default, in any way, in the performance of any of the covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed by Landlord in accordance with this Lease and if there is any such default alleged, specifying the nature of same.
(3) What the amount of rent is pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and the dates, if any, to which the rental and other charges hereunder have been paid in advance.
(4) That this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or in the event that there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and setting forth the modifications.
(5) Whether or not, to Tenant's actual knowledge, there are then existing any claims, setoffs or defenses against the enforcement of any of the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions hereof upon the part of Tenant to be performed or complied with, and if so, specifying the same.
(6) The status of any other matter relative to this Lease or the relation of the parties, reasonably requested. 10.11 Waiver of Subrogation. Property insurance carried by either party with respect to the Premises and property therein or occurrences thereon shall include a clause or endorsement denying to the insurer rights of subrogation against the other party to the extent rights have been waived by the insured prior to occurrence of injury or loss. Each party, notwithstanding any provisions of this Lease to the contrary, hereby waives any rights of recovery against the other for injury or loss due to hazards covered by property insurance containing such clause or endorsement carried (or required hereunder to be carried, without regard to rights of self-insurance) by such party.
10.12 Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed exclusively by the provisions hereof and by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located, as said laws may from time to time exist.
10.13 Acts of God. In any case where either party is required to do any act, delays caused by or resulting from Acts of God, war, civil commotion, fire, flood or other casualty, labor difficulties, shortages of labor or materials or equipment in the ordinary course of trade, government regulations or other causes not reasonably within such party's control shall not be counted in determining the time during which such act shall be completed, whether such time be designated by fixed date, a fixed time or "a reasonable time", and such time shall be deemed to be extended by the period of such delay. Financial inability of either party shall not be considered to be a circumstance or cause beyond the reasonable control of such party.
10.14 Consent. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, whenever consent or approval of Landlord or Tenant is required under the terms of this Lease, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each party's sole remedy if the other party unreasonably withholds or delays consent or approval shall be an action for specific performance and such other party shall not be liable for damages. If either party withholds any consent or approval, such party shall on written request deliver to the other party a written statement giving the reasons therefor.
10.15 Brokerage Commissions. Each party warrants that it has had no
dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or
execution of this Lease other than the broker named in Section 1.1. Each
party agrees to indemnify the other and hold the other harmless from and
against any and all costs, expenses, claims or liability arising in breach
of the foregoing warranty. Landlord agrees to pay the broker named in
Section 1.1.
10.16 Intentionally Deleted.
10.17 Limitation of Liability. In the event Landlord shall default in the performance of its obligations hereunder, Tenant agrees to look only to Landlord's then equity interest in the Building for the satisfaction of any judgment. In no event shall Landlord be liable for any lost profits or indirect or consequential damages, and if Landlord is a partnership or trust, no general or limited partner of such partnership nor any trustee or beneficiary of any Trust shall be liable but Landlord alone shall be liable and then as limited hereby to Landlord's then equity interest in the Building.
10.18 Intentionally Deleted.
10.19 Recording. Neither party shall record this Lease but each party shall, at the request of the other made at any time after the Term Commencement Date is known, execute a memorandum or notice thereof in recordable form satisfactory to both Landlord and Tenant specifying the Term Commencement Date and Expiration Date of the term of this Lease and other information required by statute. The requesting party may then record said memorandum or notice of lease.
10.20 Intentionally Deleted.
10.21 Term Commencement Date. For purposes of this Lease, the "Term Commencement Date" shall be defined as the earlier of (A) the first date on which Tenant occupies all or any part of the Premises for the conduct of business, or (B) fourteen (14) days after the date on which both of the following shall occur: (i) Landlord's Work shall be (or be deemed to be) substantially completed (notwithstanding the incompleteness of (x) so-called "punch list" items, (y) work to be undertaken by Landlord which does not materially impair Tenant's use of the Premises for the purposes allowed herein, and (z) finishes and exterior landscaping to the Property), and (ii) a certificate of occupancy has been (or is deemed to have been) issued with respect to the Premises (or the building inspector has (or is deemed to have) provided a verbal "sign off" on Landlord's Work and indicated that a certificate of occupancy will issue in due course). If Tenant (or any agent, employee or contractor of Tenant) causes any delay in the performance or substantial completion of Landlord's Work (including, without limitation, by failing to timely prepare the Construction Drawings), then Landlord's Work shall be deemed to have been substantially completed on the date that Landlord's Work would have been substantially completed but for such delay, and the certificate of occupancy for the Premises (or building inspector "sign off" as aforesaid) shall be deemed to have been issued (or provided) on the date it would have been issued (or provided) but for such delay. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to substantially complete Landlord's Work by the date (as the same may be modified by Landlord at or prior to the time of its approval of the Construction Drawings as provided in the second paragraph of Section 10.22, the "Estimated Substantial Completion Date") which is ninety (90) days after Landlord's final approval of the Construction Drawings, but Tenant shall not have any claim against Landlord, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, if Landlord's Work is not substantially completed by the Estimated Substantial Completion Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord fails to substantially complete Landlord's Work on or before the date which is sixty (60) days after the Estimated Substantial Completion Date due to Landlord's fault or neglect, then Tenant shall be entitled to a credit (offset) against Base Rent due and payable as of the Term Commencement Date in the amount of one (1) day of Base Rent for each day after the Estimated Substantial Completion Date that Landlord's Work shall not have been substantially completed.
10.22 Improvements. Landlord agrees to perform, at Landlord's expense (except as hereinafter provided), the work ("Landlord's Work") within the Premises described in or shown on, and substantially in accordance with, the Construction Drawings.
Tenant shall, at its expense (except as provided in the next sentence), prepare the construction drawings (the "Construction Drawings") for Landlord's Work. Provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods and shall have taken occupancy of the Premises for business, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant up to $55,908.17 (the "Plan Allowance") for the architectural and engineering fees incurred by Tenant in preparing the Construction Drawings, such reimbursement to be made within thirty (30) days of Landlord's receipt of a reasonably detailed invoice from Tenant describing such fees. The Construction Drawings shall be subject to Landlord's approval; and Landlord shall have the right, by notice to Tenant at or prior to the time of its approval of the Construction Drawings, to modify the Estimated Substantial Completion Date based upon the nature of the work shown on the Construction Drawings. Tenant agrees that the Construction Drawings shall be prepared in a diligent and efficient manner so that Landlord's final approval thereof is obtained by March 15, 1998.
Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the general contractor for Landlord's Work shall be Bartlett Brainard & Eacott Inc. ("BB&E"). The general contractor's fee to be charged by BB&E shall not exceed three (3%) percent of the aggregate costs of Landlord's Work; and the general conditions component of the costs of Landlord's Work shall not comprise more than six (6%) percent of the aggregate costs of Landlord's Work. Landlord agrees to require BB&E to obtain, to the extent reasonably obtainable, bids from no more than five (5) and no less than three (3) subcontractors for all trades necessary to complete Landlord's Work. All subcontractor bids shall be subject to Tenant's approval. If Tenant fails to respond to a request for approval of a subcontractor bid within three (3) business days of Landlord's request therefor, such approval shall be deemed given.
Landlord agrees to undertake construction of the Premises in accordance with the provisions hereof in a good and workmanlike fashion and in compliance with applicable codes. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord shall, at its expense (in addition to the Plan Allowance and Landlord's Contribution, as hereinafter defined), cause the restrooms on each floor of the Premises to comply with the ADA as in effect on the date hereof.
Tenant's vendors and contractors shall be permitted entry to the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date for the installation of Tenant's equipment and furnishings (including cabling and wiring) and the performance of such other work as Tenant may desire (subject to the provisions of Section 5.5 hereof), provided that such installation and other work shall not unreasonably interfere with the performance of Landlord's Work. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to coordinate and schedule Landlord's Work so that Tenant may perform its work on a floor-by-floor basis.
In the event that Tenant shall request and Landlord shall approve supplementary plans or specifications or work or changes to the Construction Drawings, then Landlord shall render to Tenant an estimate of the additional cost of such plans or specifications, work or changes and (unless such cost, when added to the other costs of Landlord's Work, will not exceed Landlord's Contribution) Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord prior to Landlord having any obligation to undertake any such work; provided, however, that Tenant shall be responsible for any delays in the performance or substantial completion of Landlord's Work on account of any such supplementary plans or specifications, work or changes requested by Tenant. Landlord shall notify Tenant of any such delays, and of any delays caused by any change order requests initiated by Landlord, promptly upon Landlord becoming aware of the same. The costs and expenses to prepare any supplementary plans or specifications or to make any changes to the Construction Drawings shall be Tenant's responsibility. Landlord shall respond to any request for approval under this paragraph within three (3) business days of Tenant's written request therefor; and if Landlord fails to respond within such three (3) business day period, Landlord's approval of the supplementary plans or specifications or work or the changes to the Construction Drawings shall be deemed given.
Landlord shall contribute $17.50 per square foot of rentable area of the Premises ("Landlord's Contribution") towards the costs of Landlord's Work, which costs shall include, without limitation, demolition costs and the costs, if any, incurred by Landlord to engage an architect or engineer to review the Construction Drawings to determine their compliance with the ADA. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs of Landlord's Work in excess of Landlord's Contribution within thirty (30) days of billing(s) from time to time (whether before or after the Term Commencement Date) therefor (accompanied by documentation supporting such excess costs). If Landlord's Contribution exceeds the costs of Landlord's Work and Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, such excess shall, at Tenant's election, be paid by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days of Tenant's notice to Landlord of such election or be credited against Tenant's obligation to pay Base Rent until such excess is reduced to zero.
10.23 Electricity.
(a) Except as provided in this Section 10.23, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant, as an incident of this Lease, electric current for normal office equipment comprising a combined lighting and standard electrical load not to exceed 6 watts per square foot.
(b) In the event that Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion determine that Tenant is at any time using or proposing to use equipment which is other than normal office equipment of the type described in subsection 10.23(a) or is, on a regular basis, using electric current during other than Normal Building Operating Hours, Landlord may at its option either (i) install at Tenant's expense or require Tenant to install separate electric metering for such equipment in which event Tenant shall pay the cost of such separately metered electricity or (ii) reasonably and equitably charge to Tenant a fair increment specially allocable to Tenant's use in which event the increment charged to Tenant shall not be includable as an Operating Cost under Article III. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right, at Tenant's expense, to submeter for electricity and/or chilled water any computer or other room(s) in the Premises using or requiring special heating or cooling equipment, and Tenant shall pay for all electricity and chilled water so submetered and subsequently billed by Landlord to Tenant from time to time.
(c) If Tenant shall require electric current for use in the Premises in excess of the quantity to be furnished for such use as hereinabove provided and if (i) in Landlord's reasonable judgment Landlord's facilities are inadequate for such excess requirements or (ii) such excess use shall result in an additional burden on the Building heating/air conditioning system or electrical system and additional cost to Landlord on account thereof then, as the case may be, (x) Landlord, upon written request and at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, will furnish and install such additional wire, conduits, feeders, switchboards and appurtenances as reasonably may be required to supply such additional requirements of Tenant if current therefor be available to Landlord, provided that the same shall be permitted by applicable laws and insurance regulations and shall not cause damage or injury to the Building or the Premises or cause a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations or repairs or interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants of the Building, or (y) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such additional cost, as aforesaid.
(d) Tenant agrees that it will not make any material alteration or material addition to the electrical equipment and/or appliances in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance first obtained, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.
(e) Notwithstanding the provision of Section 10.23(a) through (d), in the event a separate meter or meters is (are) installed which measure(s) electric current, Tenant agrees to pay for all such electricity so metered and subsequently billed. An amount equal to seventy-five cents ($.75) per square foot of the Premises shall be deducted from Tenant's Base Rent specified in Article I, beginning with the date Tenant's electric liability is separately metered and charged to Tenant hereunder.
10.24 Option To Extend. Tenant shall have the option to extend the Term of
this Lease for two (2) successive terms of five (5) years each (each being
referred to as an "extended term"). The option shall be exercised only by
notice no more than twelve (l2) months and no less than nine (9) months
prior to the expiration of the original Term or the first extended term, as
the case may be. Said notice shall be effective only if given in the timely
manner described; however, Tenant's exercise of its option may be deemed
void in Landlord's sole discretion if Tenant is not occupying the Premises
for the Permitted Use, is in default under the terms of this Lease either
on the date of the notice or on the date of the expiration of the original
Term or of the first extended term, as the case may be, or has assigned
this Lease or sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises (other
than to an Affiliated Entity). The demise of the Premises for each extended
term shall be on the same terms and conditions as the original Term or the
first extended term, as the case may be, except that Landlord shall have no
obligation to construct or renovate the Premises or to provide any
allowance or contribution with respect thereto and the charge for all
parking passes to be used during the extended term shall be at the then
current prevailing rate in the Garage, as such rate may vary from time to
time (but not less than the highest rate being charged to Tenant for its
parking passes as of the expiration of the then current Term of this
Lease), and except that the Base Rent, the Operating Costs for the Base
Calendar Year and the Real Estate Taxes for the Base Calendar Year during
such extended term shall be as set forth hereinafter. All other items of
additional rent shall be the same. Once the Term is duly extended, any
reference in this Lease to the "term" or "Term" of this Lease shall mean
the Term as so extended. If Tenant fails to give timely notice, as
aforesaid, Tenant shall have no further right to extend the Term of this
Lease, time being of the essence in respect of this Section 10.24. Tenant
shall have no option to extend the Term of this Lease other than the two
(2) additional five (5) year terms herein provided for. Notwithstanding the
fact that, upon Tenant's exercise of the herein option to extend the Term
of this Lease, such extension(s) shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, the
parties shall promptly execute a lease amendment reflecting such extended
term after Tenant exercises the option in question and the Base Rent,
Operating Costs for the Base Calendar Year and Real Estate Taxes for the
Base Calendar Year during such extended term are determined.
The Base Rent for each extended term shall be 95% of the fair market rental value (as hereinafter defined) of the Premises as of the commencement date of such extended term. However, in no event shall the sum of the Base Rent and amounts required to be paid by Tenant on account of Operating Costs and Landlord's Tax Expense for any twelve (12) month period during such extended term be less than the sum of the Base Rent and amounts required to be paid by Tenant on account of Operating Costs and Landlord's Tax Expense for the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the commencement of such extended term.
"Fair market rental value" shall be computed as of the date in question at the then current annual rental charge (i.e., the sum of Base Rent plus escalation and other charges), including provisions for subsequent increases and other adjustments, for leases or agreements to lease then currently being negotiated or executed for comparable space located in first-class buildings (including the Building) in downtown Hartford. In determining fair market rental value, the following factors, among others, shall be taken into account and given effect: size, location of premises, lease term, building amenities, finishes and condition of building, tenant improvement allowances, creditworthiness of the landlord and the tenant, availability of exterior signage, and services provided by the landlord.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the parties hereby agree that, upon the determination of any fair market rental value, Operating Costs for the Base Calendar Year and Real Estate Taxes for the Base Calendar Year shall be changed from that stated in Section 1.1 above to an amount equal to the actual amount of Operating Costs and Landlord's Tax Expense, respectively, for the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year in which the commencement date of the extended term occurs. In such event, the amount of Base Rent payable hereunder shall be commensurately adjusted to reflect such change in such base years.
Landlord shall initially designate fair market rental value and Landlord shall furnish data in support of such designation. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord's designation of a fair market rental value, Tenant shall have the right, by written notice given within thirty (30) days after Tenant has been notified of Landlord's designation, to submit such fair market rental value to appraisal. Fair market rental value shall be submitted to appraisal as follows: fair market rental value shall be determined by impartial MAI appraisers, one to be chosen by Landlord, one to be chosen by Tenant, and a third to be selected, if necessary, as below provided. The unanimous written decision of the two first chosen, without selection and participation of a third appraiser, or otherwise, the written decision of a majority of three appraisers chosen and selected as aforesaid, shall be conclusive and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall each notify the other of its chosen appraiser within ten (10) days following the call for appraisal and, unless such two appraisers shall have reached a unanimous decision within thirty (30) days after their designation, they shall so notify the President of the Hartford Bar Association (or such organization as may succeed to said Hartford Bar Association) and request him or her to select an impartial third MAI appraiser to determine fair market rental value as herein defined. Such third appraiser and the first two chosen shall hear the parties and their evidence and render their decision within thirty (30) days following the conclusion of such hearing and notify Landlord and Tenant thereof. Landlord and Tenant shall bear the expense of the third appraiser (if any) equally. The decision of the appraisers shall be binding and conclusive, and judgment upon the award or decision of the arbitrators may be entered in the appropriate court of law; and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of such court and further agree that any process or notice of motion or other application to such court or a Judge thereof may be served outside the State of Connecticut by registered mail or by personal service, provided a reasonable time for appearance is allowed. If the dispute between the parties as to a fair market rental value has not been resolved before the commencement of Tenant's obligation to pay rent based upon such fair market rental value, then Tenant shall pay Base Rent and other charges under this Lease in respect of the premises in question based upon the fair market rental value designated by Landlord until either the agreement of the parties as to the fair market rental value, or the decision of the appraisers, as the case may be, at which time Tenant shall pay any underpayment of rent and other charges to Landlord, or Landlord shall refund any overpayment of rent and other charges to Tenant.
10.25 Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall not (either with or without
negligence) cause or permit the escape, disposal or release of any
biologically or chemically active or other hazardous substances or
materials. Tenant shall not allow the storage or use of such substances or
materials in any manner not sanctioned by law or by the highest standards
prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of such substances or
materials, nor allow to be brought into the Premises or Building or land on
which the Building is located any such materials or substances except to
use in the ordinary course of Tenant's business, and then only after
written notice is given to Landlord of the identity of such substances or
materials. Without limitation, hazardous substances and materials shall
include those described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601
et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C.
Section 6901 et seq., any applicable state or local laws and the
regulations adopted under these acts. If any lender or governmental agency
shall ever require testing to ascertain whether or not there has been any
release of hazardous materials and such testing concludes that Tenant or
its agents, employees, contractors, invitees or others claiming by, through
or under Tenant caused such release, then the reasonable costs thereof
shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord upon demand as additional
charges. In addition, Tenant shall execute affidavits, representations and
the like from time to time at Landlord's request concerning Tenant's best
knowledge and belief regarding the presence of hazardous substances or
materials on the Premises. In all events, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord
and its agents and employees in the manner elsewhere provided in this Lease
from any release of hazardous materials on the Premises occurring while
Tenant is in possession, or elsewhere if caused by Tenant or persons acting
under Tenant. The within covenants shall survive the expiration or earlier
termination of the term of this Lease. Landlord represents and warrants
that, to Landlord's knowledge, the Building is free of any material
concentrations of hazardous substances or materials. Landlord shall
indemnify Tenant against any liability incurred by Tenant arising as a
result of (i) a breach of the representation and warranty contained in the
preceding sentence, or (ii) the presence of hazardous substances or
materials in the Building not caused by Tenant or its agents, employees,
contractors, invitees or others claiming by, through or under Tenant.
10.26 Right of First Offer. On the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time) that Tenant is not in default of its covenants and obligations under this Lease and that The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, itself, or an Affiliated Entity is occupying at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises then demised to Tenant, both at the time that Landlord is required to give Landlord's Notice, as hereinafter defined, and as of the Term Commencement Date in respect of the RFO Premises, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall have the following right to lease the RFO Premises, as hereinafter defined, when the RFO Premises become available for lease to Tenant, as hereinafter defined.
"RFO Premises" shall be defined as any separately demised area on the sixth
(6th) floor of the Building which is not leased by Tenant pursuant to
Section 10.27 below and becomes available for lease to Tenant during the
Term of this Lease; provided, however, that if Tenant shall have exercised
its right to reduce the size of the Premises pursuant to Section 10.28
below, RFO Premises shall be defined as the Give-Back Premises (as
hereinafter defined) and any other separately demised area on the floor of
the Building below the lowest floor of the Building on which any portion of
the Premises is located, when the Give-Back Premises or such other area
becomes available for lease to Tenant during the initial Term of this
Lease. For the purposes of this Section 10.26, an RFO Premises shall be
deemed to be "available for lease to Tenant" if the existing tenant of such
RFO Premises has vacated or will vacate the same and when Landlord intends
to offer such RFO Premises for lease (it being understood and agreed that
in no event shall Tenant have any right to lease RFO Premises pursuant to
this Section 10.26 unless and until Landlord leases such RFO Premises to
another tenant and such tenant has vacated or will vacate the same and
Landlord intends to offer such RFO Premises for lease). Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein contained, (a) in no event shall Tenant
have any rights under this Section 10.26 after the date which is nine (9)
months prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease (i.e., Landlord
shall have no obligation to give Landlord's Notice to Tenant after the date
which is nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Term of this
Lease), and (b) Tenant's rights to lease RFO Premises shall be subject and
subordinate to the rights of then existing tenants of the Building to lease
such RFO Premises.
Landlord shall give Tenant written notice ("Landlord's Notice") at the time
that Landlord determines that an RFO Premises will become available for
lease to Tenant. Landlord's Notice shall set forth the terms upon which
Landlord intends to offer such RFO Premises for lease, including (i) the
size and exact location of such RFO Premises, (ii) the Base Rent applicable
to such RFO Premises, which shall be based upon the delivery of such RFO
Premises to Tenant in "as-is" condition, but shall be subject to adjustment
as provided in clause (2) below, and (iii) the estimated date of delivery
of such RFO Premises to Tenant in such condition. Tenant shall have the
right, exercisable upon written notice ("Tenant's Exercise Notice") given
to Landlord within fifteen (15) business days after the receipt of
Landlord's Notice, to lease the RFO Premises. If Tenant fails timely to
give Tenant's Exercise Notice, Tenant shall have no further right to lease
such RFO Premises pursuant to this Section 10.26; provided, however, that
the failure to give Tenant's Exercise Notice as to such RFO Premises shall
not waive Tenant's right to lease, pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 10.26, any other RFO Premises which thereafter become available for
lease to Tenant during the initial Term of this Lease until Tenant's right
to lease RFO Premises has lapsed.
Upon the timely giving of Tenant's Exercise Notice, Landlord shall lease and demise to Tenant, and Tenant shall hire and take from Landlord, the RFO Premises in question, upon the terms set forth in Landlord's Notice and otherwise upon all of the same terms and conditions of this Lease, except as follows:
(1) Term Commencement Date
The Term Commencement Date in respect of such RFO Premises shall be the date that Landlord delivers such RFO Premises to Tenant (x) in the "as-is" condition described in Landlord's Notice, or (y) if within the fifteen (15) business day period referred to above Landlord and Tenant shall have agreed upon work to be performed by Landlord to prepare such RFO Premises for Tenant's occupancy, substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications for such work, as the case may be. If Landlord and Tenant shall not have agreed upon the scope of any such work to be performed by Landlord within the fifteen (15) business day period referred to above, then Tenant shall accept such RFO Premises in "as-is" condition unless Tenant rescinds Tenant's Exercise Notice within two (2) business days after the expiration of such fifteen (15) business day period, in which event Tenant shall have no right to lease such RFO Premises from Landlord, and Landlord shall be free to lease such RFO Premises to another party.
(2) Base Rent
The Base Rent rental rate in respect of such RFO Premises shall be the Base Rent rental rate set forth in Landlord's Notice, which shall be based upon Landlord's determination of the fair market rental value of such RFO Premises, which determination shall take into account, among other things, the condition in which such RFO Premises shall be delivered to Tenant, including the cost of the work, if any, to be performed by Landlord with respect thereto.
(3) Tenant's Proportionate Share
Tenant's Proportionate Share in respect of such RFO Premises shall be determined by dividing the rentable area of such RFO Premises by the total rentable area of the Building.
(4) Parking
The charge for parking passes in respect of such RFO Premises (which shall be provided at the same ratio as then being offered to prospective tenants of the Building) shall be at the then current prevailing rate in the Garage, as such rate may vary from time to time. Tenant shall have no right to additional reserved (i.e., as opposed to unassigned) parking spaces by reason of the demise of such RFO Premises.
Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant's exercise of the above-described option to lease RFO Premises shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, the parties hereby agree to execute a lease amendment reflecting the addition of an RFO Premises promptly after the exercise by Tenant of its right to lease the same. The execution of such lease amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant's exercise of the herein option to lease RFO Premises, unless otherwise specifically provided in such lease amendment.
10.27 Right of First Refusal. If, within the first twelve (12) months of
the initial Term of this Lease, Landlord is in, or is about to enter into,
negotiations to lease space on the sixth (6th) floor of the Building and
Tenant is not then in default of its covenants and obligations under this
Lease and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, itself, or an
Affiliated Entity is occupying at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises
then demised to Tenant, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant of
such negotiations, such notice to be directed to Gilbert Holmes, Vice
President-Director of Facilities, Lincoln National Corporation, 1300 South
Clinton Street, Fort Wayne, IN 46801. Tenant shall have the right to lease
such space by written notice to Landlord within seven (7) business days
after Tenant's receipt of such notice from Landlord. If Tenant fails to
timely exercise such right (time being of the essence in respect of this
Section 10.27), Landlord shall have no obligation to lease such space to
Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Section 10.27. If Tenant timely
exercises such right, then Landlord shall lease such space to Tenant upon
the same terms and conditions of this Lease (including, without limitation,
the Expiration Date, the Base Rent rental rate then (and from time to time)
applicable to the other premises demised to Tenant under this Lease, the
right to parking passes at the same ratio provided for the other premises
then demised to Tenant under this Lease, and the obligation to pay charges
for parking passes at the rate then (and from time to time) applicable to
the other parking passes provided to Tenant under this Lease).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Landlord shall contribute towards the
cost of the build-out of such space and Tenant's costs to prepare the
Construction Drawings for such space an amount equal to $17.50 per rentable
square foot and $.43 per usable square foot (respectively) of such space,
in each case multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
of full calendar months remaining in the initial Term of this Lease after
the commencement date of the leasing of such space, and the denominator of
which is one hundred twenty (120), (b) Tenant shall prepare the
Construction Drawings for the build-out of such space in a diligent and
efficient manner so that Landlord's final approval thereof is obtained no
later than forty-five (45) days after the giving to Landlord of Tenant's
notice exercising its right to lease such space, and (c) Tenant shall have
no right to additional reserved (i.e., as opposed to unassigned) parking
spaces by reason of the demise of such space. Notwithstanding the fact that
Tenant's exercise of the above-described right to lease such space shall be
self-executing, as aforesaid, the parties hereby agree to execute a lease
amendment reflecting the addition of such space promptly after the exercise
by Tenant of its right to lease the same. The execution of such lease
amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant's
exercise of the herein right to lease such space, unless otherwise
specifically provided in such lease amendment. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary herein contained, in no event shall Tenant have any rights
under this Section 10.27 if Tenant shall have previously exercised its
right to reduce the size of the Premises pursuant to Section 10.28 below.
10.28 Right to Reduce Space.
(a) On the condition (which condition Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time) that Tenant is not in default of its covenants and obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to reduce the size of the Premises by up to ten percent (10%) of the rentable area thereof by written notice to Landlord prior to the commencement of Landlord's Work. The portion of the Premises which Tenant elects to give back to Landlord (the "Give-Back Premises") and the remaining portion of the Premises on the floor(s) of the Building where the Give-Back Premises are located shall be of a marketable configuration (as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion) and otherwise in a location reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant shall timely exercise such right, (i) Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of billing(s) therefor (accompanied by supporting documentation), reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed preparation of the Give-Back Premises for Tenant's occupancy, and (ii) the parties shall promptly execute and deliver an amendment to this Lease confirming the location of the Give-Back Premises and making any changes to the terms and provisions of this Lease required as a result of the Give-Back Premises no longer being part of the Premises (e.g., modification to Tenant's Proportionate Share). If Tenant fails to timely exercise its right under this Section 10.28(a), Tenant shall have no right to reduce the size of the Premises pursuant to this Section 10.28(a), time being of the essence in respect of this Section 10.28(a).
(b) On the condition (which condition Landlord may waive, at its election,
by written notice to Tenant at any time) that Tenant is not in default of
its covenants and obligations under this Lease, and provided that Tenant
shall not have exercised its rights under Section 10.28(a) above, Tenant
shall have the right to reduce the size of the Premises by up to ten
percent (10%) of the rentable area thereof by written notice to Landlord on
or before the date which is nine (9) months after the Term Commencement
Date. The portion of the Premises which Tenant elects to give back to
Landlord (the "Give-Back Premises") and the remaining portion of the
Premises on the floor(s) of the Building where the Give-Back Premises are
located shall be of a marketable configuration (as determined by Landlord
in its sole and absolute discretion) and otherwise in a location reasonably
acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant shall timely exercise such right, Tenant
shall vacate and surrender the Give-Back Premises to Landlord as of the
date (the "Give-Back Premises Termination Date") which is ninety (90) days
after the giving of such notice to Landlord in the condition required by
the terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation,
Section 5.2 hereof), and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, not later than
thirty (30) days prior to the Give-Back Premises Termination Date, the
Termination Fee (as hereinafter defined) and the costs and expenses (to be)
incurred by Landlord to separate the Give-Back Premises from the remainder
of the Premises. Base Rent and other charges in respect of the Give-Back
Premises shall be apportioned as of the Give-Back Premises Termination
Date. For purposes hereof, the "Termination Fee" shall be equal to the
product of (i) Landlord's Transaction Costs (as hereinafter defined)
multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
months (or portion thereof) from the Give-Back Premises Termination Date to
the Expiration Date, and the denominator of which is one hundred twenty
(120). "Landlord's Transaction Costs" shall be the aggregate amount of all
costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in entering into this Lease,
including, without limitation, the amount of the Plan Allowance and
Landlord's Contribution and all brokerage commissions and legal fees.
Landlord shall, upon written request of Tenant, promptly after Landlord's
Transaction Costs have been determined, advise Tenant of the amount
thereof. Promptly after the exercise of Tenant's right to reduce the size
of the Premises pursuant to this Section 10.28(b), the parties shall
execute and deliver an amendment to this Lease confirming the location of
the Give-Back Premises and making any changes to the terms and provisions
of this Lease required as a result of the Give-Back Premises no longer
being part of the Premises (e.g., modification to Tenant's Proportionate
Share). If Tenant fails to timely exercise its right under this Section
10.28(b), Tenant shall have no right to reduce the size of the Premises
pursuant to this Section 10.28(b), time being of the essence in respect of
this Section 10.28(b).
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall have no right to reduce the size of the Premises pursuant to Section 10.28(a) or 10.28(b) if Tenant shall have previously leased other space on the sixth (6th) floor of the Building pursuant to Section 10.27 above.
10.29 Storage Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord storage premises ("Storage Premises") containing approximately 6,145 square feet of usable area. The Storage Premises are located in the lower level of the Building and are substantially as shown on Exhibit E hereto. Said demise of the Storage Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of this Lease except:
(1) The Term Commencement Date in respect of the Storage Premises shall be the Term Commencement Date in respect of the original Premises demised to Tenant under this Lease.
(2) The Base Rent payable in respect of the Storage Premises shall be $9.00
per usable square foot of the Storage Premises per year for the first five
(5) years of the Term, and $10.00 per usable square foot of the Storage
Premises per year for the remainder of the initial Term. The Base Rent
payable in respect of the Storage Premises during any extended term shall
be based upon the fair market rental value of the Storage Premises as of
the commencement date of such extended term, as determined by Landlord.
(3) The Storage Premises shall be leased by Tenant "as-is", in the condition in which the Storage Premises are in as of the Term Commencement Date in respect of the Storage Premises, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct the Storage Premises for Tenant or to provide any allowance or contribution with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall, at its expense, (a) deliver the Storage Premises in broom-clean condition, (b) touch-up the interior walls of the Storage Premises with paint, as needed, and (c) if not previously installed, install demising partitions to separate the Storage Premises from the remainder of the space on the lower level of the Building.
(4) Tenant shall have no obligation to make payments on account of Operating Costs or Landlord's Tax Expense in respect of the Storage Premises.
(5) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any services to the Storage Premises other than heat and air conditioning appropriate for storage space (which Tenant acknowledges may be at a level below the specifications set forth in paragraph 1(a) of Exhibit B hereto) and electricity for the electric lighting fixture in the Storage Premises.
(6) Tenant shall have no right to additional parking spaces or passes by reason of the demise of the Storage Premises.
(7) Tenant shall use the Storage Premises for storage purposes in connection with its use of the Premises demised under this Lease and for no other purposes whatsoever.
10.30 Antenna Installation. Subject to the following provisions of this
Section 10.30, Landlord grants Tenant the right, in common with Landlord
and other tenants, to install, operate and maintain, at Tenant's expense
and risk, a lawfully permitted antenna(e), satellite dish and associated
equipment (the "Antenna Equipment") required for the proper conduct of
Tenant's business in the Premises at a location on the roof of the Building
mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (the "Antenna Premises"):
(a) Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for its approval, a full set of engineering plans and specifications for the proposed Antenna Equipment installation. The installation of the proposed Antenna Equipment shall be designed so as to be removable without damage to the roof of the Building. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree, by way of illustration and not limitation, that Landlord shall have the right to withhold its approval of Tenant's plans and specifications hereunder, and shall not be deemed to be unreasonable in doing so, if Tenant's intended placement or method of installation or operation of the Antenna Equipment (i) may subject other then existing licensees, tenants or occupants of the Building, or other surrounding or neighboring landowners or their then existing occupants, to signal interference, Tenant hereby acknowledging that a shield may be required in order to prevent such interference, (ii) does not minimize to the fullest extent practicable the obstruction of the views from the windows of the Building or such adjoining building that are adjacent to the Antenna Equipment, if any, (iii) does not complement (in Landlord's sole judgment, which shall not, however, require Tenant to incur unreasonable expense) the design and finish of the Building, (iv) may damage the structural integrity of the Building or the roof thereof, or (v) may constitute a violation of any consent, approval, permit or authorization necessary for the lawful installation of the Antenna Equipment.
(b) Tenant shall make all required conduit or cable connections between Tenant's equipment in the Premises and the Antenna Equipment utilizing Building services, subject to (i) Tenant's payment of reasonable costs for such services, and (ii) approval of such connections by Landlord.
(c) Any Antenna Equipment installed by Tenant shall not interfere with the operation of any previously erected antenna(e), satellite dish(es) or the like.
(d) Tenant shall obtain and maintain (and submit copies to Landlord of) all necessary municipal, state and federal permits and authorizations required to install, maintain, use and operate the Antenna Equipment and shall pay any charges levied by government agencies which are the result of Tenant having the Antenna Equipment. Landlord agrees to fully cooperate with Tenant in obtaining all such permits and authorizations, at no cost or expense to Landlord.
(e) Tenant agrees to maintain the Antenna Equipment and Antenna Premises in a good state of repair and to save Landlord and its agents and employees harmless from any claims, liability, loss, damage or expenses resulting from the erection, maintenance, existence, operation, use or removal of the Antenna Equipment, except to the extent such claims, liability, loss, damage or expenses are due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors.
(f) At the conclusion of the Term, Tenant shall remove the Antenna Equipment and surrender the Antenna Premises to Landlord in the same condition as delivered to Tenant, except for loss or damage resulting from casualty, condemnation, act of God or ordinary wear and tear.
(g) The liability and property insurance to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease shall include coverage for Tenant's activity on the Antenna Premises and the Antenna Equipment.
(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.30, if Landlord, in its sole judgment, determines that the presence of the Antenna Equipment creates or poses a health risk or other danger to persons or property, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove the Antenna Equipment from the roof of the Building by giving written notice to Tenant. Upon the giving of such notice, Tenant shall remove the Antenna Equipment from the roof of the Building and surrender the Antenna Premises to Landlord in the condition required by clause (f) above.
(i) The frequency and transmission power at which the Antenna Equipment shall operate shall be subject to Landlord's prior written approval and may not be changed or modified at any time.
(j) Except for electricity, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any services to the Antenna Premises. Any services required by Tenant in connection with Tenant's use of the Antenna Premises or the Antenna Equipment shall be installed by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, subject to Landlord's prior approval. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall, at its expense, submeter the Antenna Premises and pay for all electricity so submetered and subsequently billed by Landlord.
(k) Tenant shall have no right to make any changes, alterations or other improvements to the Antenna Premises or to the Antenna Equipment without Landlord's prior written consent, except for routine maintenance.
(l) Landlord shall provide Tenant with 24-hour access to the Antenna Premises, subject to Landlord's reasonable security procedures and restrictions based on emergency conditions and to force majeure. Tenant shall give Landlord reasonable advance written notice of the need for access to the Antenna Premises (except that such notice may be oral in an emergency), and a representative of Landlord must be present during any entry by Tenant onto the Antenna Premises. Each notice for access shall either (as the case may be) (A) state the date access is needed and that routine maintenance is to be performed, or (B) if other than routine maintenance is to be performed, describe, as applicable, the date access is needed, the name of the contractor or other personnel requiring access, the areas to which access is required, the common areas (if any) of the Building to be impacted (risers, electrical rooms, etc.) and evidence of Landlord's approval of any work to be done in the Antenna Premises, if and to the extent such consent is required. In the event of an emergency, such notice shall follow within five (5) days after access to the Antenna Premises.
(m) Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of repairing any damage to the roof of the Building caused by the installation, maintenance or removal of the Antenna Equipment by or on behalf of Tenant.
(n) Tenant shall have no right to sublet the Antenna Premises.
(o) Except for Tenant, no person, firm or entity (including, without limitation, other tenants, licensees or occupants of the Building) shall have the right to benefit from the services provided by the Antenna Equipment.
(p) In the event that Landlord performs repairs to or replacement of the roof, and the removal of the Antenna Equipment is necessary to effect such repair or replacement, Tenant shall, at Tenant's cost, remove the Antenna Equipment until such time as Landlord has completed such repairs or replacement.
(q) Tenant shall take the Antenna Premises "as-is" without any obligation of Landlord to prepare or construct the same for Tenant's use or to provide any allowance or contribution with respect thereto.
(r) Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations relating to Tenant's use, maintenance and operation of the Antenna Premises and the Antenna Equipment.
(s) Landlord shall have the right, upon at least thirty (30) days notice to Tenant, to require Tenant to relocate the Antenna Premises to another area ("Relocation Antenna Premises") on the roof of the Building suitable for the use of the Antenna Equipment. In such event, Tenant shall, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, on or before the date set forth in Landlord's notice, relocate all of its Antenna Equipment from the Antenna Premises to the Relocation Antenna Premises.
(t) Tenant's use of the Antenna Premises shall otherwise be upon and subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease, except to the extent inconsistent with the state of facts contemplated by the use of the Antenna Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay rent for its use of the Antenna Premises.
10.31 Exterior Signage.
(a) Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to provide and install two (2) signs bearing Tenant's name and/or logo on the exterior of the Building below the roof-line thereof. The size, design and location of such signs shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, and Tenant agrees to obtain and present to Landlord, prior to the installation thereof, any and all permits and approvals required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction with respect to such signs. Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant to obtain such permits and approvals, but at no cost to Landlord. Tenant shall, at its expense, maintain such signs in good order and condition throughout the Term of this Lease (Tenant hereby assuming all risk and liability with respect thereto) and remove such signs upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term of this Lease and restore the facade(s) of the Building to the condition existing prior to the installation thereof. For so long as this Lease is in full force and effect, Landlord agrees not to permit the installation of a sign on the exterior of the Building at a height parallel to or above the location of Tenant's exterior signs. Provided that The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, itself, or an Affiliated Entity is occupying at least fifty percent (50%) of the Building and is not in default under this Lease, Landlord agrees not to permit the installation of a sign on the exterior of the Building which is proportionately larger (based upon the amount of space occupied by the tenant in question as compared to the amount of space occupied by Tenant and the size of Tenant's signs) than any of Tenant's exterior signs.
(b) Landlord shall, at its expense, install a monument sign (of a size and design determined by Landlord in its sole discretion) at the entrance to the Property and shall install Tenant's name (but not logo) in a prominent position on such sign. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of billing therefor, reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses to obtain and install Tenant's name on such sign.
10.32 Food Service Facility. Landlord shall operate, or cause to be operated, throughout the Term of this Lease a full-service food service facility (which shall include capacity for seating of at least 150 persons) serving the tenants of the Building. The hours of operation of such food service facility shall be at least 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and 11:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, legal holidays excepted. Tenant agrees that the Premises shall not contain a food service facility in any form, except for a reasonable number of vending machines serving products reasonably acceptable to Landlord.
10.33 Exercise Facility. Landlord shall operate, or cause to be operated, throughout the Term of this Lease an exercise facility (which may or may not be staffed, at Landlord's sole election) for use by employees of all tenants of the Building containing exercise equipment, men's and women's showers and locker facilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such exercise facility shall be available for use on a temporary basis by visiting employees of Tenant's affiliates. Employees of Tenant and its affiliates shall not be separately charged for the use of such exercise facility. Such exercise facility shall be available for use by employees of Tenant and its affiliates during Normal Building Operating Hours, legal holidays excepted. As a condition to the use of such exercise facility, each employee shall be required to execute and deliver to the Building management office prior to the first such use the Metro Center Fitness Club Usage Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.
10.34 Temporary Premises. Tenant desires to lease temporary premises in the Building until the Term Commencement Date of this Lease. Therefore, Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord, the Temporary Premises, as hereinafter defined. The demise of the Temporary Premises shall be upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
(a) The "Temporary Premises" shall be comprised of up to a full floor of the Building (other than any floor which is a part of the Premises) as designated by Landlord, but subject to change by Landlord from time to time.
(b) The demise of the Temporary Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of this Lease, except as follows:
(1) The Term Commencement Date in respect of the Temporary Premises shall be the date on which this Lease has been fully executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant.
(2) The Term of this Lease in respect of the Temporary Premises shall expire on the day immediately preceding the Term Commencement Date of this Lease (the "Temporary Premises Termination Date").
(3) The Temporary Premises shall be leased by Tenant "as-is", in the condition in which the Temporary Premises are in as of the Term Commencement Date in respect of the Temporary Premises, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct the Temporary Premises for Tenant or to provide any allowance or contribution with respect thereto.
(4) Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent or to make any payments on account of Operating Costs or Landlord's Tax Expense in respect of the Temporary Premises.
(5) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any services to the Temporary Premises.
(6) Tenant shall have no right to additional parking spaces or passes by reason of the demise of the Temporary Premises.
(7) Tenant shall use the Temporary Premises for oversight of construction, employee orientation, interviews or any other use permitted by law and approved by Landlord.
(c) As of the Temporary Premises Termination Date, Tenant shall vacate the Temporary Premises and deliver the Temporary Premises to Landlord in the condition in which the Temporary Premises were delivered to Tenant.
10.35 Testing of Building HVAC System. Within a reasonable period of time after the execution and delivery of this Lease and prior to the commencement of Landlord's Work, Landlord shall cause an environmental consulting firm reasonably satisfactory to Tenant to test the indoor air on each floor of the Premises to determine whether elevated levels of fungus or mold are emanating from the Building HVAC system. Air samples shall also be collected from outside of the Building as a control. If, in the reasonable opinion of a certified industrial hygienist employed by said consulting firm (the "CIH"), such testing indicates that no response actions related to elevated levels of mold or fungus emanating from the Building HVAC system are necessary, Landlord shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Section 10.35 and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such testing within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord therefor. If, in the reasonable opinion of the CIH, such testing indicates that response actions are necessary in order to address elevated levels of fungus or mold emanating from the Building HVAC system, Landlord shall pay for such testing and shall use reasonable efforts to eliminate such elevated mold and/or fungus emissions. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Rizzo Associates, Inc. is an acceptable environmental consulting firm.
Submission of this instrument for examination or signature does not constitute a reservation of or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.
This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject matters.
No representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between Landlord and Tenant or any of their respective brokers, employees or agents, not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.
IN WITNESS THEREOF the parties hereto have set their hands and seals in multiple counterpart copies, each of which counterpart copy shall be deemed an original for all purposes, as of the date and year first above written.
LANDLORD: NORTHLAND METRO PORTFOLIO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP BY: Northland Metro Partners Limited Partnership, its General Partner BY: Northland Metro Partners Incorporated, its General Partner BY: Name: Title: TENANT: THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY BY: Name: |
Title:
EXHIBIT A
PLAN OF PREMISES
EXHIBIT B
LANDLORD SERVICES
1) Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
a) Landlord will furnish the foregoing as required to provide comfortable temperatures in compliance with applicable codes and ordinances, government or quasi-governmental regulations, during Normal Building Operating Hours and on Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. (collectively, "Standard HVAC Hours"). "Comfortable temperatures" shall mean a maximum inside temperature of 76 F, provided the outside temperature is no more than 88 F dry bulb/72 F wet bulb, and a minimum inside temperature of 72 F, provided the outside temperature is no less than 6 F dry bulb. Landlord will maintain the base Building heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, the cost of which shall be billed to tenants pursuant to Article III hereof.
b) The air conditioning system is designed to provide cooling for normal office occupancy, one person per 208 square feet, and normal office equipment comprising a combined lighting and standard electrical load not to exceed 6 watts per square foot. If special occupancy requirements or special equipment require additional cooling or if Tenant otherwise exceeds those conditions or introduces onto the Premises equipment which overloads the systems and/or in any other way causes the systems not adequately to perform their proper functions, then at Landlord's option reasonable supplementary or alternative systems may be installed by Landlord and the acquisition, installation, maintenance and operating cost of such equipment will be at Tenant's expense.
c) Tenant may request heating and/or air conditioning during other periods in addition to Standard HVAC Hours by submitting its request in writing to the Building Manager's office no later than 2:00 p.m. the preceding workday (Monday through Friday) on forms available from the Building Manager. The request shall clearly state the start and stop hours of the "off-hour" service. Tenant shall submit to the Building Manager a list of personnel who are authorized to make such requests. Charges are to be determined by the Building Manager on the additional hours of operations and shall be fair and reasonable and reflect the additional operating costs involved without profit to Landlord.
2) Electrical Service
Landlord shall furnish electricity service to the Premises in accordance with Section 10.23 of the Lease.
3) Water
Landlord shall furnish water for ordinary cleaning, toilet, lavatory and drinking purposes only. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purpose other than the aforesaid, Landlord may (i) assess a reasonable charge for the additional water so used or consumed by Tenant, or (ii) install a water meter at Tenant's expense and thereby measure Tenant's water consumption for all purposes. In the latter event, Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on said meter, together with the sewer charge based on said meter charges, as and when bills are rendered.
4) Elevator
There shall be an elevator for the use of all tenants and the general public for access to and from all floors of the Building.
5) Relamping of Light Fixtures
Landlord shall replace all lamps, ballasts and starters within the Premises upon Tenant's request from time to time, the cost of which shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord upon Landlord's request therefor from time to time.
6) Office Cleaning and Janitorial Service
Office cleaning and janitorial service in accordance with the Cleaning Specifications attached hereto as Exhibit B-1.
7) Security
Landlord shall provide security for the Building similar to the security provided in other first-class office buildings in downtown Hartford, although Landlord makes no representation, warranty or guaranty of the efficacy of its efforts in this regard.
8) Parking Attendant
Landlord shall cause a parking attendant to be located in the Garage.
EXHIBIT B-1
CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS FOR
METRO CENTER, 350 CHURCH STREET, HARTFORD, CT
FREQUENCY: Five nights per week, Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:30 p.m. and 9:30 p.m., excluding holidays.
GENERAL OFFICE AREA
DAILY:
1. Spot vacuum all traffic lanes and obviously soiled carpeted surfaces.
2. Inspect carpet for spots and stains, removing where possible.
3. Dust mop or sweep hard surface floor areas thoroughly.
4. Dust all horizontal surfaces of desks, chairs, tables and office
equipment.
5. Dust all exposed filing cabinets, bookcases and shelves.
6. Dust to hand height all horizontal surfaces of equipment, ledges,
sills, shelves, radiators, frames, and partitions.
7. Dust all telephones.
8. Empty all waste receptacles and remove trash to handling area.
9. Clean and sanitize all drinking fountains.
10. Turn out lights and lock tenant building doors.
WEEKLY:
1. Vacuum clean all exposed carpeting including difficult areas such as
under desks, tables, counters. 2. Replace plastic liners in
wastebaskets.
3. Wash glass in tenant doors, sidelights and interior partitions.
4. Damp mop and spray buff floors.
5. Spot clean by damp wiping fingerprints, smears and smudges on walls,
doors, frames, kick and push plates, handles, light switches and glass
surfaces.
MONTHLY:
1. Dust vertical blinds.
2. Detail vacuum corners and edges.
3. Vacuum all fabric office furniture, including chairs and couches.
QUARTERLY:
1. Dust above hand height all horizontal surfaces including shelving,
moldings, ledges, partitions, pipes, etc.
2. Vacuum clean or dust all air-conditioning and heating grilles.
SEMI ANNUALLY:
1. Machine strip clean and refinish all floor surfaces as required but
not less than once per year.
2. Damp wipe and clean light fixtures.
LOBBY AND COMMON AREAS
DAILY:
1. Dust walls up to normal reach in lobby.
2. Spot clean by damp wiping fingerprints, smears and smudges on walls,
doors, frames, kick and push plates, handles, light switches, glass
surfaces, directory and tenant signage and elevator call buttons, etc.
3. Vacuum clean all carpeting and inspect for spots and stains, removing
where possible.
4. Sweep and police all exterior plaza and sidewalk areas.
5. Clean all lobby glass, including revolving door.
QUARTERLY:
1. Dust walls from ceiling to floor.
2. Vacuum all fabric-covered walls.
RESTROOMS
DAILY:
1. Clean and polish all chrome fittings and brightwork, including
shelves, flushometers and metal dispensers.
2. Clean and sanitize both sides of every toilet seat with a germicidal
solution.
3. Clean, sanitize and polish all vitreous fixtures, including toilet
bowls, urinals and sinks, using a germicidal detergent solution.
4. Clean and polish all mirrors and glass.
5. Dust and spot clean all toilet partitions, tile walls, dispensers and
receptacles.
6. Empty all disposal receptacles, inserting liners as needed.
7. Refill all dispensers, including napkin, soap, tissue, towels, cups,
liners, etc.
8. Remove spots, stains and splashes from wall areas.
9. Wash and rinse all floors thoroughly, using a germicidal detergent
solution.
10. Spot clean by damp wiping fingerprints, smears and smudges on walls,
doors, frames, kick and push plates, handles, light switches and glass
surfaces.
MONTHLY:
1. Wash and sanitize all partitions, tile walls and enamel surfaces.
2. Dust or vacuum clean all heating and air-conditioning ceiling vents.
QUARTERLY:
1. Machine scrub and rinse all floor surfaces.
STAIRWELLS
DAILY:
1. Spot clean by damp wiping fingerprints, smears, and smudges on walls, doors, frames, kick and push plates, and handles.
MONTHLY:
1. Vacuum and/or dry mop using a chemically treated dry mop all
stairwells.
2. Dust all handrails.
ELEVATORS
DAILY:
1. Sweep or vacuum floors.
2. Inspect carpet for spots and stains, removing where possible.
3. Clean elevator tracks.
4. Clean walls and polish brightwork.
5. Wipe down all surfaces in freight elevator.
MONTHLY:
1. Wash light fixtures.
EXHIBIT C
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The sidewalks, entrances, driveways, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or used for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner, using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Landlord. There shall not be used in any space, or in public hall of the Building, either by any Tenant or by jobbers or others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and sideguards.
2. The water and wash closets and plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed or constructed and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose clerks, agents, employees or visitors, shall have caused it.
3. No Tenant shall sweep or throw or permit to be swept or thrown from the Premises any dirt or other substances into any of the corridors or halls, elevators, or out of the doors or windows or stairways of the Building, and Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any animals, other than seeing eye dogs, be kept in or about the Building. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the Building is prohibited.
4. No awnings, antennae, or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building.
5. No curtains, blinds, shades, or screens other than those furnished by Landlord shall be attached to, hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.
6. No advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by any Tenant on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building or on the inside of the Premises if the same is visible from the outside of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, except that the name of Tenant may appear on the entrance door of the Premises. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any Tenant, Landlord may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Tenant or Tenants violating this rule. Interior signs on doors and directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for each Tenant by Landlord at the expense of such Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Landlord.
7. No Tenant shall mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building of which they form a part. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct. No Tenant shall lay linoleum, or other similar floor covering, so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor of the Premises, and, if linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used in interlining of builder's deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material, soluble in water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited.
8. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or mechanism thereof. Each Tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such Tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys, so furnished, such Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.
9. Freight, furniture, business equipment, safes, merchandise and bulky matter of any description shall be delivered to and removed from the Premises only on the freight elevators and through the service entrances and corridors, and only during hours and in a manner approved by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight which violates any of these Rules and Regulations of the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.
10. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building is prohibited and each Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.
11. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Tenant which, in Landlord's opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as Building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising. 12. Tenant shall not bring or permit to be brought or kept in or on the Premises, any flammable, combustible or explosive fluid, material, chemical or substance or cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes, or any unusual or other objectionable odors to permeate in or emanate from the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not permit any cooking within the Premises, except that a coffee bar and microwave may be used by Tenant's employees in the Premises.
13. Tenant shall comply with all security measures from time to time established by Landlord for the Building.
14. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting its space from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and any other means of entry to the Premises closed and secured.
15. Tenant shall comply with all applicable federal, state and municipal laws, ordinances and regulations and Building rules and shall not, directly or indirectly, make any use of the Premises which may be prohibited by any thereof or which shall be dangerous to person or property or shall increase the cost of insurance or require additional insurance coverage.
16. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water, heat or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Building's heating and air conditioning, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls other than room thermostats installed for Tenant's use.
17. Tenant shall not install and operate machinery or any mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant's ordinary use of the Premises without the written permission of Landlord.
18. No person or contractor not employed or approved by Landlord shall be used to perform window washing, cleaning, repair or other work in the Premises.
19. No vending machines other than those furnished by the Landlord are to be placed in any hallways or Building common areas.
20. No parking in front of the main entrance of the Building is permitted.
21. Tenant shall comply with the Building's recycling program, as the same may be established or changed by Landlord from time to time.
EXHIBIT D
SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT
RECITALS
A. Landlord is the owner of those certain premises commonly known as Metro Center, 350 Church Street, Hartford, Connecticut, more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto as (the "Real Estate");
B. Mortgagee is now or will be the owner and holder of a note (the "Note") evidencing a loan (the "Loan") made by Mortgagee to Landlord, and a mortgage (the "Mortgage")securing the Loan, in each case executed by Landlord to Mortgagee;
C. The Mortgage constitutes or will constitute a first lien upon, among other things, the Real Estate and the current and future improvements (the "Improvements") situated thereon (collectively, the "Property");
D. Under the terms of a certain Lease (the "Lease") dated on or about the date hereof, Landlord leased to Tenant the Real Estate and the Improvements, or a portion thereof, as more particularly described in the Lease; and
E. The parties are entering into this Agreement as a condition of Mortgagee's agreement to make the Loan evidenced by the Note.
AGREEMENTS
1. Subordination. The Lease is and at all times shall be subordinate to the Mortgage and to all substitutions, renewals, modifications and amendments of and to the Mortgage (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which increase the indebtedness secured thereby).
2. Non-Disturbance. In the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage (by judicial process, power of sale or otherwise) or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, which foreclosure, power of sale, or conveyance occurs prior to the expiration date of the Lease, including any extensions and renewals of the lease now provided thereunder, and so long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the lease beyond any applicable grace or cure period, Mortgagee agrees on behalf of itself, its successors and assigns, and on behalf of any purchaser at such foreclosure ("Purchaser") that Tenant shall not be disturbed in the quiet and peaceful possession of the premises demised under the Lease, subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease.
3. Attornment. In the event of foreclosure of or other execution on the Mortgage or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, which foreclosure, execution or conveyance occurs prior to the expiration date of the Lease, including any extensions and renewals of the lease now provided thereunder, Tenant shall attorn to Mortgagee or Purchaser and recognize Mortgagee or Purchaser as Tenant's landlord under the Lease, and so long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease beyond any applicable grace or cure period, Mortgagee or Purchaser shall recognize and accept Tenant as its tenant thereunder, whereupon the Lease shall continue, without further agreement, in full force and effect as a direct lease between Mortgagee or Purchaser and Tenant for the remaining term thereof, together with all extensions and renewals now provided thereunder, upon the same terms, covenants and conditions as therein provided, and Mortgagee or Purchaser shall thereafter assume and perform all of Landlord's subsequent obligations, as landlord under the Lease, and Tenant shall thereafter make all rent payments directly to either Mortgagee or Purchaser, as the case may be, subject to the limitations contained in Section 4 and Section 8 below.
4. Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Lease, in the event of foreclosure of or other execution on the Mortgage (by judicial process, power of sale or otherwise) or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, which foreclosure, power of sale or conveyance occurs prior to the expiration date of the Lease, including any extensions and renewals of the Lease now provided thereunder, the liability of Mortgagee or Purchaser, as the case may be, shall be limited as set forth below in Section 8 below, provided, however, that Mortgagee or Purchaser, as the case may be, shall in no event or to any extent:
(a) be liable to Tenant for any past act, omission or default on the part of the original or any other landlord under the Lease and Tenant shall have no right to assert the same or any damages arising therefrom as an offset, claim, defense or deficiency against Mortgagee, Purchaser, or the successors or assigns of any of them; provided, however, that if notice of such act, omission or default is given to Mortgagee and Mortgagee or any Purchaser succeeds to the interest of Landlord under the Lease, then Mortgagee or such Purchaser shall be subject to any abatement or offset right to which Tenant may be entitled under the Lease on account of such act, omission or default;
(b) be liable to Tenant for any payment of rent more than thirty (30) days in advance or any deposit, rental security or any other sums deposited with the original or any other landlord under the Lease and not delivered to Mortgagee;
(c) be bound by any cancellation, surrender, amendment or modification of the Lease entered into by Tenant unless:
(i) Tenant is allowed to take such action as a matter of right under the Lease;
(ii) Such action does not affect the monetary obligations of the Tenant with respect to the Property; or
(iii) Mortgagee provides its prior written consent to such action, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
(d) be liable to Tenant for construction, or delays in construction, of the Improvements or the portion thereof leased to Tenant; or
(e) be bound by any option or right of first refusal to purchase the Real Estate granted to Tenant under the Lease.
5. Further Documents. The foregoing provisions shall be self- operative and effective without the execution of any further instruments on the part of any party hereto. Each party agrees, however, to execute and deliver to the other or to any person to whom Tenant herein agrees to attorn such other instruments as either shall reasonably request in order to confirm said provisions.
6. Notice and Cure. Tenant agrees that if there occurs a default by Landlord under the Lease:
(a) Tenant shall use best efforts to give a copy of each default notice given to Landlord pursuant to the Lease to Mortgagee; and
(b) Mortgagee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure the default within the time prescribed by the Lease or, if such default cannot reasonably be cured within that time, then such additional time not to exceed forty-five (45) days as may be necessary if Mortgagee shall have commenced and shall be diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default.
7. Notices. All notices, demands and requests given or required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given when personally served or if sent by U. S. registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
Mortgagee: Nomura Asset Capital Corporation 633 West Fifth Avenue, 68th Floor Los Angeles, CA 90071 Attention: David Walker Tenant: The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company 350 Church Street Hartford, Connecticut 06103 Attention: Peter Gourley, Vice President Financial Reporting & Pricing Landlord: c/o Northland Investment Corporation 2150 Washington Street Newton, Massachusetts 02162 Attention: President |
8. Limitation of Personal Liability. At any time before or after Mortgagee or Purchaser succeeds to the interest of Landlord, Tenant agrees to look only to such Mortgagee's or Purchaser's interest in the Property to satisfy any of the respective obligations of Mortgagee or Purchaser to Tenant.
9. Payment of Rent. Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Lease and the rents and all other sums due thereunder have been assigned to Mortgagee as security for the Loan evidenced by the Note and secured by the Mortgage. If Mortgagee notifies Tenant of the occurrence of a default under the Note, Mortgage or any other document, instrument or agreement evidencing or securing the indebtedness and/or demands that Tenant pay rents and all other sums due or to be become due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee, Tenant shall pay rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee or as otherwise directed in writing by Mortgagee without the need on the part of Mortgagee to document or otherwise establish any default. Landlord hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Tenant to make the foregoing payments to Mortgagee upon such notice and demand without the need to inquire of Landlord as to the validity of such notice or any contrary notice or direction from Landlord and Landlord agrees not to seek payment from Tenant of any such payments made to Mortgagee.
10. Binding Effect. The terms, covenants and conditions hereof shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
11. Modification. This Agreement may not be modified orally or in a manner other than by an agreement signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.
12. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law (and not the law of conflicts) of the State in which the Property is located.
13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same original.
[Signatures commence on following page]
WITNESS the due execution of this instrument by the parties hereto the day and year first above written. MORTGAGEE:
NOMURA ASSET CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
Signed, sealed and delivered
in the presence of:
----------------------------- By: ------------------------ Name: Title: |
TENANT:
THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,
an Indiana corporation
Signed, sealed and delivered
in the presence of:
Title:
LANDLORD:
NORTHLAND METRO PORTFOLIO LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP, a Massachusetts limited partnership By: Northland Metro Partners Limited Partnership, its General Partner By: Northland Metro Partners Incorporated, its General Signed, sealed and delivered Partner in the presence of: ----------------------------- ----------------------------- By: ------------------------ Name: |
Title:
STATE OF ) ------------ COUNTY OF ) ----------- The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of ------ |
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
STATE OF ) ------------ COUNTY OF ) ----------- |
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
My commission expires:
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ) COUNTY OF ) ----------- The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of ------ , 1998 by , the ------------ ------------------------------------ -------------- of <Northland Metro Partners Incorporated as General Partner for Northland |
Metro Partners Limited Partnership, as General Partner for Northland Metro Portfolio Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership>.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature (Seal) -------------------------- Notary Public My commission expires: Record and Return to: Dechert Price & Rhoads 4000 Bell Atlantic Tower 1717 Arch Street Philadelphia, PA 19103-2793 Attn: Joseph B. Heil, Esquire |
EXHIBIT E
PLAN OF STORAGE PREMISES
EXHIBIT F METRO CENTER FITNESS CLUB USAGE AGREEMENT -------------------------------------------------------------------------- FIRST NAME MIDDLE NAME LAST NAME __________________________________________________________________________ COMPANY NAME SUITE # -------------------------------------------------------------------------- HOME PHONE WORK PHONE |
IN AN EMERGENCY, PLEASE NOTIFY:
The undersigned wishes to use the equipment and/or services of the Metro Center Fitness Club. The undersigned understands that his/her application is subject to review and approval of the Metro Center Fitness Club.
Usage may be immediately terminated or suspended by the building owner (the "Owner") if the undersigned, in the judgment of the Owner, violated any rules, regulations or policies of the Metro Center Fitness Club or if the undersigned, or any guest of the undersigned, in the judgment of the Owner, conducts himself/herself in a manner detrimental to the Owner or its participants or in any manner that the Metro Center Fitness Club deems inappropriate or disruptive.
As a participant, the undersigned agrees to conform to and be bound by the rules, regulations and policies of the Metro Center Fitness Club, as they may be amended from time to time.
HEALTH WARRANTY AND WAIVER OF LIABILITY The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he/she has consulted with a physician and has no disability, impairment or ailment that will prevent him/her from safely engaging in exercise or that will be detrimental or dangerous to his/her health, safety or physical condition if he/she does participate in exercising or the use of any of the facilities and services provided by the Metro Center Fitness Club to the maximum extent provided by law. The undersigned assumes any and all risks of injury, damage or property loss associated with the use of the Metro Center Fitness Club's facilities and equipment, and releases the Owner and its agents, employees and contractors from any claims, damages or loss which arises as a result of any injury, property loss or other damage sustained in or about the Metro Center Fitness Club facilities.
The undersigned acknowledges that the Metro Center Fitness Club is an unattended facility and assumes all risks arising from such fact.
The undersigned represents to the Owner that he/she is familiar with all the equipment in the Metro Center Fitness Club and is experienced in the safe and proper usage of said equipment.
METRO CENTER FITNESS CLUB
Rules and Policies
The following rules and policies are subject to change at any time. The Metro Center Fitness Club shall have complete charge of its facilities at all time. If you have questions or concerns, please contact the Management Office.
The Metro Center Fitness Club shall not be held responsible or liable by any participant for personal injury, damage or loss of property for any reason. Anyone using the Club facilities does so at their own risk.
Participants must be at least eighteen (18) years of age.
A fitness consultation with your physician must be performed prior to Club participation.
Free temporary lockers are available in the dressing rooms during club usage. Any articles left in temporary lockers overnight will be removed by Management.
Wipe off equipment after use.
When using free weights, return to rack and bend knees when setting weights down. (Do not drop weights.)
PARTICIPANTS ARE URGED TO AVOID BRINGING VALUABLES INTO CLUB PREMISES. THE METRO CENTER FITNESS CLUB AND ITS OWNERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACTORS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THE LOSS OR THEFT OF, OR DAMAGE TO, THE PERSONAL PROPERTY OF CLUB PARTICIPANTS.
Report damaged or loose machine parts to Management.
Report any incident or accident to Management immediately.
Pets are not allowed in the Club.
No smoking is permitted anywhere in the Club. No alcoholic beverages or illegal substances of any kind may be brought into the Club. Violation of this rule will result in immediate termination of usage.
No food is to be eaten in the Club.
Be considerate of others. Loud or abusive language will not be tolerated. Personal radios anywhere in the Club are limited to headphone use.
Proper attire, including shoes and shirt, must be worn at all times.
Workout at a safe intensity level (not your neighbor's intensity level).
THE METRO CENTER FITNESS CLUB RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ESTABLISH AND CHANGE HOURS OF OPERATION AND CLUB AVAILABILITY.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION EXHIBIT 12 - HISTORICAL RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES Year Ended December 31, ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (in millions of dollars) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 (4) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income before Taxes, Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes and Minority Interests $764.1 $836.3 $570.0 $697.4 $1,427.1 Equity in the Earnings of Unconsolidated Affiliates (5.7) 0.4 (5.8) (3.3) (2.1) Sub-total of Fixed Charges 148.8 168.9 160.9 144.1 113.3 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Sub-total of Adjusted Net Income 907.2 1,005.6 725.1 838.2 1,538.3 Interest on Annuities and Financial Products 1,506.0 1,474.2 1,510.4 1,446.2 1,253.5 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Adjusted Net Income Base 2,413.2 2,479.8 2,235.5 2,284.4 2,791.8 Rent Expense 83.4 88.4 81.5 81.3 62.5 Fixed Charges: Interest and Debt Expense 121.0 139.5 133.7 117.1 92.5 Rent (Pro-rated) 27.8 29.4 27.2 27.0 20.8 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Sub-total Fixed Charges 148.8 168.9 160.9 144.1 113.3 Interest on Annuities and Financial Products 1,506.0 1,474.2 1,510.4 1,446.2 1,253.5 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Sub-total Fixed Charges 1,654.8 1,643.1 1,671.3 1,590.3 1,366.8 Preferred Dividends (Pre-tax) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total Fixed Charges $1,654.9 $1,643.2 $1,671.4 $1,590.4 $1,367.0 Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges: Excluding Interest on Annuities and Financial Products (1) 6.10 5.95 4.51 5.82 13.57 Including Interest on Annuities and Financial Products (2) 1.46 1.51 1.34 1.44 2.04 Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends (3) 1.46 1.51 1.34 1.44 2.04 |
(1) For purposes of determining this ratio, earnings consist of income before Federal income taxes, cumulative effect of accounting changes, if any, and minority interests adjusted for the difference between income or losses from unconsolidated equity investments and cash distributions from such investments, plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of 1) interest and debt expense on short and long-term debt and distributions to minority interest-preferred securities of subsidiary companies and 2) the portion of operating leases that are representative of the interest factor.
(2) Same as the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, excluding interest on annuities and financial products, except fixed charges and earnings include interest on annuities and financial products.
(3) Same as the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, including interest on annuities and financial products, except that fixed charges include the pre-tax earnings required to cover preferred stock dividend requirements.
(4) Coverage ratios for 1997 are higher than other historical periods shown due to the inclusion of the gain on sale of discontinued operations.
Exhibit 13 Portions of LNC's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (in millions, except per share data) Operating Results by Quarter 1st Qtr 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr 4th Qtr --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2001 Data --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Premiums and other considerations $1,045.8 $943.4 $960.7 $852.8 Net investment income 673.7 673.1 686.2 646.6 Realized gain (loss) on investments, derivative instruments and sale of subsidiaries (20.7) (17.5) (37.7) (25.8) Net income $160.2 $141.7 $119.1 $169.2 Net income per diluted share $0.83 $0.74 $0.61 $0.88 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2000 Data --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Premiums and other considerations $959.1 $1,029.2 $1,043.0 $1,101.4 Net investment income 711.1 673.8 690.0 672.1 Realized gain (loss) on investments (1.0) (10.4) (17.0) 0.1 Net income $170.2 $163.6 $138.6 $148.9 Net income per diluted share $0.87 $0.84 $0.71 $0.76 ===================================================================================================================== |
Selected Annual Financial Data (millions of dollars, except per share data) Year Ended December 31 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Total revenue $6,380.6 $6,851.5 $6,803.7 $6,087.1 $4,898.5 Net income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting changes(1) 605.8 621.4 460.4 509.8 22.2 Net income from discontinued operations -- -- -- -- 134.9 Gain on sale of discontinued operations -- -- -- -- 776.9 Cumulative effect of accounting changes (15.6) -- -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Net income(1) $590.2 $621.4 $460.4 $509.8 $934.0 Per Share Data:(2) Net income from continuing operations $3.05 $3.19 $2.30 $2.51 $0.11 Net income from discontinued operations -- -- -- -- 0.65 Gain on sale of discontinued operations -- -- -- -- 3.73 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Net Income - Diluted $3.05 $3.19 $2.30 $2.51 $4.49 Net Income - Basic $3.13 $3.25 $2.33 $2.54 $4.56 Common stock dividends $1.235 $1.175 $1.115 $1.055 $0.995 (millions of dollars, except per share data) December 31 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Assets $98,001.3 $99,844.1 $103,095.7 $93,836.3 $77,174.7 Long-term debt 861.8 712.2 712.0 712.2 511.0 Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures 474.7 745.0 745.0 745.0 315.0 Shareholders' equity 5,263.5 4,954.1 4,263.9 5,387.9 4,982.9 Per Share Data:(2) Shareholders' equity (Securities at market) $28.10 $25.92 $21.76 $26.59 $24.63 Shareholders' equity (Securities at cost) 26.94 25.85 24.14 23.86 22.48 Market value of common stock $48.57 $47.31 $40.00 $40.91 $39.07 ======================================================================================================================== (1) Factors affecting the comparability of income from continuing operations and net income from continuing operations for the 1997-2001 period are shown on page 36 (see "Supplemental Data"). Other factors affecting comparability are shown within the results of operations by segment (see pages 44 through 61). (2) Per share amounts were affected by the issuance of 2,796,224 shares of common stock in 1997 and the retirement of 11,278,022; 6,222,581; 7,675,000; 1,246,562 and 9,897,800 shares of common stock in 2001, 2000, 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively. In addition, 4,630,318 shares of common stock were issued in 2001 related to the settlement of purchase contracts issued in conjunction with FELINE PRIDES financing. |
Supplemental Data The following table presents a reconciliation of "Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations" to "Net Income from Continuing Operations" determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations is LNC's alternative measure of operating performance which excludes the after-tax realized gain (loss) on investments, derivative instruments and associated items, gain (loss) on sale of subsidiaries (if applicable), restructuring charges and cumulative effect of accounting changes. Year Ended December 31(in millions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income (loss) from continuing operations(1) $689.0 $719.1 $475.5 $530.4 $(50.7) Realized gain (loss) on investments and derivative instruments, net of associated amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, provision for policyholder commitments, investment expenses and income taxes (73.6) (17.5) 3.8 13.7 72.9 Gain on sale of subsidiaries 15.0 -- -- -- -- Restructuring charges, net of income taxes (24.6) (80.2) (18.9) (34.3) -- Cumulative effect of accounting changes (15.6) -- -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Income from Continuing Operations $590.2 $621.4 $460.4 $509.8 $22.2 ================================================================================================= (1) Income (loss) from continuing operations for 2001 includes a change in estimate of premium receivables on certain client-administered individual life reinsurance of $25.5 million after-tax. 1999 includes net special charges of $149.4 million after-tax and 1997 includes special charges of $418.6 million after-tax. |
Management's Discussion and Analysis
Forward-Looking Statements - Cautionary Language
The pages that follow review results of operations of LNC Consolidated, LNC's four business segments and "Other Operations;" LNC's consolidated investments; and consolidated financial condition including liquidity, cash flows and capital resources. Historical financial information is presented and analyzed. Where appropriate, factors that may affect future financial performance are identified and discussed. Certain statements made in this report are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "Act"). Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate or imply future results, performance or achievements, and may contain words like: "believe," "anticipate," "expect," "estimate," "project," "will," "shall" and other words or phrases with similar meaning.
Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ materially from the results contained in the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, among others, subsequent significant changes: in the company (e.g., acquisitions and divestitures of legal entities and blocks of business - directly or by means of reinsurance transactions including the recently completed divestiture of LNC's reinsurance business and whether proceeds from such divestiture can be used as planned); financial markets (e.g., interest rates and securities markets); competitors and competing products and services; legislation (e.g., corporate, individual, estate and product taxation); the price of LNC's stock; accounting principles generally accepted in the United States; regulations (e.g., insurance and securities regulations); and debt and claims paying ratings issued by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. Other risks and uncertainties include: whether necessary regulatory approvals are obtained (e.g., insurance department, Hart-Scott-Rodino, etc.) and, if obtained, whether they are obtained on a timely basis; whether proceeds from dispositions can be used as planned; litigation (e.g., adverse decisions in extracontractual and class action damage cases, new appellate decisions which change the law, unexpected trial court rulings, unavailability of witnesses and newly discovered evidence); acts of God (e.g., hurricanes, earthquakes and storms); stability of foreign governments in countries in which LNC does business; and other insurance risks (e.g., policyholder mortality and morbidity).
The risks included here are not exhaustive. Other sections of this report include additional factors which could adversely impact LNC's business and financial performance. Moreover, LNC operates in a rapidly changing and competitive environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for management to predict all such risk factors. Further, it is not possible to assess the impact of all risk factors on LNC's business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undo reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results. In addition, LNC disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date of this report.
Critical Accounting Policies
Given the nature of LNC's business, the Company's accounting policies require the use of judgments relating to a variety of assumptions and estimates. Because of the inherent uncertainty in the assumptions and estimates underlying these accounting policies, under different conditions or assumptions the amounts reported in LNC's financial statements could be materially different. Throughout Management's Discussion and Analysis, the application of these various critical accounting policies is addressed along with the effect of changes in estimates and assumptions.
To provide an overall perspective on these critical accounting policies, and guidance as to the specific areas within Management's Discussion and Analysis where these critical accounting policies are discussed in detail, a summary of critical accounting policies and the disclosure location is presented below.
Accounting for intangible assets requires numerous assumptions, such as estimates of expected future profitability for various LNC operations and LNC's ability to retain its existing blocks of life and annuity business in-force. LNC's accounting policies for the intangible assets of deferred acquisition costs and the present value of acquired blocks of in-force policies are discussed within the Annuities, Life Insurance and Lincoln UK segments. LNC's overall accounting policy for other identified intangibles and goodwill is discussed within Results of Consolidated Operations.
Determining whether a decline in current fair values for investment assets is other than a temporary decline in value can frequently involve a variety of assumptions and estimates, particularly for investments that are not actively traded on established markets. For instance, assessing the value of some investments requires an analysis of expected future cash flows. Some investment structures, such as collateralized bond obligations, often represent selected levels, or tranches, of underlying investments in a wide variety of underlying issuers. LNC's accounting policies for its invested assets are discussed within the Results of Consolidated Operations and Consolidated Investments.
To protect itself from a variety of equity market and interest rate risks that are inherent in many of LNC's life insurance and annuity products, LNC uses various derivative instruments. Assessing the effectiveness of these hedging programs and evaluating the carrying values of the related derivatives often involves a variety of assumptions and estimates. LNC's accounting policies for derivatives are discussed in the Results of Consolidated Operations, Consolidated Investments and within the discussion of Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Establishing adequate liabilities for LNC's obligations to its policyholders requires assumptions to be made regarding mortality and morbidity. The effect of variances in these assumptions is discussed within the Life Insurance segment and within the discussion of the disposition of LNC's former Reinsurance segment contained within Other Operations.
Pursuant to the accounting rules for LNC's obligations to employees under its various retirement and welfare benefit plans, LNC is required to make a large number of assumptions, such as the future performance of financial markets and the composition of LNC's employee workforce in the future. LNC's accounting for its employee plans is discussed in detail within Note 6 Employee Benefit Plans, which is included in the notes to consolidated financial statements.
Establishing reserves for litigation and compliance-related regulatory actions inherently involve a variety of estimates of potential future outcomes. These matters are discussed within Results of Consolidated Operations and in the Lincoln UK segment, with additional detail provided within Note 7 Restrictions, Commitments and Contingencies which is included in the notes to consolidated financial statements.
As LNC responds to an ever-changing business environment and continues to adapt its organizational and operational structures, the frequency of necessary restructuring activities increases. Establishing reserves for the expected costs of these restructurings requires a variety of estimates and assumptions. The accounting for LNC's restructurings is discussed within the Results of Consolidated Operations and within the Results of Operations for each affected business segment, as well as within Note 12 Restructuring Charges included in the notes to consolidated financial statements.
Continued access to capital markets and maintenance of favorable debt and claims paying ratings are critical to LNC's future success. LNC's accounting, in a wide variety of areas, is inherently dependent upon continued access to capital and maintenance of adequate ratings. Detailed discussion of LNC's access to capital markets, liquidity status and ratings are contained within the Review of Consolidated Financial Condition.
Finally, it is LNC's policy to provide disclosure of commitments or guarantees so that its financial statements present as complete a picture of LNC's financial condition as possible. The vast majority of these commitments or guarantees relate to LNC's life insurance and annuity businesses and, as such, are reflected on LNC's balance sheet. Any off-balance sheet commitments or guarantees that LNC is subject to are disclosed within Review of Consolidated Financial Condition and Note 7 Restrictions, Commitments and Contingencies which is included in the notes to consolidated financial statements.
On pages 38 through 61, the results of operations of LNC consolidated, LNC's four business segments and "Other Operations" are presented and discussed. Within these discussions of the results of operations, reference is made to "Income from Operations." This alternative measure of earnings is defined as "Net income less realized gain (loss) on sale of investments and associated items, gain (loss) on sale of subsidiaries, restructuring charges and cumulative effect of accounting changes, all net of taxes. Pages 62 through 65 discuss LNC's consolidated investments. Pages 65 through 69 discuss LNC's consolidated financial condition including liquidity and cash flow, and capital resources. Pages 69 through 76 provide LNC's quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk. Please note that all amounts stated in this "Management's Discussion and Analysis" are on an after-tax basis except where specifically identified as pre-tax.
This "Management's Discussion and Analysis" should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes presented on pages 77 through 127.
OVERVIEW: RESULTS OF CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Summary Information Increase/(Decrease) ------------------ Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 2001 2000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Life insurance and annuity premiums $1,363.4 $1,403.3 $1,183.0 (3%) 19% Health insurance premiums 340.6 409.8 698.5 (17%) (41%) Insurance fees 1,544.0 1,661.4 1,537.6 (7%) 8% Investment advisory fees 197.2 213.2 223.8 (8%) (5%) Net investment income 2,679.6 2,747.1 2,807.5 (2%) (2%) Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates 5.7 (0.4) 5.8 Realized gain (loss) on investments and derivative instruments (114.5) (28.3) 3.0 Gain on sale of subsidiaries 12.8 -- -- Other revenue and fees 351.8 445.4 344.5 (21%) 29% Life insurance and annuity benefits 3,107.6 3,108.2 3,145.3 -- (1%) Health benefits 302.1 449.0 659.7 (33%) (32%) Underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses 2,085.8 2,318.5 2,295.0 (10%) 1% Interest and debt expenses 121.0 139.5 133.7 (13%) 4% Federal income taxes 158.3 214.9 109.6 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Net Income before cumulative effect of accounting changes 605.8 621.4 460.4 Cumulative effect of accounting changes (15.6) -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Net Income 590.2 621.4 460.4 (5%) 35% ================================================================================================================== |
Summary
Net income for 2001 was $590.2 million compared to $621.4 million for 2000, a $31.2 million or 5% decrease. Restructuring charges net of reversals included in net income in 2001 and 2000 were $24.6 million and $80.2 million, respectively. (Refer to page 41 in the MD&A for further discussion of restructuring charges.) Contributing to the decrease in 2001 were realized losses on investments and derivative instruments of $73.6 million in 2001 compared to $17.5 million in 2000. These investment losses were due primarily to losses of $41.8 million (pre-tax) taken on Enron and Argentina securities in the fourth quarter of 2001 in addition to increased write-downs of other securities throughout 2001 due to credit deterioration. Partially offsetting the additional losses in 2001 was the gain on sale of certain reinsurance stock companies to Swiss Re of $15.0 million. Income from operations was $689.0 million in 2001 compared to $719.1 million in 2000. The decrease in 2001 was $30.1 million or 4%. The decrease in income from operations between years was primarily the result of decreased earnings from the Annuities and Investment Management segments, as well as LNC's distributors, LFA and LFD, which are reported in Other Operations. These negative variances were partially offset by improved earnings from the Life Insurance segment and the former Reinsurance segment, included within Other Operations. In addition, included in income from operations for 2001 was one month's amortization of the deferred gain on the business transferred to Swiss Re via indemnity reinsurance. There was also a decrease in the net loss from LNC Financing and Other Corporate within Other Operations.
Operating revenue (total revenue excluding realized gains and losses on investments and derivative instruments and gain on sale of subsidiaries) decreased by $397.6 million or 6% in 2001 due primarily to lower fee income in the Annuities segment and lower investment advisory fees in the Investment Management segment resulting from the depressed equity markets over the last year and to a lesser extent to net cash outflows in annuities in 2000 and investment products over the last two years. In addition, Lincoln UK had a decrease in operating revenue due to lower business volume along with lower fee income resulting from a downturn in the United Kingdom equity markets over the last half of 2001. The former Reinsurance segment's operating revenue was down in 2001 as its results only included eleven months of activity which was partially offset by a change in accounting estimate that increased segment revenue by $39.3 million (pre-tax) in the first quarter of 2001. Finally, LFA and LFD included in Other Operations had lower sales revenue largely attributable to the volatile equity markets. Partially offsetting these negative variances, the Life Insurance segment had increased operating revenue due to growth in life insurance in-force.
Total operating expenses, exclusive of restructuring charges and Federal income taxes, decreased by $331.6 million or 6% in 2001 due primarily to decreased expenses in the Lincoln UK segment as a result of the decrease in business volume along with effective expense management. The former Reinsurance segment had a decrease due to only eleven months of expenses being reported for its operations. However, included in 2001 expenses for the former Reinsurance segment were losses recorded for the events of September 11. The Annuities segment had a decrease in expenses due primarily to less amortization of deferred acquisition costs and other intangible assets partially offset by increased operating and administrative expenses and benefits expenses. The Investment Management segment also experienced decreased operating and administrative expenses due to effective expense management and lower amortization of other intangibles assets. Partially offsetting these positive variances were increases in expenses in the Life Insurance segment, as well as LFD and LFA. Expenses increased in the Life Insurance segment primarily as a result of the growth in in-force, which drove interest credited to policyholders higher. LFD had higher expenses primarily as a result of its investment in new wholesalers during 2001 and LFA experienced an increase in general and administrative expenses partially offset by a decrease in commissions and other volume-related expenses. These expenses fell as a direct result of lower sales volume in 2001.
Net income for 2000 was $621.4 million compared with $460.4 million for 1999. Net income for 1999 included the following special items which decreased earnings by $149.4 million: additions to HMO excess-of-loss and UK pension reserves of $25.0 million and $126.1 million, respectively, a charge for estimated settlement costs for participation in workers' compensation carve-out business of $40.4 million and a tax benefit of $42.1 million related to the decision in 1999 to explore exiting the UK insurance market. Also, net income included realized losses on investments of $17.5 million in 2000 compared to realized gains on investments of $3.8 million in 1999. In addition, restructuring charges net of reversals included in net income in 2000 and 1999 were $80.2 million and $18.9 million, respectively. (Refer to page 41 in the MD&A for further discussion of restructuring charges.) Income from operations was $719.1 million in 2000 compared to $624.9 million in 1999, exclusive of the special items noted above. The increase in income from operations in 2000 was $94.2 million or 15%. The increase in income from operations between years (excluding special charges recorded in 1999) was primarily the result of increased earnings from the Annuities and Life Insurance segments and the former Reinsurance segment now reported in Other Operations. For further discussion of the results of operations, see the discussion of the results of operations by segment starting on page 44.
Operating revenue (total revenue excluding realized gains and losses on investments) increased by $79.1 million or 1% in 2000 reflecting increased insurance fees in the Annuities and Life Insurance segments primarily due to increased variable account values during the early part of 2000, increased other revenue in the Investment Management segment along with increased individual life insurance premiums and other revenue in the former Reinsurance segment resulting from business volume growth. Also, the Life Insurance segment and the former Reinsurance segment had increased investment income due primarily to increased invested assets resulting from business volume growth. These increases were partially offset by decreased health premiums in the former Reinsurance segment resulting from business volume decreases within its exited businesses, decreased investment advisory fees in the Investment Management segment due to a decrease in assets under management and decreased investment income in the Annuities segment resulting from fixed annuity lapses and transfers.
Total operating expenses, exclusive of restructuring charges and Federal income taxes, decreased $296.1 million or 4.8% in 2000 due to the absence of special charges recorded in 1999 noted above and decreased annuity benefits in the Annuities segment resulting from a decline in fixed annuity account values. In addition, health benefits decreased in the former Reinsurance segment due to business volume decreases within its exited businesses. Underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses decreased due primarily to lower operating expenses in the Life Insurance segment and the former Reinsurance segment resulting from lower year 2000 (Y2K) information technology costs. These decreases were partially offset by increased volume-related expenses in all segments except for the Lincoln UK segment. In addition, operating expenses increased in the Investment Management segment due primarily to the implementation of initiatives to improve the investment management process.
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
LNC adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 133") on January 1, 2001. Upon adoption, the provisions of FAS 133 were applied prospectively. The transition adjustments that LNC recorded upon adoption of FAS 133 on January 1, 2001 resulted in a net loss of $4.3 million after-tax ($6.6 million pre-tax) recorded in net income, and a net gain of $17.6 million after-tax ($27.1 million pre-tax) recorded as a component of Other Comprehensive Income ("OCI") in equity. Deferred acquisition costs of $4.8 million were restored and netted against the transition loss on derivatives recorded in net income and deferred acquisition costs of $18.3 million were amortized and netted against the transition gain recorded in OCI. A portion of the transition adjustment ($3.5 million after-tax) recorded in net income upon adoption of FAS 133 was reclassified from the OCI account, Net Unrealized Gain on Securities Available-for-Sale. These transition adjustments were reported in the financial statements as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets
On April 1, 2001, LNC adopted Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 99-20, "Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets" ("EITF 99-20"). EITF 99-20 was effective for fiscal quarters beginning after March 15, 2001. EITF 99-20 changed the manner in which LNC determined impairment of certain investments including collateralized bond obligations. Upon the adoption of EITF 99-20, LNC recognized a net realized loss on investments of $11.3 million after-tax ($17.3 million pre-tax) reported as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. In arriving at this amount, deferred acquisition costs of $12.2 million were restored and netted against net realized loss on investments.
Accounting for Business Combinations and Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, "Business Combinations" ("FAS 141"), and No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("FAS 142"). FAS 141 is effective for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, and FAS 142 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. Under the new rules, goodwill will no longer be amortized, but will be subject to impairment tests conducted at least annually in accordance with the new standards. Intangible assets that do not have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives. LNC is required to adopt the new rules on accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets effective January 1, 2002.
Although the review is ongoing regarding proper classification of goodwill and other intangible assets on the consolidated balance sheet, LNC does not expect to reclassify any goodwill or other intangible balances held as of December 31, 2001. Application of the non-amortization provisions of the new standards is expected to result in an increase in net income of $41.7 million ($0.22 per share based on the average diluted shares for the year ended December 31, 2001) in 2002. During the first six months of 2002, LNC will perform the first of the required impairment tests of goodwill as of January 1, 2002. LNC expects that the valuation techniques to be used to estimate the fair values of the group of assets comprising the different reporting units will vary based on the characteristics of each reporting unit's business and operations. A discounted cash flow model is expected to be used to assess the goodwill in LNC's Life Insurance, Annuities and Lincoln UK segments and a valuation technique combining multiples of revenues, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") and assets under management is expected to be used to assess the goodwill in LNC's Investment Management segment. Based upon preliminary analysis of the fair value of each reporting unit which has a goodwill asset, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of each reporting unit. Therefore, LNC does not expect to record an impairment loss on its goodwill during the transition period for adoption of FAS 142.
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" ("FAS 144"), which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets and supersedes SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, "Reporting the Results of Operations" for a disposal of a segment of a business. FAS 144 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. LNC expects to adopt FAS 144 as of January 1, 2002 and it does not expect that the adoption of the Statement will have a significant impact on the consolidated financial position and results of operations of LNC.
Reorganization of Reporting Segments and Changes Related to Inter-segment Transactions
For discussion of the reorganization of the reporting segments and changes to inter-segment transactions effective on January 1, 2001 refer to Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.
Restructuring Charges
During 1998, LNC implemented a restructuring plan relating to the integration of existing life and annuity operations with the new business operations acquired from CIGNA Corporation ("CIGNA"). A second restructuring plan relating to the streamlining of LNC's corporate center operations was also implemented during 1998. The aggregate charges associated with these two unrelated restructuring plans totaled $34.3 million after-tax ($52.8 million pre-tax). The restructuring plan relating to the integration of existing life and annuity operations with the new business operations acquired from CIGNA was completed in the first quarter of 2000 and the restructuring plan relating to the streamlining of LNC's corporate center was completed in the fourth quarter of 2000 except for the ongoing rents on abandoned facilities which are expected to continue until early 2002. During the fourth quarter of 2000, $0.5 million (pre-tax) of the original charge was reversed as a reduction in restructuring costs, due primarily to changes in severance and outplacement costs. More employees whose positions were eliminated under the restructuring plan found employment in other areas of LNC than had been originally anticipated; therefore, actual severance and outplacement costs were less than previously estimated. Actual pre-tax costs totaling $56.1 million have been expended or written off for both plans through December 31, 2001. The remaining aggregate reserve balance of $0.3 million for the restructuring plan relating to LNC's corporate center is anticipated to be utilized in the completion of this restructuring plan. (See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for details regarding the 1998 restructuring plans.)
During 1999, LNC implemented restructuring plans relating to 1) the downsizing and consolidation of the operations of Lynch & Mayer, Inc. ("Lynch & Mayer"); 2) the discontinuance of HMO excess-of-loss reinsurance programs and 3) the streamlining of Lincoln UK's operations. The aggregate charges associated with these three unrelated restructuring plans totaled $21.8 million after-tax ($31.8 million pre-tax). During the fourth quarter of 1999, $3.0 million (pre-tax) of the original charge recorded for the Lynch & Mayer restructuring plan was reversed as a reduction of restructuring costs due primarily to a change in estimate for costs associated with abandoned leased office space. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 1999, $1.5 million (pre-tax) associated with lease terminations was released into income. During the fourth quarter of 2000, the Lynch & Mayer restructuring plan was completed and $0.3 million (pre-tax) of the original charge recorded was reversed as Lynch & Mayer was able to successfully exit certain contracts without any further obligations or penalties. Also, during the fourth quarter of 2000, $1.0 million (pre-tax) of the original charge for the discontinuance of HMO excess-of-loss reinsurance programs was reversed due primarily to changes in severance and outplacement costs. More employees whose positions were eliminated under the restructuring plan found employment in other areas of LNC than had been originally anticipated; therefore, actual severance and outplacement costs were less than previously estimated. During the fourth quarter of 2001, the remaining restructuring charge liability of $0.2 million relating to the HMO excess-of-loss reinsurance programs was transferred to Swiss Re as part of its acquisition of LNC's reinsurance operations. Actual pre-tax costs totaling $24.3 million have been expended or written-off for all three plans through December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $3.0 million remains in the restructuring reserve for the Lincoln UK plan and is expected to be utilized in the completion of this plan. Details of each of these three restructuring plans are discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
During 2000, LNC implemented restructuring plans relating to 1) the downsizing and consolidation of the operations of Vantage Global Advisors, Inc. ("Vantage"); 2) the exit of all direct sales and sales support operations of Lincoln UK and the consolidation of its Uxbridge home office with its Barnwood home office, and 3) the downsizing and consolidation of the investment management operations of Lincoln Investment Management. The Vantage restructuring charge was recorded in the second quarter, the Lincoln UK restructuring charge was recorded in the third and fourth quarters, and the Lincoln Investment Management restructuring charge was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2000. The aggregate charges associated with all restructuring plans entered into during 2000 totaled $81.8 million after-tax ($107.4 million pre-tax). The component elements of these aggregate pre-tax costs include employee severance and termination benefits of $33.8 million, write-off of impaired assets of $40.9 million and other exit costs of $32.7 million. During the fourth quarter of 2000, $0.6 million (pre-tax) of the original charge recorded for the Vantage restructuring plan was reversed as a reduction of restructuring costs due primarily to changes in estimates associated with severance and abandoned leased office space costs. Actual pre-tax costs totaling $90.6 million have been expended or written off for these plans through December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $16.2 million remains in the restructuring reserves for these plans and is expected to be utilized in the completion of the plans. Details of each of these restructuring plans are discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
During 2001, LNC implemented restructuring plans relating to 1) the consolidation of the Syracuse operations of Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York into the Annuities segment operations in Fort Wayne, Indiana and Portland, Maine; 2) the elimination of duplicative functions in the Schaumburg, Illinois operations of First Penn-Pacific, and the absorption of these functions into the Annuities and Life Insurance segment operations in Fort Wayne, Indiana and Hartford, Connecticut; 3) the reorganization of the life wholesaling function within the independent planner distribution channel, consolidation of retirement wholesaling territories, and streamlining of the marketing and communications functions in LFD; 4) the reorganization and consolidation of the life insurance operations in Hartford, Connecticut related to the streamlining of underwriting and new business processes and the completion of outsourcing of administration of certain closed blocks of business; 5) the consolidation of the Boston, Massachusetts investment office with the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania investment operations in order to eliminate redundant facilities and functions within the Investment Management segment 6) the combination of LFD channel oversight, positioning of LFD to take better advantage of ongoing "marketplace consolidation" and expansion of the customer base of wholesalers in certain territories and 7) the consolidation of operations and space in LNC's Fort Wayne, Indiana operations. In light of LNC's divestiture of its reinsurance operations, which were headquartered in Fort Wayne, excess space and printing capacity will not be used. The Syracuse restructuring charge was recorded in the first quarter of 2001, the Schaumburg, Illinois restructuring charge was recorded in the second quarter of 2001, the LFD restructuring charges were recorded in the second and fourth quarters of 2001, and the remaining restructuring charges were all recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001. The aggregate charges associated with all restructuring plans entered into during 2001 totaled $24.6 million after-tax ($38.0 million pre-tax). The component elements of these aggregate pre-tax costs include employee severance and termination benefits of $12.2 million, write-off of impaired assets of $3.3 million and other exit costs of $22.5 million primarily related to the termination of equipment leases ($1.4 million) and rent on abandoned office space ($20.0 million). Actual pre-tax costs totaling $6.1 million have been expended or written off for these plans through December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $31.9 million remains in the restructuring reserves for these plans and is expected to be utilized in the completion of the plans. Details of each of these restructuring plans are discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
Divestiture
On December 7, 2001, Swiss Re acquired LNC's reinsurance operation for $2.0 billion. In addition, LNC retained the capital supporting the reinsurance operation. After giving affect to the increased levels of capital needed within the Life Insurance and Annuity segments that result from the change in the ongoing mix of business under LNC's internal capital allocation models, the disposition of LNC's reinsurance operation has freed-up approximately $100 million of capital. The transaction structure involved a series of indemnity reinsurance transactions combined with the sale of certain stock companies that comprised LNC's reinsurance operation. An immediate gain of $15.0 million after-tax was recognized on the sale of the stock companies.
Under the indemnity reinsurance agreements, Swiss Re reinsured certain liabilities and obligations of LNC. Because LNC is not relieved of its legal liability to the ceding companies, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 113, "Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts" ("FAS 113"), the liabilities and obligations associated with the reinsured contracts remain on the consolidated balance sheets of LNC with a corresponding reinsurance receivable from Swiss Re.
A gain of $723.1 million ($1.1 billion pre-tax) was generated under the indemnity reinsurance agreements. This gain was recorded as a deferred gain on LNC's consolidated balance sheet in accordance with the requirements of FAS 113 and is being amortized into earnings at the rate that earnings on the reinsured business are expected to emerge, over a period of seven to 15 years on a declining basis. During 2001, LNC recognized in Other Operations $5.0 million ($7.9 million pre-tax) of deferred gain amortization. In addition, LNC recognized $7.9 million ($12.5 million pre-tax) of accelerated deferred gain amortization relating to the fact that certain Canadian indemnity reinsurance contracts were novated after the sale, but prior to year-end.
LNC and Swiss Re have not agreed upon the final closing financial statements associated with the December 7, 2001 transactions. There are currently disputed matters of approximately $500 million, which relate primarily to personal accident business reserves and recoverables. LNC's ongoing indemnification to Swiss Re on the underlying reinsurance business is limited to the personal accident business. Pursuant to the purchase agreement, LNC's exposure is capped at $100 million ($65 million after-tax) for net future payments under the personal accident programs in excess of $148 million, which represents the personal accident liabilities net of the assets held for reinsurance recoverable at December 31, 2000. Up to $200 million of net payments in excess of the net liabilities will be shared on a 50/50 basis between LNC and Swiss Re. LNC has no continuing indemnification risk to Swiss Re on other reinsurance lines of business including disability income, HMO excess-of-loss, group carrier medical and property and casualty reinsurance lines.
Under the timeframe provided for within the acquisition agreement for dispute resolution, it is probable that the earliest point that these matters will be agreed upon would be the second quarter of 2002. If the parties are unable to reach agreement, and these matters go to arbitration, an ultimate resolution of these matters may take several additional months.
Upon reaching agreement as to the final closing financial statements, it is possible that LNC could record adjustments to realized gain or loss on the sale of subsidiaries, to income from operations, or to the amount of deferred gain associated with the Swiss Re transaction. Another aspect of a potential dispute resolution could result in LNC agreeing to transfer assets to Swiss Re until the adequacy of certain reserves and related recoverables can be determined. In that event, LNC's future investment income would be reduced to the extent that any such dispute resolution would result in Swiss Re's retention of the related investment income during the time frame that Swiss Re would hold the invested assets. While uncertainty exists as to how these disputed matters will finally be resolved, at the present time LNC believes the amounts reported within LNC's consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2001 represent the best estimate of the ultimate outcome of Swiss Re's acquisition of LNC's reinsurance business.
While LNC has limited its indemnification to Swiss Re, as previously noted, under FAS 113 LNC will continue to report the reserves subject to the indemnity reinsurance agreements with Swiss Re on LNC's consolidated balance sheet with an offsetting reinsurance recoverable from Swiss Re. In the event that future developments indicate that the reserves related to certain businesses should be adjusted, LNC would be required under FAS 113 to recognize the changes in reserves in earnings in the period of change. Any change to the reinsurance recoverable from Swiss Re would be recorded as an adjustment to the amount of deferred gain.
In addition to the transactions completed on December 7, 2001, LNC has the right to "put" its interest in a subsidiary company containing LNC's disability income reinsurance business to Swiss Re during May 2002 for $10 million. Developments on the underlying disability income reinsurance business will not affect the price at which LNC may put the subsidiary company to Swiss Re. LNC is free to market this company to other buyers. If, prior to May 31, 2002, LNC is unable to sell this company to other bidders for more than $10 million, LNC intends to exercise the Swiss Re put. The $10 million exercise price is approximately equal to LNC's book basis in the subsidiary.
Approximately $565 million of the proceeds from the transaction will be used to pay taxes and associated deal costs, leaving LNC with $1.4 billion of after-tax net proceeds from Swiss Re. In addition, LNC has approximately $100 million of freed-up capital resulting from the reinsurance disposition. Prior to December 31, 2001, LNC used $115 million to repurchase shares of LNC stock and $166.3 million was used to reduce outstanding short-term debt. LNC may use the remainder of the proceeds to purchase another organization or block of business within the financial services industry or to repurchase its debt or stock. As LNC evaluates opportunities in the financial services industry, it will invest the proceeds in high quality, liquid investment instruments and may retire additional portions of its debt and repurchase shares of its common stock.
Effective with the closing of the transaction, the Reinsurance segment's results for the eleven months ended November 30, 2001 and the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999, 1998 and 1997 were moved into "Other Operations."
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY SEGMENT -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Annuities The Annuities segment (effective March 7, 2002, this segment will be known as Lincoln Retirement), headquartered in Fort Wayne, Indiana, provides tax-deferred investment growth and lifetime income opportunities for its clients through the manufacture and sale of fixed and variable annuities. Through a broad-based distribution network, the Annuities segment provides an array of annuity products to individuals and employer-sponsored groups in all 50 states of the United States. The Annuities segment distributes some of its products through LNC's wholesaling unit, LFD, as well as LNC's retail unit, LFA. In addition, the Annuities segment has alliances with a variety of unrelated companies in which LNC provides the manufacturing platform for annuity products and the alliance company provides investment management, marketing and distribution. Results of Operations(1): The Annuities segment's financial results and account values were as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income from Operations $320.3 $362.0 $299.4 $262.4 $223.0 Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments and Derivative Instruments (after-tax) (42.5) (3.4) (7.9) 11.4 40.3 Restructuring Charge (after-tax) (1.3) -- -- -- -- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes 276.5 358.6 291.5 273.8 263.3 Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes (after-tax)(2) (7.3) -- -- -- -- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Income $269.2 $358.6 $291.5 $273.8 $263.3 ========================================================================================================== December 31 (in billions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Account Values (3) Variable Annuities $34.6 $39.4 $41.5 $33.4 $27.3 Fixed Annuities 18.0 16.6 18.2 18.1 17.2 Reinsurance Ceded (1.5) (1.2) (1.4) (1.6) (1.7) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Fixed Annuities 16.5 15.4 16.8 16.5 15.5 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Account Values $51.1 $54.8 $58.3 $49.9 $42.8 ========================================================================================================== (1) The 1997-2000 data was restated from the prior year due to the following changes which were effective on January 1, 2001: 1) management and reporting of First Penn-Pacific's ("First Penn") annuities business was moved from the Life Insurance segment to the Annuities segment; 2) certain revenues and costs associated with the wholesale distribution of annuities, life insurance and investment management products were moved to LFD under "Other Operations" and a transfer pricing arrangement was established between LFD and the affected segments to compensate LFD for sales; and 3) a change in pricing of the management of general account investments performed by the Investment Management segment to a "for profit" basis from the previously reported "at cost" basis. (2) Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes relates to the transition adjustment of $(3.6) million recorded in the first quarter of 2001 upon adoption of FAS 133 and the adjustment of $(3.7) million recorded in the second quarter of 2001 upon adoption of EITF 99-20. (Refer to page 40 for further discussion of these items.) (3) Account values for 1997-2000 were restated from the prior year due to the change in reporting of First Penn's annuities business from the Life Insurance segment to the Annuities segment effective January 1, 2001. |
Comparison of 2001 to 2000
The $89.4 million or 25% decrease in net income was due in part to an increase in realized loss on investments and derivative instruments of $39.1 million. These investment losses were due primarily to losses taken on Enron and Argentina securities in the fourth quarter of 2001 in addition to increased write-downs of other securities throughout 2001 due to credit deterioration. Net income for 2001 also included two restructuring charges recorded in the first and second quarters of 2001 of $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The $0.7 million charge recorded in the first quarter of 2001 related to the consolidation of the Syracuse operations of Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York into the Annuities segment operations in Fort Wayne, Indiana and Portland, Maine, in order to reduce ongoing operating costs and eliminate redundant facilities. The $0.6 million charge recorded in the second quarter of 2001 related to a restructuring plan for First Penn-Pacific with the objective of eliminating duplicative functions in Schaumburg, Illinois by transitioning them into the Annuities and Life Insurance segment operations in Fort Wayne, Indiana and Hartford, Connecticut, respectively, in order to reduce ongoing operating costs. For further discussion of these restructuring plans refer to Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements. Discussion of the other causes of the decrease in net income between years is included below in the discussion of the change in income from operations.
The $41.7 million or 12% decrease in income from operations in 2001 was primarily attributable to the weak equity markets that caused variable annuity account values to be depressed throughout 2001. Fee income, which is calculated daily based on the ending variable annuity account values, decreased $48.9 million between years as a result of market depreciation experienced in the last quarter of 2000 and overall in 2001 and to a lesser extent, net cash outflows for variable annuities in 2000. Average variable annuity account values decreased by $6.7 billion or 16.0% in 2001. Variable annuity net cash flows (including the fixed portion of variable contracts) were essentially zero for 2001 due to a strong second half of the year (see below for further discussion of cash flows). Partially offsetting the decrease in fee income was a $6.2 million positive fee income rate variance related to a change in mix of the variable annuity business. The downturn in the equity markets also contributed to an increase of $7.3 million in benefit payments and reserve requirements for guaranteed minimum death benefits. Average fixed annuity account values decreased by $331 million or 1.9% in 2001 due to net cash outflows in 2000. This decreased earnings by $1.4 million between years. As a result of improved retention and lower account values in 2001, surrender charges decreased $6.9 million between years.
Increased operating and administrative expenses of $16.2 million also contributed to the decrease in earnings between years. This increase was due primarily to higher information technology costs including computer software write-offs and equipment amortization, as well as increased severance and relocation costs related to LNC's initiative to build a high performance culture.
Net investment income decreased between years due primarily to reduced earnings of $5.2 million on investment partnerships. Overall investment spreads on fixed annuity products (excluding the impact of investment income earned on surplus supporting the segment which includes investment partnerships) were relatively flat between years: 1.54% in 2001 and 1.53% in 2000. In reviewing the results of fixed annuities, investment spread is a key performance measure. LNC defines investment spread as the difference between the average net investment income earned on the underlying investment portfolio and the average crediting rates paid on the fixed annuity contracts. Net investment income includes investment management expenses and portfolio risk management expenses.
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs ("DAC") is also impacted by the change in market value of variable annuity accounts. Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 97, "Accounting by Insurance Companies for Certain Long-Duration Contracts & Realized Gains & Losses on Investment Sales" ("FAS 97") requires that acquisition costs for variable annuity contracts be amortized over the lives of the contracts in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits. Estimated gross profits on variable annuity contracts vary based on surrenders, fee income, expenses and realized gains/losses on investments. The amortization is adjusted retrospectively (DAC unlocking) when estimates of current or future gross profits to be realized from variable annuity contracts are revised. Because equity market movements have a significant impact on fee income, estimated future profits increase or decrease accordingly. On a quarterly basis, LNC reviews the assumptions of its DAC amortization model and records a retrospective adjustment to the amount expended, (i.e. unlocks the DAC). On an annual basis, LNC reviews and adjusts as necessary its assumptions for prospective amortization of DAC, as well as its other intangible asset, present value of in-force ("PVIF").
The Annuities segment experienced negative DAC unlocking in the first and third quarters of 2001 and positive unlocking in the second and fourth quarters of 2001 due to movements in the market. DAC unlocking created a negative variance in earnings of $4.0 million compared to 2000. Due to changes in assumptions for prospective DAC amortization made at the beginning of 2001, the Annuities segment experienced a decrease in DAC amortization expense of $37.8 million relative to 2000. Prospective unlocking for PVIF is conducted in the fourth quarter of each year. This unlocking created a positive variance of $4.5 million between years, which was caused by improved persistency in 2001 and lower expense projections.
As illustrated in the discussion of the Annuities segment's results of operations above, the segment earnings are extremely sensitive to swings in the equity markets. Thus, in 2002, the following guidance can be used to determine the estimated annualized impact on segment earnings of a one percent change in the equity markets: total impact is $4.3 million consisting of $2.5 million in fee income, $0.7 million in guaranteed minimum death benefit reserves and claims, $0.4 million in DAC adjustments and $0.7 million in other areas. These estimates could change if there is a significant shift in the market and/or in the mix of business.
Comparison of 2000 to 1999
The $67.1 million or 23% increase in net income and the $62.6 million or 21% increase in income from operations in 2000 were primarily driven by growth in fee income from variable annuities. Average variable annuity account values for 2000 as compared to 1999 were $5.8 billion greater which contributed $40.4 million of additional earnings. In addition, the mix of variable annuity accounts changed in 2000 toward higher fee products, which contributed $5.6 million of income. The Annuities segment also reported additional earnings of $20.7 million due to increased dividend received deductions flowing from variable annuity business. The Annuities segment also had an increase in earnings of $7.4 million due to increased income on surplus investments. Finally in 2000, changes in various assumptions relating to a block of annuity business acquired from CIGNA in 1998 resulted in $6.1 million of income.
The noted increases in earnings for 2000 were partially offset by a $19.0 million decrease in earnings resulting from lower investment margins on fixed annuities. This was attributed to a $684.0 million decrease in average fixed annuity values coupled with an increase in crediting rates in 2000 as compared to 1999. Also, changes in assumptions underlying the amortization of deferred acquisition costs and PVIF resulted in additional expense of $8.2 million. The downturn in the equity markets and increase in net cash outflows during 2000 resulted in lowered estimates of future gross profits and increased amortization expense via DAC unlocking.
The investment spreads on fixed annuities were 1.53% and 1.62% in 2000 and 1999, respectively. The decrease between years resulted from a change in mix of crediting rates on fixed annuities and the accelerated recognition of amortization of premium on certain securities in accordance with accounting guidelines.
Cash Flows (1) The Annuities segment's product cash flows were as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in billions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Variable Portion of Annuity Deposits $3.1 $3.1 $2.6 $2.8 $2.7 Variable Portion of Annuity Withdrawals (3.9) (4.8) (3.8) (3.0) (2.0) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Variable Portion of Annuity Net Flows (0.8) (1.7) (1.2) (0.2) 0.7 Fixed Portion of Variable Annuity Deposits 1.6 1.6 1.9 1.0 1.2 Fixed Portion of Variable Annuity Withdrawals (0.8) (1.0) (1.2) (1.1) (1.0) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fixed Portion of Variable Annuity Net Flows 0.8 0.6 0.7 (0.1) 0.2 Fixed Annuity Deposits 1.7 0.5 0.7 0.5 0.4 Fixed Annuity Withdrawals (1.6) (2.3) (1.4) (1.4) (1.2) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fixed Annuity Net Flows 0.1 (1.8) (0.7) (0.9) (0.8) Total Annuity Net Flows $0.1 $(2.9) $(1.2) $(1.2) $0.1 Incremental Deposits (2) $5.8 $4.6 $4.7 $3.9 $4.0 (1) Cash flows for 1997-2000 were restated from the prior year due to the change in reporting of First Penn's annuities business from the Life Insurance segment to the Annuities segment effective January 1, 2001. (2) Incremental Deposits represent gross deposits reduced by transfers from other Lincoln Annuity products. |
Key to sustaining profitable future earnings growth for both fixed and variable annuity products is the ability to attract new deposits and to retain existing accounts. In 2001, the Annuities segment achieved positive net cash flows in a quarter and for the year for the first time since the second quarter of 1997 and for the full year 1997, respectively. For 2001, total annuity deposits were $6.4 billion and withdrawals were $6.3 billion, resulting in positive net cash flows of $0.1 billion. LNC reached positive net cash flows in the third quarter of 2001, which was one quarter earlier than LNC's goal to achieve net positive cash flows for total annuities by the fourth quarter of 2001. For 2000, total annuity deposits were $5.2 billion and withdrawals were $8.1 billion, resulting in net cash outflows of $2.9 billion. For 1999, total annuity deposits were $5.2 billion and withdrawals were $6.4 billion, resulting in net cash outflow of $1.2 billion. Total incremental deposits were $5.8 billion in 2001, $4.6 billion in 2000 and $4.7 billion in 1999. Incremental deposits represent gross deposits reduced by transfers from other Lincoln annuity products.
The growth rate of gross deposits in 2001 was 23%, while incremental deposits grew 26% between years. Gross deposits were flat in 2000, while incremental deposits decreased 2% between years. The significant growth in gross deposits in 2001 was due to the reemergence of LNC's fixed annuity products. Fixed annuity deposits (excluding the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts) grew $1.2 billion or 240% in 2001. Fixed annuity deposits were bolstered by two new product introductions, StepFive(registered trademark) and Lincoln ChoicePlus(Service Mark) Fixed, that occurred in the first quarter and second quarter of 2001, respectively, along with overall increased demand for fixed annuities given the uncertain equity markets. Variable annuity deposits (including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts) were flat between years. These stable sales levels are counter to the overall industry, which experienced a 16.7% downturn in sales due to the declining equity markets (VARDS - Top 100 Variable Annuity Contracts Ranked by New Sales - 2001). LNC's ability to continue to generate significant variable annuity sales in such a difficult market is due to a balanced array of products and distribution breadth (see below for additional discussion of LNC's new product introductions and product features). LNC's gross deposits growth rate decreased from 1999 to 2000 and incremental deposits did not grow in 2000, but the deposit trend did improve in the last quarter of 2000 after LNC introduced many new variable annuity products in the third quarter of 2000.
Total account withdrawals decreased $1.8 billion or 22% in 2001. This was in contrast to LNC's experience over the previous two years when withdrawals grew $1.7 billion or 27% from 1999 to 2000. These results are attributed to LNC's targeted conservation efforts on both fixed and variable annuity product lines. In addition, heightened scrutiny by regulators of tax-free exchanges of non-qualified variable annuity contracts appears to be reducing the frequency of such exchanges on an industry-wide basis. Finally, clients whose variable annuity contracts have guaranteed minimum death benefits that are in the money due to the equity market declines that have occurred over the last year or so are less likely to transfer from these contracts.
In looking at annuity withdrawals and the overall profitability of the business, it is important to look beyond the mere total dollar amount of withdrawals and assess how total withdrawals compare to total retained account values. These measures of account persistency are referred to as lapse rates, which are key elements to assessing underlying profitability. By comparing actual lapse rates to the rates assumed in designing the annuity product, it is possible to gauge whether performance is better or worse than pricing. Overall lapse rates were 9.72% in 2001, 11.95% in 2000 and 9.58% in 1999. In all three years, overall lapse rates have been more favorable than expected in pricing assumptions. In 2001, the improvement in persistency partially countered the reduction in fee income resulting from lower average variable annuity account values caused by market depreciation.
LNC is encouraged by the significant improvement in retention and by the
overall positive net cash flows in 2001, but needs to sustain and further
strengthen this positive trend into 2002 and beyond. LNC is continuing its
proactive two-pronged approach to strengthening annuity net cash flows:
retention of assets and growth of new deposits.
Retention of Assets
LNC has built a significant and seasoned book of business with many annuity accounts out of the surrender charge period, which is the period during which a policyholder must pay a surrender charge to terminate the account. To illustrate this, LNC's variable annuity assets were the fourth highest in the industry as of December 31, 2001 (VARDS - Top 25 Variable Annuity Assets by Issuer 2001 Year-end), down from third highest in 2000 due to the merger of two large competitors. Prior to the downturn in the equity markets, this large and seasoned block of business was clearly more vulnerable to competitors offering products with financial incentives designed to increase market share. LNC's retention efforts on the individual variable annuity side are focused on the rollout of exemptive relief and the Income4Life(Service Mark) Solution (see Growth of New Deposits below for further discussion of the Income4Life Solution). In addition, on both the individual fixed and variable annuity side, targeted conservation efforts with key accounts will continue in 2002.
With regard to exemptive relief, in December of 2000, the Annuities segment filed with the SEC seven options for its American Legacy I and II products. The options include a bonus on current account value, an enhanced guaranteed death benefit rider or an estate enhancement death benefit rider. In exchange for these favorable benefits to the contractholder, a new surrender charge period applicable to the entire account would be imposed. The surrender charge period would be for at least the same term and of the same magnitude as the original surrender charge period. The segment received approval from the SEC to upgrade out-of-surrender contracts of existing American Legacy contractholders in 2001. However, tentative approval of the exchange options was not received until the end of the fourth quarter of 2001. This approval allows contractholders to exchange existing American Legacy II contracts for either an American Legacy III or American Legacy III Plus bonus contract. LNC plans to rollout these approved programs on a pilot basis to select broker/dealers by the second quarter of 2002.
LNC believes that the options and benefits that exemptive relief will provide its more seasoned American Legacy contractholders, coupled with the superior, long-term strength of the underlying investment options of the product, American Funds Insurance Series(Service Mark), will help stem the flow of exchanges to competitors' bonus products.
There have also been significant efforts on the employer-sponsored side of the business to address redemptions in group contracts. The product portfolio of this division includes the Multi-Fund(registered trademark) Variable Annuity (group and individual), Group Variable Annuity, fixed annuities and the Alliance Program. The account values of these products represent approximately one-third of total annuity account values as of December 31, 2001.
The Multi-Fund(registered trademark) product was ranked 19th in variable annuity sales for 2001 (VARDS - Top 25 Variable Annuity Contract Sales - 2001 Year-end) and historically was the flagship product of the employer-sponsored business. However, preferences of the marketplace have changed and the Alliance Program has become the product of choice for new programs and is now an essential part of the strategy to retain older Multi-Fund business as well. Begun in 1998, the Alliance Program combines plan expertise with the flexibility and performance of mutual funds and a fixed annuity. It offers over 200 mutual fund families representing over 2000 mutual funds. Another effort to stem outflows from the Multi-Fund(registered trademark) product line is based on exemptive relief. An exemptive relief program for certain Multi-Fund(registered trademark) variable annuity products was filed with the SEC in 2001. Like the American Legacy exemptive relief program, this program, once approved by the SEC, will be rolled out on a pilot basis to select broker/dealers. In 2001, as a result of the ongoing efforts to retain and grow new business, the employer-sponsored market's gross deposits grew 9% in 2001 and incremental deposits increased by 10% from $1.60 billion in 2000 to $1.76 billion in 2001. Future net cash flows of employer-sponsored products, however, can be extremely volatile quarter-to-quarter based on the large size of accounts won and lost in this market.
Growth of New Deposits
LNC's efforts to grow new deposits over the last two years have focused on both product and distribution breadth. LNC introduced more new annuity products in the year 2000 than it had in the last five years. These product introductions were concentrated in the third quarter of 2000. LNC continued its focus on new and innovative product launches in 2001 when it introduced a new L-share version for the American Legacy product line. LNC also launched a new series of Lincoln ChoicePlus products which incorporate LNC's new Elite Series fund line-up and includes an L-share version of the product. A new series of variable annuity products was also developed for sale by Wells Fargo in 2001; the New Directions Variable Annuity. This series includes an L-share as well. L-shares are no front-end load shares that carry a four-year surrender charge period with an up front commission structure like that of B-shares, but trail commissions are higher. These shares are preferred within the Financial Institutions channel. Finally, as noted previously, two new fixed annuity products were introduced in 2001 which were the catalyst of the growth in total annuity deposits. The StepFive Fixed Annuity introduced in the first quarter of 2001 and the ChoicePlus Fixed Annuity introduced in the second quarter of 2001 gained momentum throughout the year and accounted for $1.4 billion of gross deposits for the year.
The Income4Life Solution is an innovative product feature that was initially offered by LNC on most of its manufactured individual variable annuities beginning in the third quarter of 2001. This feature allows contractholders access and control during the distribution of their retirement account assets. This added flexibility allows the contractholder to access the account value daily for transfers, additional withdrawals and other service features like portfolio rebalancing. Income4Life provides a new value proposition in which a customer investing with LNC gains an account balance that is also a death benefit plus an income stream. As noted above, LNC does not only expect to attract new deposits with this innovative feature, but is hoping that it will be a strong vehicle for encouraging contractholders to maintain their accounts with LNC. The initial response has been encouraging for this feature with over $50 million of elections received in the second half of 2001.
Another product feature to be introduced in the first quarter of 2002 is the Accumulated Benefit Enhancement ("ABE") rider which lets clients transfer their balances to LNC variable annuity products and retain the death benefit of their prior variable annuity. This rider is available on all share classes of most LNC variable annuity product lines with no additional charge.
LNC also continues to build upon one of its key strengths, distribution breadth. In 2001, LNC strengthened its American Funds Distributors ("AFD") alliance by adding a team of 19 dedicated American Legacy Insurance Planning Counselors ("Counselors"), who work exclusively with the AFD wholesalers. An additional 10 Counselors are planned for 2002. Not only does the AFD alliance provide LNC with distribution breadth, but it also provides a product line with one of the most prominent and best performing fund families in the industry, American Funds. According to the Variable Annuity Research and Data Services ("VARDS"), the American Legacy III Variable Annuity ranked number three out of 135 variable annuities for asset-weighted performance for the three-year period ended December 31, 2001. Although the American Legacy variable annuity gross deposits of over $1.9 billion for 2001 were down 10% from last year in what was a down market for variable annuities, these results were again better than the industry average. LNC's partnership with SEI Investments ("SEI") began in the third quarter of 2000, but has been slow to take off. The SEI Variable Annuity is manufactured by LNC and is distributed by SEI, a leader in the largest distribution channel for annuities, the Independent Financial Planner channel. Because of the slow sales of the SEI Variable Annuity ($82 million in 2001), LNC and SEI jointly committed to strengthen the alliance by making revisions to the platform. In 2001, SEI hired a new national sales manager with an annuity background and is adding a B-share product in the second quarter of 2002.
LFD, LNC's wholesaling distribution arm and internal partner of the Annuities segment, is providing a wholesaling unit for the distribution of the Lincoln ChoicePlus(Service Mark) Variable Annuity, Lincoln ChoicePlus Fixed Annuity and StepFive Fixed Annuity product lines. In 2001, LFD's investment in dedicated annuity wholesalers in the Wire/Regional distribution channel contributed greatly to the 19% increase in ChoicePlus Variable Annuity sales which reached $747 million. LFD has also been a driver of sales of the fixed annuity products through the Financial Institutions channel and has partnered with Wells Fargo with a new variable annuity product in this channel. LNC is continuing to build and reinvent its strategic partnerships as part of its ongoing marketing strategy, while selectively working on other alliances that will provide increased access for LNC's annuity products through various distribution channels.
Outlook
With the objective of maintaining positive net cash flows in 2002, LNC is aggressively pursuing ways to continue to grow deposits and retain existing assets in what is considered a mature annuities market. At the same time, LNC is focusing on effective expense management as a means to maintaining profitability in an increasingly challenging market.
Life Insurance
The Life Insurance segment, headquartered in Hartford, Connecticut, focuses on the creation and protection of wealth for its clients through the manufacture and sale of life insurance products throughout the United States. The Life Insurance segment offers, through its Hartford operations, universal life, variable universal life, interest-sensitive whole life and corporate owned life insurance. Additional offerings through its Schaumburg, Illinois operations include term life, linked-benefit life, universal life and variable universal life insurance products. All of the Life Insurance segment's products are currently distributed through LFD and LFA.
Results of Operations (1): The Life Insurance segment's financial results, first year premiums by product, account values and in-force amounts were as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income from Operations $279.0 $259.9 $212.0 $149.2 $39.9 Realized Loss on Investments and Derivative Instruments (after-tax) (36.9) (10.6) (0.5) (1.7) (0.8) Restructuring Charges (after-tax) (3.5) -- -- (20.0) -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes 238.6 249.3 211.5 127.5 39.1 Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes (after-tax)(2) (5.5) -- -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Income $233.1 $249.3 $211.5 $127.5 $39.1 First Year Premiums (by Product) Universal Life $292.7 $289.3 $342.9 $233.0 $114.4 Variable Universal Life 219.5 208.6 128.7 86.0 52.9 Whole Life 26.4 22.4 24.0 19.5 4.5 Term 30.8 41.9 45.9 48.8 33.5 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Retail 569.4 562.2 541.5 387.3 205.3 Corporate Owned Life Insurance ("COLI") 47.2 87.0 14.7 4.0 0.0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total First Year Premiums $616.6 $649.2 $556.2 $391.3 $205.3 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- December 31 (in billions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Account Values Universal Life $7.5 $6.9 $6.6 $6.3 $2.6 Variable Universal Life 1.7 1.8 1.6 1.2 0.5 Interest-Sensitive Whole Life 2.1 2.1 2.0 1.8 -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Life Insurance Account Values $11.3 $10.8 $10.2 $9.3 $3.1 In Force - Face Amount Universal Life and Other $121.2 $115.9 $109.3 $105.8 $32.8 Term Insurance 113.2 100.1 85.7 67.1 30.3 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total In-Force $234.4 $216.0 $195.0 $172.9 $63.1 ================================================================================================== (1) See footnote (1) in the Annuities segment for a description of changes in LNC's reported segments. (2) Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes relates to the transition adjustment of $(0.2) million recorded in the first quarter of 2001 upon adoption of FAS No. 133 and the adjustment of $(5.3) million recorded in the second quarter of 2001 upon adoption of EITF 99-20. (Refer to page 40 for further discussion of these items.) |
Comparison of 2001 to 2000
The $16.2 million or 6% decrease in net income in 2001 was due primarily to increased realized losses on investments and derivative instruments of $26.3 million. The Life Insurance segment also incurred two restructuring charges in the second and fourth quarters of 2001 of $2.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The $2.0 million charge recorded in the second quarter of 2001 related to a restructuring plan with the objective of eliminating duplicative functions in the Schaumburg, Illinois operations of First Penn-Pacific by transitioning them into the Annuities and Life Insurance segment operations in Fort Wayne, Indiana and Hartford, Connecticut, respectively, in order to reduce ongoing operating costs. The $1.5 million charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001 was for the reorganization and consolidation of the life insurance operations in Hartford, Connecticut related to the streamlining of underwriting and new business processes and the completion of outsourcing of administration of certain closed blocks of business. For further discussion of these restructuring plans refer to Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
The $19.1 million or 7% increase in income from operations was primarily attributable to growth in life insurance in-force from sales, favorable persistency and lower general and administrative expenses partially offset by unfavorable mortality and lower investment partnership earnings. General and administrative expenses decreased due to expense reduction initiatives implemented in the second half of 2001. LNC experienced poor mortality throughout 2001 after having a favorable year in 2000. Partially contributing to the downturn in mortality experience were the losses recorded for the September 11 terrorist attacks. In the third quarter of 2001, LNC recorded a loss of $1.9 million related to the events of September 11. However, in the fourth quarter of 2001, based upon actual claims reported, a reduction in the estimated losses of $0.8 million was recorded. Volatility is expected from mortality risk, but LNC attempts to lessen the impact of volatility on earnings by reinsuring approximately 80% of the Life Insurance segment's mortality risk.
FAS 97 requires that acquisition costs for universal life insurance ("UL") policies and variable universal life insurance ("VUL") policies be amortized over the lives of the contracts in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits, consistent with the treatment noted previously for variable annuities. Factors affecting estimated gross profits are surrender charges; investment, mortality net of reinsurance ceded and expense margins; and realized gains/losses on investments. For VUL policies, estimated gross profits are affected by fee income as well. For the Life Insurance segment, based on the current mix of life insurance in-force on the books, the factors that have the most significant impact on estimated gross profits are mortality (net of reinsurance) and interest margins. Market movement, which has the greatest impact on DAC amortization for the Annuities segment relative to its variable annuity block of business, has less impact on DAC amortization for the Life Insurance segment. The Life Insurance segment earns fee income on its VUL product line based on the ending daily VUL account values. While this line is the fastest growing line for the segment, it only makes up 15% of the segment's total account values at December 31, 2001. On a quarterly basis, LNC reviews the assumptions of its DAC amortization model and records a retrospective adjustment to the amount expended, (i.e. unlocks the DAC). In 2000 and 2001, the Life Insurance segment did not experience DAC unlocking that resulted in a significant impact on earnings. On an annual basis, LNC reviews and adjusts as necessary its assumptions for prospective amortization of DAC, as well as its other intangible asset, PVIF.
Sales as measured by first year premiums were down overall in 2001 by $32.6 million or 5%. This decline was due to a $39.8 million decrease in Corporate Owned Life Insurance ("COLI") sales. COLI sales, which consist of very large cases, decreased from the prior year due to two large cases accounting for $42.5 million in first year premiums recorded in the fourth quarter of 2000. To bolster COLI sales in 2002 and beyond, LNC is aggressively pursuing the COLI market, a market in which it has never really been a significant player. To this end, LNC has hired new COLI wholesalers and a new product developer.
First year premiums on retail products (excluding COLI) increased by $7.2 million or 1% between years. UL sales increased $3.4 million or 1% between years. Although this overall increase is modest, sales in the fourth quarter of 2001 were $98 million, a 20% increase over the prior year quarter. Sales rebounded nicely in the fourth quarter after a volatile year for UL sales. Due to the continued uncertainty surrounding the equity markets going into 2002 along with new product introductions slated for the first quarter of 2002, LNC expects to see strong sales growth in the overall UL product line, including the survivorship UL product line. VUL sales were up $10.9 million or 5% between years. These results were encouraging given the performance of the equity markets in 2001. Over the long-term, LNC expects that the VUL product line will be the greatest contributor to sales growth, but in 2002, sales growth will be sensitive to the performance of the equity markets given the sustained volatility that has been experienced over the last year or so.
Partially offsetting the increased retail sales levels noted above was a decrease in term life sales of $11.1 million or 26% between years. Term life sales for the first six months of 2001 lagged the prior year period largely due to strong first half of 2000 sales that were bolstered by the impending enactment of the Valuation of Life Insurance Model Regulation ("Regulation XXX"). Regulation XXX required companies to increase reserves relative to certain term life insurance policies as of January 1, 2000. There was a rush of term business in anticipation of the related price increases for implementation of Regulation XXX with sales up in the first half of 2000 due to a backlog of business at December 31, 1999. Term sales increased incrementally each quarter in 2001 and for the fourth quarter were 20% higher compared to the same quarter in 2000. LNC is encouraged by these results and based on the competitiveness of its product in the marketplace expects sales to be strong in 2002.
Account values increased $0.5 billion or 5% to $11.3 billion at December 31, 2001 from $10.8 billion at the prior year-end. Positive cash flows for the year of $1.2 billion were the main contributor to the increase between years. Cash flows in 2001 were flat compared to the prior year. VUL account values were down between years by $62 million due to market depreciation.
As illustrated in the discussion of the Life Insurance segment's results of operations above, the segment earnings are not particularly sensitive to swings in the equity markets. Thus, in 2002, the estimated annualized impact on the segment earnings of a one percent change in the equity markets (based on the S&P 500 index) is only $0.1 million.
Comparison of 2000 to 1999
The $37.8 million or 18% increase in net income and the $47.9 million or 23% increase in income from operations in 2000 were primarily attributable to strong sales growth. Also contributing to the increased earnings were favorable investment income and effective expense management. Non-volume related expenses decreased in 2000 due primarily to lower year 2000 (Y2K) information technology costs and lower general and administrative expenses.
First year premiums increased by $93 million or 17% in 2000. Account values of universal life, variable universal life and interest-sensitive life insurance products increased $0.6 billion or 6% from the end of 1999 to the end of 2000. In-force increased $21 billion or 11% year-over-year. Policy lapses in 2000 were in line with pricing assumptions for the year. The sales growth was fueled by variable universal life ("VUL") and corporate owned life insurance ("COLI") products, which had increased sales between years of $79.9 million or 62% and $72.3 million or 492%, respectively.
The Life Insurance segment introduced two new single life VUL products in 1999 and a survivorship VUL product in May 2000, which were significant drivers of this growth. Also, COLI sales were bolstered by a new corporate VUL product, which was launched at the end of 1999. The increase in account values was primarily due to the growth in business.
Product Development
Although the market response to VUL products has been the primary driver of growth over the last three years, UL products have historically been the flagship product line of the Life Insurance segment. To maintain its competitive position with its flagship product line, UL, the Life Insurance segment has had to continue to develop leading edge products that meet the changing needs of its target market, the affluent. The segment introduced a much anticipated new UL product in March of 2001 and the response to this product has been very positive. Average first year premiums per month for single-life UL sales over the last eight months of the year (since the product's initial launch) were up over 80% from the monthly average for the first four months of 2001.
The new UL product, Lincoln UL-III Life Protection, was designed to provide flexibility and guaranteed death benefit coverage through its innovative Lapse Protection Rider. The Rider is automatically included on all policies at no additional charge. Unlike some premium-based guarantees, Lincoln UL-III Life Protection and its Lapse Protection Rider offer policyholders the flexibility to adjust or skip planned premium payments, borrow against or withdraw a portion of the policy's cash value and make other policy changes without totally forfeiting the death benefit guarantee. This flexibility enables the product to be adapted to the changing financial needs of policyholders. In July of 2001, the Life Insurance segment also introduced Lincoln SUL-LPR, a new survivorship UL product with the Lapse Protection Rider. In 2002, the segment plans to continue to be aggressive in product development.
Estate Tax Reform
Coming into 2001, estate tax reform was a proposed federal measure that had the life insurance industry in a state of flux. It was unclear what level of reform or repeal would happen. The product line that was most vulnerable to a change in estate tax legislation was survivorship life insurance. This product line accounted for 25% of LNC's total first year premiums in 2000. Finally in June of 2001, the estate tax reform legislation was passed which calls for a very gradual decline in the maximum estate tax rate through 2009. The estate tax is slated to be repealed for one year in 2010 before a sunset provision brings the rate back to the 55% rate in 2011. Based on survivorship sales results for the year, the Life Insurance segment has experienced little impact from the new estate tax reform law. During 2001, total survivorship life insurance first year premiums increased $16.5 million or 10% from the prior year and during the last half of 2001 there was a decrease of $4.4 million or 5% from same period in 2000. Of this decrease, $3.6 million of it was experienced in the third quarter. Sales in the third quarter were disrupted by the aftermath of the terrorist attacks of September 11. LNC believes that the provisions of the estate tax reform law that were passed in 2001 will not negatively impact future sales of survivorship life insurance.
Outlook
The Life Insurance segment experienced modest retail sales growth in 2001 after three years of double-digit sales growth. Various events experienced in 2001 caused a difficult sales environment for the overall life insurance industry including the uncertainty during the first half of the year of the impact of estate tax reform, the overall depressed equity markets during the year and then the impact of the terrorist attacks of September 11. The Life Insurance segment is positioned, however, to grow sales in the future by building upon its strengths: the breadth and quality of its product portfolio along with its commitment to exceptional customer service, its product development capabilities, its extensive distribution network and the growth opportunity offered by its target market, the affluent. The optimization of these strengths through flawless execution is key to the achievement of LNC's goal to place its life insurance operations among the top five in the industry based on new premium. At the same time, the Life Insurance segment continues to focus on effective expense management as a means to maintain profitability.
Investment Management
The Investment Management segment, headquartered in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, offers a variety of asset management services to retail and institutional clients located throughout the United States and certain foreign countries. Its product offerings include mutual funds and managed accounts. It also provides investment management and account administration services for variable annuity products, and 401(k), pension, endowment and trust accounts. The primary operating companies within this segment are the subsidiaries of Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. ("Delaware"). Retail products are distributed through both LFD and LFA. Institutional products, including large case 401(k) plans, are marketed by a separate sales force in conjunction with pension consultants.
Diversity of investment styles, as well as diversity of clients served are prudent ways to manage risk in varying market environments. Delaware, historically known for a conservative, "value" equity investment style has now evolved into an investment manager with strong and diversified offerings across all major asset classes including value and growth equity investment styles; high-grade, high-yield and municipal fixed income investment styles; balanced and quantitative investment styles; and the international and global equity and fixed income investment styles.
Results of Operations (1): The Investment Management segment's financial results and assets under management were as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Investment Advisory Fees (pre-tax) $284.7 $320.5 $332.2 $331.5 $298.4 Income from Operations 14.6 44.1 61.0 43.9 18.1 Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments (after-tax) (2.3) (2.5) (0.1) 0.5 7.0 Restructuring Charges (after-tax) (0.4) (4.6) (9.3) -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income before Cumulative effect of Accounting Change 11.9 37.0 51.6 44.4 25.1 Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change (after-tax)(2) (0.1) -- -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Income $11.8 $37.0 $51.6 $44.4 $25.1 Income from Operations-Excluding Amortization of Intangibles $37.9 $70.9 $88.7 $72.6 $45.2 ================================================================================================== December 31 (in billions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Assets Under Management Regular Operations: Retail-Equity $17.6 $21.2 $23.4 $22.1 $17.7 Retail-Fixed 7.0 6.5 7.5 8.2 8.1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Retail 24.6 27.7 30.9 30.3 25.8 Institutional-Equity 17.8 19.1 23.6 24.2 24.9 Institutional-Fixed 5.5 6.1 6.9 7.0 5.7 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Institutional 23.3 25.2 30.5 31.2 30.6 Insurance Assets 38.1 35.7 35.9 39.4 35.7 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Assets Under Management $86.0 $88.6 $97.3 $100.9 $92.1 ================================================================================================== (1) See footnote (1) in the Annuities segment for a description of changes in LNC's reported segments. (2) Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change relates to the second quarter 2001 adoption of EITF 99-20. (Refer to page 40 for further discussion of this item.) |
Comparison of 2001 to 2000
The decreases in net income of $25.2 million or 68% and income from operations of $29.5 million or 67% in 2001 were primarily attributable to lower investment advisory fees and to a lesser extent reduced other revenue partially offset by lower expenses. The decrease in total investment advisory fees of $35.8 million (pre-tax) was due to an overall decrease in external assets under management between years. The primary driver of the decrease in external assets under management between years was prior year net cash outflows of $7.2 billion that caused the beginning of year external assets under management to be much lower than the prior year beginning balance and to a lesser extent, market depreciation of $4.3 billion. Current year total net cash outflows of $0.7 billion also had a slight negative impact on investment advisory fees. (See below for further discussion of net cash flows.) Other revenue decreased as a result of reduced distribution, shareholder servicing, and investment accounting revenue associated with lower retail mutual fund sales and lower assets under management.
The Investment Management segment has made significant investments in upgrading talent and revamping investment processes over the last two years; however, effective expense management has resulted in an overall decrease in expenses. Expenses decreased by $10.9 million (pre-tax) or 3% in 2001. This decrease was primarily due to the absence of significant severance expenses incurred during 2000, lower amortization expense associated with other intangible assets and effective management of other expenses. Certain other intangible assets capitalized as part of LNC's acquisition of Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. in 1995 had six-year lives and were fully amortized in April of 2001. In addition, the segment had lower incentive compensation expense accruals due primarily to the declining financial results between years. Partially offsetting the decreased expenses noted above was higher amortization of deferred broker commissions due to an increase in the deferred broker commission asset and expenses incurred during 2001 to close and/or merge a number of mutual funds.
The change in net income for 2001 compared to 2000 also included the impact of restructuring charges. The Investment Management segment incurred a restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of 2001 of $0.4 million related to the consolidation of the Boston, Massachusetts investment office with the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania investment operations in order to eliminate redundant facilities and functions within this business segment. In 2000, the Investment Management segment incurred two restructuring charges of $2.7 million and $2.5 million in the second and fourth quarters, respectively. The objectives of the $2.7 million charge recorded in the second quarter of 2000 were to combine the structured products team of Delaware and Vantage in Philadelphia and to consolidate the back office operations of Vantage into Delaware, in order to reduce ongoing operating costs and to eliminate redundant facilities within this business segment. The objectives of the $2.5 million charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2000 were to combine the investment management operations for fixed income products of Lincoln Investment Management and Delaware in Philadelphia, in order to reduce ongoing operating costs and eliminate redundant facilities within this business segment. In addition, in 2000 there were reversals totaling $0.6 million related to the Lynch & Mayer restructuring charge originally recorded in 1999 and the Vantage restructuring charge recorded in 2000. For further discussion of these restructuring plans refer to Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
As illustrated in the discussion of the Investment Management segment's results of operations above, the segment earnings are sensitive to swings in the equity markets. Thus, in 2002, the estimated annualized impact on the segment earnings of a one percent change in the overall equity markets is approximately $0.75 million. This estimate could change if there is a significant shift in the market and/or in the mix of business.
Comparison of 2000 to 1999
The decreases in net income of $14.6 million or 28% and income from operations of $16.9 million or 28% in 2000 were attributable to lower investment advisory fees and higher expenses partially offset by an increase in other revenue. The decrease in investment advisory fees was due to an overall decrease in external assets under management. The primary cause of the decrease in external assets under management was net cash outflows of $7.2 billion (see below for further discussion of net cash flows) and market depreciation of $1.3 billion.
Overall, expenses increased $24.5 million (pre-tax) primarily as a result of an increase in headcount of investment professionals, higher severance costs related to turnover of investment professionals and higher commission expense resulting from sales growth. These expense increases were partially offset by cost savings achieved from consolidating both Lynch & Mayer and Vantage into Delaware, as well as lower costs achieved from the reorganization and decentralization of share services within the 401(k) line of business and lower year 2000 (Y2K) information technology costs. Other revenue increased due primarily to higher fees on the 401(k) line of business resulting from higher balances and higher annual rates. In addition, distribution income increased as a result of higher retail sales, and accounting and record-keeping fees increased as a result of more activity and more accounts being serviced in 2000.
The change in net income for 2000 compared to 1999 also included the impact of restructuring charges. The Investment Management segment incurred total restructuring charges net of reversals of $4.6 million in 2000 (see above for further discussion of these plans). In 1999, the Investment Management segment incurred a restructuring charge net of reversals of $9.3 million related to the downsizing and consolidation of the back office operations of Lynch & Mayer into Delaware, in order to reduce ongoing operating costs and eliminate redundant facilities with this business segment. For further discussion of these restructuring plans refer to Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
Client Cash Flows: The Investment Management segment's net cash flows were as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in billions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Retail: Equity Sales $2.7 $4.0 $3.3 $3.6 $3.0 Equity Redemptions and Transfers (3.3) (4.5) (5.1) (1.7) (1.8) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Flows (0.6) (0.5) (1.8) 1.9 1.2 Fixed Sales 1.2 0.7 1.0 1.1 1.0 Fixed Redemptions and Transfers (1.1) (1.7) (1.4) (1.2) (1.6) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Flows 0.1 (1.0) (0.4) (0.1) (0.6) Total Retail Net Flows (0.5) (1.5) (2.2) 1.8 0.6 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Institutional: Equity Inflows 3.2 2.7 5.2 3.8 2.5 Equity Withdrawals and Transfers (2.8) (7.2) (7.8) (7.4) (6.5) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Flows 0.4 (4.5) (2.6) (3.6) (4.0) Fixed Inflows 0.6 0.8 2.0 2.2 2.5 Fixed Withdrawals and Transfers (1.2) (2.0) (1.7) (1.3) (0.8) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Flows (0.6) (1.2) 0.3 0.9 1.7 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Institutional Net Flows (0.2) (5.7) (2.3) (2.7) (2.3) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Retail and Institutional Net Flows $(0.7) $(7.2) $(4.5) $(0.9) $(1.7) ================================================================================================== |
The Investment Management segment's trend of net cash outflows continued in 2001, but improved significantly over 2000. In 2001, the Investment Management segment gained momentum in its ongoing initiative to increase asset retention and attract new asset flows. Net cash outflows totaled $0.7 billion for 2001 consisting of $0.5 billion for retail accounts and $0.2 billion for institutional accounts. In 2000, net cash outflows totaled $7.2 billion with $5.7 billion for institutional accounts and $1.5 billion for retail accounts. The improvement in net flows in 2001 was the result of significant improvement in retention on the institutional side, as well as improved institutional equity inflows and improved retention on the retail side. In some cases in which there were institutional outflows during the year, it was not due to the loss of major clients. Rather, the clients repositioned their assets between Delaware and their other money managers. This caused asset withdrawals, but not the termination of the relationship with Delaware.
Management believes that the improvement in net asset flows and overall retention is attributable to improving investment performance and client service, and diversity of product offerings, along with increased customer confidence in management's ability to sustain positive change. On the retail side, for the 12 months ending December 31, 2001, 19 of Delaware's 25 largest mutual funds were in the top half of their Lipper universe. The total mutual fund assets for the 19 funds that exceeded their benchmarks were $8.5 billion, which accounted for 83% of assets under management in the top 25 funds. For the year ending December 31, 2000, 13 of Delaware's 25 largest mutual funds were in the top half of their Lipper universe, accounting for 49% of assets under management in the top 25 funds. In addition, as of December 31, 2001, Delaware had 19 funds labeled Lipper Leaders for "Consistent Return," as well as 14 funds named Lipper Leaders for "Capital Preservation." Six funds were listed in both categories. With regards to institutional performance, for the year ended December 31, 2001, six composites outperformed their respective indices and those six composites accounted for almost 90% of institutional assets. For the year ended December 31, 2000, seven composites outperformed their respective indices and those seven composites accounted for 95% of institutional assets.
Although Delaware had strong investment performance throughout 2001 on both
the retail and institutional side, retail equity sales were down $1.3
billion or 33% from the prior year. Contributing significantly to the
downturn in sales for Delaware and throughout the industry were the
depressed equity markets, heightened by the terrorist attacks of September
11. Delaware's sales were hurt by other factors as well. Specifically, the
poor investment performance in years prior to 2000 has hurt sales overall
and specifically sales generated by LNC's retail distribution arm, LFA.
Sales of Delaware's mutual funds represented 5% and 8% of LFA's total
mutual fund sales in 2001 and 2000, respectively. In addition, LFD, the
internal wholesaling arm for distribution of Delaware's investment
products, was newly organized at the end of 2000 and was in the ramp up
stage throughout 2001. However, barring sustained volatility of the equity
markets in 2002, LNC believes that it is well positioned for 2002 because
of its strengths of asset class diversification, consistently strong
investment performance across all asset classes, and distribution breadth
supplied by LFA and LFD. In addition, Delaware was awarded 529 college
savings plans for the state of Hawaii and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
during 2001. Final contracts for these 529 plans are currently being
negotiated and, subject to finalization of these contracts, the 529 plans
are expected to be launched in the first half of 2002. These programs
provide Delaware with an opportunity to attract significant long-term
assets under management. To illustrate the significance of this
opportunity, 529 programs are projected to grow to over $51 billion by
2006. This represents a compound annual growth rate of nearly 50% (The
Cerulli Report Series, The State of the College Savings Market: 529 Plans
in Perspective). Although the launch of the 529 programs should have a
favorable impact on retail sales, positive earnings impact is not expected
to occur in 2002 because of significant first year distribution costs.
Outlook
In 2001, the Investment Management segment continued to build upon the initiatives that were started in 2000. These initiatives included improving investment performance, attracting and retaining client cash flows, managing expenses and ultimately improving profitability. The Investment Management segment has made measurable progress on the initiatives of investment performance, asset retention and effective expense management, but will continue to focus on sustaining and improving those results, which should ultimately lead to positive cash flows and improved profitability.
Lincoln UK
Lincoln UK is headquartered in Barnwood, Gloucester, England, and is licensed to do business throughout the United Kingdom ("UK"). Although Lincoln UK transferred its sales force to Inter-Alliance Group PLC in the third quarter of 2000, it continues to manage, administer and accept new deposits on its current block of business and, as required by UK regulation, accept new business for certain products. Lincoln UK's product portfolio principally consists of unit-linked life and pension products, which are similar to variable life and annuity products sold in the U.S.
Results of Operations: Lincoln UK's financial results, account values, in-force and exchange rates were as follows:
Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income (Loss) from Operations(1) $60.2 $61.0 $(13.9) $70.9 $(108.3) Realized Gain on Investments (after-tax) 8.7 2.3 2.2 0.8 1.5 Restructuring Charges (after-tax) -- (76.5) (6.5) -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Income (Loss)(1) $68.9 $(13.2) $(18.2) $71.7 $(106.8) ================================================================================================== December 31 (in billions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Unit-Linked Assets $5.6 $6.4 $7.2 $6.3 $5.6 Individual Life Insurance In-Force $20.9 $24.3 $25.7 $25.0 $25.0 Exchange Rate Ratio - U.S. Dollars to Pounds Sterling Average for the Year 1.441 1.518 1.617 1.658 1.644 End of Year 1.456 1.493 1.615 1.660 1.651 ================================================================================================== (1) Income (loss) from operations and net income (loss) for 1999 and 1997 include charges of $126.1 million ($194.0 million pre- tax) and $174.9 million ($199.4 million pre-tax) for changes in the estimate of the cost of settling pension mis-selling liabilities and 1999 includes a tax benefit of $42.1 million relating to the decision to explore exiting the UK insurance market (see below for discussion of these special items in 1999). |
Comparison of 2001 to 2000
The increase in net income of $82.1 million in 2001 was due primarily to the absence of restructuring charges of $76.5 million recorded in the third and fourth quarters of 2000. These charges were both related to the restructuring plan initiated to exit all direct sales and sales support operations and consolidate the Uxbridge home office with the Barnwood home office. This restructuring plan resulted from LNC's decisions to cease writing new business in the UK through its sales force and transfer the Lincoln UK's sales force to Inter-Alliance Group PLC (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of this restructuring plan). In addition, Lincoln UK had an increase in realized gains on investments of $6.4 million between years. The gains reported in 2001 relate to the realignment of the investment portfolio to better match invested assets with the liabilities they support.
The slight decrease in income from operations of $0.8 million or 1% in 2001 was due to a number of offsetting variances. Overall, the weak equity markets in the UK over the last year have caused a decrease in fee income on unit-linked investments under management. In addition, the downturn in the equity markets during 2001 caused an increase in amortization of DAC and PVIF. As required under FAS 97, acquisition costs for unit-linked contracts are amortized over the lives of the contracts in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits. Estimated gross profits on unit-linked contracts vary based on surrenders, fee income, expenses and realized gains/losses on investments. The amortization is adjusted retrospectively when estimates of current or future gross profits to be realized from unit-linked contracts are revised. Because market movement has such a significant impact on fee income, estimated future profits will go up or down accordingly. On a quarterly basis, Lincoln UK reviews the assumptions of its DAC amortization model and records a retrospective adjustment to the amount expended, (i.e. unlocks the DAC). On an annual basis, Lincoln UK reviews and adjusts as necessary its assumptions for prospective amortization of DAC and PVIF. In addition to the increase in DAC amortization in 2001 associated with retrospective unlocking for the reduction in fee income, Lincoln UK experienced an increase in DAC and PVIF amortization related to the prospective adjustment of assumptions made at the beginning of 2001 related to the increase in surrenders projected as result of the decisions to transfer the sales force and cease writing new business through direct sales distribution. The increases in DAC and PVIF amortization for 2001 were partially offset by increased DAC and PVIF amortization at the end of 2000 related to an unlocking of DAC and PVIF for a change in policy persistency assumptions. Over the last year, actual surrenders have been in line with assumptions, but Lincoln UK continues to evaluate the persistency assumptions on an ongoing basis.
The variance in earnings between years was also negatively impacted by exchange rate movements. Partially offsetting the negative variances noted above was a decrease in general and administrative expenses in 2001. Lincoln UK continues to employ effective expense management. In addition, the prior year included expenses related to the strategic review of Lincoln UK and expenses that did not qualify under the restructuring plans. Finally, Lincoln UK benefited from reduced federal income taxes associated with favorable settlements of tax examinations for prior years.
As illustrated in the discussion of Lincoln UK's results of operations above, the segment earnings are sensitive to swings in the equity markets. Thus, in 2002, the estimated annualized impact on the segment earnings of a one percent change in the equity markets (based on the FTSE 100 index) is $0.9 million. This estimate could change if there is a significant shift in the market and/or in the mix of business.
Comparison of 2000 to 1999
The $9.1 million or 13% decrease in income from operations excluding the 1999 special items totaling $84.0 million ($126.1 million pension mis-selling costs less $42.1 million tax benefit) in 2000 was due primarily to reduced sales volumes and increased expenses. Net income in 2000 was also negatively impacted by the recording of restructuring charges in third and fourth quarters of 2000 totaling $76.5 million after-tax. Sales volumes were down during 2000 as a result of the transfer of the sales force in the third quarter and sales force productivity suffered earlier in the year due to uncertainty around the UK strategic review. Expenses increased in 2000 as a result of one-time items related to operational initiatives started in the fourth quarter of 1999 and reserve strengthening for policies carrying guaranteed annuity options. Also, there were additional expenses related to the strategic review of Lincoln UK and expenses associated with the UK restructuring plan that did not qualify for inclusion in the restructuring charge. In addition, a change in assumptions governing the amortization of deferred acquisition costs caused an increase in expenses. Partially offsetting these increased expenses were lower volume-related expenses.
United Kingdom Selling Practices
Various selling practices of the Lincoln UK operations have come under scrutiny by the UK regulators in recent years. These selling practices include the sale and administration of individual pension products, mortgage endowments and the selling practices of City Financial Partners Limited ("CFPL"), a subsidiary company purchased in December 1997.
During the fourth quarter of 1999, LNC took a charge of $126.1 million or $0.64 per share ($194.0 million pre-tax) to further strengthen its reserve for pension mis-selling in the UK. This additional reserve strengthening was made following: 1) the mandate issued by the Financial Services Authority, the UK regulating body, for the use of more up to date mortality rates in determining redress and reduced interest rate assumptions to be used in calculating redress, thereby causing the amount of redress to increase, 2) the change to guidance that would have allowed a simplified process for the calculation and payment of redress for certain policy groups and 3) the inclusion of redress relating to additional voluntary contributions made to pension plans by individuals, retroactive to 1988. (See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for an update on the reserve for United Kingdom Selling Practices.)
Tax Benefit Relating to Decision to Explore Exit of UK Insurance Market
When LNC decided to explore exiting the UK insurance market in 1999, LNC was required to change its method of accounting for Lincoln UK's taxes. In the fourth quarter of 1999, LNC recorded a $42.1 million tax benefit relating to this matter.
Exchange Rates
LNC's subsidiary in the UK, as with subsidiaries in other countries, has its balance sheets and income statements translated at the current spot exchange rate as of the year end and average spot exchange rate for the year, respectively.
Outlook
During 2002, Lincoln UK will work to retain and manage its current block of business while maximizing earnings through effective expense management.
Other Operations
Activity that is not included in the major business segments is reported in "Other Operations." "Other Operations" includes operations not directly related to the business segments and unallocated corporate items [i.e., corporate investment income, interest expense on corporate debt, unallocated overhead expenses, and the operations of Lincoln Financial Advisors ("LFA") and Lincoln Financial Distributors ("LFD")]. Starting in 1999, 100% of LNC's corporate overhead expenses were allocated to the business segments.
Prior to the fourth quarter of 2001, LNC had a Reinsurance segment ("Lincoln Re"). LNC's reinsurance business was acquired by Swiss Re in December 2001. As the majority of the business acquired by Swiss Re was via indemnity reinsurance agreements, LNC is not relieved of its legal liability to the ceding companies for this business. This means that the liabilities and obligations associated with the reinsured contracts remain on the consolidated balance sheets of LNC with a corresponding reinsurance receivable from Swiss Re. In addition, the gain resulting from the indemnity reinsurance portion of the transaction was deferred and is being amortized into earnings at the rate that earnings on the reinsured business are expected to emerge, over a period of seven to 15 years on a declining basis. After the acquisition of this business by Swiss Re, the ongoing management of the indemnity reinsurance contracts and the reporting of the deferred gain will be within LNC's Other Operations. Given the lengthy period of time over which LNC will continue to amortize the deferred gain, and the fact that related assets and liabilities will continue to be reported on LNC's financial statements, the historical results for the Reinsurance segment prior to the close of the transaction with Swiss Re will not be reflected in discontinued operations, but as a separate line in Other Operations. The results for 2001 are for the eleven months ended November 30, 2001.
Results of Operations(1): Other Operations' financial results were as follows: Year Ended December 31 (1) (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Financial Results by Source LFA $(15.9) $(11.7) $(20.8) $(23.7) $(5.3) LFD (30.7) (18.5) (14.0) (8.2) (11.2) Reinsurance 128.8 122.5 40.1 104.9 (150.1) Amortization of Deferred Gain 12.9 -- -- -- -- LNC Financing (77.9) (84.9) (83.5) (70.0) (50.0) Other Corporate (2.4) (15.4) (4.9) 1.0 (6.7) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income (Loss) from Operations 14.8 (8.0) (83.1) 4.0 (223.3) Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments and Derivative Instruments (after-tax) (0.4) (3.2) 10.2 2.7 24.9 Gain on Sale of Reinsurance Subsidiaries (after-tax) 15.0 -- -- -- -- Restructuring Charges (after-tax) (19.5) 1.0 (3.2) (14.3) -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes (2) 9.9 (10.2) (76.1) (7.6) (198.4) Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes (after-tax) (2.7) -- -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Income (Loss) $7.2 $(10.2) $(76.1) $(7.6) $(198.4) ================================================================================================== (1) See footnote (1) in the Annuities segment for a description of changes to LNC's reported segments. In addition, the 1997-2000 data was restated from the prior year due to the movement of the former Reinsurance segment into "Other Operations" upon the acquisition of the Reinsurance business by Swiss Re on December 7, 2001. The Amortization of Deferred Gain line represents the amortization of the deferred gain on the indemnity reinsurance portion of the transaction with Swiss Re. (2) Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes relates to the transition adjustment of $(0.5) million recorded in the first quarter of 2001 upon adoption of FAS No. 133 and the adjustment of $(2.2) million recorded in the second quarter of 2001 upon adoption of EITF 99-20. (Refer to page 40 for further discussion of these items.) |
Other Operations reported net income of $7.2 million in 2001 and net losses of $10.2 million in 2000 and $76.1 million in 1999. Other Operations reported income from operations of $14.8 million in 2001 and losses from operations of $8.0 million in 2000 and $83.1 million in 1999. In 1999, loss from operations was $17.7 million excluding special charges reported in the Reinsurance line of $65.4 million for reserve strengthening in the HMO excess-of-loss business ($25.0 million) and settlement costs associated with the workers' compensation carve-out business underwritten by Unicover Managers, Inc. ($40.4 million).
Net income for 2001 included the impact of three restructuring charges totaling $19.5 million: two charges were recorded in the LFD line in the second and fourth quarters for $1.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively and the other charge was recorded in the fourth quarter for $15.8 million. The objectives of the plan for the $1.2 million restructuring charge recorded by LFD in the second quarter of 2001 were to reorganize the life wholesaling function within the independent planner distribution channel, consolidate retirement wholesaling territories, and streamline the marketing and communications functions in LFD. The objectives of the plan for the $2.5 million restructuring charge recorded by LFD in the fourth quarter of 2001 were to combine channel oversight, position LFD to take better advantage of ongoing "marketplace consolidation" and to expand the customer base of wholesalers in certain territories. The objectives of the plan for the $15.8 million restructuring charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001 were to consolidate operations and reduce excess space in LNC's Fort Wayne, Indiana operations. In light of LNC's divestiture of its reinsurance operations, which were headquartered in Fort Wayne, excess space and printing capacity will not be used. Net income for 2000 included a $0.3 million reversal of part of the restructuring charge originally recorded in 1998 as a result of the organizational/expense review of the parent company, as well as a reversal of $0.7 million related to the HMO excess-of-loss restructuring charge originally recorded by the former Reinsurance segment in 1999. Net income for 1999 included a restructuring charge of $3.2 million recorded in the third quarter by the former Reinsurance segment related to the decision to discontinue writing new HMO excess-of-loss reinsurance programs. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these restructuring activities.
Net income for 2001 also included the impact of a $15.0 million gain on sale of reinsurance subsidiaries. Discussion of the other causes of the change in net income between years is included below in the discussion of the change in income from operations.
Comparison of 2001 to 2000
The positive variance in income from operations of $22.8 million in 2001 was due to a number of offsetting items. LNC Financing and Other Corporate had positive variances between years of $7.0 million or 8% and $13.0 million or 84%, respectively. In addition, the Reinsurance line had a positive variance of $6.3 million or 5% and the amortization of deferred gain for 2001 yielded a positive variance of $12.9 million. Partially offsetting the positive variances were increased losses from LNC's distribution organizations, LFA had an increased loss of $4.2 million or 36% and LFD had an increased loss of $12.2 million or 66%.
The loss in Financing decreased $7.0 million between years primarily due to lower long-term debt costs and lower short-term borrowing costs resulting from the ten Fed rate cuts that occurred in 2001. The decrease in long-term debt costs was related to several corporate finance activities. On August 16, 2001, the FELINE PRIDES converted resulting in the issuance of 4.63 million shares of LNC common stock and the retirement of $225 million in related trust preferred securities. On September 13, 2001, $215 million 8.75% Quarterly Income Preferred Securities were called. This transaction was funded with low interest short-term borrowings. LNC replaced short-term borrowings in the fourth quarter with two financing arrangements. On November 19, 2001, $172.5 million 7.65% Trust Preferred Securities were issued and on December 7, 2001, $250 million 10 year 6.20% senior notes were issued.
Other Corporate experienced a positive variance of $13.0 million between years primarily as a result of non-recurring items from 2000. In the first quarter of 2000, there were offsetting litigation items that created a loss of $2.6 million. In addition, there was a $2.4 million loss related to AnnuityNet. AnnuityNet is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. In 2000, LNC recognized losses for AnnuityNet up to the amount of its investment. Therefore, no further activity is expected to be recorded for AnnuityNet unless further investments are made or until it has earnings. There was also an increase of $8.6 million in incentive compensation in 2000 resulting from the achievement of the three-year long-term incentive compensation goals. This expense was not allocated to the business segments.
The Reinsurance line, which includes the historical earnings of the former Reinsurance segment had an increase in income from operations of $6.3 million in 2001. The 2001 results, however, only represent eleven months of earnings through November 30, 2001. Even with just eleven months of earnings for 2001, Lincoln Re had an improvement over the prior full year primarily as a result of a change in accounting estimate recorded in the individual markets line of business in the first quarter of 2001. Lincoln Re refined its estimate of due and unpaid premiums on its client-administered individual life reinsurance business. Lincoln Re recorded income of $25.5 million ($39.3 million pre-tax) in the first quarter of 2001 related to periods prior to 2001.
Reinsurance was also positively impacted by the re-evaluation of reserves in its exited lines of business which resulted in $15 million of earnings, primarily within the HMO excess-of-loss line of business. Partially offsetting the positive variance was the impact of losses incurred for the September 11 terrorist attacks which totaled $23.4 million (composed of a charge of $31.3 million recorded in the third quarter of 2001 and a reversal of $7.9 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001 due to updated information for incurred but not reported claims).
The Amortization of Deferred Gain line includes the amortization of the deferred gain on the indemnity reinsurance portion of the transaction with Swiss Re for December ($5.0 million) along with the recognition of accelerated amortization of the deferred gain on Canadian reinsurance business that was novated to Swiss Re after December 7, 2001 ($7.9 million), but prior to year-end. In accordance with FAS 113, the gain associated with the indemnity reinsurance portion of the transaction with Swiss Re was recorded as a deferred gain and is being amortized into earnings at the rate that earnings on the reinsured business are expected to emerge, over a period of seven to 15 years on a declining basis. Upon novation (transfer of the legal liability), generally accepted accounting principles provide for immediate recognition in earnings of the deferred gain related to the novated business.
LFA had an increased loss from operations of $4.2 million between years due primarily to a decrease in sales revenue. LFA, a fee-based investment planning firm and broker/dealer, experienced a decrease in sales across all product lines: annuities, life insurance and other investment products. The downturn in the equity markets over the last year caused a difficult sales environment for broker/dealers. Sales in the fourth quarter of 2001 rebounded from the lower levels experienced in the first three quarters of 2001 and contributed to positive earnings for the quarter which helped reduce the loss for the year. This fourth quarter increase in sales is consistent with the trend experienced over the prior three years and can be explained as a seasonal improvement related to the year-end increase in tax planning and other related activities. In addition, in 2001, the events of September 11 derailed sales in the third quarter which created increased demand in the fourth quarter and possibly into 2002. In addition to lower revenues, LFA had an increase in overall expenses in 2001 as a result of increased salaries and other general and administrative expenses partially offset by reduced commissions and other volume related expenses. In 2002, LFA will be focused on its growth strategy to increase its financial planner base in order to expand sales while employing effective expense management.
LFD had an increased loss from operations of $12.2 million between years due to decreased sales revenue and increased expenses. LFD experienced slightly lower retail sales in 2001, and revenue decreased as a result of changes in the mix of business. In addition, LFD had lower sales of corporate owned life insurance as previously discussed in the Life Insurance segment's result of operations. Retail sales were bolstered by strong second half sales of the StepFive(registered trademark) Fixed Annuity, Lincoln ChoicePlus(Service Mark) Variable Annuity product line and the MoneyGuard universal life product which includes a long-term care benefit. Mutual fund sales, however, were weak throughout the year due primarily to the poor performance of the equity markets. In addition, LFD's wholesaling force was not at full strength until the end of the year. LFD had higher expenses primarily as a result of its investment in new wholesalers during 2001 partially offset by the positive impact on expenses of the two restructuring plans implemented in 2001 (see above for further discussion), as well as other targeted expense reduction activities. LFD started with 221 wholesalers at the beginning of 2001 and had 241 at December 31, 2001. LFD's on-going strategy is to target key accounts across all distribution channels. Product improvements that occurred in 2001 including a common fund line-up across variable annuity and life products, sales incentives and the momentum from increased sales levels in the second half of 2001 should bode well for the future. However, given the current uncertainty of the equity markets, LNC is cautious about sales expectations for 2002.
Comparison of 2000 to 1999
The positive variance in loss from operations (exclusive of the special charges of $65.4 million recorded in the Reinsurance line in 1999) was $9.7 million or 55% due to offsetting items. The Reinsurance line had an increase in income from operations (exclusive of the 1999 special charges) of $17 million or 16% between years due to offsetting results by business source. In addition, LFA had a positive variance in loss from operations of $9.1 million or 44%. Partially offsetting these positive variances were negative variances in LNC Financing and Other Corporate of $1.4 million or 2% and $10.5 million or 214%, respectively. In addition, LFD had an increased loss between periods of $4.5 million or 32%.
LFA had a decreased loss between years of $9.1 million or 44% as a result of increased sales volumes and decreased general and administrative expenses. LFD had an increased loss between years of $4.5 million or 32% resulting primarily from investments in wholesaling and sales management resources which were initiated during the second half of 2000. LNC Financing had a negative variance of $1.4 million or 2% between years due primarily to an increase in short-term borrowing costs caused by both an increase in the average outstanding commercial paper balance and an increase in interest rates. Other Corporate had a negative variance between years of $10.5 million or 214% due primarily to an increase in incentive compensation in 2000 resulting from the achievement of the three-year long-term incentive compensation goals. This expense was not allocated to the business segments. In addition, offsetting litigation settlements contributed to the increased loss between years (see Litigation below for further discussion).
Litigation
During the first quarter of 2000, the appellate court upheld LNC's position in litigation relating to the 1992 sale of the Employee Life-Health Benefit business segment. As a result of this favorable decision, LNC's earnings increased by approximately $11.2 million ($17.2 million pre-tax).
During the fourth quarter of 2000, Lincoln National Life Insurance Company ("LNL") reached an agreement in principle to settle all class action lawsuits alleging fraud in the sale of LNL non-variable universal life and participating whole life insurance policies. It requires that LNL provide benefits and a claim process to policyholders who purchased non-variable universal life and participating whole life policies between January 1, 1981 and December 31, 1998. The settlement covers approximately 431,000 policies. Owners of approximately 4,300 policies have excluded themselves (opted-out) from the settlement and, with respect to these policies, will not be bound by the settlement. Total charges recorded during 2000 for this settlement aggregated $42.1 million after-tax ($64.7 million pre-tax). With the court's approval of the settlement in the second quarter of 2001 and the expiration in the third quarter of 2001 of the time to file an appeal, the case was concluded for all policyholders not previously opting out. During the third quarter of 2001, settlement was reached with some of the owners of policies who opted-out of the original settlement. Overall, the third quarter developments relating to these matters were slightly favorable when compared to the assumptions underlying the estimates made in 2000 when the related charges were taken; however, there is continuing uncertainty as to the ultimate costs of settling the remaining opt-out cases. It is management's opinion that such future developments will not materially affect the consolidated financial position of LNC.
In December 2000, LNC received a $43 million (pre-tax) cash payment in exchange for agreeing to modify certain non-compete terms included in an acquisition completed by LNC prior to 1999. In LNC's purchase accounting for this acquisition, the non-compete terms of the acquisition agreement were believed to have only negligible value and there was no reasonable basis for estimating the additional business and profits, if any, that might result from these non-compete terms. Under these facts and circumstances, LNC concluded that no separately identifiable intangible asset should be recorded for the non-compete terms. However, events in 2000 resulted in a substantial increase in the value of these non-compete terms, culminating with the receipt of the $43 million payment. LNC does not believe that the forfeiture of its remaining non-compete rights and benefits, which would have otherwise expired in 2001, diminishes the value of goodwill recorded in the acquisition. As a result, LNC recorded the $28.0 million ($43 million pre-tax) payment in fourth quarter 2000 net income.
The consolidated assets under management including consolidated investments and assets held in separate accounts on the balance sheet, and external assets under management classified by investment advisor, mean invested assets, net investment income and investment yield are as follows:
December 31 (in billions) 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Assets Managed by Advisor Investment Management Segment(1): External Assets $47.9 $52.9 $61.4 $61.5 $56.4 Insurance Assets 38.1 35.7 35.9 39.4 35.7 Lincoln UK 6.9 7.9 8.6 7.6 6.8 Within Business Units (Policy Loans) 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 0.8 Non-LNC Affiliates 31.4 32.9 32.7 23.5 19.4 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Assets Managed $126.2 $131.3 $140.5 $133.8 $119.1 Mean Invested Assets $37.62 $37.47 $39.03 $36.50 $30.34 Adjusted Net Investment Income(2) $2.69 $2.75 $2.82 $2.69 $2.26 Investment Yield (ratio of net investment income to mean invested assets) 7.14% 7.35% 7.21% 7.36% 7.46% ================================================================================================== (1) See Investment Management segment data starting on page 53 for additional detail. (2) Includes tax-exempt income. |
Investment Objective: Invested assets are an integral part of the Annuities, Life Insurance and Lincoln UK segments' operations. For discussion of external assets under management, i.e. retail and institutional assets, see the Investment Management segment discussion starting on page 53. LNC follows a balanced approach of investment for both current income and prudent risk management, with an emphasis on generating sufficient current income to meet LNC's obligations. This approach requires the evaluation of risk and expected return of each asset class utilized, while still meeting the income objectives of LNC. This approach also permits LNC to be more effective in its asset-liability management, since decisions can be made based upon both the economic and current investment income considerations affecting assets and liabilities.
Investment Portfolio Composition and Diversification: Fundamental to LNC's investment policy is diversification across asset classes. LNC's investment portfolio, excluding cash and invested cash, is composed of fixed maturity securities; mortgage loans on real estate; real estate either wholly owned or in joint ventures and other long-term investments. LNC purchases investments for its segmented portfolios that have yield, duration and other characteristics that take into account the liabilities of the products being supported. The dominant investments held are fixed maturity securities, which represent approximately 78% of the investment portfolio. The total investment portfolio increased $744.4 million in 2001 and decreased $209.7 million in 2000. The increase in 2001 was due to the purchase of investments from cash flow generated by the business units, positive net cash flows for fixed annuity portfolios and market appreciation of fixed maturity securities due to the significant decline in interest rates during 2001. The decrease in 2000 was due primarily to net cash outflows for fixed annuity portfolios. This decline was partially offset by new purchases of investments from cash flow generated by the business units and market appreciation of fixed maturity securities due to the decline in interest rates during 2000.
Fixed Maturity Security Ratings: LNC maintains a high-quality fixed maturity securities portfolio. As of December 31, 2001, $6.7 billion or 23.6% of its fixed maturity securities portfolio had ratings of AA or better. Fixed maturity securities with below-investment grade ratings (BB or less) were $2.4 billion or 8.3% of the total fixed maturity securities portfolio (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). The below-investment-grade fixed maturity securities represent 6.5% of LNC's total investment portfolio. The interest rates available on these below-investment-grade securities are significantly higher than are available on other corporate debt securities. Also, the risk of loss due to default by the borrower is significantly greater with respect to such below investment grade securities because these securities are generally unsecured, often subordinated to other creditors of the issuer and issued by companies that usually have high levels of indebtedness. LNC attempts to minimize the risks associated with these below investment grade securities by limiting the exposure to any one issuer and by closely monitoring the credit worthiness of such issuers. For the year ended December 31, 2001, the aggregate cost of below investment grade securities purchased was $107.3 million. Aggregate proceeds from such investments sold were $121.0 million, resulting in a realized pre-tax loss at the time of sale of $2.4 million.
Securities Available-for-Sale: LNC's entire fixed maturity and equity securities portfolio is classified as "available-for-sale" and is carried at fair value on its balance sheet. Because the general intent of the "available-for-sale" accounting rules is to reflect shareholders' equity as if unrealized gains and losses were actually recognized, it is necessary for LNC to consider all related accounting adjustments that would occur upon such a hypothetical recognition of unrealized gains and losses. Such related balance sheet effects include adjustments to the balances of deferred acquisition costs, policyholder commitments and deferred income taxes. Adjustments to each of these balances are charged or credited directly to shareholders' equity as part of LNC's "available-for-sale" accounting. For instance, deferred acquisition costs are adjusted upon the recognition of unrealized gains or losses since the amortization of deferred acquisition costs is based upon an assumed emergence of gross profits on certain insurance business. In a similar manner, adjustments to the balances of policyholder reserves or commitments are made because LNC has either a contractual obligation or has a consistent historical practice of making allocations of investment gains or losses to certain policyholders. Deferred income tax balances are also adjusted, since unrealized gains or losses do not affect actual taxes currently paid. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for details of the gross unrealized gains and losses as of December 31, 2001.
Mortgaged-Backed Securities: LNC's fixed maturity securities
available-for-sale include mortgage-backed securities. The mortgage-backed
securities included in LNC's investment portfolio are subject to risks
associated with variable prepayments. This may result in these securities
having a different actual cash flow and maturity than expected at the time
of purchase. Securities that have an amortized cost greater than par and
are backed by mortgages that prepay faster than expected will incur a
reduction in yield or a loss. Those securities with an amortized cost lower
than par that prepay faster than expected will generate an increase in
yield or a gain. In addition, LNC may incur reinvestment risks if market
yields are lower than the book yields earned on the securities. Prepayments
occurring slower than expected have the opposite impact. LNC may incur
disinvestment risks if market yields are higher than the book yields earned
on the securities and LNC is forced to sell the securities. The degree to
which a security is susceptible to either gains or losses is influenced by
1) the difference between its amortized cost and par, 2) the relative
sensitivity of the underlying mortgages backing the assets to prepayment
in a changing interest rate environment and 3) the repayment priority of
the securities in the overall securitization structure.
LNC limits the extent of its risk on mortgage-backed securities by prudently limiting exposure to the asset class, by generally avoiding the purchase of securities with a cost that significantly exceeds par, by purchasing securities backed by stable collateral, and by concentrating on securities with enhanced priority in their trust structure. Such securities with reduced risk typically have a lower yield (but higher liquidity) than higher-risk mortgage-backed securities. At selected times, higher-risk securities may be purchased if they do not compromise the safety of the general portfolio. At December 31, 2001, LNC did not have a significant amount of higher-risk mortgage-backed securities. There are negligible default risks in the mortgage-backed securities portfolio as a whole as the vast majority of the assets are either guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored entities or are supported in the securitization structure by junior securities enabling the assets to achieve high investment grade status. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for additional detail about the underlying collateral.
Mortgage Loans on Real Estate and Real Estate: As of December 31, 2001, mortgage loans on real estate and investments in real estate represented 12.6% and 0.7% of the total investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2001, the underlying properties supporting the mortgage loans on real estate consisted of 34.8% in commercial office buildings, 25.6% in retail stores, 15.5% in industrial buildings, 12.4% in apartments, 7.8% in hotels/motels and 3.9% in other. Mortgage loans on real estate in California and Texas accounted for approximately 30% of the total carrying value of mortgage loans.
LNC completed securitizations of commercial mortgage loans in both the fourth quarter of 2000 and the fourth quarter of 2001. In each securitization, the loans were transferred to a trust held in a "qualified" off-balance sheet special purpose entity ("SPE") which is therefore not consolidated into LNC. In the first securitization, the loans had a fair value of $186.0 million and a carrying value of $185.7 million. LNC retained a 6.3% interest in the securitized assets. LNC received $172.7 million from the trust for the sale of the senior trust certificates representing the other 93.7% beneficial interest. A realized gain of $0.4 million pre-tax was recorded on this sale. A recourse liability was not recorded since LNC is not obligated to repurchase any loans from the trust that may later become delinquent. Cash flows received during 2001 and 2000 from interests retained in the trust were $2.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
In the second securitization completed in 2001, the loans had a fair value of $209.7 million and a carrying value of $198.1 million. LNC received $209.7 million from the trust for the sale of the loans. A recourse liability was not recorded since LNC is not obligated to repurchase any loans from the trust that may later become delinquent. Servicing fees of $0.03 million were received in 2001. The transaction was hedged with total return swaps to lock in the value of the loans. LNC recorded a loss on the hedge of $10.1 million pre-tax and a realized gain on the sale of $11.6 million pre-tax resulting in a net gain of $1.5 million pre-tax. Upon securitization, LNC did not retain an interest in the securitized assets; however, LNC later invested $14.3 million of its general account assets in the certificates issued by the trust. This investment is included in fixed maturity securities on the consolidated balance sheet.
Limited Partnership Investments: As of December 31, 2001, there were $329.5 million of limited partnership investments included in consolidated investments. These include investments in approximately 50 different partnerships that allow LNC to gain exposure to a broadly diversified portfolio of asset classes such as venture capital, hedge funds, and oil and gas. They are generally fairly large partnerships with several third party partners. These partnerships do not represent off-balance sheet financing to LNC. Select partnerships contain "capital calls" which require LNC to contribute capital upon notification by the general partner. These capital calls are contemplated during the initial investment decision and are planned for well in advance of the call date. The capital calls are not material in size and pose no threat to LNC's liquidity. The capital calls are included on LNC's table of contingent commitments on page 67. Limited partnership investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and the majority of these investments are included in "Other Investments" on the consolidated balance sheets.
Net Investment Income: Net Investment income decreased $67.5 million or 2% in 2001 due to a decrease in the yield on investments from 7.35% to 7.14% (all calculations on a cost basis). The decrease in the yield on investments was primarily due to lower interest rates on new securities purchased along with an increase in security defaults resulting from the weak economy in 2001. In addition, LNC transferred higher yielding invested assets and received current fair value as part of the close of the sale of the reinsurance business to Swiss Re on December 7, 2001. The proceeds of the sale were invested in lower yielding highly liquid short-term investments. Mean invested assets only increased 0.4% in 2001. Net investment income decreased $60.4 million or 2% in 2000 due to a 4% decrease in mean invested assets partially offset by an increase in the yield on investments from 7.21% to 7.35% (all calculations on a cost basis). The decrease in mean invested assets in 2000 was due primarily to net cash outflows from fixed annuities in the Annuities segment.
Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments and Derivative Instruments: The pre-tax realized gain (loss) on investments, net of associated amortization of deferred acquisition costs and expenses, was $(114.5) million, $(28.3) million and $3.0 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The after-tax gain (loss) in 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $(73.6) million, $(17.5) million and $3.8 million, respectively. The loss in 2001 was primarily the result of the write-down and provision for losses on investments due to credit deterioration, and to a lesser extent the sale of investments. Losses and write-downs recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001 on Enron and Argentina investments totaled $41.8 million (pre-tax). The loss in 2000 was primarily the result of the sale of investments, and to a lesser extent the write-down and provision for losses on investments. The gain in 1999 was primarily the result of the sale of investments. Write-downs and provisions for losses offset a portion of the realized gain.
Write-Downs and Allowance for Losses: Securities available-for-sale, mortgage loans on real estate and real estate that were deemed to have declines in fair value that were other than temporary were written down. The fixed maturity securities to which these write-downs apply were generally of investment grade quality at the time of purchase, but were classified as "below-investment grade" at the time of the write-downs. EITF 99-20 changed the manner in which impairment on certain investments in collateralized securities is determined. The cumulative effect adjustment that LNC recorded in connection with the adoption of EITF 99-20 in the second quarter of 2001 was a net realized loss on investments of $11.3 million after-tax ($17.3 million pre-tax). Also, write-downs and allowances for losses on select mortgage loans on real estate, real estate and other investments were established when the underlying value of the property was deemed to be less than the carrying value. These write-downs and provisions for losses are disclosed within the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).
Use of Derivatives: The primary use of derivatives at LNC is to hedge interest rate risk that is embedded in either life insurance and annuity product liabilities or investment portfolios. To a lesser extent, derivatives are also used to hedge exposures to foreign currency and equity market risks. Derivatives held at December 31, 2001 contain industry standard terms and are entered into with financial institutions with long-standing, superior performance records.
Liquidity and Cash Flow
Liquidity refers to the ability of an enterprise to generate adequate amounts of cash from its normal operations to meet cash requirements with a prudent margin of safety. Because of the interval of time from receipt of deposit or premium until payment of benefits or claims, LNC and other insurers employ investment portfolios as an integral element of operations. By segmenting its investment portfolios along product lines, LNC enhances the focus and discipline it can apply to managing the liquidity, as well as the interest rate and credit risk of each portfolio commensurate with the profile of the liabilities. For example, portfolios backing products with less certain cash flows and/or withdrawal provisions are kept more liquid than portfolios backing products with more predictable cash flows.
The consolidated statements of cash flows on page 82 indicate that operating activities provided cash of $1.3 billion, $2.0 billion and $2.3 billion in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. This statement also classifies the other sources and uses of cash by investing activities and financing activities and discloses the amount of cash available at the end of the year to meet LNC's obligations.
Although LNC generates adequate cash flow to meet the needs of its normal operations, periodically LNC may issue debt or equity securities to fund internal expansion, acquisitions, investment opportunities and the retirement of LNC's debt and equity. LNC had an unused balance as of December 31, 2001 of $402.5 million on its existing shelf registration filed in December 1998 that would allow LNC to issue various securities. The hybrid securities utilize four subsidiaries (Lincoln National Capital III, IV, V and VI) which were formed for the specific purpose of issuing securities. All of these subsidiaries' common securities are owned by LNC. Cash funds are also available from LNC's revolving credit agreements, which provide for borrowing up to $700 million (see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements).
LNC purchased and retired 11,278,022; 6,222,581; and 7,675,000 shares of common stock at a cost of $503.7 million, $210.0 million and $377.7 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. In May 1999, the LNC board authorized $500 million to repurchase LNC securities. The shares repurchased in 1999 included 4,875,600 shares at a cost of $236.6 million that were purchased under the May 1999 board authorization. In November 2000, the LNC board authorized an additional $500 million to repurchase LNC securities. At the time of this authorization, there was $99.7 million remaining under the May 1999 board authorization. All of the shares repurchased in 2000 came under the May 1999 board authorization. In July 2001, the LNC board authorized an additional $500 million to repurchase LNC securities. In 2001, the remaining amount ($53.4 million) under the May 1999 board authorization was used and $450.4 million under the November 2000 board authorization was used. At December 31, 2001, this leaves amounts under the November 2000 and July 2001 board authorizations to repurchase an additional $549.6 million of LNC securities.
On August 16, 2001, LNC settled mandatory stock purchase contracts issued in conjunction with the FELINE PRIDES financing. This action resulted in the issuance of 4.6 million shares of LNC stock at $49.67 per share. Investors had the option of settling the purchase contract with separate cash or by having the collateral securing their purchase obligations sold. In the case of investors who held the Trust Originated Preferred Securities ("TOPrS") as collateral for the purchase contracts, they were permitted to enter into a remarketing process with proceeds used to settle the contracts. On August 13, 2001, the remarketing failed resulting in the retirement of $225 million TOPrS. A total of $5 million of two-year TOPrS remain outstanding which represents investors who chose to settle with separate cash and hold onto their TOPrS until maturity.
On September 13, 2001, LNC redeemed all 8.6 million shares of the $215 million outstanding 8.75% Cumulative Quarterly Income Preferred Securities, Series A that were issued by Lincoln National Capital I and guaranteed by LNC. On December 7, 2001, LNC announced plans to call $100 million 8.35% TOPrS issued by Lincoln Capital II and guaranteed by LNC. The redemption date was January 7, 2002.
On November 19, 2001, LNC issued 6.9 million shares of $172.5 million 7.65% Trust Preferred Securities ("TRUPS") through Lincoln National Capital V. On December 7, 2001, LNC issued $250 million 6.20% ten-year senior notes.
On December 7, 2001, Swiss Re acquired LNC's reinsurance operation for $2.0 billion. In addition, LNC retained the capital supporting the reinsurance operation. After giving affect to the increased levels of capital needed within the Life Insurance and Annuity segments that result from the change in the ongoing mix of business under LNC's internal capital allocation models, the disposition of LNC's reinsurance operation has freed-up approximately $100 million of capital. The transaction structure involved a series of indemnity reinsurance transactions combined with the sale of certain stock companies that comprised LNC's reinsurance operation. An immediate gain of $15.0 million after-tax was recognized on the sale of the stock companies. Approximately $565 million of the proceeds from the transaction will be used to pay taxes and associated deal costs, leaving LNC with $1.4 billion of after-tax net proceeds from Swiss Re. Prior to December 31, 2001, LNC used $115 million to repurchase shares of LNC stock and $166.3 million was used to reduce outstanding short-term debt. LNC may use the remainder of the proceeds to purchase another organization or block of business within the financial services industry or to repurchase its debt or stock. As LNC evaluates opportunities in the financial services industry, it will invest the proceeds in high quality, liquid investment instruments and may retire additional portions of its debt and repurchase shares of its common stock.
In order to maximize the use of available cash, the holding company (LNC) maintains a facility where subsidiaries can borrow from the holding company to meet their short-term needs and can invest their short-term funds with the holding company. Depending on the overall cash availability or need, the holding company invests excess cash in short-term investments or borrows funds in the financial markets. In addition to facilitating the management of cash, the holding company receives dividends from its subsidiaries, invests in operating companies, maintains an investment portfolio and pays shareholder dividends and certain corporate expenses.
LNC's insurance subsidiaries are subject to certain insurance department regulatory restrictions as to the transfer of funds and payment of dividends to the holding company. Generally, these restrictions pose no short-term liquidity concerns for the holding company. However, as discussed in detail within Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the acquisition of two blocks of business in 1998 resulted in negative statutory earned surplus for LNL which triggered certain approval requirements in order for LNL to declare and pay dividends to LNC. As a result of negative earned surplus, LNL was required to obtain the prior approval of the Indiana Insurance Commissioner ("Commissioner") before paying any dividends to LNC until its statutory earned surplus became positive. LNL recently received approval from the Commissioner to reclassify total dividends of $495 million paid to LNC in 2001 from LNL's earned surplus to paid-in-capital. This change plus the increase in statutory earned surplus from the indemnity reinsurance transaction with Swiss Re resulted in positive statutory earned surplus for LNL at December 31, 2001. As long as LNL's earned surplus remains positive, future dividends not in excess of earned surplus will be deemed ordinary, not requiring prior approval from the Commissioner.
LNL is recognized as an accredited reinsurer in the state of New York, which effectively enables it to conduct reinsurance business with unrelated insurance companies that are domiciled within the state of New York. As a result, in addition to regulatory restrictions imposed by the state of Indiana, LNL is also subject to the regulatory requirements that the State of New York imposes upon accredited reinsurers.
The tables below summarize LNC's obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts in place at December 31, 2001, as well as contingent commitments in place at December 31, 2001.
Contractual Obligations Future Amount Amor- Per There- tization/ Balance Contractual Obligations (in millions) 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 after Total Adjustment Sheet -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Short-Term Debt (1) $350.2 $-- $-- $-- $-- $-- $350.2 $-- $350.2 Long-Term Debt -- -- -- 193.0 -- 670.3 863.3 (1.6) 861.7 Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures 100.0 (2) 5.0 -- -- -- 372.5 477.5 (2.8) 474.7 Operating Leases 73.4 65.5 62.3 58.9 56.1 142.4 458.6 -- -- Information Technology Contract (3) 75.0 75.0 75.0 6.3 -- -- 231.3 -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Totals $598.6 $145.5 $137.3 $258.2 $56.1 $1,185.2 $2,380.9 $(4.4) $1,686.6 ================================================================================================================================ |
Contingent Commitments Amount of Commitment Expiring per Period -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Amount Less than After Commitments (in millions) Committed 1 Year 1-3 Years 4-5 Years 5 Years -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Lines of Credit (amount outstanding at 12/31/2001 is $0) $700.0 $400.0 $-- $300.0 $-- Standby Letters of Credit (amount outstanding at 12/31/2001 is $765.7 million) 800.0 800.0 -- -- -- Guarantees 23.9 0.1 0.7 1.6 21.5 Investment Commitments 219.5 (4) 80.4 87.5 51.5 0.1 Standby Commitments to Purchase Real Estate upon Completion and Leasing 276.6 114.7 161.9 -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $2,020.0 $1,395.2 $250.1 $353.1 $21.6 ================================================================================================================================ (1) Includes the current portion of long-term debt. (2) The 8.35% Trust Originated Preferred Securities were redeemed on January 7, 2002. (3) The future minimum annual costs under LNC's information technology contract with IBM which expires on January 1, 2005, range from $40.9 million - $56.8 million per year. However, based on usage, the fees are estimated to range from $65 million - $75 million per year. (4) Total includes $68.3 million of capital calls on limited partnership investments, $108.1 million of real estate pre-buys, and $27.6 million and $15.5 million of commitments for mortgage loans and private placement securities, respectively. |
As of December 31, 2001, LNC's senior debt ratings were Moody's at A3 ("Upper Medium Grade"), Standard and Poor's at A- ("Strong"), Fitch at A+ ("Strong") and A.M. Best at a ("Strong"), and LNC's commercial paper ratings included Moody's at P-2 ("Strong"), Standard and Poor's at A-2 ("Satisfactory") and Fitch at F-1 ("Very Strong"). In October of 2000, Moody's downgraded LNC's senior debt from A2 ("Upper Medium Grade") to A3 ("Upper Medium Grade") and LNC's commercial paper from P-1 ("Superior") to P-2 ("Strong"). Although there are less investors for A-2/P-2 commercial paper and there are periods in which there is weak investor interest in A-2/P-2 commercial paper, through December 31, 2001, LNC's liquidity has not been adversely impacted. LNC can also draw upon alternative short-term borrowing facilities such as revolving lines of bank credit. LNC's commercial paper is supported by two short-term bank borrowing facilities, a $400 million 364-day revolving credit facility maturing in December 2002 and a $300 million revolving credit facility maturing in December 2005. LNC's revolving credit facilities do not contain ratings-based default triggers or material adverse change provisions. LNC's 364-day revolving credit contains a one-year term-out feature which allows LNC to convert any loans outstanding on the maturity date of the credit facility into a one-year term loan subject to a floating interest rate.
From late December 2000 through early January 2001, and again immediately following the events of September 11, 2001, LNC experienced periods of greater volatility in commercial paper borrowing rates as an A-2/P-2 issuer with the spread above A-1/P-1 rates ranging from 0.25% to 0.50%. During such times of greater volatility, LNC may experience difficulty in placing longer-term commercial paper (defined as 30-90 day maturities), and as a result, experience increased short-term financing costs.
As of December 31, 2001, Lincoln National (UK) PLC's commercial paper ratings were Standard and Poor's at A-2 ("Satisfactory") and Moody's at P-2 ("Strong"). In March of 2001, Standard and Poor's affirmed Lincoln National (UK) PLC's commercial paper rating at A-2. After the events of September 11, 2001, the European Commercial Paper ("ECP") market contracted, but in late October 2001 the markets began to normalize. During the time of the market contraction, Lincoln National (UK) PLC was able to draw upon alternative borrowing facilities in the form of bank loans. This form of short-term borrowing causes an increase in the borrowing rate of approximately 0.15% per annum. However, this was countered by a decrease in interest rates, effectively lowering the overall cost of borrowing. In addition, due to an increase in cash flow generated from operations, Lincoln UK reduced its commercial paper borrowings from $164.6 million at December 31, 2000 to $96.0 million at December 31, 2001. Lincoln UK's average commercial paper borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 were $129.4 million and $156.0 million, respectively.
LNC's current ratings from Standard and Poor's, Moody's and Fitch are on "stable outlook" and ratings from A.M. Best are on "positive outlook". The term "stable outlook" suggests no ratings action is anticipated in the next 12 months. The A.M. Best "positive outlook" suggests conditions are present for potential upgrade within the next 12 months. LNC undergoes significant annual reviews by all the major rating agencies, which focus on the detailed financial performance in each line of business and take into account company and industry trends. In addition, LNC maintains regular dialogue with the agencies throughout the year on material company and/or industry developments. During 2001, dialogue included detailed information exchanged on the effects of the events of September 11, the Enron bankruptcy, and other industry and company issues as they arose. The rating agencies have all affirmed both LNC and LNL's current ratings as of December 31, 2001. If current debt ratings and claims paying ratings were downgraded in the future, certain covenants of various contractual obligations may be triggered which could impact overall liquidity. In addition, contractual selling agreements with intermediaries could be negatively impacted which could have an adverse impact on overall sales of annuities, life insurance and investment products.
Effect of Inflation
LNC's insurance affiliates, as well as other companies in the insurance industry, attempt to minimize the effect of inflation on their revenues and expenses by anticipating inflationary trends in the pricing of their products. Inflation, except for changes in interest rates, does not have a significant effect on LNC's balance sheet due to the minimal amount of dollars invested in property, plant and equipment and the absence of inventories.
Total shareholders' equity increased $309.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2001. Excluding the increase of $205.2 million related to the increase in the unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale and derivative instruments and the cumulative effect of accounting change related to derivative instruments, shareholders' equity increased $104.2 million. This increase in shareholders' equity was the net result of increases due to $590.2 million of net income, $90.5 million from the issuance of common stock related to benefit plans and $230.0 million from the settlement of LNC stock purchase contracts issued in conjunction with FELINE PRIDES financing, partially offset by $30.0 million related to a decrease in the accumulated foreign exchange gain, $36.0 million related to a minimum pension liability adjustment, $231.8 million related to the declaration of dividends to shareholders, $503.7 million for the retirement of common stock, $4.7 million for the cancellation of shares related to the acquisition of subsidiaries and $0.3 million for the forfeiture of shares under benefit plans.
During May 1999, LNC's Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split for its common stock. The record date for the stock split was June 4, 1999 and the additional shares were distributed to shareholders on June 21, 1999.
Capital adequacy is a primary measure used by insurance regulators to determine the financial stability of an insurance company. In the U.S., risk-based capital guidelines are used by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners to determine the amount of capital that represents minimum acceptable operating amounts related to insurance and investment risks. Regulatory action is triggered when an insurer's statutory-basis capital falls below the formula-produced capital level. At December 31, 2001, statutory-basis capital for each of LNC's U.S. insurance subsidiaries was in excess of regulatory action levels of risk-based capital required by the jurisdiction of domicile.
The National Association of Insurance Commissioners revised the Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual in a process referred to as Codification. The revised manual became effective January 1, 2001. The domiciliary states of LNC's U.S. insurance subsidiaries have adopted the provisions of the revised manual. The revised manual has changed, to some extent, prescribed statutory accounting practices and has resulted in changes to the accounting practices that LNC's U.S. insurance subsidiaries use to prepare their statutory-basis financial statements. The impact of these changes to LNC and its U.S. insurance subsidiaries' statutory-based capital and surplus as of January 1, 2001 was not significant.
As noted above, shareholders' equity includes net unrealized gain (loss) on
securities available-for-sale. In addition, effective January 1, 2001, upon
the adoption of FAS 133, shareholders' equity includes net unrealized gain
(loss) on derivative instruments. At December 31, 2001, the book value of
$28.10 per share included $1.16 of unrealized gains on securities and
derivative instruments. At December 31, 2000, the book value of $25.92 per
share included $0.07 of unrealized gains on securities.
See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for information regarding contingencies.
The Financial Services Modernization Act was passed in November 1999 and repeals the Glass-Steagall Act of 1993 and expands the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. This act allows, among other things, cross-ownership by banks, securities firms and insurance companies. In 2001, there were some cross-ownership activities in the financial services industry, however, there was minimal impact on LNC's operations. Tax legislation could increase or reduce tax-advantages for some of LNC's life and annuity products. LNC continues to support reductions in the tax burden imposed on its businesses, employees and policyholders.
Market Risk Exposures of Financial Instruments
LNC analyzes and manages the risks arising from market exposures of financial instruments, as well as other risks, in an integrated asset-liability management process that takes diversification into account. By aggregating the potential effect of market and other risks of the entire enterprise, LNC estimates, reviews and in some cases manages the risk to its earnings and shareholder value. LNC has exposures to several market risks including interest rate, default risk, foreign currency exchange, liquidity and equity price risks.
The exposures of financial instruments to market risks, and the related risk management processes, are most important in the Annuities and Life Insurance segments. It is within these segments where most of the invested assets support accumulation and investment oriented insurance products. As an important element of its integrated asset-liability management process, LNC uses derivatives to minimize the effects of changes in interest levels and the shape of the yield curve. In this context, derivatives are designated as a hedge and serve to reduce interest rate risk by mitigating the effect of significant increases in interest rates on LNC's earnings. Additional market exposures exist in LNC's other general account insurance products and in its debt structure and derivatives positions. The primary sources of market risk are: 1) substantial, relatively rapid and sustained increases or decreases in interest rates, 2) fluctuations in currency exchange rates or 3) a sharp drop in equity market values. Each of these market risks are discussed in detail in the following pages.
1) Interest Rate Risk
Accumulation and Investment Oriented Insurance Products. General account assets supporting accumulation and investment oriented insurance products total $24.6 billion or 68% and $23.1 billion or 65% of total invested assets at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
With respect to these products, LNC seeks to earn a stable and profitable spread between investment income and interest credited to account values. If LNC has adverse experience on investments that cannot be passed onto customers, its spreads are reduced. Alternatively, LNC may seek to maintain spreads and this may result in crediting rates that are not competitive in the market place. This strategy could result in adverse surrender experience on policies and could force LNC to liquidate a portion of its portfolio to fund cash surrender value benefits.
LNC does not view the near term risk to spreads over the next twelve months to be material. The combination of a probable range of interest rate changes over the next twelve months, asset-liability management strategies, flexibility in adjusting policy crediting rate levels and protection afforded by policy surrender charges and other switching costs all work together to minimize this risk. The interest rate scenarios of concern are those in which there is a substantial, relatively rapid increase or decrease in interest rates that is then sustained over a long period.
Fixed Deferred Annuities. Assets of $16.5 billion and $15.5 billion at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, support the largest category of accumulation and investment oriented insurance products, fixed deferred annuities. For these products, LNC may adjust renewal crediting rates monthly or quarterly, subject to guaranteed minimums ranging from 3% to 5%. The higher minimums apply to in-force blocks of older products that no longer are sold. Annuity insurance customers have the right to surrender their policies at account value less a surrender charge that grades to zero over periods ranging from 5 to 10 years from policy issue date or, in some cases, the date of each premium received. In some cases, a market value adjustment may also apply. Due to LNC's ability to change crediting rates to reflect investment experience on the majority of its traditional annuity products, the underlying assets are assumed to be a good proxy for the interest rate risk inherent in these liabilities. This assumption is appropriate for probable movements in interest rates over the next 12 months. This assumption may not be appropriate for a substantial, relatively rapid increase or decrease in interest rates that is then sustained over a long period.
Universal Life. LNC had $6.2 billion and $5.8 billion in assets at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, supporting universal life insurance on which it has the right to adjust renewal crediting rates subject to guaranteed minimums ranging from 4% to 6% at December 31, 2001. Similar to annuities, universal life insurance customers have the right to surrender their policies at account value less a surrender charge that grades to zero over periods ranging from 10 to 20 years from policy issue date or, in some cases, the date of each premium received.
Guaranteed Interest Contracts and Group Pension Annuities. LNC had assets totaling $1.9 billion and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively that support guaranteed interest contracts, group pension annuities and immediate annuities. Generally, the cash flows expected on these liabilities do not vary with fluctuations in market interest rates and are not adjustable by LNC. Accordingly, if experience on the assets supporting these products is more adverse than the assumptions used in pricing the products, spreads will tend to be below expectations. LNC limits exposure to interest rate risk by managing the duration and maturity structure of each investment portfolio in relation to the liabilities it supports.
Other General Account Insurance Products. LNC had $11.5 billion and $12.3 billion of assets at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, supporting general account products, including disability income and term life insurance. For these products, the liability cash flows may have actuarial uncertainty. However, their amounts and timing do not vary significantly with interest rates. LNC limits interest rate risk by analyzing the duration of the projected cash flows and structuring investment portfolios with similar durations.
Interest Rate Risk - Falling Rates. Interest rates declined in 1998, rose in 1999 and declined again in 2000 and 2001. For example, the five-year Treasury yield decreased from 5.7% in 1997 to 4.5% by the end of 1998, increased to 6.3% by the end of 1999, and declined from 5.0% at the end of 2000 to 4.3% at the end of 2001. Under scenarios in which interest rates fall and remain at levels significantly lower than those prevailing at December 31, 2001, minimum guarantees on annuity and universal life insurance policies (generally 3% to 5% or an average of approximately 4%) could cause the spread between the yield on the portfolio and the interest rate credited to policyholders to deteriorate. Select contracts that specify these minimum guarantees can be amended periodically to reflect current interest rate conditions. The earned rate on the annuity and universal life insurance portfolios averaged 7.3% and 7.7%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2001, providing a cushion for a decline before the earned rates would be insufficient to cover minimum guaranteed rates plus the target spread. The maturity structure and call provisions of the related portfolios are structured to afford protection against erosion of this cushion for a period of time. However, spreads would be at risk if interest rates continued to fall and remained lower for a long period. LNC devotes extensive effort to evaluating these risks by simulating asset and liability cash flows for a wide range of interest rate scenarios. LNC manages these exposures by maintaining a suitable maturity structure and by limiting its exposure to call risk in each respective investment portfolio.
LNC believes that the portfolios supporting its accumulation and investment oriented insurance products have a prudent degree of call protection individually and on a consolidated basis. As of December 31, 2001, the mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") and asset-backed securities ("ABS") portion represented a total of $3.5 billion or 14% of the $24.6 billion of general account assets supporting such products. Of this portfolio, 9% of general account assets or $2.2 billion is subject to residential prepayment risk from investments made in Collateralized Mortgage Obligations ("CMOs"), mortgage pass-throughs, manufactured housing and home equity loans. As of December 31, 2000, the MBS and ABS portion of the portfolio represented a total of $4.2 billion or 18% of the $23.1 billion of general account assets supporting such products. LNC's MBS portfolio has equal to or slightly less prepayment risk than the MBS pass-through market in general primarily due to holding more seasoned securities in the portfolio.
Interest Rate Risk - Rising Rates. For both annuities and universal life insurance, a rapid and sustained rise in interest rate poses risks of deteriorating spreads and high surrenders. The portfolios supporting these products have fixed-rate assets laddered over maturities generally ranging from one to ten years or more. Accordingly, the earned rate on each portfolio lags behind changes in market yields. As rates rise, the lag may be increased by slowing MBS prepayments. The greater and faster the rise in interest rates, the more the earned rate will tend to lag behind market rates. If LNC sets renewal crediting rates to earn the desired spread, the gap between its renewal crediting rates and competitors' new money rates may be wide enough to cause increased surrenders. If LNC credits more competitive renewal rates to limit surrenders, its spreads will narrow. LNC devotes extensive effort to evaluating these risks by simulating asset and liability cash flows for a wide range of interest rate scenarios. Such analysis has led to adjustments in the target maturity structure and to hedging the risk of rising rates by buying out-of-the-money interest rate cap agreements and swaptions (see discussion below). With these instruments in place, the potential adverse impact of a rapid and sustained rise in rates is kept within corporate risk tolerances.
Debt. As of December 31, 2001, LNC had short-term debt, long-term debt and company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures totaling $1.69 billion ($1.44 billion with fixed rates and $0.25 billion with floating rates). As of December 31, 2000, LNC had short-term debt, long-term debt and minority interest-preferred securities of subsidiary companies totaling $1.77 billion ($1.46 billion with fixed rates and $0.31 billion with floating rates). LNC manages the timing of maturities and the mixture of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt as part of the process of integrated management of interest rate risk for the entire enterprise.
Derivatives. As indicated in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, LNC has entered into derivative transactions to reduce its exposure to rapid rises in interest rates. The four programs discussed below are used to help LNC achieve more stable margins while providing competitive crediting rates to policyholders during periods when interest rates are rising. Failure to maintain competitive crediting rates could cause policyholders to withdraw their funds and place them in more competitive products.
LNC uses interest rate cap agreements to hedge against the negative impact of a significant and sustained rise in interest rates. Interest rate caps are contracts that require counterparties to pay LNC at specified future dates the amount, if any, by which a specified market interest rate exceeds the cap rate stated in the agreements, applied to a notional amount. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, LNC had agreements with notional amounts of 1.3 billion and 1.6 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2001, the agreements had cap rates ranging from 300 to 750 basis points above prevailing interest rates. The cap rates in some contracts increase over time. These agreements expire in 2002 through 2006.
LNC also uses swaptions to hedge against the negative impact of a significant and sustained rise in interest rates. Swaptions are options to enter into a swap at a specified future date. If the option is exercised at expiration, the option is either settled in cash or exercised into a swap agreement. LNC purchases swaptions to be settled in cash. At expiration, the counterparty is required to pay LNC the amount, if any, of the present value of the difference between the fixed rate on a market rate swap and the strike rate stated in the agreement, applied to a notional amount. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, LNC had agreements with notional amounts of 1.8 billion. At December 31, 2001, the agreements had strike rates ranging from 400 to 500 basis points above prevailing interest rates. These agreements expire in 2002 through 2003.
Notional for interest rate caps decreased by 0.3 billion as a result of expirations. No additional interest rate caps and swaptions were purchased during the year.
For future periods, the fair value of LNC's interest rate caps and swaptions depends on the levels of future U.S. Treasury and U.S. dollar swap interest rates. The table below shows estimates of fair value levels for the cap and swaption portfolio at December 31, 2001 for future time periods and selected potential future interest rate levels.
Year Ended December 31, 2001 (in millions) 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- No change $0.7 $0.2 $0.1 $-- $-- $-- Up 2% 8.4 2.7 1.2 0.3 -- -- Up 4% 45.7 14.5 6.4 2.8 0.3 -- Up 6% 114.6 47.2 19.2 11.2 5.3 1.6 ========================================================================================================= |
LNC uses exchange-traded financial futures contracts to hedge against interest rate risks on a portion of its fixed maturity securities. Financial futures contracts obligate LNC to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specified future date for a specified price. They may be settled in cash or through delivery of the financial instrument. Cash settlements on the change in market values of financial futures contracts are made daily. As of December 31, 2001, LNC did not have any open futures.
LNC uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge its exposure to floating rate bond coupon payments, replicating a fixed rate bond. An interest rate swap is a contractual agreement to exchange payments at one or more times based on the actual or expected price level, performance or value of one or more underlying interest rates. LNC is required to pay the counterparty the stream of variable interest payments based on the coupon payments from the hedged bonds, and in turn, receives a fixed payment from the counterparty, at a predetermined interest rate. In addition, LNC uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge its exposure to interest rate fluctuations related to the forecasted purchase of assets to support newly acquired blocks of business or certain other portfolios of assets. Finally, LNC uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge the risk of paying a higher fixed rate interest on company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures than can be paid on long-term debt based on current interest rates in the marketplace. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, LNC had swap agreements with a notional amount of 507.6 million and 708.2 million, respectively. The agreements expire in 2002 through 2050. Notional for interest rate swaps decreased 200.6 million during 2001 primarily as a result of terminating interest rate swaps hedging the exposure to interest rate fluctuations related to the forecasted purchase of assets. The interest rate swaps were terminated during 2001 after LNC purchased fixed rate securities and mortgage loans as the hedged items.
LNC used a treasury lock agreement to hedge its exposure to variability in future semi-annual interest payments, attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate, related to the issuance of its 10-year $250 million senior debt. The debt was issued in December 2001. A treasury lock is an agreement that allows the holder to lock in a benchmark interest rate, so that if the benchmark interest rate increases, the holder is entitled to receive a payment from the counterparty equal to the present value of the difference in the benchmark interest rate at the determination date and the locked-in benchmark interest rate. If the benchmark interest rate decreases, the holder must pay the counterparty an amount equal to the present value of the difference in the benchmark interest rate at the determination date and the locked-in benchmark interest rate. As of December 31, 2001, LNC did not have any open treasury locks.
In addition to continuing existing programs, LNC may use derivative products in other strategies to limit risk and enhance returns, particularly in the management of investment spread businesses. LNC has established policies, guidelines and internal control procedures for the use of derivatives as tools to enhance management of the overall portfolio of risks assumed in LNC's operations.
Table of Significant Exposures. The table below provides a general measure of LNC's significant interest rate risk (principal amounts are shown by year of maturity and notional amounts for interest rate caps and swaptions are shown by amount outstanding at the year-end given) as of December 31, 2001.
There- Fair (in millions) 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 after Total Value ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Rate Sensitive Assets Fixed interest rate securities $868.7 $1,193.6 $1,041.8 $1,691.3 $2,021.1 $20,658.2 $27,474.7 $26,380.6 Average interest rate 7.17% 7.14% 7.14% 6.99% 6.76% 7.49% 7.37% Variable interest rate securities $54.7 $51.9 $85.5 $196.5 $67.4 $2,698.2 $3,154.2 $1,965.1 Average interest rate 13.37% 13.64% 7.01% 9.63% 9.77% 7.15% 7.81% Mortgage loans $337.2 $204.3 $552.2 $263.5 $349.3 $2,832.4 $4,538.9 $4,691.1 Average interest rate 8.31% 8.24% 8.03% 8.56% 7.85% 8.13% 8.15% Rate Sensitive Liabilities Guaranteed Interest Contracts: Interest paid at maturity $2.0 $21.0 $32.0 $22.0 $-- $-- $77.0 $89.0 Average interest rate 6.18% 10.67% 10.71% 10.72% 10.60% Investment type insurance contracts, excluding guaranteed interest contracts (1) $885.4 $877.8 $965.4 $973.0 $1,433.8 $13,905.7 $19,041.1 $18,297.1 Average interest rate 7.46% 7.80% 7.59% 7.36% 6.95% 7.74% 7.64% Debt (2) $350.2 $5.0 $-- $193.0 $-- $1,142.8 $1,691.0 $1,703.6 Average interest rate 4.39% 5.67% 7.25% 7.29% 6.68% Rate Sensitive Derivative Financial Instruments: Interest Rate and Foreign Currency Swaps: Pay variable/ receive fixed 23.3 110.0 5.0 52.8 14.0 397.1 602.2 24.1 Average pay rate 4.9% 2.2% 3.6% 4.3% 2.8% 2.7% 2.9% Average receive rate 6.9% 5.3% 5.9% 6.9% 6.7% 7.1% 6.9% Interest Rate Caps and Swaptions: (3) Outstanding notional 2,542.3 659.3 250.0 250.0 113.7 0.7 Average strike rate (4) 8.9% 8.9% 8.4% 8.4% 8.4% Forward CMT curve (5) 5.9% 6.4% 6.6% 6.7% 6.8% =========================================================================================================== |
The table shows the principal amounts and fair values of assets, liabilities and derivatives having significant interest rate risks as of December 31, 2000.
Principal Fair (in millions) Amount Value --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fixed interest rate securities $28,536.8 $26,430.8 Variable interest rate securities 1,945.2 1,019.0 Mortgage loans 4,663.6 4,702.5 Guaranteed interest contracts 110.0 121.0 Investment type insurance contracts (1) 18,773.5 17,318.3 Debt (2) 1,771.2 1,743.0 Interest rate and foreign currency swaps 745.7 40.6 Interest rate caps and swaptions -- 1.3 |
(1) The information shown is for the fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans that support these insurance contracts.
(2) Includes company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures.
(3) Swaptions notional is shown converted to cap equivalent.
(4) The indexes are a mixture of five-year and ten-year Constant Maturity Treasury ("CMT") and Constant Maturity Swap ("CMS").
(5) The CMT curve is the five-year constant maturity treasury forward curve.
2) Foreign Currency Risk
Foreign Currency Denominated Investments. LNC invests in foreign currency denominated securities for incremental return and risk diversification relative to United States Dollar-Denominated ("USD") securities. The fair value of foreign securities totaled $97.9 million as of December 31, 2001. LNC periodically uses foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign currency swaps to hedge some of the foreign exchange risk related to its investment in securities denominated in foreign currencies. The currency risk is hedged using foreign currency derivatives of the same currency as the bonds. The table below shows LNC's exposure to foreign currency securities. Also included is the relevant information relating to the foreign currency derivatives that are hedging the currency risk of these securities. The table below presents the principal or notional amount in U.S. dollar equivalents by expected maturity for LNC's foreign currency denominated investments and foreign currency swaps as of December 31, 2001.
There- Fair (in millions) 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 after Total Value ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Currencies: Canadian Dollar $7.0 $-- $-- $-- $-- $5.9 $12.9 $13.5 Interest Rate 7.47% 6.00% 6.79% British Pound -- 68.5 -- -- -- 12.3 80.8 76.2 Interest Rate 7.02% 10.07% 7.52% Philippine Peso 3.9 1.7 -- -- -- -- 5.6 5.6 Interest Rate 13.78% 13.15% 13.58% All Other Currencies 2.8 2.8 2.6 Interest Rate 9.96% 9.96% Total Currencies 10.9 70.2 -- -- -- 21.0 102.1 97.9 Derivatives: Foreign Currency Swaps 8.3 68.8 -- 13.5 4.0 -- 94.6 5.9 ================================================================================================================ |
The table below presents the principal or notional amount in U.S. dollar equivalents of LNC's foreign currency denominated investments and foreign currency swaps as of December 31, 2000.
Principal/ Fair (in millions) Notional Value -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Currencies: Canadian Dollar $81.4 $83.8 British Pound 19.9 22.0 Argentine Peso 17.0 15.2 All other currencies 7.7 7.4 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Currencies $126.0 $128.4 Derivatives: Foreign Currency Swaps $37.5 $2.5 ========================================================================== |
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts. LNC uses foreign currency forward contracts to hedge some of the foreign exchange risk related to its investments in fixed maturity securities denominated in foreign currencies. LNC typically engages in short term currency forward contracts of less than six months and actively monitors currency markets in determining those currencies to hedge, the duration of the hedge and the nominal amount to hedge. A foreign currency forward contract obligates LNC to deliver a specified amount of currency at a future date at a specified exchange rate. The value of the foreign exchange forward contracts at any given point fluctuates according to the underlying level of exchange rate and interest rate differentials.
Foreign Currency Swaps. A foreign currency swap is a contractual agreement to exchange the currencies of two different countries at a specified rate of exchange in the future. LNC uses foreign currency swaps to convert the cash flow of foreign currency securities to U.S. dollars.
3) Equity Market Exposures
LNC's revenues, assets, liabilities and derivatives are exposed to equity market risk.
Fee Revenues. The fee revenues of LNC's Investment Management segment and fees earned from variable annuities and variable life insurance products are exposed to the risk of a decline in equity market values. These fees are generally a fixed percentage of the market value of assets under management. In a severe equity market decline, fee income could be reduced by not only reduced market valuations but also by customer withdrawals and redemptions. Such withdrawals and redemptions from equity funds and accounts might be partially offset by transfers to LNC's fixed-income accounts and the transfer of funds to LNC from its competitors' customers.
Assets. While LNC invests in equity assets with the expectation of achieving higher returns than would be available in its core-fixed-income investments, the returns on, and values of, these equity investments are subject to somewhat greater market risk than its fixed income investments. These investments, however, add diversification benefits to LNC's fixed income investments. The table below shows the sensitivity of price changes to LNC's equity assets owned.
December 31, 2001 December 31, 2000 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10% Fair 10% Fair Carrying Fair Value Value Carrying Fair (in millions) Value Value Increase Decrease Value Value -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- U.S. Equities $154.2 $154.2 $169.6 $138.8 $200.1 $200.1 Foreign Equities 309.6 309.6 340.6 278.6 337.1 337.1 Emerging Market Equities 6.7 6.7 7.4 6.0 12.5 12.5 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Subtotal 470.5 470.5 517.6 423.4 549.7 549.7 Real Estate 267.9 296.9 326.6 267.2 282.0 323.0 S&P 500 Index Call Options -- -- -- -- 19.3 19.3 Other Equity Interests 366.7 356.9 392.5 321.3 388.3 399.3 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $1,105.1 $1,124.3 $1,236.7 $1,011.9 $1,239.3 $1,291.3 ========================================================================================================================== |
Liabilities. Prior to the sale of LNC's reinsurance business on December 7, 2001, LNC had exposure to U.S. equity markets through reinsurance contracts that reinsure equity-indexed annuities. The aggregate amount of account value of these annuities was $19.3 million at December 31, 2000. LNC has exposure to U.S. equity markets through stock appreciation rights ("SARs") issued in 2000 and 2001. The aggregate value for vested and non-vested SARs was $6.5 million and $15.3 million at December 31, 2001, respectively. The aggregate value for vested and non-vested SARs was $3.1 million and $13.9 million at December 31, 2000, respectively. This program is being hedged with equity derivatives as discussed below.
Derivatives Hedging Equity Risks. Prior to December 7, 2001, LNC hedged equity market risk in annuities that contained equity features. LNC currently hedges equity market risk in stock appreciation rights on LNC stock. Both programs are described below.
Prior to the sale of LNC's reinsurance business on December 7, 2001, LNC used OTC equity call options on the S&P 500 index to hedge against the increase in its liabilities resulting from certain reinsurance agreements which guaranteed payment of the appreciation of the S&P 500 index on certain underlying annuity products. These call options required the counterparty to pay LNC at specified future expiration dates the amount, if any, of the percentage increase in the S&P 500 index over the strike price defined in the contract, applied to the notional amount. The reinsurance agreement then required LNC to pay appreciation on the S&P 500 index to the reinsurance client. The call options were transferred to Swiss Re, the acquirer of LNC's reinsurance business, on December 7, 2001, and none were outstanding at December 31, 2001. LNC had agreements with notional amounts of 183.3 million at December 31, 2000. The call option expirations were matched to the liabilities and expired in 2002 through 2007.
LNC uses OTC equity call options on LNC stock to hedge against the increase in its liabilities arising from stock appreciation rights granted on LNC stock in 2000 and 2001. These call options require the counterparty to pay LNC at specified future expiration dates the amount, if any, of the increase in LNC's stock price over the strike price of the option, applied to the number of contracts. LNC had 1.1 million and 0.6 million call options on an equal number of shares of LNC stock at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The call options expirations are matched to the liabilities and expire in 2005 and 2006.
Default Risk. LNC's portfolio of invested assets was $36.1 billion as of December 31, 2001. Of this total, $23.1 billion consists of corporate bonds and $4.5 billion consists of commercial mortgages. LNC manages the risk of adverse default experience on these investments by applying disciplined credit evaluation and underwriting standards, prudently limiting allocations to lower-quality, higher-yielding investments, and diversifying exposures by issuer, industry, region and property type. For each counterparty or borrowing entity and its affiliates, LNC's exposures from all transactions are aggregated and managed in relation to formal limits set by rating quality and industry group. LNC remains exposed to occasional adverse cyclical economic downturns during which default rates may be significantly higher than the long-term historical average used in pricing. As of December 31, 2000, LNC had a portfolio of invested assets of $35.4 billion.
LNC is depending on the ability of derivative product dealers and their guarantors to honor their obligations to pay the contract amounts under various derivatives agreements. In order to minimize the risk of default losses, LNC diversifies its exposures among several dealers and limits the amount of exposure to each in accordance with the credit rating of each dealer or its guarantor. LNC generally limits its selection of counterparties that are obligated under these derivative contracts to those with an A credit rating or above.
Credit-Related Derivatives. LNC periodically uses spread-lock agreements to hedge a portion of the value of its fixed maturity investments against the risk of widening in the spreads between their yields and the yields of comparable maturity U.S. or other Government obligations. As of December 31, 2001, LNC did not have any open spread-lock agreements. LNC used put options, combined with various perpetual fixed-income securities and interest rate swaps to replicate fixed-income, fixed-maturity investments. The risk being hedged was a drop in bond prices due to credit concerns with the international bond issuers. The put options allowed LNC to put the bonds back to the counterparties at original par. As of December 31, 2001, LNC did not have any open put options.
LNC uses credit default swaps to hedge against a drop in bond prices due to credit concerns of certain bond issuers. A credit swap allows LNC to put the bond back to the counterparty at par upon a credit event by the bond issuer. A credit event is defined as bankruptcy, failure to pay, or obligation acceleration. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, LNC had credit swaps with a notional amount of 29.0 million. The credit swaps expire in 2002 through 2006.
LNC used total return swaps to hedge its exposure to interest rate and spread risk resulting from the forecasted sale of assets in a securitization of certain LNC mortgage loans. A total return swap is an agreement that allows the holder to protect itself against loss of value by effectively transferring the economic risk of asset ownership to the counterparty. The holder pays (receives) the total return equal to interest plus capital gains or losses on a referenced asset and receives a floating rate of interest. As of December 31, 2001, LNC did not have any open total return swaps.
Ratings-based Termination Events. LNC and LNL are required to maintain minimum ratings as a matter of routine practice in negotiating International Swaps and Derivatives Association ("ISDA") agreements. Under the majority of ISDA agreements and as a matter of policy, LNL has agreed to maintain financial strength or claims-paying ratings of S&P BBB and Moody's Baa2. A downgrade below these levels would result in termination of the derivatives contract at which time any amounts payable by LNC would be dependent on the market value of the underlying derivative contract. In certain transactions, LNC and the counterparty have entered into a collateral support agreement requiring LNC to post collateral upon significant downgrade. LNC is required to maintain long-term senior debt ratings of S&P BBB- and Moody's Baa3. LNC also requires for its own protection minimum rating standards for counterparty credit protection. LNL is required to maintain financial strength or claims-paying ratings of S&P A- and Moody's A3 under certain ISDA agreements, which collectively do not represent material notional exposure. LNC does not believe the inclusion of termination or collateralization events pose any threat to its liquidity position.
Consolidated Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements of Lincoln National Corporation and Subsidiaries follow on pages 77 through 127.
Consolidated Statements of Income Year Ended December 31 (000s omitted except for per share amounts) 2001 2000 1999 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Revenue: Insurance premiums $1,704,002 $1,813,111 $1,881,515 Insurance fees 1,544,041 1,661,442 1,537,605 Investment advisory fees 197,150 213,065 223,803 Net investment income 2,679,617 2,747,118 2,807,512 Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated affiliates 5,672 (379) 5,797 Realized gain (loss) on investments and derivative instruments (114,457) (28,295) 2,955 Realized gain on sale of subsidiaries 12,848 -- -- Other revenue and fees 351,765 445,445 344,513 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Revenue 6,380,638 6,851,507 6,803,700 Benefits and Expenses: Benefits 3,409,740 3,557,160 3,805,024 Underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses 2,085,740 2,318,518 2,295,015 Interest and debt expense 121,019 139,538 133,697 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Benefits and Expenses 5,616,499 6,015,216 6,233,736 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income before Federal Income Taxes and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes 764,139 836,291 569,964 Federal Income Taxes 158,362 214,898 109,610 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes 605,777 621,393 460,354 Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes (net of Federal income taxes) (15,566) -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Income $590,211 $621,393 $460,354 Earnings Per Common Share - Basic: Net Income $3.13 $3.25 $2.33 Earnings Per Common Share - Diluted: Net Income $3.05 $3.19 $2.30 ============================================================================================================= See notes to the consolidated financial statements on pages 83 through 127. |
Consolidated Balance Sheets December 31 (000s omitted) 2001 2000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Assets Investments: Securities available-for-sale, at fair value: Fixed maturity (cost: 2001 - $27,955,981; 2000 - $27,377,065) $28,345,673 $27,449,773 Equity (cost: 2001 - $444,398; 2000 - $462,813) 470,459 549,709 Mortgage loans on real estate 4,535,550 4,662,983 Real estate 267,882 282,014 Policy loans 1,939,683 1,960,899 Derivative instruments 46,445 -- Other investments 507,386 463,270 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Investments 36,113,078 35,368,648 Investment in unconsolidated affiliates 8,134 6,401 Cash and invested cash 3,095,480 1,927,393 Property and equipment 257,518 228,211 Deferred acquisition costs 2,885,311 3,070,507 Premiums and fees receivable 400,076 296,705 Accrued investment income 563,490 546,393 Assets held in separate accounts 44,833,419 50,579,915 Federal income taxes 15,117 207,548 Amounts recoverable from reinsurers 6,030,368 3,747,734 Goodwill 1,211,794 1,285,993 Other intangible assets 1,412,596 1,556,975 Other assets 1,174,923 1,021,636 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Assets $98,001,304 $99,844,059 ============================================================================================================= |
Consolidated Balance Sheets December 31 (000s omitted) 2001 2000 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Liabilities: Insurance and Investment Contract Liabilities: Insurance policy and claim reserves $21,609,269 $21,728,098 Contractholder funds 19,247,894 18,377,061 Liabilities related to separate accounts 44,833,419 50,579,915 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Insurance and Investment Contract Liabilities 85,690,582 90,685,074 Short-term debt 350,203 312,927 Long-term debt 861,754 712,231 Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures 474,656 745,000 Other liabilities 4,216,095 2,434,743 Deferred gain on indemnity reinsurance 1,144,530 -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Liabilities 92,737,820 94,889,975 Shareholders' Equity: Series A preferred stock - 10,000,000 shares authorized (2001 liquidation value - $1,843) 762 857 Common stock - 800,000,000 shares authorized 1,255,112 1,003,651 Retained earnings 3,834,427 3,915,598 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss): Foreign currency translation adjustment (8,062) 21,930 Net unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale 195,681 12,048 Net unrealized gain on derivative instruments 21,523 -- Minimum pension liability adjustment (35,959) -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 173,183 33,978 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Shareholders' Equity 5,263,484 4,954,084 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity $98,001,304 $99,844,059 ======================================================================================================== See notes to the consolidated financial statements on pages 83 through 127. |
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity Year Ended December 31 (000s omitted except for per share amounts) 2001 2000 1999 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Series A Preferred Stock: Balance at beginning-of-year $857 $948 $1,083 Conversion into common stock (95) (91) (135) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at End-of-Year 762 857 948 Common Stock: Balance at beginning-of-year 1,003,651 1,007,099 994,472 Conversion of series A preferred stock 95 91 135 Issued for benefit plans 90,527 33,609 51,288 Shares forfeited under benefit plans (268) (868) (3,274) Cancelled/issued for acquisition of subsidiaries (4,740) 893 2,793 Retirement of common stock (64,147) (37,173) (38,315) FELINE PRIDES conversion 229,994 -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at End-of-Year 1,255,112 1,003,651 1,007,099 Retained Earnings: Balance at beginning-of-year 3,915,598 3,691,470 3,790,038 Comprehensive income (loss) 729,416 1,091,020 (577,643) Less other comprehensive income (loss): Foreign currency translation adjustment (29,992) (8,119) (19,930) Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale 183,633 477,746 (1,018,067) Net unrealized gain on derivative instruments 21,523 -- -- Minimum pension liability adjustment (35,959) -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Income 590,211 621,393 460,354 Retirement of common stock (439,603) (172,848) (339,404) Dividends declared: Series A preferred ($3.00 per share) (71) (78) (89) Common (2001 - $1.235; 2000 - $1.175; 1999 - $1.115) (231,708) (224,339) (219,429) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at End-of-Year 3,834,427 3,915,598 3,691,470 Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment: Balance at beginning-of-year 21,930 30,049 49,979 Change during the year (29,992) (8,119) (19,930) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at End-of-Year (8,062) 21,930 30,049 Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities Available-for-Sale: Balance at beginning-of-year 12,048 (465,698) 552,369 Change during the year 183,633 477,746 (1,018,067) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at End-of-Year 195,681 12,048 (465,698) Net Unrealized Gain on Derivative Instruments: Balance at beginning-of-year -- -- -- Cumulative effect of accounting change 17,583 -- -- Change during the year 3,940 -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at End-of-Year 21,523 -- -- Minimum Pension Liability Adjustment: Balance at beginning-of-year -- -- -- Change during the year (35,959) -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at End-of-Year (35,959) -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Shareholders' Equity at End-of-Year $5,263,484 $4,954,084 $4,263,868 ============================================================================================================= |
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity Year Ended December 31 (Number of Shares) 2001 2000 1999 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Series A Preferred Stock: Balance at beginning-of-year 25,980 28,857 32,959 Conversion into common stock (2,946) (2,877) (4,102) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at End-of-Year 23,034 25,980 28,857 Common Stock: Balance at beginning-of-year 190,748,050 195,494,898 202,111,174 Conversion of series A preferred stock 47,136 46,032 65,632 Issued for benefit plans 2,911,250 1,435,015 1,026,130 Shares forfeited under benefit plans (7,000) (29,698) (100,933) Cancelled/issued for acquisition of subsidiaries (107,994) 24,384 67,895 Retirement of common stock (11,278,022) (6,222,581) (7,675,000) FELINE PRIDES conversion 4,630,318 -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance Issued and Outstanding at End-of-Year 186,943,738 190,748,050 195,494,898 Common Stock at End-of-Year: Assuming conversion of preferred stock 187,312,282 191,163,730 195,956,610 Diluted basis 191,143,748 195,230,153 197,003,999 ============================================================================================================= See notes to the consolidated financial statements on pages 83 through 127. |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Year Ended December 31 (000s omitted) 2001 2000 1999 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cash Flows from Operating Activities: Net income $590,211 $621,393 $460,354 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Deferred acquisition costs (343,663) (423,087) (314,607) Premiums and fees receivable 63,931 (37,075) (14,817) Accrued investment income (47,860) (13,210) (4,683) Policy liabilities and accruals (491,417) 120,480 622,766 Contractholder funds 1,119,013 1,020,756 1,446,336 Amounts recoverable from reinsurers (81,461) 206,611 (316,982) Federal income taxes 111,078 225,553 31,072 Provisions for depreciation 30,765 41,552 57,169 Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets 168,253 195,460 167,173 Realized gain (loss) on investments 114,457 28,295 (2,955) Gain on sale of subsidiary (12,848) -- -- Other 32,571 (1,140) 201,787 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Adjustments 662,819 1,364,195 1,872,259 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 1,253,030 1,985,588 2,332,613 Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Securities-available-for-sale: Purchases (11,113,886) (4,926,319) (6,255,493) Sales 5,989,074 4,005,859 4,210,498 Maturities 2,520,373 1,866,911 2,279,680 Purchase of other investments (1,832,593) (1,902,639) (1,948,818) Sale or maturity of other investments 1,862,704 1,743,972 1,812,079 Sale of unconsolidated affiliates -- 85,000 (490,381) Purchase of affiliates/business -- -- 11,086 Proceeds from disposition of business 2,036,238 -- -- Increase (decrease) in cash collateral on loaned securities 78,259 236,811 (485,792) Other (158,011) (202,760) (271,992) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities (617,842) 906,835 (1,139,133) Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Decrease in long-term debt (includes payments and transfers to short-term debt) (99,968) -- (476) Retirement/call of preferred securities of subsidiary trusts (440,038) -- -- Issuance of long-term debt 249,220 -- -- Net increase (decrease) in short-term debt 48,031 (147,226) 145,543 Issuance of preferred securities of subsidiary companies 169,694 -- -- Universal life and investment contract deposits 4,897,828 3,543,763 4,139,492 Universal life and investment contract withdrawals (3,288,290) (4,524,371) (4,683,705) Investment contract transfers (373,000) (1,347,000) (793,000) Common stock issued for benefit plans 90,259 32,741 48,014 Nonqualified employee stock option exercise tax benefit 13,040 13,862 9,338 Retirement of common stock (503,750) (210,021) (377,719) Dividends paid to shareholders (230,127) (222,661) (218,434) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities 532,899 (2,860,913) (1,730,947) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Invested Cash 1,168,087 31,510 (537,467) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cash and Invested Cash at Beginning-of-Year 1,927,393 1,895,883 2,433,350 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cash and Invested Cash at End-of-Year $3,095,480 $1,927,393 $1,895,883 ============================================================================================================= See notes to the consolidated financial statements on pages 83 through 127. |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include Lincoln National Corporation ("LNC") and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Through subsidiary companies, LNC operates multiple insurance and investment management businesses divided into four business segments (see Note 9). The collective group of companies uses "Lincoln Financial Group" as its marketing identity. Less than majority-owned entities in which LNC has at least a 20% interest are reported on the equity basis. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Use of Estimates. The nature of the insurance and investment management businesses requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Investments. LNC classifies its fixed maturity and equity securities as available-for-sale and, accordingly, such securities are carried at fair value. The cost of fixed maturity securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and discounts. The cost of fixed maturity and equity securities is reduced to fair value with a corresponding charge to realized loss on investments for declines in value that are other than temporary.
For the mortgage-backed securities portion of the fixed maturity securities portfolio, LNC recognizes income using a constant effective yield based on anticipated prepayments and the estimated economic life of the securities. When estimates of prepayments change, the effective yield is recalculated to reflect actual payments to date and anticipated future payments. The net investment in the securities is adjusted to the amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied at the time of acquisition. This adjustment is reflected in net investment income.
Mortgage loans on real estate are carried at the outstanding principal balances adjusted for amortization of premiums and discounts. Investment real estate is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost for both mortgage loans on real estate and investment real estate is adjusted for declines in value that are other than temporary. Also, allowances for losses are established, as appropriate, for real estate holdings that are in the process of being sold. Real estate acquired through foreclosure proceedings is recorded at fair value on the settlement date which establishes a new cost basis. If a subsequent periodic review of a foreclosed property indicates the fair value, less estimated costs to sell, is lower than the carrying value at the settlement date, the carrying value is adjusted to the lower amount. Any changes to the reserves for mortgage loans on real estate and real estate are reported as realized gain (loss) on investments.
Policy loans are carried at aggregate unpaid balances.
Cash and invested cash are carried at cost and include all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less.
Realized gain (loss) on investments is recognized in net income, net of associated amortization of deferred acquisition costs and investment expenses, using the specific identification method. Changes in the fair values of securities carried at fair value are reflected directly in shareholders' equity, after deductions for related adjustments for deferred acquisition costs and amounts required to satisfy policyholder commitments that would have been recorded had these securities been sold at their fair value, and after deferred taxes or credits to the extent deemed recoverable.
Realized gain (loss) on sale of subsidiaries, net of taxes, is recognized in net income. Realized gain (loss) on sale of minority interests in subsidiaries is reflected directly in shareholders' equity net of deferred taxes, if any.
Derivative Instruments. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, LNC hedged certain portions of its exposure to interest rate fluctuations, the widening of bond yield spreads over comparable maturity U.S. Government obligations, credit risk, foreign exchange risk, commodity risk and equity risk fluctuations by entering into derivative transactions. A description of LNC's accounting for its hedging of such risks is discussed in the following paragraphs.
Effective upon the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," ("FAS 133") on January 1, 2001, LNC recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. FAS 133 standardized the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, LNC must designate the hedging instrument based upon the exposure being hedged - as a cash flow hedge, fair value hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. As of December 31, 2001, LNC had derivative instruments that were designated and qualified as cash flow hedges and fair value hedges. In addition, LNC had derivative instruments that are economic hedges, but are not designated as hedging instruments under FAS 133. Finally, LNC did not have derivative instruments that were designated as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into net income in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects net income. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of designated future cash flows of the hedged item (hedge ineffectiveness), if any, is recognized in current income during the period of change. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative instrument as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current income during the period of change in fair values. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, the gain or loss is reported in OCI as part of the cumulative translation adjustment to the extent it is effective. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss is recognized in current income during the period of change.
See Note 7 for further discussion of LNC's accounting policy for derivative instruments.
Prior to January 1, 2001, derivative instruments were carried in other investments. The premiums paid for interest rate caps and swaptions were deferred and amortized to net investment income on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective derivative. Interest rate caps that hedged interest credited on fixed annuity liabilities were carried at amortized cost. Any settlement received in accordance with the terms of the interest rate caps was also recorded as net investment income. Realized gain (loss) from the termination of the interest rate caps was included in net income.
Swaptions, put options, spread-lock agreements, interest rate swaps, commodity swaps and financial futures that hedge fixed maturity securities available-for-sale were carried at fair value. The change in fair value was reflected directly in shareholders' equity. Settlements on interest rate swaps and commodity swaps were recognized in net investment income. Realized gain (loss) from the termination of swaptions, put options, spread-lock agreements, interest rate swaps, commodity swaps and financial futures were deferred and amortized over the life of the hedged assets as an adjustment to the yield. Forward-starting interest rate swaps were also used to hedge the forecasted purchase of investments. These interest rate swaps were carried off-balance sheet until the occurrence of the forecasted transaction at which time the interest rate swaps were terminated and any gain (loss) on termination was used to adjust the basis of the forecasted purchase. If the forecasted purchase did not occur or the interest rate swaps were terminated early, changes in the fair value of the swaps were recorded in net income.
Over-the-counter call options which hedged liabilities tied to the S&P stock index were carried at fair value. The change in fair value was reflected directly in net income. Gain (loss) realized upon termination of these call options was included in net income. Over-the-counter call options which hedge stock appreciation rights were carried at fair value when hedging vested stock appreciation rights and at cost when hedging unvested stock appreciation rights. The change in fair value of call options hedging vested stock appreciation rights was included in net income. Gain (loss) upon termination was reported in net income.
Foreign exchange forward contracts which hedged debt issued by Lincoln UK in a foreign currency were carried at fair value. The change in fair value was included in income. Gain (loss) upon termination was reported in net income. Foreign currency swaps, which hedged some of the foreign exchange risk of investments in fixed maturity securities denominated in foreign currencies, were carried at fair value. The change in fair value was included in shareholders' equity. Realized gain (loss) from the termination of such derivatives was included in net income. Foreign exchange forward contracts were also used to hedge LNC's net investment in a foreign subsidiary. These foreign exchange forward contracts were initially carried at zero. Carrying value was adjusted for changes in the currency spot rate, as well as amortization of forward points. Changes in carrying value were recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustment.
Prior to January 1, 2001, hedge accounting was applied as indicated above after LNC determined that the items to be hedged exposed LNC to interest rate fluctuations, the widening of bond yield spreads over comparable maturity U.S. Government obligations, credit risk, foreign exchange risk or equity risk. Moreover, the derivatives used to hedge these exposures were designated as hedges and reduced the indicated risk demonstrating a high correlation between changes in the value of the derivatives and the items being hedged at both the inception of the hedge and throughout the hedge period. Should such criteria have not been met or if the hedged items were sold, terminated or matured, the change in value of the derivatives was included in net income.
Loaned Securities. Securities loaned are treated as collateralized financing transactions and a liability is recorded equal to the cash collateral received which is typically greater than the market value of the related securities loaned. In other instances, LNC will hold as collateral securities with a market value at least equal to the securities loaned. Securities held as collateral are not recorded in LNC's consolidated balance sheet in accordance with accounting guidance for secured borrowings and collateral. LNC's agreements with third parties generally contain contractual provisions to allow for additional collateral to be obtained when necessary. LNC values collateral daily and obtains additional collateral when deemed appropriate.
Property and Equipment. Property and equipment owned for company use is carried at cost less allowances for depreciation.
Premiums and Fees. Revenue for universal life and other interest-sensitive insurance policies consists of policy charges for the cost of insurance, policy initiation and administration, and surrender charges that have been assessed. Traditional individual life-health and annuity premiums are recognized as revenue over the premium-paying period of the policies. Group health premiums were prorated over the contract term of the policies.
Investment Advisory Fees. As specified in the investment advisory agreements with the mutual funds, fees are determined and recognized as revenues monthly, based on the average daily net assets of the mutual funds managed. Investment advisory contracts generally provide for the determination and payment of advisory fees based on market values of managed portfolios at the end of a calendar month or quarter. Investment management and advisory contracts typically are renewable annually with cancellation clauses ranging up to 90 days.
Assets Held in Separate Accounts/Liabilities Related to Separate Accounts. These assets and liabilities represent segregated funds administered and invested by LNC's insurance subsidiaries for the exclusive benefit of pension and variable life and annuity contractholders. Both the assets and liabilities are carried at fair value. The fees earned by LNC's insurance subsidiaries for administrative and contractholder maintenance services performed for these separate accounts are included in insurance fee revenue.
Deferred Acquisition Costs. Commissions and other costs of acquiring universal life insurance, variable universal life insurance, unit-linked products, traditional life insurance and annuities, which vary with and are primarily related to the production of new business, have been deferred to the extent recoverable. The methodology for determining the amortization of acquisition costs varies by product type based on two different accounting pronouncements: Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 97, "Accounting by Insurance Companies For Certain Long-Duration Contracts & Realized Gains & Losses on Investment Sales" ("FAS 97") and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 60, "Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises" ("FAS 60"). Under FAS 97, acquisition costs for investment-type products which include universal and variable universal life policies, unit-linked products and fixed and variable deferred annuities are amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits from surrender charges; investment, mortality net of reinsurance ceded and expense margins; and actual realized gain (loss) on investments. Amortization is adjusted retrospectively when estimates of current or future gross profits to be realized from a group of products are revised. Policy lives for universal and variable universal life policies are estimated to be 30 years based on the expected lives of the policies and are variable based on the inception of each policy for unit-linked policies. Policy lives for fixed and variable deferred annuities are a period of 15 years for more recently developed product policies, and the surrender charge period (ranging from 5 to 10 years) for all other policies.
Under FAS 60, acquisition costs for traditional life insurance products, which include whole life, term life and personal health insurance contracts are amortized over periods of 10 to 30 years on either a straight-line basis or as a level percent of premium of the related policies depending on the block of business. There are currently no deferred acquisition costs being amortized under FAS 60 for fixed and variable payout annuities.
For all FAS 97 and FAS 60 policies, amortization is based on assumptions consistent with those used in the development of the underlying policy form adjusted for emerging experience.
Benefits and Expenses. Benefits and expenses for universal life-type and other interest-sensitive life insurance products include interest credited to policy account balances and benefit claims incurred during the period in excess of policy account balances. Interest crediting rates associated with funds invested in the general account of LNC's insurance subsidiaries during 1999 through 2001 ranged from 4.50% to 7.25%. For traditional life, group health and disability income products, benefits and expenses, other than deferred acquisition costs, are recognized when incurred in a manner consistent with the related premium recognition policies.
Interest and debt expense includes interest on company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill, as measured by the excess of the cost of acquired subsidiaries or businesses over the fair value of net assets acquired, was amortized using the straight-line method over periods of 20 to 40 years in accordance with the benefits expected to be derived from the acquisitions. Effective January 1, 2002, goodwill will not be amortized, but is subject to impairment tests conducted at least annually.
Insurance businesses typically produce on-going profit streams from expected new business generation that extend significantly beyond the maximum 40-year period allowed for goodwill amortization. Accordingly, for acquired insurance businesses where financial modeling indicated that anticipated new business benefits would extend for 40 years or longer, goodwill was amortized over a 40-year period.
Other intangible assets for acquired insurance businesses consist of the value of existing blocks of business (referred to as the "present value of in-force"). The present value of in-force is amortized over the expected lives of the block of insurance business in relation to the incidence of estimated profits expected to be generated on investment type products acquired, (i.e. variable products) and over the premium paying period for insurance products acquired, (i.e., traditional life insurance products). Amortization is based upon assumptions used in pricing the acquisition of the block of business and is adjusted for emerging experience. Accordingly, amortization periods and methods of amortization for present value of in-force vary depending upon the particular characteristics of the underlying blocks of acquired insurance business.
Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill relating to acquisitions of investment management subsidiaries was amortized on a straight-line method, over a 25 year period. Effective January 1, 2002, goodwill will not be amortized, but is subject to impairment tests conducted at least annually. Other intangible assets relating to these acquisitions include institutional customer relationships, covenants not to compete and mutual fund customer relationships. These assets are still required to be amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful life for periods ranging from 6 to 15 years depending upon the characteristics of the particular underlying relationships for the intangible asset.
Prior to January 1, 2002, the carrying values of goodwill and other intangibles assets were reviewed periodically for indicators of impairment in value that are other than temporary, including unexpected or adverse changes in the following: (1) the economic or competitive environments in which the company operates, (2) profitability analyses, (3) cash flow analyses, and (4) the fair value of the relevant subsidiary. If there was an indication of impairment then the cash flow method would be used to measure the impairment and the carrying value would be adjusted as necessary. However, effective January 1, 2002, goodwill will be subject to impairment tests conducted at least annually. Other intangible assets will continue to be reviewed periodically for indicators of impairment consistent with the policy that was in place prior to January 1, 2002.
Insurance and Investment Contract Liabilities. The liabilities for future policy benefits and claim reserves for universal and variable universal life insurance policies consist of policy account balances that accrue to the benefit of the policyholders, excluding surrender charges. The liabilities for future insurance policy benefits and claim reserves for traditional life policies are computed using assumptions for investment yields, mortality and withdrawals based principally on generally accepted actuarial methods and assumptions at the time of policy issue. Interest assumptions for traditional direct individual life reserves for all policies range from 2.25% to 6.75% depending on the time of policy issue. The interest assumptions for immediate and deferred paid-up annuities range from 3.00% to 13.55%.
With respect to its insurance and investment contract liabilities, LNC continually reviews its: 1) overall reserve position; 2) reserving techniques and 3) reinsurance arrangements. As experience develops and new information becomes known, liabilities are adjusted as deemed necessary. The effects of changes in estimates are included in the operating results for the period in which such changes occur.
Reinsurance. LNC's insurance companies enter into reinsurance agreements with other companies in the normal course of business. Prior to the acquisition of LNC's reinsurance operations by Swiss Re on December 7, 2001, LNC's insurance subsidiaries assumed reinsurance from unaffiliated companies. The transaction with Swiss Re involved a series of indemnity reinsurance transactions combined with the sale of certain stock companies that comprised LNC's reinsurance operations. Assets/liabilities and premiums/ benefits from certain reinsurance contracts that granted statutory surplus to other insurance companies are netted on the consolidated balance sheets and income statements, respectively, since there is a right of offset. All other reinsurance agreements including the Swiss Re indemnity reinsurance transaction are reported on a gross basis.
Depreciation. Provisions for depreciation of investment real estate and property and equipment owned for company use are computed principally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Postretirement Medical and Life Insurance Benefits. LNC accounts for its postretirement medical and life insurance benefits using the full accrual method.
Stock Options. LNC recognizes compensation expense for its stock option incentive plans using the intrinsic value method of accounting. Under the terms of the intrinsic value method, compensation cost is the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at the grant date, or other measurement date, over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock.
Foreign Exchange. LNC's foreign subsidiaries' balance sheet accounts and income statement items are translated at the current exchange and average exchange rates for the year, respectively. Resulting translation adjustments are reported as a component of shareholders' equity. Other translation adjustments for foreign currency transactions that affect cash flows are reported in comprehensive income.
Earnings per Share. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing earnings available to common shareholders by the average common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed assuming the conversion or exercise of dilutive convertible preferred securities, non-vested stock, stock options and deferred compensation shares outstanding during the year.
Reclassifications. Certain amounts reported in prior years' consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current year. These reclassifications have no effect on net income or shareholders' equity of the prior years.
2. Changes in Estimates and Changes in Accounting Principles
Change in Estimate for HMO Excess-of-Loss Reinsurance Programs. During the third quarter of 1999, reported claims experience for certain HMO excess-of-loss reinsurance programs deteriorated causing loss ratios to significantly exceed pricing assumptions. The unfavorable loss ratio development related primarily to business written in 1998 and 1997. Time lags in the reporting of claims experience to LNC's former Reinsurance segment ("Lincoln Re) by clients and larger than anticipated costs for prescription drugs were significant factors that led to losses exceeding pricing assumptions. As a result of these developments, the reserve level for these programs was deemed inadequate to meet future obligations. Consequently, Lincoln Re took a charge in the third quarter of 1999 of $25.0 million after-tax or $0.12 per share ($38.5 million pre-tax) to strengthen reserves for claims on the HMO excess-of-loss reinsurance programs.
Change in Estimate for United Kingdom Pension Mis-Selling. During the fourth quarter of 1999, LNC recorded a charge of $126.1 million after-tax or $0.64 per share ($194.0 million pre-tax) to further strengthen its reserve for pension mis-selling in the UK. The additional reserve strengthening was made following: 1) the mandate issued by Financial Services Authority, the UK regulating body, for the use of more up to date mortality rates in determining redress and reduced interest rate assumptions to be used in calculating redress, thereby causing the amount of redress to increase and 2) the change to guidance that would have allowed a simplified process for the calculation and payment of redress for certain policy groups and the inclusion of redress relating to additional voluntary contributions made to pension plans by individuals, retroactive to 1988.
Change in Estimate for Personal Accident Programs. During the fourth quarter of 1999, LNC's former Reinsurance segment conducted an in-depth review of its exposure related to its participation in workers' compensation carve-out (i.e., life and health risks associated with workers' compensation coverage) programs managed by Unicover Managers, Inc. As a result of this review as well as settlement proceedings conducted to resolve this issue, LNC took a charge of $40.4 million after-tax or $0.20 per share ($62.2 million pre-tax) in the fourth quarter of 1999.
Change in Estimate of Premium Receivables on Certain Client-Administered Individual Life Reinsurance. During the first quarter of 2001, LNC's former Reinsurance segment refined its estimate of due and unpaid premiums on its client-administered individual life reinsurance business. As a result of the significant growth in the individual life reinsurance business generated in recent years, the Reinsurance segment initiated a review of the block of business in the last half of 2000. An outgrowth of that analysis resulted in a review of the estimation of premiums receivable for due and unpaid premiums on client-administered business. During the first quarter of 2001, the Reinsurance segment completed the review of this matter, and concluded that enhanced information flows and refined actuarial techniques provided a basis for a more precise estimate of premium receivables on this business. As a result, the Reinsurance segment recorded income of $25.5 million or $0.13 per share ($39.3 million pre-tax) related to periods prior to 2001.
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 133"). In July 1999, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 137, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities-Deferral of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133" ("FAS 137"), which delayed the effective date of FAS 133 one year (i.e., adoption required no later than the first quarter of 2001). In June 2000, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 138, "Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities" ("FAS 138"), which addresses a limited number of implementation issues arising from FAS 133.
LNC adopted FAS 133 on January 1, 2001. Upon adoption, the provisions of FAS 133 were applied prospectively. The transition adjustments that LNC recorded upon adoption of FAS 133 on January 1, 2001 resulted in a net loss of $4.3 million after-tax or $0.02 per share ($6.6 million pre-tax) recorded in net income, and a net gain of $17.6 million after-tax or $0.09 per share ($27.1 million pre-tax) recorded as a component of Other Comprehensive Income ("OCI") in equity. Deferred acquisition costs of $4.8 million were restored and netted against the transition loss on derivatives recorded in net income and deferred acquisition costs of $18.3 million were amortized and netted against the transition gain recorded in OCI. A portion of the transition adjustment ($3.5 million after-tax) recorded in net income upon adoption of FAS 133 was reclassified from the OCI account, Net Unrealized Gain on Securities Available-for-Sale. These transition adjustments were reported in the financial statements as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets. On April 1, 2001, LNC adopted Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 99-20, "Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets" ("EITF 99-20"). EITF 99-20 is effective for fiscal quarters beginning after March 15, 2001. EITF 99-20 changed the manner in which LNC determined impairment of certain investments including collateralized bond obligations. Upon the adoption of EITF 99-20, LNC recognized a net realized loss on investments of $11.3 million after-tax or $0.06 per share ($17.3 million pre-tax) reported as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. In arriving at this amount, deferred acquisition costs of $12.2 million were restored and netted against net realized loss on investments.
Accounting for Business Combinations and Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, "Business Combinations" ("FAS 141"), and No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("FAS 142"). FAS 141 is effective for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, and FAS 142 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. Under the new rules, goodwill will no longer be amortized, but will be subject to impairment tests conducted at least annually in accordance with the new standards. Intangible assets that do not have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives. LNC is required to adopt the new rules on accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets effective January 1, 2002.
Although the review is ongoing regarding proper classification of goodwill and other intangible assets on the consolidated balance sheet, LNC does not expect to reclassify any goodwill or other intangible balances held as of December 31, 2001. Application of the non-amortization provisions of the new standards is expected to result in an increase in net income of $41.7 million ($0.22 per share based on the average diluted shares for the year ended December 31, 2001) in 2002. During the first six months of 2002, LNC will perform the first of the required impairment tests of goodwill as of January 1, 2002. LNC expects that the valuation techniques to be used to estimate the fair values of the group of assets comprising the different reporting units will vary based on the characteristics of each reporting unit's business and operations. A discounted cash flow model is expected to be used to assess the goodwill in LNC's Life Insurance, Annuities and Lincoln UK segments and a valuation technique combining multiples of revenues, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") and assets under management is expected to be used to assess the goodwill in LNC's Investment Management segment. Based upon preliminary analysis of the fair value of each reporting unit which has a goodwill asset, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of each reporting unit. Therefore, LNC does not expect to record an impairment loss on its goodwill during the transition period for adoption of FAS 142.
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" ("FAS 144"), which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets and supersedes SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of", and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, "Reporting the Results of Operations" for a disposal of a segment of a business. FAS 144 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. LNC expects to adopt FAS 144 as of January 1, 2002 and it does not expect that the adoption of the Statement will have a significant impact on the consolidated financial position and results of operations of LNC.
3. Investments The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of securities available-for-sale are as follows: Amortized Fair December 31 (in millions) Cost Gains Losses Value ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2001: Corporate bonds $22,934.8 $742.8 $(572.5) $23,105.1 U.S. Government bonds 357.9 57.4 (4.8) 410.5 Foreign government bonds 1,117.3 70.1 (12.7) 1,174.7 Asset and mortgage-backed securities: Mortgage pass-through securities 609.9 15.1 (7.4) 617.6 Collateralized mortgage obligations 1,479.1 63.7 (5.5) 1,537.3 Other asset-backed securities 1,328.5 52.7 (11.3) 1,369.9 State and municipal bonds 45.9 0.3 (1.5) 44.7 Redeemable preferred stocks 82.6 3.5 (0.2) 85.9 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total fixed maturity securities 27,956.0 1,005.6 (615.9) 28,345.7 Equity securities 444.4 69.8 (43.7) 470.5 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $28,400.4 $1,075.4 $(659.6) $28,816.2 ================================================================================================================ 2000: Corporate bonds $21,369.6 $514.1 $(634.0) $21,249.7 U.S. Government bonds 479.9 71.8 (8.9) 542.8 Foreign government bonds 1,264.0 74.1 (17.0) 1,321.1 Asset and mortgage-backed securities: Mortgage pass-through securities 970.8 13.1 (10.6) 973.3 Collateralized mortgage obligations 1,675.7 59.6 (14.7) 1,720.6 Other asset-backed securities 1,440.8 36.5 (10.8) 1,466.5 State and municipal bonds 14.6 0.1 (0.1) 14.6 Redeemable preferred stocks 161.7 0.9 (1.4) 161.2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total fixed maturity securities 27,377.1 770.2 (697.5) 27,449.8 Equity securities 462.8 106.8 (19.9) 549.7 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $27,839.9 $877.0 $(717.4) $27,999.5 ================================================================================================================ |
Future maturities of fixed maturity securities available-for-sale are as follows: Amortized Fair December 31, 2001 (in millions) Cost Value ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Due in one year or less $861.6 $873.5 Due after one year through five years 6,121.2 6,247.6 Due after five years through ten years 9,100.5 9,082.4 Due after ten years 8,455.2 8,617.4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Subtotal 24,538.5 24,820.9 Asset and mortgage-backed securities 3,417.5 3,524.8 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $27,956.0 $28,345.7 ======================================================================================== |
The foregoing data is based on stated maturities. Actual maturities will differ in some cases because borrowers may have the right to call or pre-pay obligations.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Par value, amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments in asset and mortgage-backed securities summarized by interest rates of the underlying collateral are as follows:
Par Amortized Fair December 31, 2001 (in millions) Value Cost Value ----------------------------------------------------------------- Below 7% $1,089.6 $409.3 $412.3 7% - 8% 1,902.9 1,888.5 1,937.2 8% - 9% 725.0 720.0 754.8 Above 9% 401.5 399.7 420.5 ----------------------------------------------------------------- Total $4,119.0 $3,417.5 $3,524.8 ================================================================= |
The quality ratings for fixed maturity securities available-for-sale are as follows:
December 31 2001 ----------------------------------------------------------------- Treasuries and AAA 17.3% AA 6.4 A 30.3 BBB 37.7 BB 5.1 Less than BB 3.2 ----------------------------------------------------------------- 100.0% ================================================================= |
The major categories of net investment income are as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fixed maturity securities $2,121.0 $2,148.7 $2,232.9 Equity securities 17.6 19.4 20.1 Mortgage loans on real estate 374.5 373.8 369.2 Real estate 49.5 51.8 64.1 Policy loans 125.3 125.0 116.5 Invested cash 68.4 87.2 110.2 Other investments 69.5 66.9 51.8 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Investment revenue 2,825.8 2,872.8 2,964.8 Investment expense 146.2 125.7 157.3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net investment income $2,679.6 $2,747.1 $2,807.5 ==================================================================================================== |
The realized gain (loss) on investments is as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale Gross gain $193.0 $146.5 $129.1 Gross loss (435.3) (218.2) (251.7) Equity securities available-for-sale Gross gain 30.2 58.0 97.0 Gross loss (24.4) (48.6) (36.5) Other investments 33.7 5.9 49.3 Associated amortization of deferred acquisition costs, provision for policyholder commitments and investment expenses 97.6 28.1 15.8 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Investments (105.2) (28.3) 3.0 Derivative Instruments net of associated amortization of deferred acquisition costs (9.3) -- -- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Investments and Derivative Instruments $(114.5) $(28.3) $3.0 ==================================================================================================== |
Provisions (credits) for write-downs and net changes in allowances for loss, which are included in the realized gain (loss) on investments shown above, are as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fixed maturity securities $237.2 $41.2 $29.3 Equity securities 15.7 14.6 5.6 Mortgage loans on real estate (2.7) 0.2 (0.1) Real estate 0.7 -- -- Other long-term investments 0.9 -- (7.6) Guarantees -- -- -- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $251.8 $56.0 $27.2 ==================================================================================================== |
The change in net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in fixed maturity and equity securities available-for-sale is as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fixed maturity securities $317.0 $741.2 $(2,261.8) Equity securities (60.8) (35.6) 16.4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $256.2 $705.6 $(2,245.4) ==================================================================================================== |
During the second quarter of 1998, LNC purchased three bonds issued with offsetting interest rate characteristics. Subsequent to the purchase of these bonds, interest rates increased and the value of one of these bonds decreased. This bond was sold at the end of the second quarter 1998 and a realized loss of $28.8 million ($18.7 million after-tax) was recorded. The other two bonds are still owned by LNC and are producing net investment income on an annual basis of $9.9 million ($6.4 million after-tax). Subsequent to these transactions being recorded, the Emerging Issues Task Force of the Financial Accounting Standards Board reached consensus with regard to accounting for this type of investment strategy. LNC is not required to apply the new accounting rules, however, if such rules were applied, the realized loss on the sale of $28.8 million ($18.7 million after-tax) on one of these bonds recorded at the end of the second quarter of 1998 would be reduced to $8.8 million ($5.7 million after-tax) and the difference would be applied as a change in the carrying amount of the two bonds that remain in LNC's portfolio. Also, net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 would be less than reported by $2.7 million ($1.8 million after-tax), $2.5 million ($1.6 million after-tax) and $2.3 million ($1.5 million after-tax), respectively.
The balance sheet captions, "Real Estate" and " Property and Equipment," are shown net of allowances for depreciation as follows: December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Real estate $38.4 $40.4 Property and equipment 211.7 247.9 ==================================================================================================== |
Mortgage loans on real estate which are primarily held in the Life Insurance and Annuities segments are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that LNC will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When LNC determines that a loan is impaired, the cost is adjusted or a provision for loss is established equal to the difference between the initial cost of the mortgage loan and the estimated value. Estimated value is based on: 1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate; 2) the loan's observable market price; or 3) the fair value of the collateral. The provision for losses is reported as realized gain (loss) on investments. Mortgage loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for losses and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for losses.
The allowance for losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb estimated probable credit losses. Management's periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for losses is based on LNC's past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay (including the timing of future payments), the estimated value of the underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimating the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change.
Impaired mortgage loans along with the related allowance for losses are as follows: December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Impaired loans with allowance for losses $25.6 $26.9 Allowance for losses (2.2) (4.9) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net impaired loans $23.4 $22.0 ==================================================================================================== |
A reconciliation of the mortgage loan allowance for losses for these impaired mortgage loans is as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at beginning-of-year $4.9 $4.7 $4.8 Provisions for losses 0.7 1.8 0.8 Releases due to principal paydowns (3.4) (1.6) (0.9) Releases due to foreclosures -- -- -- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at end-of-year $2.2 $4.9 $4.7 ==================================================================================================== |
The average recorded investment in impaired mortgage loans and the interest income recognized on impaired mortgage loans were as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Average recorded investment in impaired loans $25.0 $27.9 $29.6 Interest income recognized on impaired loans 3.0 2.6 2.9 ==================================================================================================== |
All interest income on impaired mortgage loans was recognized on the cash basis of income recognition.
As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, LNC had restructured mortgage loans of $5.2 million and $4.1 million, respectively. LNC recorded $0.5 million and $0.3 million of interest income on these restructured mortgage loans in 2001 and 2000, respectively. Interest income in the amount of $0.5 million and $0.4 million would have been recorded on these mortgage loans according to their original terms in 2001 and 2000, respectively. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, LNC had no outstanding commitments to lend funds on restructured mortgage loans.
An investment in real estate is considered impaired when the projected undiscounted cash flow from the investment is less than the carrying value. When LNC determines that an investment in real estate is impaired, it is written-down to reduce the carrying value to the estimated value.
As of December 31, 2001, LNC's investment commitments for fixed maturity securities (primarily private placements), mortgage loans on real estate and real estate were $496.1 million. This includes $276.6 million of standby commitments to purchase real estate upon completion and leasing.
For the year ended December 31, 2001, fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, mortgage loans on real estate and real estate investments which were non-income producing were not significant. As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, the carrying value of non-income producing securities was $32.4 million and $11.3 million, respectively.
The cost information for mortgage loans on real estate, real estate and other long-term investments is net of allowances for losses. The balance sheet account for other liabilities includes a reserve for guarantees of third-party debt. The amount of allowances and reserves for such items is as follows:
December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mortgage loans on real estate 2.2 4.9 Real estate -- -- Guarantees 0.3 0.3 ==================================================================================================== |
During the fourth quarter of 2000, LNC completed a securitization of commercial mortgage loans. In the aggregate, the loans had a fair value of $186.0 million and carrying value of $185.7 million. LNC retained a 6.3% beneficial interest in the securitized assets. LNC received $172.7 million from the trust for the sale of the senior trust certificates representing the other 93.7% beneficial interest. A realized gain of $0.4 million pre-tax was recorded on this sale. A recourse liability was not recorded since LNC is not obligated to repurchase any loans from the trust that may later become delinquent. Cash flows received during 2001 and 2000 from interests retained in the trust were $2.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The fair values of the mortgage loans were based on a discounted cash flow method based on credit rating, maturity and future income. Prepayments are expected to be less than 1% with an expected weighted-average life of 6.4 years. Credit losses are anticipated to be minimal over the life of the trust.
During the fourth quarter of 2001, LNC completed a second securitization of commercial mortgage loans. In the aggregate, the loans had a fair value of $209.7 million and a carrying value of $198.1 million. LNC received $209.7 million from the trust for the sale of the loans. A recourse liability was not recorded since LNC is not obligated to repurchase any loans from the trust that may later become delinquent. Servicing fees of $0.03 million were received in 2001. The transaction was hedged with total return swaps to lock in the value of the loans. LNC recorded a loss on the hedge of $10.1 million pre-tax and a realized gain on the sale of $11.6 million resulting in a net gain of $1.5 million pre-tax. Upon securitization, LNC did not retain an interest in the securitized assets; however, LNC later invested $14.3 million of its general account assets in the certificates issued by the trust. This investment is included in fixed maturity securities on the balance sheet.
4. Federal Income Taxes
The Federal income tax expense (benefit) is as follows:
Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Current $489.6 $25.2 $(55.5) Deferred (331.2) 189.7 165.1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total tax expense $158.4 $214.9 $109.6 ==================================================================================================== |
The effective tax rate on pre-tax income is lower than the prevailing corporate Federal Income tax rate. A reconciliation of this difference is as follows: 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tax rate times pre-tax income from continuing operations $267.5 $292.7 $199.5 Effect of: Tax-preferred investment income (62.6) (64.3) (47.7) Change in valuation allowance -- -- (38.2) UK taxes (28.5) (14.0) 5.6 Other items (18.0) 0.5 (9.6) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Provision for income taxes $158.4 $214.9 $109.6 Effective tax rate 21% 26% 19% ==================================================================================================== |
The Federal income tax recoverable asset (liability) is as follows: December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Current $(439.0) $(73.8) Deferred 454.1 281.3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Federal income tax asset $15.1 $207.5 ==================================================================================================== |
December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Deferred tax assets: Insurance and investment contract liabilities $978.4 $1,218.3 Reinsurance deferred gain 437.9 -- Net operating loss carryforwards 69.8 170.0 Postretirement benefits other than pensions 42.5 48.4 Compensation related 66.9 69.6 Other 126.8 93.4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total deferred tax assets 1,722.3 1,599.7 Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets 51.2 -- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net deferred tax assets 1,671.1 1,599.7 Deferred tax liabilities: Deferred acquisition costs 515.0 541.2 Premiums and fees receivable -- 83.0 Investment related 57.9 134.8 Net unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale 135.4 17.0 Present value of business in-force 391.5 423.4 Other 117.2 119.0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total deferred tax liabilities 1,217.0 1,318.4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net deferred tax asset $454.1 $281.3 ==================================================================================================== |
Cash paid for federal income taxes in 2001 was $57.6 million. Cash received for Federal income taxes in 2000 was $79.1 million due to the carry back of 1999 tax losses.
LNC is required to establish a valuation allowance for any gross deferred tax assets that are unlikely to reduce taxes payable in future years' tax returns. At December 31, 2001, LNC established a valuation allowance of $51.2 million for the gross deferred tax assets relating to net operating losses of its remaining foreign life reinsurance subsidiary. The net operating losses of this subsidiary are subject to Federal income tax limitations that only allow the losses to be used to offset future taxable income of the subsidiary. Due to the disposition of its reinsurance operations, LNC believes that it is more likely than not that LNC will not realize the tax benefits associated with this subsidiary's net operating losses. Because LNC has been required to defer recognition of the gain on the portion of the disposition of its reinsurance operation that was structured as indemnity reinsurance, the establishment of this valuation allowance was recorded as a decrease in the after-tax amount of the reinsurance deferred gain carried on LNC's consolidated balance sheet. Accordingly, the establishment of this valuation allowance did not affect 2001 net income.
At December 31, 2000, LNC concluded that it was more likely than not that all gross deferred tax assets will reduce taxes payable in future years. Accordingly, no valuation allowance was necessary at December 31, 2000. During 2000, the net unrealized capital loss position that existed at December 31, 1999 for LNC's fixed maturity and equity securities was eliminated primarily due to changes in market conditions. The deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $229 million that was established in 1999 due to the uncertainty of realizing the tax benefits associated with the unrealized capital losses that existed at December 31, 1999 was reversed in 2000. Because this valuation allowance was established in shareholder's equity at December 31, 1999, LNC recorded the reversal of this tax valuation allowance during 2000 in shareholders' equity.
When LNC management announced its intention to explore exiting the UK insurance market in 1999, LNC was required to change its method of accounting for Lincoln UK's taxes. Previously, taxes were computed based upon LNC's intention to permanently reinvest earnings in the UK subsidiaries. Under this approach, Lincoln UK was unable to recognize UK tax benefits for a portion of the pension mis-selling losses recorded in 1997, since UK tax law restricted the use of these losses. However, when the decision was made in the fourth quarter of 1999 that earnings would no longer be permanently reinvested, U.S. tax rules rather than U.K. tax rules became the primary factor in determining the overall deferred taxes for the segment. LNC was required to adjust the level of deferred taxes based upon U.S. tax rules, under the new operating assumption that earnings from Lincoln UK will ultimately be repatriated to LNC. Accordingly, LNC eliminated the $38.2 million valuation allowance and reduced its deferred tax liabilities by another $3.9 million in the fourth quarter of 1999. A tax benefit of $42.1 million was reported in net income by LNC in 1999 relating to these matters.
At December 31, 2001, LNC had net operating losses for Federal income tax purposes of: $146.3 million for its remaining foreign life reinsurance company that expire in the year 2014; $1.7 million for Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. ("Delaware") that expire in the year 2008; $36.3 million for Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York ("Lincoln Life New York") that expire in the year 2013 and $15.3 million of net capital losses for Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York that expire in the year 2006. In contrast to the net operating losses of the foreign life reinsurance subsidiary, the Delaware and Lincoln Life New York net operating losses and net capital losses can be used in future LNC consolidated U.S. tax returns. Accordingly, LNC believes that it is more likely than not that the Delaware and Lincoln New York net operating losses and capital losses will be fully utilized within the allowable carryforward period.
Under prior Federal income tax law, one-half of the excess of a life insurance company's income from operations over its taxable investment income was not taxed, but was set aside in a special tax account designated as "Policyholders' Surplus." At December 31, 2001, LNC has approximately $196.0 million of untaxed "Policyholders' Surplus" on which no payment of Federal income taxes will be required unless it is distributed as a dividend, or under other specified conditions. Barring the passage of unfavorable tax legislation, LNC does not believe that any significant portion of the account will be taxed in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, no deferred tax liability has been recognized relating to LNC's Policyholders' Surplus balance. If the entire Policyholders' Surplus balance became taxable at the current Federal rate, the tax would be approximately $68.6 million.
5. Supplemental Financial Data
Reinsurance transactions included in the income statement captions, "Insurance Premiums" and "Insurance Fees", are as follows:
Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001* 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Insurance assumed $1,457.6 $1,299.8 $1,509.3 Insurance ceded 993.9 559.9 621.0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net reinsurance premiums $463.7 $739.9 $888.3 ==================================================================================================== * The reinsurance activity for the year ended December 31, 2001 includes the activity of the Reinsurance segment for the eleven months ended November 30, 2001 and the activity related to the indemnity reinsurance transaction with Swiss Re for the one month ended December 31, 2001. |
The income statement caption, "Benefits," is net of reinsurance recoveries of $0.637 billion, $0.448 billion and $0.611 billion for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Details underlying the income statement caption, "Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and Other Expenses," are as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Commissions $860.3 $919.1 $961.0 Other volume related expenses 186.7 262.8 205.5 Operating and administrative expenses 1,049.0 1,148.0 1,156.9 Deferred acquisition costs net of amortization (343.7) (423.1) (314.6) Restructuring charges 38.0 104.9 27.3 Goodwill amortization 43.4 45.1 49.1 Other 252.0 261.7 209.8 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $2,085.7 $2,318.5 $2,295.0 ==================================================================================================== |
The income statement caption, "Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and Other Expenses," includes amortization of deferred acquisition costs of $370.0 million, $340.1 million and $302.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. An additional $96.3 million, $38.5 million and $26.9 million of deferred acquisition costs was restored (amortized) and netted against "Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments" for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.
A reconciliation of the present value of insurance business acquired included in other intangible assets is as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at beginning of year $1,483.3 $1,654.2 $1,753.3 Adjustments to balance (0.7) (15.6) 3.4 Interest accrued on unamortized balance 84.5 92.2 69.9 (Interest rates range from 5% to 7%) Amortization (197.6) (224.9) (163.7) Foreign exchange adjustment (7.0) (22.6) (8.7) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at end-of-year 1,362.5 1,483.3 1,654.2 Other intangible assets (non-insurance) 50.1 73.7 92.3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total other intangible assets at end-of-year $1,412.6 $1,557.0 $1,746.5 ==================================================================================================== |
Future estimated amortization of insurance business acquired net of interest on unamortized balance for LNC's insurance subsidiaries is as follows (in millions): ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2002 - $109.4 2004 - $99.6 2006 - $93.6 2003 - 103.9 2005 - 95.9 Thereafter - 860.1 ==================================================================================================== |
Details underlying the balance sheet caption, "Contractholder Funds," are as follows: December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Premium deposit funds $18,585.0 $17,715.5 Undistributed earnings on participating business 100.2 139.4 Other 562.7 522.2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $19,247.9 $18,377.1 ==================================================================================================== |
Details underlying the balance sheet captions related to total debt are as follows: December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Short-term debt: Commercial paper $221.7 $311.9 Other short-term notes 28.5 0.8 Current portion of long-term debt 100.0 0.2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total short-term debt 350.2 312.9 Long-term debt less current portion: 7.625% notes payable, due 2002 -- 99.9 7.250% notes payable, due 2005 192.2 192.0 6.5% notes payable, due 2008 100.1 100.1 6.20% notes payable, due 2011 249.2 -- 7% notes payable, due 2018 200.3 200.3 9.125% notes payable, due 2024 119.9 119.9 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total long-term debt 861.7 712.2 Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures: 8.75% Quarterly Income Preferred Securities -- 215.0 8.35% Trust Originated Preferred Securities (redeemed on January 7, 2002) 100.0 100.0 7.40% Trust Originated Preferred Securities 200.0 200.0 7.75% FELINE PRIDES 5.0 230.0 7.65% Trust Preferred Securities 169.7 -- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total 474.7 745.0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Debt $1,686.6 $1,770.1 ==================================================================================================== |
The combined U.S. and U.K. commercial paper outstanding at December 31, 2001 and 2000, had a blended weighted average interest rate of approximately 3.10% and 6.81%, respectively. Future maturities of long-term debt including the current portion are as follows (in millions): ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2002 - $100.0 2004 - $-- 2006 - $-- 2003 - -- 2005 - 193.0 Thereafter - 670.3 ==================================================================================================== |
LNC also has access to capital from minority interest in preferred securities of subsidiary companies. In May 1996, LNC filed a shelf registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission that would allow LNC to offer and sell up to $500 million of various forms of hybrid securities. These securities, which combine debt and equity characteristics, are offered through a series of three subsidiaries (Lincoln National Capital I, II and III). These subsidiaries were formed solely for the purpose of issuing preferred securities and lending the proceeds to LNC. The common securities of these subsidiaries are owned by LNC. The only assets of Lincoln National Capital I, II, and III are the notes receivable from LNC for such loans. Distributions are paid by these subsidiaries to the preferred securityholders on a quarterly basis. The principal obligations of these subsidiaries are irrevocably guaranteed by LNC. Upon liquidation of these subsidiaries, the holders of the preferred securities would be entitled to a fixed amount per share plus accumulated and unpaid distributions. LNC reserves the right to: 1) redeem the preferred securities at a fixed price plus accumulated and unpaid distributions and; 2) extend the stated redemption date up to 19 years if certain conditions are met.
In April 1998, LNC filed a shelf registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission, that would allow LNC to offer and sell up to $1.3 billion of various securities, including regular debt, preferred stock, common stock or hybrid securities. This filing included an aggregate of $300 million from a previous filing that had not been utilized. In conjunction with this shelf registration, three additional subsidiaries were added (Lincoln National Capital IV, V and VI) to accommodate the issuance of additional preferred securities. The purpose and terms of these new subsidiaries essentially parallel Lincoln National Capital I, II and III.
In July 1996, Lincoln National Capital I issued 8,600,000 shares or $215 million, 8.75% Quarterly Income Preferred Securities ("QUIPS"). In August 1996, Lincoln National Capital II issued 4,000,000 shares or $100 million, 8.35% Trust Originated Preferred Securities ("TOPrS"). Both issues mature in 2026 at $25 per share and the QUIPS and 8.35% TOPrS are redeemable in whole or in part at LNC's option any time after July 2001 and August 2001, respectively (see 2001 update below). In March 1998, LNC issued notes of 1) $100 million, 6.5% due 2008 and 2) $200 million, 7% due 2018. In July 1998, Lincoln National Capital III issued 8,000,000 shares or $200 million of 7.4% TOPrS which mature in 2028 at $25 per share and are redeemable in whole or in part at LNC's option anytime after July 2003. In August 1998, Lincoln National Capital IV issued 9,200,000 shares or $230 million of 7.75% FELINE PRIDES (service mark of Merrill Lynch & Co. Inc.). The purchasers of such securities were also provided stock purchase contract agreements that indicated they would receive a specified amount of LNC common stock on or before the August 2001 maturity date of the FELINE PRIDES. A portion of the issuance costs associated with this offering along with the present value of the payments associated with the stock purchase agreements were charged to the common stock line within shareholders' equity.
The funds raised in 1998 from the various public offerings of hybrid securities described above were used to acquire a block of individual life insurance business from Aetna Inc.
On August 16, 2001, LNC settled mandatory stock purchase contracts issued in conjunction with the FELINE PRIDES financing. This action resulted in the issuance of 4,630,318 shares of LNC stock at $49.67 per share. Investors had the option of settling the purchase contract with separate cash or by having the collateral securing their purchase obligations sold. In the case of investors who held the TOPrS as collateral for the purchase contracts, they were permitted to enter into a remarketing process with proceeds used to settle the contracts. On August 13, 2001, the remarketing failed resulting in the retirement of $225 million TOPrS. A total of $5 million of two-year TOPrS remain outstanding which represents investors who chose to settle with separate cash and hold onto their TOPrS until maturity. In September 2001, LNC redeemed all 8,600,000 shares of the $215 million, 8.75% QUIPS. In November 2001, Lincoln National Capital V issued 6,900,000 shares of $172.5 million 7.65% Trust Preferred Securities ("TRUPS"). In December 2001, LNC issued $250 million 6.20% ten-year senior notes. In December 2001, LNC called $100 million 8.35% TOPrS issued by Lincoln Capital II and guaranteed by LNC. The redemption date was January 7, 2002.
In December 1998, LNC filed a shelf registration with the Securities Exchange Commission that combined unused portions of the April 1998 registration ($640 million) and the May 1996 registration ($185 million) resulting in an active shelf registration allowing LNC to sell up to an additional $825 million of securities. As of December 31, 2001, the remaining amount under the December 1998 shelf registration was $402.5 million.
Finally, LNC maintains two revolving credit agreements with a group of domestic and foreign banks totaling $700 million. One agreement, in the amount of $300 million, expires in December 2005 and the second agreement, in the amount of $400 million, expires in December 2002. Both agreements provide for interest on borrowings based on various money market indices. Under both agreements, LNC must maintain senior unsecured long-term debt ratings of at least S&P A- and Moody's A3 or be restricted by an adjusted debt to capitalization ratio. At December 31, 2001, LNC had no outstanding borrowings under these agreements. During 2001, 2000 and 1999, fees paid for maintaining revolving credit agreements amounted to $650,000, $642,000 and $633,000, respectively.
Cash paid for interest for 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $123.1 million, $145.4 million and $132.2 million, respectively.
6. Employee Benefit Plans
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans - U.S. LNC maintains funded defined benefit pension plans for most of its U.S. employees and, prior to January 1, 1995, most full-time agents. Effective January 1, 2002, the employees' pension plan has a cash balance formula. Employees retiring before 2012 will have their benefits calculated under both the old and new formulas and will receive the better of the two calculations. Employees retiring in 2012 or after will receive benefits under the amended plan. Benefits under the old employees' plan are based on total years of service and the highest 60 months of compensations during the last 10 years of employment. Under the amended plan, employees have guaranteed account balances that grow with pay and interest credits each year. The amendment to the employees' pension plan resulted in a $27.8 million pre-tax negative unrecognized prior service cost in 2001 that will be evenly recognized over future periods. All benefits applicable to the defined benefit plan for agents were frozen as of December 31, 1994. The plans are funded by contributions to tax-exempt trusts. LNC's funding policy is consistent with the funding requirements of Federal law and regulations. Contributions are intended to provide not only the benefits attributed to service to date, but also those expected to be earned in the future.
LNC sponsors three types of unfunded, nonqualified, defined benefit plans for certain U.S. employees and agents: supplemental retirement plans, a salary continuation plan, and supplemental executive retirement plans.
The supplemental retirement plans provide defined benefit pension benefits in excess of limits imposed by Federal tax law. Effective January 1, 2000, one of these plans was amended to limit the maximum compensation recognized for benefit payment calculation purposes. The effect of this amendment was to reduce the pension benefit obligation by $5.4 million.
The salary continuation plan provides certain officers of LNC defined pension benefits based on years of service and final monthly salary upon death or retirement.
The supplemental executive retirement plan provides defined pension benefits for certain executives who became employees of LNC as a result of the acquisition of a block of individual life insurance and annuity business from CIGNA Corporation ("CIGNA"). Effective January 1, 2000, this plan was amended to freeze benefits payable under this plan. The effect of this plan curtailment was to decrease the pension benefit obligation by $2.4 million. Effective January 1, 2000, a second supplemental executive retirement plan was established for this same group of executives to guarantee that the total benefit payable under the LNC employees' defined benefit pension plan benefit formula will be determined using an average compensation not less than the minimum three-year average compensation as of December 31, 1999. All benefits payable from this plan are reduced by benefits payable from the LNC employees' defined benefit pension plan.
LNC also sponsors unfunded plans that provide postretirement medical,
dental and life insurance benefits to full-time U.S. employees and agents
who, depending on the plan, have worked for LNC 10 years and attained age
55 (60 for agents). Medical and dental benefits are also available to
spouses and other dependents of employees and agents. For medical and
dental benefits, limited contributions are required from individuals who
retired prior to November 1, 1988. Contributions for later retirees, which
can be adjusted annually, are based on such items as years of service at
retirement and age at retirement. Life insurance benefits are
noncontributory; however, participants can elect supplemental contributory
life benefits up to age 70. Effective July 1, 1999, the agents'
postretirement plan was changed to require agents retiring on or after that
date to pay the full medical and dental premium costs. This change in the
plan resulted in a one-time curtailment gain of $10.2 million pre-tax.
Beginning January 1, 2002, The employees' postretirement plan was changed
to require employees not yet age 50 with five years of service by year end
2001 to pay the full medical and dental premium cost when they retire. This
change in the plan resulted in the immediate recognition at the end of 2001
of a one-time curtailment gain of $11.3 million pre-tax.
On December 1, 2001, Swiss Re acquired LNC's reinsurance business. This transaction resulted in the immediate recognition of a one-time curtailment gain on post retirement benefits of $6 million pre-tax and additional expense of $1.4 million pre-tax related to pension benefits for a net curtailment gain of $4.6 million pre-tax. This net curtailment gain was included in the gain on sale of subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2001. Due to the release of the pension obligations on these former LNC employees, there was a $16 million gain in the pension plan that was used to offset prior plan losses.
Information with respect to defined benefit plan asset activity and defined benefit plan obligations is as follows:
Other Postretirement Pension Benefits Benefits ----------------- ----------------- Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 2001 2000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning-of-year $385.5 $390.0 $-- $-- Actual return on plan assets (17.7) 3.8 -- -- Company contributions 38.3 6.7 -- -- Administrative expenses (0.9) (0.3) -- -- Benefits paid (15.5) (14.7) -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Fair value of plan assets at end-of-year $389.7 $385.5 $-- $-- Change in benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning-of-year $469.3 $434.7 $108.3 $108.0 Plan amendments (27.8) (5.4) -- 0.3 Service cost 14.3 14.2 2.7 2.3 Interest cost 34.0 32.1 7.2 6.9 Plan participants' contributions -- -- 2.1 0.5 Sale of business segment -- -- (6.0) -- Plan curtailment gain (16.0) (2.4) (11.8) -- Actuarial (gains) losses 19.1 13.5 3.8 (8.0) Benefits paid (18.2) (17.4) (9.5) (1.7) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Benefit obligation at end-of-year $474.7 $469.3 $96.8 $108.3 Underfunded status of the plans $(85.0) $(83.8) $(96.8) $(108.3) Unrecognized net actuarial gains 44.9 (8.9) -- (3.9) Unrecognized prior service cost (25.8) 2.5 -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Accrued benefit cost $(65.9) $(90.2) $(96.8) $(112.2) Weighted-average assumptions as of December 31: Weighted-average discount rate 7.00% 7.50% 7.00% 7.50% Expected return on plan assets 9.00% 9.00% -- -- Rate of increase in compensation: Salary continuation plan 5.00% 5.50% -- -- All other plans 4.00% 4.50% 4.00% 4.50% ================================================================================================= |
The funded status amounts in the pension benefits columns above combine plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets and plans with plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligations. For plans that have projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, the aggregate projected benefit obligations were $400.1 million and $397.2 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, the aggregate accumulated benefit obligations were $373.0 million and $322.2 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, and the aggregate fair value of plan assets was $314.9 million and $303.4 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Plan assets for both the funded employees and agents plans consist principally of listed equity securities, corporate obligations and government bonds.
The components of net defined benefit pension plan and postretirement benefit plan costs are as follows:
Other Postretirement Pension Benefits Benefits ------------------------------ ------------------------------ Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 2001 2000 1999 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Service cost $14.8 $14.6 $19.5 $2.7 $2.3 $3.6 Interest cost 34.0 32.1 30.2 7.2 7.0 6.6 Expected return on plan assets (34.0) (34.5) (32.6) -- -- -- Amortization of prior service cost 0.4 0.4 1.0 -- -- -- Recognized net actuarial (gains) losses 0.3 (2.2) 1.6 (0.5) (0.9) 0.3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net periodic benefit cost $15.5 $10.4 $19.7 $9.4 $8.4 $10.5 ================================================================================================================== |
The calculation of the accumulated postretirement benefits obligation assumes a weighted-average annual rate of increase in the per capital cost of covered benefits (i.e. health care cost trend rate) of 10.0% for 2001. It further assumes the rate will gradually decrease to 5.0% by 2012 and remain at that level. The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, increasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point each year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefits obligation as of December 31, 2001 and 2000 by $6.8 million and $8.6 million, respectively. The aggregate of the estimated service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement benefits cost for the year ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 would increase by $0.8 million.
LNC maintains a defined contribution plan for its U.S. insurance agents. Contributions to this plan are based on a percentage of the agents' annual compensation as defined in the plan. Effective January 1, 1998, LNC assumed the liabilities for a non-contributory defined contribution plan covering certain highly compensated former CIGNA agents and employees. Contributions for this plan are made annually based upon varying percentages of annual eligible earnings as defined in the plan. Contributions to this plan are in lieu of any contributions to the qualified agent defined contribution plan. Effective January 1, 2000, this plan was expanded to include certain highly compensated Lincoln agents. The combined pre-tax expenses for these plans amounted to $2.8 million, $4.2 million and $3.8 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. These expenses reflect both LNC's contribution as well as changes in the measurement of LNC's liabilities under these plans.
Pension Plan - Non U.S. The employees of LNC's primary foreign subsidiary are covered by a defined benefit pension plan. The plan provides death and pension benefits based on final pensionable salary. At December 31, 2001 and 2000, the projected benefit obligation exceeded plan assets by $47.0 million and $6.5 million, respectively, and was included in other liabilities in LNC's consolidated balance sheet. As a result of the accumulated benefit obligation being in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2001, a minimum pension liability adjustment of $36.0 million was recorded through Other Comprehensive Income in equity. Net pension costs for the foreign plan were $7.4 million, $4.4 million and $3.6 million for 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.
401(k), Money Purchase Plan and Profit Sharing Plans. LNC also sponsors contributory defined contribution plans for eligible U.S. employees and agents. These plans include 401(k) plans and effective April 1, 2001, a defined contribution money purchase plan for eligible employees of Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. ("Delaware"). Prior to April 1, 2001, the defined contribution money purchase plan was structured as a profit sharing plan. LNC's contributions to the 401(k) plans are equal to participant's pre-tax contribution, not to exceed 6% of base pay, multiplied by a percentage, ranging from 50% to 150%, which varies according to certain incentive criteria as determined by LNC's Board of Directors. As a result of LNC attaining the goals established under the three-year long-term incentive plan for 1998 through 2000, an additional match was made on a participant's 2000 pre-tax contribution.
LNC's contribution to the defined contribution money purchase plan is equal to 7.5% per annum of a participant's eligible compensation, while its contribution to the previous profit sharing plan of Delaware was equal to an amount, if any, determined in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors. Each plan year's contribution is allocated in the proportion that the plan compensation of each eligible participant bears to the total plan compensation of all eligible participants for such plan year. Compensation is defined as all of an eligible participant's plan year earnings and is subject to the limitation of Section 401 (a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. For 2001, the contribution to the defined contribution money purchase plan was based on 7.5% of the eligible compensation for the nine month period ended December 31, 2001. For the profit sharing plan's fiscal years ended March 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, the Board issued a resolution authorizing a 15% per annum contribution to the plan. Expense for the 401(k) and profit sharing plans amounted to $27.0 million, $43.5 million and $27.8 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.
Deferred Compensation Plans. LNC sponsors contributory deferred compensation plans for certain U.S. employees and agents. Plan participants may elect to defer payment of a portion of their compensation, as defined by the plans. At this point, LNC has not chosen to fund these plans. Plan participants may select from a variety of alternative measures for purposes of calculating the investment return considered attributable to their deferral. Under the terms of these plans, LNC agrees to pay out amounts based upon the alternative measure selected by the participant. Plan participants who are also participants in an LNC 401(k) plan and who have reached the contribution limit for that plan may also elect to defer the additional amounts into the deferred compensation plan. LNC makes matching contributions to these plans based upon amounts placed into the deferred compensation plans by individuals who have reached the contribution limit under the 401(k) plan. The amount of LNC's contribution is calculated in a manner similar to the employer match calculation described in the 401(k) plans section above. Expense for these plans amounted to $0.6 million, $4.2 million and $10.6 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. These expenses reflect both LNC's employer matching contributions, as well as changes in the measurement of LNC's liabilities under these plans.
In the fourth quarter of 1999, LNC modified the terms of the deferred compensation plans to provide that plan participants who selected LNC stock as the measure for their investment return would receive shares of LNC stock in satisfaction of this portion of their deferral. In addition, participants were precluded from diversifying any portion of their deferred compensation plan account that is measured by LNC's stock performance. As a result of these modifications to the plans, ongoing changes in value of LNC's stock no longer affect the expenses associated with this portion of the deferred compensation plans.
In connection with the acquisition of the block of individual life insurance and annuity business from CIGNA, LNC assumed the liability for an unfunded contributory deferred compensation plan covering certain former CIGNA employees and agents. These participants became immediately eligible for the LNC contributory deferred compensation plans, and therefore this plan was frozen as to future deferrals as of January 1, 1998. Effective January 1, 2001, this frozen plan was merged into the LNC contributory deferred compensation plans and the associated expenses for 2001, 2000 and 1999 are now included in those plan expenses disclosed above.
The total liabilities associated with these plans were $149.5 million and $138.4 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Incentive Plans. LNC has various incentive plans for employees, agents and directors of LNC and its subsidiaries that provide for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and stock incentive awards. These plans are comprised primarily of stock option incentive plans. Stock options awarded under the stock option incentive plans are granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of LNC stock at the date of grant and, subject to termination of employment, expire 10 years from the date of grant. Such options are transferable only upon death. Options granted prior to 1992 are exercisable one year after the date of grant and options issued subsequent to 1991 become exercisable in 25% increments over the four-year period following the option grant anniversary date. A "reload option" feature was added on May 14, 1997. In most cases, persons exercising an option after that date have been granted new options in an amount equal to the number of matured shares tendered to exercise the original option award. The reload options are granted for the remaining term of the related original option and have an exercise price equal to the market value of LNC stock at the date of the reload award. Reload options can be exercised two years after the grant date if the value of the new option has appreciated by at least 25%.
In 2000, as a result of changes in the interpretation of the existing accounting rules for stock options, LNC decided not to continue issuing stock options to agents that do not meet the stringent definition of a common law employee. In the first quarter of 2000, LNC adopted a stock appreciation right ("SAR") program as a replacement to the agent stock option program. The first awards under this program were also made in the first quarter of 2000. The SARs under this program are rights on LNC stock that are cash settled and become exercisable in 25% increments over the four year period following the SAR grant date. SARs are granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of LNC stock at the date of grant and, subject to termination of employment, expire five years from the date of grant. Such SARs are transferable only upon death.
LNC recognizes compensation expense for the SAR program based on the fair value method using an option-pricing model. Compensation expense and the related liability are recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the SARs. The SAR liability is marked-to-market through net income. This accounting treatment causes volatility in net income as a result of changes in the market value of LNC stock. LNC hedges this volatility by purchasing call options on LNC stock. Call options hedging vested SARs are also marked-to-market through net income.
Information with respect to incentive plan stock options outstanding at December 31, 2001 is as follows:
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable ----------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- Weighted-Average Range of Number Remaining Number Exercise Outstanding at Contractual Life Weighted-Average Exercisable at Average Exercise Prices Dec 31, 2001 (Years) Exercise Price Dec 31, 2001 Price -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $10 - $20 364,160 1.51 $18.42 364,160 $18.42 21 - 30 7,545,023 5.99 25.14 3,324,178 25.68 31 - 40 2,755,677 7.93 33.46 532,450 33.97 41 - 50 6,953,078 6.61 44.24 3,282,089 44.66 51 - 60 3,396,636 6.54 50.87 2,037,714 50.86 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $10 - $60 21,014,574 9,540,591 ============================================================================================================== |
LNC recognizes compensation expense for its stock option incentive plans using the intrinsic value based method of accounting (see Note 1) and provides the required pro forma information for stock options granted after December 31, 1994. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for stock option incentive plans. Had compensation expense for LNC's stock option incentive plans been determined based on the estimated fair value at the grant dates for awards under those plans, LNC's pro forma net income and earnings per share for the last three years (2001, 2000 and 1999) would have been $540.4 million ($2.79 per diluted share); $589.6 million ($3.03 per diluted share) and $443.0 million ($2.21 per diluted share), respectively (a decrease of $49.8 million or $0.26 per diluted share; $31.8 million or $0.16 per diluted share and $17.4 million or $0.09 per diluted share, respectively). These effects on pro forma net income and earnings per share of expensing the estimated fair value of stock options are not necessarily representative of the effects on reported net income for future years due to factors such as the vesting period of the stock options and the potential for issuance of additional stock options in future years.
The fair value of options used as a basis for the proforma disclosures, shown above, was estimated as of the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.
The option price assumptions used were as follows:
Year Ended December 31 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dividend yield 2.8% 4.4% 2.7% Expected volatility 40.0% 39.2% 29.7% Risk-free interest rate 4.6% 6.6% 5.4% Expected life (in years) 4.2 4.9 5.5 Weighted-average fair value per option granted $13.44 $8.33 $14.31 ================================================================================== Restricted stock (non-vested stock) awarded from 1999 through 2001 was as follows: Year Ended December 31 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Restricted stock (number of shares) 72,155 237,358 57,012 Weighted-average price per share at time of grant $46.60 $38.10 $43.91 ================================================================================== |
Information with respect to the incentive plans involving stock options is as follows:
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable --------------------- ------------------------ Weighted- Weighted- Average Average Shares Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at January 1, 1999 10,784,852 33.61 3,596,946 21.63 Granted-original 4,445,316 50.51 Granted-reloads 104,422 49.32 Exercised (includes shares tendered) (1,216,263) 48.68 Forfeited (453,892) 44.90 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at December 31, 1999 13,664,435 39.59 5,141,438 29.21 Granted - original 10,756,413 27.62 Granted - reloads 100,544 46.13 Exercised (includes shares tendered) (1,558,639) 46.38 Forfeited (1,264,463) 43.14 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at December 31, 2000 21,698,290 34.35 6,797,855 34.92 Granted - original 3,236,217 43.70 Granted - reloads 130,129 48.19 Exercised (includes shares tendered) (3,238,931) 27.13 Forfeited (811,131) 43.70 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Balance at December 31, 2001 21,014,574 36.59 9,540,591 37.77 =================================================================================================== |
7. Restrictions, Commitments and Contingencies
Statutory Information and Restrictions
Net income as determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices for LNC's insurance subsidiaries was $0.195 billion, $0.597 billion and $0.579 billion for 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The 2001 amount only includes the statutory net income for LNC's reinsurance subsidiaries from January 1, 2001 through November 30, 2001. On December 7, 2001, Swiss Re acquired LNC's reinsurance operations. The transaction structure involved a series of indemnity reinsurance transactions combined with the sale of certain stock companies that comprised LNC's reinsurance operation. See Note 11 for further discussion of Swiss Re's acquisition of LNC's reinsurance operations. Statutory net income for 2001, 2000 and 1999, excluding LNC's foreign life reinsurance companies, was $0.168 billion, $0.603 billion and $0.447 billion, respectively. All of LNC's foreign life reinsurance companies were sold to Swiss Re on December 7, 2001 except Lincoln National Reinsurance Company (Barbados) and Lincoln Re (Ireland) Limited.
Shareholders' equity as determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices for LNC's insurance subsidiaries was $3.517 billion and $3.454 billion for December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
The National Association of Insurance Commissioners revised the Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual in a process referred to as Codification. The revised manual became effective January 1, 2001. The domiciliary states of LNC's U.S. insurance subsidiaries have adopted the provisions of the revised manual. The revised manual has changed, to some extent, prescribed statutory accounting practices and has resulted in changes to the accounting practices that LNC's U.S. insurance subsidiaries use to prepare their statutory-basis financial statements. The impact of these changes to LNC and its U.S. insurance subsidiaries' statutory-based capital and surplus as of January 1, 2001 was not significant.
LNC's primary insurance subsidiary, Lincoln National Life Insurance Company ("LNL") acquired a block of individual life insurance and annuity business from CIGNA in January 1998 and a block of individual life insurance from Aetna Inc. in October 1998. These acquisitions were structured as indemnity reinsurance transactions. The statutory accounting regulations do not allow goodwill to be recognized on indemnity reinsurance transactions and therefore, the related statutory ceding commission flows through the statement of operations as an expense resulting in a reduction of statutory earned surplus. As a result of these acquisitions, LNL's statutory earned surplus was negative.
LNC's insurance subsidiaries are subject to certain insurance department regulatory restrictions as to the transfer of funds and payment of dividends to the holding company. Generally, these restrictions pose no short-term liquidity concerns for the holding company. As a result of negative statutory earned surplus, LNL was required to obtain the prior approval of the Indiana Insurance Commissioner ("Commissioner") before paying any dividends to LNC until its statutory earned surplus became positive. LNL recently received approval from the Commissioner to reclassify total dividends of $495 million paid to LNC in 2001 from LNL's earned surplus to paid-in-capital. This change plus the increase in statutory earned surplus from the indemnity reinsurance transaction with Swiss Re resulted in positive statutory earned surplus for LNL at December 31, 2001. As long as LNL's earned surplus remains positive, future dividends not in excess of earned surplus will be deemed ordinary, not requiring prior approval from the Commissioner.
LNL is recognized as an accredited reinsurer in the state of New York, which effectively enables it to conduct reinsurance business with unrelated insurance companies that are domiciled within the state of New York. As a result, in addition to regulatory restrictions imposed by the state of Indiana, LNL is also subject to the regulatory requirements that the State of New York imposes upon accredited reinsurers.
Reinsurance Contingencies
Swiss Re acquired LNC's reinsurance operations on December 7, 2001. The transaction structure involved a series of indemnity reinsurance transactions combined with the sale of certain stock companies that comprised LNC's reinsurance operation. Under the indemnity reinsurance agreements, Swiss Re reinsured certain liabilities and obligations of LNC. Because LNC is not relieved of its legal liability to the ceding companies, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 113, "Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts" ("FAS 113"), the liabilities and obligations associated with the reinsured contracts remain on the consolidated balance sheets of LNC with a corresponding reinsurance receivable from Swiss Re.
LNC and Swiss Re have not agreed upon the final closing financial statements associated with the December 7, 2001 transactions. There are currently disputed matters of approximately $500 million, which relate primarily to personal accident business reserves and recoverables. LNC's ongoing indemnification to Swiss Re on the underlying reinsurance business is limited to the personal accident business. Pursuant to the purchase agreement, LNC's exposure is capped at $100 million ($65 million after-tax) for net future payments under the personal accident programs in excess of $148 million, which represents the personal accident liabilities net of the assets held for reinsurance recoverable at December 31, 2000. Up to $200 million of net payments in excess of the net liabilities will be shared on a 50/50 basis between LNC and Swiss Re. LNC has no continuing indemnification risk to Swiss Re on other reinsurance lines of business including disability income, HMO excess-of-loss, group carrier medical and property and casualty reinsurance lines.
Under the timeframe provided for within the acquisition agreement for dispute resolution, it is probable that the earliest point that these matters will be agreed upon would be the second quarter of 2002. If the parties are unable to reach agreement, and these matters go to arbitration, an ultimate resolution of these matters may take several additional months.
Upon reaching agreement as to the final closing financial statements, it is possible that LNC could record adjustments to realized gain or loss on the sale of subsidiaries, to net income, or to the amount of deferred gain associated with the Swiss Re transaction. Another aspect of a potential dispute resolution could result in LNC agreeing to transfer assets to Swiss Re until the adequacy of certain reserves and related recoverables can be determined. In that event, LNC's future investment income would be reduced to the extent that any such dispute resolution would result in Swiss Re's retention of the related investment income during the time frame that Swiss Re would hold the invested assets. While uncertainty exists as to how these disputed matters will finally be resolved, at the present time LNC believes the amounts reported within LNC's consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2001 represent the best estimate of the ultimate outcome of Swiss Re's acquisition of LNC's reinsurance business.
While LNC has limited its indemnification to Swiss Re, as previously noted, under FAS 113 LNC will continue to report the reserves subject to the indemnity reinsurance agreements with Swiss Re on LNC's consolidated balance sheet with an offsetting reinsurance recoverable from Swiss Re. In the event that future developments indicate that the reserves related to certain businesses should be adjusted, LNC would be required under FAS 113 to recognize the changes in reserves in earnings in the period of change. Any change to the reinsurance recoverable from Swiss Re would be recorded as an adjustment to the amount of deferred gain.
In addition to the transactions completed on December 7, 2001, LNC has the right to "put" its interest in a subsidiary company containing LNC's disability income reinsurance business to Swiss Re during May 2002 for $10 million. Developments on the underlying disability income reinsurance business will not affect the price at which LNC may put the subsidiary company to Swiss Re. LNC is free to market this company to other buyers. If, prior to May 31, 2002, LNC is unable to sell this company to other bidders for more than $10 million, LNC intends to exercise the Swiss Re put. The $10 million exercise price is approximately equal to LNC's book basis in the subsidiary.
United Kingdom Selling Practices
Various selling practices of the Lincoln UK operations have come under scrutiny by the UK regulators in recent years. These selling practices include the sale and administration of individual pension products, mortgage endowments and the selling practices of City Financial Partners Limited ("CFPL"), a subsidiary company purchased in December 1997. Regarding the sale and administration of pension products to individuals, regulatory agencies have raised questions as to what constitutes appropriate advice to individuals who bought pension products as an alternative to participation in an employer sponsored plan. In cases of inappropriate advice, an extensive investigation may have to be done and the individual put in a position similar to what would have been attained if the individual had remained in the employer-sponsored plan.
With regard to mortgage endowments, on November 30, 2000, UK regulators issued a paper containing draft guidelines explaining how mortgage endowment policyholders would be compensated in instances where it is determined that mis-selling occurred. This release also indicated that an extensive analysis is underway of mortgage endowment products offered by insurance companies in the UK marketplace since 1988. Where the results of this analysis indicate that products are designed in a way that could lead to potential mis-selling, UK regulators are contacting companies to review sales practices.
Lincoln UK received a letter from UK regulators on February 8, 2001, raising concerns with certain mortgage endowment products sold by British National Life Assurance Company ("BNLA"). The specific policies at issue were sold between the period of July 1988 through March 1994. Lincoln UK acquired BNLA from Citibank in August of 1993. Less than 6,000 of these BNLA policies remain in force.
In their letter and in subsequent discussions, UK regulators are contending that BNLA's sales literature was written in a manner that provides a contractual warranty that, if certain assumptions are achieved, the mortgage endowment would grow to a balance sufficient to repay the contractholder's mortgage. LNC strongly disagrees that any contractual warranties were made in the sale of these mortgage endowment policies. In August of 2001, LNC reaffirmed its position in a letter to the UK regulators and is awaiting their response. LNC is prepared to proceed with all available means of resolution, including pursuing regulatory, administrative and legal means of concluding this matter.
Following allegations made by the UK Consumers' Association (an organization which acts on behalf of consumers of goods and services provided in the UK) concerning various selling practices of CFPL, LNC has completed an internal review of 5,000 ten-year savings plans sold by CFPL during the period September 1, 1998 to August 31, 2000. The results of LNC's internal review are currently being discussed with the regulator. At this stage of discussion, it appears that the regulator will require LNC to complete additional review procedures before it will approve a resolution of these matters. The timetable and specific actions that may be involved in these additional review procedures are under current discussion with the regulator.
At December 31, 2001 and 2000, the aggregate liability associated with Lincoln UK selling practices was $164.3 million and $284.0 million, respectively. The reserves for these issues are based on various estimates that are subject to considerable uncertainty. Accordingly, the aggregate liability may prove to be deficient or excessive. However, it is management's opinion that future developments regarding Lincoln UK selling practices will not materially affect the consolidated financial position of LNC.
Marketing and Compliance Issues
Regulators continue to focus on market conduct and compliance issues. Under certain circumstances, companies operating in the insurance and financial services markets have been held responsible for providing incomplete or misleading sales materials and for replacing existing policies with policies that were less advantageous to the policyholder. LNC's management continues to monitor the company's sales materials and compliance procedures and is making an extensive effort to minimize any potential liability. Due to the uncertainty surrounding such matters, it is not possible to provide a meaningful estimate of the range of potential outcomes at this time; however, it is management's opinion that such future developments will not materially affect the consolidated financial position of LNC.
Euro Conversion
LNC owns operating companies in the UK and previously conducted business with companies located within Europe. LNC has modified its systems, financial activities and currency risk exposures to align with the first phase of the European Union's conversion to a new common currency (the Euro) that was adopted January 1, 1999. On January 1, 2002, the Euro banknotes and coins were put into circulation. It is management's opinion that the conversion of the physical currency along with the additional phases of this conversion, which will be implemented during the next few years, will not materially affect the consolidated financial position of LNC.
Leases
Certain of LNC's subsidiaries lease their home office properties through sale-leaseback agreements. The agreements provide for a 25 year lease period with options to renew for six additional terms of five years each. The agreements also provide LNC with the right of the first refusal to purchase the properties during the terms of the lease, including renewal periods, at a price defined in the agreements. LNC also has the option to purchase the leased properties at fair market value as defined in the agreements on the last day of the initial 25-year lease period ending in 2009 or the last day of any of the renewal periods.
Total rental expense on operating leases in 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $83.4 million, $88.4 million and $81.5 million, respectively. Future minimum rental commitments are as follows (in millions):
----------------------------------------------------------------------- 2002 - $73.4 2004 - $62.3 2006 - $56.1 2003 - 65.5 2005 - 58.9 Thereafter - 142.4 ======================================================================= |
Information Technology Commitment
In February 1998, LNL signed a seven-year contract with IBM Global Services for information technology services for the Fort Wayne operations. Annual costs are dependent on usage but are expected to range from $65.0 million to $75.0 million.
Insurance Ceded and Assumed
LNC's insurance companies cede insurance to other companies. The portion of risks exceeding each company's retention limit is reinsured with other insurers. LNC seeks reinsurance coverage within the businesses that sell life insurance to limit its liabilities. As of December 31, 2001, LNC's maximum retention was $10.0 million on a single insured. Portions of LNC's deferred annuity business have also been co-insured with other companies to limit LNC's exposure to interest rate risks. At December 31, 2001, the reserves associated with these reinsurance arrangements totaled $1,513.6 million. To cover products other than life insurance, LNC acquires other insurance coverages with retentions and limits that management believes are appropriate for the circumstances. The accompanying financial statements reflect premiums, benefits and deferred acquisition costs, net of insurance ceded (see Note 5). LNC's insurance companies remain liable if their reinsurers are unable to meet contractual obligations under applicable reinsurance agreements.
Certain LNC insurance companies assumed insurance from other companies. At December 31, 2001, LNC's insurance companies provided $75.3 million of statutory surplus relief to other insurance companies under reinsurance transactions through LNC's former Reinsurance segment. Generally, such amounts are offset by corresponding receivables from the ceding company, which are secured by future profits on the reinsured business. However, LNC's insurance companies are subject to the risk that the ceding company may become insolvent and the right of offset would not be permitted. LNC's reinsurance operations were acquired by Swiss Re on December 7, 2001. The transaction structure involved a series of indemnity reinsurance transactions combined with the sale of certain stock companies that comprised LNC's reinsurance operation. Under the indemnity reinsurance agreements, Swiss Re reinsured certain liabilities and obligations of LNC. Because LNC is not relieved of its legal liability to the ceding companies, the liabilities and obligations associated with the reinsured contracts remain on the consolidated balance sheets of LNC with a corresponding reinsurance receivable from Swiss Re.
Letters of Credit
LNC maintains $800 million in bank agreements to issue standby letters of credit on behalf of subsidiaries of LNC and for the benefit of third parties. These letters of credit support LNL's reinsurance needs and specific treaties associated with LNC's reinsurance business, which was acquired by Swiss Re on December 7, 2001 (see Note 11 for further discussion of this transaction). Letters of credit are primarily used to satisfy the U.S. regulatory requirements of domestic clients of the former Reinsurance segment who have contracted with the reinsurance subsidiaries not domiciled in the United States. The letter of credit allows the cedents to take credit for reinsured reserves on their statutory balance sheets. At December 31, 2001, there was a total of $765.7 million in outstanding bank letters of credit supporting 25 separate reinsurance treaties. In exchange for the letters of credit, LNC paid the banks approximately $3.8 million in fees in 2001.
Vulnerability from Concentrations
At December 31, 2001, LNC did not have a material concentration of
financial instruments in a single investee, industry or geographic
location. Also at December 31, 2001, LNC did not have a concentration of:
1) business transactions with a particular customer or lender; 2) sources
of supply of labor or services used in the business or; 3) a market or
geographic area in which business is conducted that makes it vulnerable to
an event that is at least reasonably possible to occur in the near term and
which could cause a severe impact to LNC's financial position. Although LNC
does not have any significant concentration of customers, LNC's Annuities
segment has a long-standing distribution relationship with American Funds
Distributors that is significant to this segment. In 2001, the American
Legacy Variable Annuity product line sold through American Funds
Distributors accounted for about 21% of LNC's total gross annuity deposits.
The relationship with American Funds Distributors is highly valued by LNC.
Both LNC and American Funds Distributors are continuously seeking ways to
increase sales and to retain the existing business.
Other Contingency Matters
LNC and its subsidiaries are involved in various pending or threatened legal proceedings, including purported class actions, arising from the conduct of business. In some instances, these proceedings include claims for unspecified or substantial punitive damages and similar types of relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability or requests for equitable relief. After consultation with legal counsel and a review of available facts, it is management's opinion that these proceedings ultimately will be resolved without materially affecting the consolidated financial position of LNC.
During the fourth quarter of 2000, LNL reached an agreement in principle to settle all class action lawsuits alleging fraud in the sale of LNL non-variable universal life and participating whole life insurance policies. It requires that LNL provide benefits and a claim process to policyholders who purchased non-variable universal life and participating whole life policies between January 1, 1981 and December 31, 1998. The settlement covers approximately 431,000 policies. Owners of approximately 4,300 policies have excluded themselves (opted-out) from the settlement and, with respect to these policies, will not be bound by the settlement. Total charges recorded during 2000 for this settlement aggregated $42.1 million after-tax ($64.7 million pre-tax). With the court's approval of the settlement in the second quarter of 2001 and the expiration in the third quarter of 2001 of the time to file an appeal, the case was concluded for all policyholders not previously opting out. During the third quarter of 2001, settlement was reached with some of the owners of policies who opted-out of the original settlement. Overall, the third quarter developments relating to these matters were slightly favorable when compared to the assumptions underlying the estimates made in 2000 when the related charges were taken; however, there is continuing uncertainty as to the ultimate costs of settling the remaining opt-out cases. It is management's opinion that such future developments will not materially affect the consolidated financial position of LNC.
State guaranty funds assess insurance companies to cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated companies. Mandatory assessments may be partially recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes in some states. LNC has accrued for expected assessments net of estimated future premium tax deductions.
Guarantees
LNC has guarantees with off-balance-sheet risks whose contractual amounts represent credit exposure. Guarantees with off-balance sheet risks having contractual values of $23.9 million and $35.5 million were outstanding at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Certain subsidiaries of LNC have invested in real estate partnerships that use industrial revenue bonds to finance their projects. LNC has guaranteed the repayment of principal and interest on these bonds. Certain subsidiaries of LNC are also involved in other real estate partnerships that use conventional mortgage loans. In some cases, the terms of these arrangements involve guarantees by each of the partners to indemnify the mortgagor in the event a partner is unable to pay its principal and interest payments. In addition, certain subsidiaries of LNC have sold commercial mortgage loans through grantor trusts, which issued pass-through certificates. These subsidiaries have agreed to repurchase any mortgage loans which remain delinquent for 90 days at a repurchase price substantially equal to the outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest thereon to the date of repurchase. It is management's opinion that the value of the properties underlying these commitments is sufficient that in the event of default, the impact would not be material to LNC.
Derivative Instruments
LNC maintains an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, equity risk, and credit risk. LNC assesses these risks by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate exposure, foreign currency exposure, equity market exposure, and credit exposure that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. Derivative instruments that are currently used as part of LNC's interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and swaptions. Derivative instruments that are used as part of LNC's foreign currency risk management strategy include foreign currency swaps and foreign exchange forwards. Call options on LNC stock are used as part of LNC's equity market risk management strategy. Call options on the S&P 500 index were used for reinsurance programs and as a result of the acquisition by Swiss Re of LNC's reinsurance operations, this equity market risk management strategy was terminated. LNC also uses credit default swaps as part of its credit risk management strategy.
By using derivative instruments, LNC is exposed to credit and market risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair value gain in the derivative. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty owes LNC and, therefore, creates a payment risk for LNC. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, LNC owes the counterparty and therefore LNC has no payment risk. LNC minimizes the credit (or payment) risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by LNC. LNC also maintains a policy of requiring that all derivative contracts be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association ("ISDA") Master Agreement.
LNC and LNL are required to maintain minimum ratings as a matter of routine practice in negotiating ISDA agreements. Under the majority of ISDA agreements and as a matter of policy, LNL has agreed to maintain financial strength or claims-paying ratings of S&P BBB and Moody's Baa2. A downgrade below these levels would result in termination of the derivatives contract at which time any amounts payable by LNC would be dependent on the market value of the underlying derivative contract. In certain transactions, LNC and the counterparty have entered into a collateral support agreement requiring LNC to post collateral upon significant downgrade. LNC is required to maintain long-term senior debt ratings of S&P BBB- and Moody's Baa3. LNC also requires for its own protection minimum rating standards for counterparty credit protection. LNL is required to maintain financial strength or claims-paying ratings of S&P A- and Moody's A3 under certain ISDA agreements which collectively do not represent material notional exposure. LNC does not believe the inclusion of termination or collateralization events pose any material threat to its liquidity position.
Market risk is the adverse effect that a change in interest rates, currency rates, implied volatility rates, or a change in certain equity indexes or instruments has on the value of a financial instrument. LNC manages the market risk by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken.
LNC's derivative instruments are monitored by its risk management committee as part of that committee's oversight of LNC's derivative activities. LNC's derivative instruments committee is responsible for implementing various hedging strategies that are developed through its analysis of financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources. The resulting hedging strategies are then incorporated into LNC's overall risk management strategies.
LNC has derivative instruments with off-balance-sheet risks whose notional or contract amounts exceed the credit exposure. Outstanding derivative instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, shown in notional or contract amounts along with their carrying value and estimated fair values, are as follows:
Assets (Liabilities) ---------------------------------------------- Notional or Carrying Fair Carrying Fair Contract Amounts Value Value Value Value ----------------------- --------------------------------------------- December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 2001 2001 2000 2000 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interest rate derivative instruments: Interest rate cap agreements 1,258.8 1,558.8 $0.6 $0.6 $2.7 $0.4 Swaptions 1,752.0 1,752.0 0.1 0.1 0.9 0.9 Interest rate swap agreements 507.6 708.2 18.1 18.1 7.2 38.1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total interest rate derivative instruments 3,518.4 4,019.0 18.8 18.8 10.8 39.4 Foreign currency derivative instruments: Foreign exchange forward contracts 67.0 124.3 (0.3) (0.3) (3.1) (3.1) Foreign currency swaps 94.6 37.5 5.8 5.8 2.5 2.5 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total foreign currency derivative instruments 161.6 161.8 5.5 5.5 (0.6) (0.6) Credit derivative instruments: Credit default swaps 29.0 29.0 0.9 0.9 -- -- Equity indexed derivative instruments: Call options (based on S&P) -- 183.3 -- -- 19.3 19.3 Call options (based on LNC Stock) 1.1 0.6 20.5 20.5 10.0 15.3 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total equity indexed derivative instruments 1.1 183.9 20.5 20.5 29.3 34.6 Embedded derivatives per FAS 133 -- -- 0.4 0.4 -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total derivative instruments* 3,710.1 4,393.7 $46.1 $46.1 $39.5 $73.4 ==================================================================================================================== * Total derivative instruments for 2001 are composed of $46.4 million and $(0.3) million on the consolidated balance sheet in Derivative Instruments and Other Liabilities, respectively. |
A reconciliation of the notional or contract amounts for the significant programs using derivative agreements and contracts is as follows:
Interest Rate Interest Rate Cap Agreements Swaptions Swap Agreements ------------------------------------------------------------------------- December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 2001 2000 2001 2000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Balance at beginning-of-year 1,558.8 2,508.8 1,752.0 1,837.5 708.2 630.9 New contracts -- -- -- -- 172.5 652.2 Terminations and maturities (300.0) (950.0) -- (85.5) (373.1) (574.9) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Balance at end-of-year 1,258.8 1,558.8 1,752.0 1,752.0 507.6 708.2 ================================================================================================================== Spread-Lock Financial Futures Agreements Contracts Put Options ------------------------------------------------------------------------- December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 2001 2000 2001 2000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Balance at beginning-of-year -- -- -- -- -- 21.3 New contracts -- 100.0 -- 267.2 -- -- Terminations and maturities -- (100.0) -- (267.2) -- (21.3) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Balance at end-of-year -- -- -- -- -- -- ================================================================================================================== Treasury Foreign Exchange Foreign Currency Swap Locks Forward Contracts Agreements -------------------------------------------------------------------------- December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 2001 2000 2001 2000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Balance at beginning-of-year -- -- 124.3 -- 37.5 44.2 New contracts 200.0 -- 523.1 1,945.4 80.9 -- Terminations and maturities (200.0) -- (578.5) (1,822.6) (23.8) (6.7) Foreign exchange adjustment -- -- (1.9) 1.5 -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Balance at end-of-year -- -- 67.0 124.3 94.6 37.5 ================================================================================================================== Credit Default Call Options Call Options Swaps (Based on S&P) (Based on LNC Stock) -------------------------------------------------------------------------- December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 2001 2000 2001 2000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Balance at beginning-of-year 29.0 -- 183.3 129.6 0.6 -- New contracts -- 29.0 141.9 100.0 0.6 0.6 Terminations and maturities -- -- (325.2) (46.3) (0.1) -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Balance at end-of-year 29.0 29.0 -- 183.3 1.1 0.6 ================================================================================================================== Total Return Swaps ----------------- December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Balance at beginning-of-year -- -- New contracts 190.0 -- Terminations and maturities (190.0) -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Balance at end-of-year -- -- ================================================================================================================== |
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
As of December 31, 2001, LNC had derivative instruments that were
designated and qualified as cash flow hedges and fair value hedges and
derivative instruments that were not designated as hedging instruments. LNC
did not have derivative instruments that were designated as hedges of a net
investment in a foreign operation. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements for detailed discussion of the accounting treatment for
derivative instruments. For the year ended December 31, 2001, LNC
recognized a net loss of $6.0 million after-tax in net income as a
component of realized gains and losses on investments. This loss relates to
the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, the change in market value for
derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, and the gain
(loss) on swap terminations. For the year ended December 31, 2001, LNC
recognized a gain of $3.5 million after-tax in OCI related to the change in
market value on derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as
hedges. In addition, $3.5 million after-tax was reclassified from
unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale to unrealized gain
(loss) on derivative instruments, both in OCI. This reclassification
relates to derivative instruments that were marked to market through
unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale prior to the
adoption of FAS 133.
Derivative Instruments Designated in Cash Flow Hedges
Interest Rate Swap Agreements. LNC uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge its exposure to floating rate bond coupon payments, replicating a fixed rate bond. An interest rate swap is a contractual agreement to exchange payments at one or more times based on the actual or expected price level, performance or value of one or more underlying interest rates. LNC is required to pay the counterparty the stream of variable interest payments based on the coupon payments from the hedged bonds, and in turn, receives a fixed payment from the counterparty, at a predetermined interest rate. The net receipts/payments from these interest rate swaps are recorded in net investment income. Gains (losses) on interest rate swaps hedging interest rate exposure on floating rate bond coupon payments are reclassified from accumulated OCI to net income as bond interest is accrued.
LNC also uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge its exposure to interest rate fluctuations related to the forecasted purchase of assets for certain investment portfolios. The gains (losses) resulting from the swap agreements are recorded in OCI. The gains (losses) are reclassified from accumulated OCI to earnings over the life of the assets once the assets are purchased. The forecasted purchase of assets related to certain investment portfolios is a continuing hedge program. As of December 31, 2001, there were no interest rate swaps hedging forecasted asset purchases.
Foreign Currency Swaps. LNC uses foreign currency swaps, which are traded over-the-counter, to hedge some of the foreign exchange risk of investments in fixed maturity securities denominated in foreign currencies. A foreign currency swap is a contractual agreement to exchange the currencies of two different countries at a specified rate of exchange in the future. Gains (losses) on foreign currency swaps hedging foreign exchange risk exposure on foreign currency bond coupon payments are reclassified from accumulated OCI to net income as bond interest is accrued. The foreign currency swaps expire in 2002 through 2006.
Call Options on LNC Stock. LNC uses call options on LNC stock to hedge the expected increase in liabilities arising from stock appreciation rights ("SARs") granted on LNC stock. Upon option expiration, the payment, if any, is the increase in LNC's stock price over the strike price of the option applied to the number of contracts. Call options hedging vested SARs are not eligible for hedge accounting and both are marked to market through net income. Call options hedging nonvested SARs are eligible for hedge accounting and are accounted for as cash flow hedges of the forecasted vesting of SAR liabilities. To the extent that the cash flow hedges are effective, changes in the fair value of the call options are recorded in OCI. Amounts recorded in accumulated OCI are reclassified to net income upon vesting of SARs. LNC's call option positions will be maintained until such time the SARs are either exercised or expire and LNC's SAR liabilities are extinguished. The SARs expire five years from the date of grant.
Treasury Lock. LNC used a treasury lock agreement to hedge its exposure to variability in future semi-annual interest payments, attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate, related to the issuance of its 10-year $250 million senior debt. A treasury lock is an agreement that allows the holder to lock in a benchmark interest rate, so that if the benchmark interest rate increases, the holder is entitled to receive a payment from the counterparty to the agreement equal to the present value of the difference in the benchmark interest rate at the determination date and the locked-in benchmark interest rate. If the benchmark interest rate decreases, the holder must pay the counterparty to the agreement an amount equal to the present value of the difference in the benchmark interest rate at the determination date and the locked-in benchmark interest rate. The receipt (payment) from the termination of a treasury lock is recorded in OCI and is reclassified from accumulated OCI to interest expense over the coupon paying period of the related senior debt.
Total Return Swaps. LNC used total return swaps to hedge its exposure to interest rate and spread risk resulting from the forecasted sale of assets in a securitization of certain LNC mortgage loans. A total return swap is an agreement that allows the holder to protect itself against loss of value by effectively transferring the economic risk of asset ownership to the counterparty. The holder pays (receives) the total return equal to interest plus capital gains or losses on a referenced asset and receives a floating rate of interest. As of December 31, 2001, LNC did not have any open total return swaps.
Gains and losses on derivative contracts that are reclassified from accumulated OCI to current period earnings are included in the line item in which the hedged item is recorded. As of December 31, 2001, $18.2 million of the deferred net gains on derivative instruments accumulated in OCI are expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next twelve months. This reclassification is primarily due to the receipt of interest payments associated with variable rate securities and forecasted purchases, payment of interest on LNC's senior debt, the receipt of interest payments associated with foreign currency securities, and the periodic vesting of SARs.
Derivative Instruments Designated in Fair Value Hedges
Interest Rate Swap Agreements. LNC uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge the risk of paying a higher fixed rate interest on company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures than would be paid on long-term debt based on current interest rates in the marketplace. LNC is required to pay the counterparty a stream of variable interest payments based on the referenced index, and in turn, receives a fixed payment from the counterparty, at a predetermined interest rate. The net receipts/payments from these interest rate swaps are recorded as an adjustment to the interest expense related to the debt being hedged. The changes in fair value of the interest rate swap are reported in the consolidated statement of income in the period of change along with the offsetting changes in fair value of the debt being hedged.
All Other Derivative Instruments
LNC uses various other derivative instruments for risk management purposes that either do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment or have not currently been qualified by LNC for hedge accounting treatment. The gain or loss related to the change in market value for these derivative instruments is recognized in current income during the period of change (reported as realized gain (loss) on investments in the consolidated statement of income except where otherwise noted below).
Interest Rate Cap Agreements. The interest rate cap agreements, which expire in 2002 through 2006, entitle LNC to receive quarterly payments from the counterparties on specified future reset dates, contingent on future interest rates. For each cap, the amount of such quarterly payments, if any, is determined by the excess of a market interest rate over a specified cap rate multiplied by the notional amount divided by four. The purpose of LNC's interest rate cap agreement program is to provide a level of protection for its annuity line of business from the effect of rising interest rates. The interest rate cap agreements provide an economic hedge of the annuity line of business. However, the interest rate cap agreements are not linked to assets and liabilities on the balance sheet that meet the significantly increased level of specificity required under FAS 133. Therefore, the interest rate cap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting under FAS 133.
Swaptions. Swaptions, which expire in 2002 through 2003, entitle LNC to
receive settlement payments from the counterparties on specified expiration
dates, contingent on future interest rates. For each swaption, the amount
of such settlement payments, if any, is determined by the present value of
the difference between the fixed rate on a market rate swap and the strike
rate multiplied by the notional amount. The purpose of LNC's swaption
program is to provide a level of protection for its annuity line of
business from the effect of rising interest rates. The swaptions provide an
economic hedge of the annuity line of business. However, the swaptions are
not linked to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet that
meet the significantly increased level of specificity required under FAS
133. Therefore, the swaptions do not qualify for hedge accounting under FAS
133.
Foreign Exchange Forwards. LNC's foreign affiliate, Lincoln UK, uses foreign exchange forward contracts, which are traded over-the-counter, to hedge short-term debt issuance in currencies other than the British Pound. The foreign currency forward contracts obligate LNC to deliver a specified amount of currency at a future date at a specified exchange rate. The foreign exchange forward contracts are marked to market through interest and debt expense within the income statement.
Credit Default Swaps. LNC uses credit default swaps which expire in 2002 through 2006 to hedge against a drop in bond prices due to credit concerns of certain bond issuers. A credit default swap allows LNC to put the bond back to the counterparty at par upon a credit event by the bond issuer. A credit event is defined as bankruptcy, failure to pay, or obligation acceleration. LNC has not currently qualified credit default swaps for hedge accounting under FAS 133 as amounts are insignificant.
Call Options on S&P 500 Index. Prior to Swiss Re's acquisition of LNC's reinsurance operation in December 2001, LNC used S&P 500 index call options to offset the increase in its liabilities resulting from certain reinsurance agreements which guaranteed payment of the appreciation of the S&P 500 index on certain underlying annuity products. The call options provided LNC with settlement payments from the counterparties on specified expiration dates. The payment, if any, was the percentage increase in the index, over the strike price defined in the contract, applied to the notional amount. The S&P 500 call options provided an economic hedge of the reinsurance liabilities, but the hedging relationship was not eligible for hedge accounting treatment under FAS 133.
Call Options on LNC Stock. As discussed previously in the Cash Flow Hedges section, LNC uses call options on LNC stock to hedge the expected increase in liabilities arising from SARs granted on LNC stock. Call options hedging vested SARs are not eligible for hedge accounting treatment under FAS 133.
Derivative Instrument Embedded in Deferred Compensation Plan. LNC has certain deferred compensation plans that have embedded derivative instruments. The liability related to these plans varies based on the investment options selected by the participants. The liability related to certain investment options selected by the participants is marked to market through net income. This derivative instrument is not eligible for hedge accounting treatment under FAS 133.
Call Options on Bifurcated Remarketable Put Bonds. LNC owns various debt securities that contain call options attached by an investment banker before the sale to the investor. These freestanding call options are exercisable by a party other than the issuer of the debt security to which they are attached and are accounted for separately from the debt security. LNC has not currently qualified call options bifurcated from remarketable put bonds for hedge accounting treatment as amounts are insignificant.
LNC has used certain other derivative instruments in the past for hedging purposes. Although other derivative instruments may have been used in the past, any derivative type that was not outstanding from January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001 is not discussed in this disclosure. Other derivative instruments LNC has used include spread-lock agreements, financial futures, put options, and commodity swaps. At December 31, 2001, there are no outstanding positions in these derivative instruments.
Additional Derivative Information. Income and (expenses) for the agreements and contracts described above amounted to $3.5 million, $(7.3) million and $(9.9) million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The increase in income for 2001 was primarily because amortization of premiums for caps and swaptions is no longer recorded through operating income. Deferred losses of $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 were primarily the result of terminated interest rate swaps, spread-locks, put options, and financial futures contracts. These losses were included with the related fixed maturity securities to which the hedge applied or as deferred assets and were being amortized over the life of such securities until FAS 133 was adopted as of January 1, 2001.
LNC is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by counterparties on various derivative contracts. However, LNC does not anticipate nonperformance by any of the counterparties. The credit risk associated with such agreements is minimized by purchasing such agreements from financial institutions with long-standing, superior performance records. The amount of such exposure is essentially the net replacement cost or market value less collateral held for such agreements with each counterparty if the net market value is in LNC's favor. At December 31, 2001, the exposure was $48.9 million.
Events of September 11, 2001. In the third quarter of 2001, LNC recorded losses totaling $33.2 million after-tax ($51.1 million pre-tax) for claims associated with the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks. Of the total losses, $13.9 million after-tax was estimated for incurred but not reported claims, $1.0 million after-tax was estimated for losses from participation in a group life reinsurance pool and $8.2 million after-tax was estimated for a recovery from participation in an individual life reinsurance pool. In the fourth quarter of 2001, based upon updated information received regarding actual claims reported, a reduction in the estimate of losses was recorded in the amount of $8.7 million after-tax ($13.4 million pre-tax) for incurred but not reported claims related to both reinsurance business and life insurance business. Uncertainty regarding these estimates has diminished. Based upon currently available information, LNC does not believe that future loss development will vary significantly from its current estimates.
8. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following discussion outlines the methodologies and assumptions used to determine the estimated fair value of LNC's financial instruments. Considerable judgment is required to develop these fair values. Accordingly, the estimates shown are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in a one-time, current market exchange of all of LNC's financial instruments.
Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities. Fair values for fixed maturity securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. For fixed maturity securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values obtained from independent pricing services. In the case of private placements, fair values are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market rate applicable to the coupon rate, credit quality and maturity of the investments. The fair values for equity securities are based on quoted market prices.
Mortgage Loans on Real Estate. The estimated fair value of mortgage loans on real estate was established using a discounted cash flow method based on credit rating, maturity and future income. The ratings for mortgages in good standing are based on property type, location, market conditions, occupancy, debt service coverage, loan to value, caliber of tenancy, borrower and payment record. Fair values for impaired mortgage loans are based on: 1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate; 2) the loan's market price or; 3) the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
Policy Loans. The estimated fair value of investments in policy loans was calculated on a composite discounted cash flow basis using Treasury interest rates consistent with the maturity durations assumed. These durations were based on historical experience.
Other Investments, and Cash and Invested Cash. The carrying value for assets classified as other investments, and cash and invested cash in the accompanying balance sheets approximates their fair value.
Investment Type Insurance Contracts. The balance sheet captions, "Insurance Policy and Claim Reserves" and "Contractholder Funds," include investment type insurance contracts (i.e. deposit contracts and certain guaranteed interest contracts). The fair values for the deposit contracts and certain guaranteed interest contracts are based on their approximate surrender values. The fair values for the remaining guaranteed interest and similar contracts are estimated using discounted cash flow calculations. These calculations are based on interest rates currently offered on similar contracts with maturities that are consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued.
The remainder of the balance sheet captions "Insurance Policy and Claim Reserves" and "Contractholder Funds" that do not fit the definition of "investment type insurance contracts" are considered insurance contracts. Fair value disclosures are not required for these insurance contracts and have not been determined by LNC. It is LNC's position that the disclosure of the fair value of these insurance contracts is important because readers of these financial statements could draw inappropriate conclusions about LNC's shareholders' equity determined on a fair value basis. It could be misleading if only the fair value of assets and liabilities defined as financial instruments are disclosed. LNC and other companies in the insurance industry are monitoring the related actions of the various rule-making bodies and attempting to determine an appropriate methodology for estimating and disclosing the "fair value" of their insurance contract liabilities.
Short-term and Long-term Debt. Fair values for long-term debt issues are based on quoted market prices or estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on LNC's current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements where quoted prices are not available. For short-term debt, the carrying value approximates fair value.
Company-Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trusts Holding Solely Junior Subordinated Debentures. Fair values for company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures are based on quoted market prices.
Guarantees. LNC's guarantees include guarantees related to industrial revenue bonds, real estate partnerships and mortgage loan pass-through certificates. Based on historical performance where repurchases have been negligible and the current status of the debt, none of the loans are delinquent and the fair value liability for the guarantees related to the industrial revenue bonds, real estate partnerships and mortgage loan pass-through certificates is insignificant.
Derivatives. LNC employs several different methods for determining the fair value of its derivative instruments. Fair values for these contracts are based on current settlement values. These values are based on: 1) quoted market prices for foreign currency exchange contracts and financial futures contracts; 2) industry standard models that are commercially available for interest rate cap agreements, swaptions, spread-lock agreements, interest rate swaps, commodity swaps, credit default swaps, total return swaps and put options; 3) Monte Carlo techniques for the equity call options on LNC stock. These techniques project cash flows of the derivatives using current and implied future market conditions. The cash flows are then present valued to arrive at the derivatives' current fair market values; and 4) Black-Scholes pricing methodology for standard European equity call options.
Investment Commitments. Fair values for commitments to make investments in fixed maturity securities (primarily private placements), mortgage loans on real estate and real estate are based on the difference between the value of the committed investments as of the date of the accompanying balance sheets and the commitment date. These estimates take into account changes in interest rates, the counterparties' credit standing and the remaining terms of the commitments.
Separate Accounts. Assets held in separate accounts are reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The related liabilities are also reported at fair value in amounts equal to the separate account assets.
The carrying values and estimated fair values of LNC's financial instruments are as follows:
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair Value Value Value Value ---------------------------------------------- December 31 (in millions) 2001 2001 2000 2000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Assets (liabilities): Fixed maturities securities $28,345.7 $28,345.7 $27,449.8 $27,449.8 Equity securities 470.5 470.5 549.7 549.7 Mortgage loans on real estate 4,535.6 4,691.1 4,663.0 4,702.5 Policy loans 1,939.7 2,098.1 1,960.9 2,096.4 Derivative instruments* 46.1 46.1 39.5 73.4 Other investments 507.4 507.4 463.3 463.3 Cash and invested cash 3,095.5 3,095.5 1,927.4 1,927.4 Investment type insurance contracts: Deposit contracts and certain guaranteed interest contracts (18,142.7) (18,183.5) (16,813.2) (16,654.8) Remaining guaranteed interest and similar contracts (205.2) (202.6) (817.3) (784.5) Short-term debt (350.2) (350.2) (312.9) (312.9) Long-term debt (861.7) (870.5) (712.2) (707.4) Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior subordinated debentures (474.7) (478.3) (745.0) (722.7) Guarantees (0.3) -- (0.3) -- Investment commitments -- (5.3) -- 2.8 ================================================================================================= * Derivative instruments for 2001 are composed of $46.4 million and $(0.3) million on the consolidated balance sheet in Derivative Instruments and Other Liabilities, respectively. |
As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, the carrying value of the deposit contracts and certain guaranteed contracts is net of deferred acquisition costs of $338.9 million and $169.6 million, respectively, excluding adjustments for deferred acquisition costs applicable to changes in fair value of securities. The carrying values of these contracts are stated net of deferred acquisition costs so that they are comparable with the fair value basis.
9. Segment Information
LNC has four business segments: Annuities (effective March 7, 2002, this segment will be known as Lincoln Retirement), Life Insurance, Investment Management and Lincoln UK.
Prior to the fourth quarter of 2001, LNC had a Reinsurance segment ("Lincoln Re"). LNC's reinsurance business was acquired by Swiss Re in December 2001. As the majority of the business acquired by Swiss Re was via indemnity reinsurance agreements, LNC is not relieved of its legal liability to the ceding companies for this business. This means that the liabilities and obligations associated with the reinsured contracts remain on the consolidated balance sheet of LNC with a corresponding reinsurance receivable from Swiss Re. In addition, the gain resulting from the indemnity reinsurance portion of the transaction was deferred and is being amortized into earnings at the rate that earnings on the reinsured business are expected to emerge, over a period of seven to 15 years on a declining basis. After the acquisition of this business by Swiss Re, the ongoing management of the indemnity reinsurance contracts and the reporting of the deferred gain will be within LNC's Other Operations. Given the lengthy period of time over which LNC will continue to amortize the deferred gain, and the fact that related assets and liabilities will continue to be reported on LNC's financial statements, the historical results for the Reinsurance segment prior to the close of the transaction with Swiss Re will not be reflected in discontinued operations, but as a separate line in Other Operations. The results for 2001 are for the eleven months ended November 30, 2001. Earlier periods were restated to aid comparability of segment reporting between periods.
The Annuities segment, headquartered in Fort Wayne, Indiana, provides tax-deferred investment growth and lifetime income opportunities for its clients through the manufacture and sale of fixed and variable annuities. Through a broad-based distribution network, the Annuities segment provides an array of annuity products to individuals and employer-sponsored groups in all 50 states of the United States. The Annuities segment distributes some of its products through LNC's wholesaling unit, Lincoln Financial Distributors ("LFD"), as well as LNC's retail unit, Lincoln Financial Advisors ("LFA"). In addition, the Annuities segment has alliances with a variety of unrelated companies where LNC provides the manufacturing platform for annuity products and the alliance company provides investment management, marketing and distribution.
The Life Insurance segment, headquartered in Hartford, Connecticut, focuses on the creation and protection of wealth for its clients through the manufacture and sale of life insurance products throughout the United States. The Life Insurance segment offers, through its Hartford operations, universal life, variable universal life, interest-sensitive whole life and corporate owned life insurance. Additional offerings through its Schaumburg, Illinois operations include universal life, linked-benefit life (a universal life product with a long-term care benefit) and term life insurance. All of the Life Insurance segment's products are distributed through LFD and LFA.
The Investment Management segment, headquartered in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, offers a variety of asset management services to retail and institutional clients throughout the United States and certain foreign countries. Its product offerings include mutual funds and managed accounts. It also provides investment management and account administration services for variable annuity products, and 401(k), pension, endowment and trust accounts. Retail products are distributed through both LFD and LFA. Institutional products including large case 401(k) plans are marketed by a separate sales force in conjunction with pension consultants. The Investment Management segment also provides investment advisory services for certain insurance and corporate portfolios of LNC.
Lincoln UK is headquartered in Barnwood, Gloucester, England, and is licensed to do business throughout the United Kingdom ("UK"). Although Lincoln UK transferred its sales force to Inter-Alliance Group PLC in the third quarter of 2000, it continues to manage, administer and accept new deposits on its current block of business and, as required by UK regulation, accept new business for certain products. Lincoln UK's product portfolio principally consists of unit-linked life and pension products, which are similar to U.S. produced variable life and annuity products.
LNC reports operations not directly related to the business segments and unallocated corporate items (i.e., corporate investment income, interest expense on corporate debt, unallocated overhead expenses, and the operations of Lincoln Financial Advisors ("LFA") and Lincoln Financial Distributors ("LFD")) in "Other Operations". As noted above, the financial results of the former Reinsurance segment were moved to Other Operations upon the close of the transaction with Swiss Re in December 2001.
Financial data by segment for 1999 through 2001 is as follows: Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Revenue, Excluding Net Investment Income and Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments and Derivative Instruments and Sale of Subsidiaries: Annuities $663.1 $745.4 $653.8 Life Insurance 987.3 964.9 922.5 Investment Management 383.8 436.5 438.7 Lincoln UK 216.1 364.7 368.3 Other Operations (includes consolidating adjustments) 1,552.3 1,621.2 1,609.9 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $3,802.6 $4,132.7 $3,993.2 Net Investment Income: Annuities $1,370.0 $1,393.5 $1,474.2 Life Insurance 910.2 871.5 840.1 Investment Management 53.6 57.7 56.9 Lincoln UK 64.8 70.3 75.3 Other Operations (includes consolidating adjustments) 281.0 354.1 361.0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $2,679.6 $2,747.1 $2,807.5 Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments and Derivative Instruments and Sale of Subsidiaries: Annuities $(64.8) $(5.2) $(12.1) Life Insurance (56.9) (17.4) (2.2) Investment Management (3.7) (3.9) (0.1) Lincoln UK 12.4 3.2 3.0 Other Operations (includes consolidating adjustments) 11.4 (5.0) 14.4 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $(101.6) $(28.3) $3.0 Income (Loss) before Federal Income Taxes and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes: Annuities $312.8 $438.0 $368.7 Life Insurance 369.8 392.7 332.2 Investment Management 19.1 58.2 82.5 Lincoln UK 61.6 (23.7) (100.1) Other Operations (includes consolidating adjustments) 0.8 (28.9) (113.3) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $764.1 $836.3 $570.0 Income Tax Expense (Benefit): Annuities $36.3 $79.4 $77.2 Life Insurance 131.2 143.4 120.7 Investment Management 7.2 21.2 30.9 Lincoln UK (7.3) (10.5) (81.9) Other Operations (includes consolidating adjustments) (9.1) (18.6) (37.3) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $158.3 $214.9 $109.6 Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes: Annuities $(7.3) -- -- Life Insurance (5.5) -- -- Investment Management (0.1) -- -- Lincoln UK -- -- -- Other Operations (includes consolidating adjustments) (2.7) -- -- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $(15.6) -- -- Net Income (Loss): Annuities $269.2 $358.6 $291.5 Life Insurance 233.1 249.3 211.5 Investment Management 11.8 37.0 51.6 Lincoln UK 68.9 (13.2) (18.2) Other Operations (includes consolidating adjustments) 7.2 (10.3) (76.0) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $590.2 $621.4 $460.4 =============================================================================================== |
December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Assets: Annuities $56,888.2 $60,267.1 $63,921.0 Life Insurance 18,409.7 17,939.1 16,433.5 Investment Management 1,460.5 1,439.0 1,483.1 Lincoln UK 7,788.8 8,763.7 9,712.8 Other Operations (includes consolidating adjustments) 13,454.1 11,435.2 11,545.3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total $98,001.3 $99,844.1 $103,095.7 =============================================================================================== |
During 2000, management initiated a plan to change the operational and management reporting structure of LNC's wholesale distribution organization. Beginning with the quarter ended March 31, 2001, Lincoln Financial Distributors ("LFD"), the wholesaling arm of LNC's distribution network, was reported within Other Operations. Previously, LNC's wholesaling efforts were conducted separately within the Annuities, Life Insurance and Investment Management segments. Earlier periods were restated to aid comparability of segment reporting between periods.
Also, in the fourth quarter of 2000, a decision was made to change the management reporting and operational responsibilities for First Penn-Pacific's Schaumburg, Illinois annuities business. Beginning with the quarter ended March 31, 2001, the financial reporting for First Penn-Pacific's annuities business was included in the Annuities segment. This business was previously managed and reported in the Life Insurance Segment. Earlier periods were restated to aid the comparability of segment reporting between periods.
Prior to 2001, the management of general account investments performed by the Investment Management segment for LNC's U.S. based insurance operations was generally priced on an "at cost" basis. Effective January 1, 2001, substantially all of these internal investment management services were priced on an arms-length "profit" basis. Under this new internal pricing standard, the Investment Management segment receives approximately 18.5 basis points on certain assets under management. The change in pricing of internal investment management services impacted segment reporting results for the Annuities, Life Insurance, Reinsurance and Investment Management segments, along with Other Operations. Earlier periods were restated to aid the comparability of segment reporting between periods.
Most of LNC's foreign operations are conducted by Lincoln UK, a UK company. The data for this company is shown above under the Lincoln UK segment heading. The other segments, except for the Annuities segment, have non-U.S. operations. Foreign intracompany revenues are not significant. Financial data for Lincoln UK and the other non-U.S. units* is as follows:
Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Revenue $395.5 $536.3 $572.4 Net Income (Loss) before Federal Income Taxes 111.9 (7.1) (60.4) Income Tax Expense (Benefit) 9.5 (10.2) (56.6) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Income (Loss) $102.4 $3.1 $(3.8) Assets (at end of year) $7,889.7 $8,896.8 $9,820.0 =============================================================================================== * The financial data for other non-U.S. units includes the activity of several former reinsurance subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 and for the eleven months ended November 30, 2001. These entities were sold to Swiss Re in December 2001. |
10. Shareholders' Equity
LNC's common and series A preferred stock is without par value.
All of the issued and outstanding series A preferred stock is $3 cumulative convertible and is convertible at any time into shares of common stock. The conversion rate is sixteen shares of common stock for each share of series A preferred stock, subject to adjustment for certain events. The series A preferred stock is redeemable at the option of LNC at $80 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Outstanding series A preferred stock has full voting rights, subject to adjustment if LNC is in default as to the payment of dividends. If LNC is liquidated or dissolved, holders of series A preferred stock will be entitled to payments of $80 per share. The difference between the aggregate preference on liquidation value and the financial statement balance for the series A preferred stock was $1.1 million at December 31, 2001.
LNC has outstanding one common share purchase ("Right") on each outstanding share of LNC's common stock. A Right will also be issued with each share of LNC's common stock that is issued before the Rights become exercisable or expire. If a person or group announces an offer that would result in beneficial ownership of 15% or more of LNC's common stock, the Rights will become exercisable and each Right will entitle its holder to purchase one share of LNC's common stock for $100. Upon the acquisition of 15% or more of LNC's common stock, each holder of a Right (other than the person acquiring the 15% or more) will have the right to acquire the number of shares of LNC common stock that have a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. If LNC is acquired in a business combination transaction in which LNC does not survive, each holder of a Right (other than the acquiring person) will have the right to acquire common stock of the acquiring person having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. LNC can redeem each Right for one cent at any time prior to the tenth day after a person or group has acquired 15% or more of LNC's common stock. The Rights expire on November 14, 2006. As of December 31, 2001, there were 186,943,738 Rights outstanding.
During 2001, 2000 and 1999, LNC purchased and retired 11,278,022, 6,222,581 and 7,675,000 shares, respectively, of its common stock at a total cost of $503.7 million, $210.0 million and $377.7 million, respectively. The common stock account was reduced for these purchases in proportion to the percentage of shares acquired. The remainder of the purchase price was charged to retained earnings.
During May 1999, LNC's Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split for its common stock. The record date for the stock split was June 4, 1999 and the additional shares were distributed to shareholders on June 21, 1999. The 1999 consolidated financial statements including per share disclosures in these notes, have been adjusted to reflect the effects of the common stock split for all periods presented.
Per share amounts for net income from continuing operations are shown on the income statement using 1) an earnings per common share basic calculation and 2) an earnings per common share-assuming dilution calculation. A reconciliation of the factors used in the two calculations are as follows:
Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Numerator: [millions] Net income as used in basic calculation $590.1 $621.3 $460.3 Dividends on convertible preferred stock 0.1 0.1 0.1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- $590.2 $621.4 $460.4 Denominator: [number of shares] Weighted-average shares, as used in basic calculation 188,624,613 191,257,414 197,817,053 Shares to cover conversion of preferred stock 389,024 438,391 491,014 Shares to cover non-vested stock 31,160 10,673 347,145 Average stock options outstanding during the period 16,624,905 13,652,143 8,464,229 Assumed acquisition of shares with assumed proceeds and benefits from exercising stock options (at average market price for the year). (13,163,012) (11,102,355) (6,796,998) Average deferred compensation shares 796,575 664,551 95,236 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weighted-average shares, as used in diluted calculation 193,303,265 194,920,817 200,417,679 =============================================================================================== |
LNC has stock options outstanding which were issued at prices that are above the current average market price of LNC common stock. In the event the average market price of LNC's common stock exceeds the issue price of stock options, such options would be dilutive to LNC's earnings per share and will be shown in the table above. During 1999, LNC changed its deferred compensation plans so that participants selecting LNC stock for measuring the investment return attributable to their deferral amounts will be paid out in LNC stock. The obligation to satisfy these deferred compensation plan liabilities is dilutive and is shown in the table above.
Details underlying the balance sheet caption "Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities Available-for-Sale," are as follows:
Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fair value of securities available-for-sale $28,816.2 $27,999.5 Cost of securities available-for-sale 28,400.4 27,839.9 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Unrealized gain 415.8 159.6 Adjustments to deferred acquisition costs (83.1) 74.8 Amounts required to satisfy policyholder commitments (38.8) (243.4) Deferred income credits (taxes) (98.2) 19.7 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale 195.7 10.7 Change in fair value of derivatives designated as a hedge in 2000 (classified as other investments) -- 1.3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale $195.7 $12.0 ================================================================================== |
Adjustments to deferred acquisition costs and amounts required to satisfy policyholder commitments are netted against the Deferred Acquisition Costs asset line and included within the Insurance Policy and Claim Reserves line on the balance sheet, respectively.
Details underlying "Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities Available-for-Sale, Net of Reclassification Adjustment" shown on the Consolidated Statements of Shareholder's Equity are as follows:
Year Ended December 31 (in millions) 2001 2000 1999 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale arising during the year $345.4 $317.4 $(1,202.4) Less: reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) included in net income (1) 43.8 (60.9) (3.0) Less: Federal income tax expense (benefit) 117.9 (99.4) (181.3) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale, net of reclassification and Federal income tax expense (benefit) $183.7 $477.7 $(1,018.1) =============================================================================================== (1) The reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) does not include the impact of associated adjustments to deferred acquisition costs and amounts required to satisfy policyholder commitments. |
The "Unrealized Gain on Derivative Instruments" component of other comprehensive income shown on the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for 2001 is net of Federal income tax expense of $12.6 million ($9.5 million of the tax expense relates to the transition adjustment recorded in the first quarter of 2001 for the adoption of FAS 133) and adjustments to deferred amortization costs of $23.8 million ($18.3 million relates to the transition adjustment recorded for the adoption of FAS 133.)
The "Foreign Currency Translation" component of other comprehensive income shown on the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity is net of Federal income tax expense (benefit) of $(16.1) million, $(4.4) million and $(10.7) million for 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.
11. Acquisitions and Divestitures
On November 1, 1999, LNC closed its previously announced agreement to transfer a block of disability income business to MetLife. Under this indemnity reinsurance agreement, LNC transferred $490.4 million of cash to MetLife representing the statutory reserves transferred on this business, net of $18.5 million of purchase price consideration. In accordance with the accounting rules for indemnity reinsurance transactions, the gain on sale was deferred. At December 31, 2001, a deferred gain of $64.8 million related to this transaction is included in the overall deferred gain associated with the acquisition of LNC's reinsurance operations by Swiss Re and is being amortized at the rate that earnings are expected to emerge on this reinsured business.
On September 13, 1999, LNC announced that it had reached an agreement to purchase Alden Risk Management Services, the employer medical stop-loss business of the John Alden Life Insurance Company for $41.5 million in cash. The agreement also includes the purchase of a block of group life and accidental death and dismemberment business. The purchase closed on November 1, 1999. As of December 31, 1999, the application of purchase accounting to this block of business resulted in goodwill of $34.1 million and other intangible assets (i.e., present value of future service rights) of $13.7 million. This business was sold as part of Swiss Re's acquisition of LNC's reinsurance business on December 7, 2001. (See below for further discussion of this transaction.)
On March 30, 2000, LNC transferred its 49% share of Seguros Serfin Lincoln to its partner, Grupo Financiero Serfin S.A., for $100.5 million. The proceeds included the recovery of LNC's investment which freed up approximately $90.0 million of capital and included interest income of $14.1 million ($9.2 million after-tax).
On December 7, 2001, Swiss Re acquired LNC's reinsurance operation for $2.0 billion. In addition, LNC retained the capital supporting the reinsurance operation. After giving affect to the increased levels of capital needed within the Life Insurance and Annuity segments that result from the change in the ongoing mix of business under LNC's internal capital allocation models, the disposition of LNC's reinsurance operation has freed-up approximately $100 million of capital. The transaction structure involved a series of indemnity reinsurance transactions combined with the sale of certain stock companies that comprised LNC's reinsurance operation. An immediate gain of $15.0 million after-tax was recognized on the sale of the stock companies.
Under the indemnity reinsurance agreements, Swiss Re reinsured certain liabilities and obligations of LNC. Because LNC is not relieved of its legal liability to the ceding companies, in accordance with FAS 113, the liabilities and obligations associated with the reinsured contracts remain on the consolidated balance sheets of LNC with a corresponding reinsurance receivable from Swiss Re.
A gain of $723.1 million ($1.1 billion pre-tax) was generated under the indemnity reinsurance agreements. This gain was recorded as a deferred gain on LNC's consolidated balance sheet in accordance with the requirements of FAS 113 and is being amortized into earnings at the rate that earnings on the reinsured business are expected to emerge, over a period of seven to 15 years on a declining basis. During 2001, LNC recognized in Other Operations $5.0 million ($7.9 million pre-tax) of deferred gain amortization. In addition, LNC recognized $7.9 million ($12.5 million pre-tax) of accelerated deferred gain amortization relating to the fact that certain Canadian indemnity reinsurance contracts were novated after the sale, but prior to year-end.
LNC and Swiss Re have not agreed upon the final closing financial statements associated with the December 7, 2001 transactions. There are currently disputed matters of approximately $500 million, which relate primarily to personal accident business reserves and recoverables. LNC's ongoing indemnification to Swiss Re on the underlying reinsurance business is limited to the personal accident business. Pursuant to the purchase agreement, LNC's exposure is capped at $100 million ($65 million after-tax) for net future payments under the personal accident programs in excess of $148 million, which represents the personal accident liabilities net of the assets held for reinsurance recoverable at December 31, 2000. Up to $200 million of net payments in excess of the net liabilities will be shared on a 50/50 basis between LNC and Swiss Re. LNC has no continuing indemnification risk to Swiss Re on other reinsurance lines of business including disability income, HMO excess-of-loss, group carrier medical and property and casualty reinsurance lines.
Under the timeframe provided for within the acquisition agreement for dispute resolution, it is probable that the earliest point that these matters will be agreed upon would be the second quarter of 2002. If the parties are unable to reach agreement, and these matters go to arbitration, an ultimate resolution of these matters may take several additional months.
Upon reaching agreement as to the final closing financial statements, it is possible that LNC could record adjustments to realized gain or loss on the sale of subsidiaries, to net income, or to the amount of deferred gain associated with the Swiss Re transaction. Another aspect of a potential dispute resolution could result in LNC agreeing to transfer assets to Swiss Re until the adequacy of certain reserves and related recoverables can be determined. In that event, LNC's future investment income would be reduced to the extent that any such dispute resolution would result in Swiss Re's retention of the related investment income during the time frame that Swiss Re would hold the invested assets. While uncertainty exists as to how these disputed matters will finally be resolved, at the present time LNC believes the amounts reported within LNC's consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2001 represent the best estimate of the ultimate outcome of Swiss Re's acquisition of LNC's reinsurance business.
While LNC has limited its indemnification to Swiss Re, as previously noted, under FAS 113 LNC will continue to report the reserves subject to the indemnity reinsurance agreements with Swiss Re on LNC's consolidated balance sheet with an offsetting reinsurance recoverable from Swiss Re. In the event that future developments indicate that the reserves related to certain businesses should be adjusted, LNC would be required under FAS 113 to recognize the changes in reserves in earnings in the period of change. Any change to the reinsurance recoverable from Swiss Re would be recorded as an adjustment to the amount of deferred gain.
In addition to the transactions completed on December 7, 2001, LNC has the right to "put" its interest in a subsidiary company containing LNC's disability income reinsurance business to Swiss Re during May 2002 for $10 million. Developments on the underlying disability income reinsurance business will not affect the price at which LNC may put the subsidiary company to Swiss Re. LNC is free to market this company to other buyers. If, prior to May 31, 2002, LNC is unable to sell this company to other bidders for more than $10 million, LNC intends to exercise the Swiss Re put. The $10 million exercise price is approximately equal to LNC's book basis in the subsidiary.
Approximately $565 million of the proceeds from the transaction will be used to pay taxes and associated deal costs, leaving LNC with $1.4 billion of after-tax net proceeds from Swiss Re. In addition, LNC has approximately $100 million of freed-up capital resulting from the reinsurance disposition. Prior to December 31, 2001, LNC used $115 million to repurchase shares of LNC stock and $166.3 million was used to reduce outstanding short-term debt. LNC may use the remainder of the proceeds to purchase another organization or block of business within the financial services industry or to repurchase its debt or stock. As LNC evaluates opportunities in the financial services industry, it will invest the proceeds in high quality, liquid investment instruments and may retire additional portions of its debt and repurchase shares of its common stock.
Effective with the closing of the transaction, the Reinsurance segment's results for the eleven months ended November 30, 2001 and the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were moved into "Other Operations."
Earnings from LNC's reinsurance operations were as follows: Eleven Months Ended Year Ended December 31 Year Ended December 31 (in millions) November 30, 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Revenue $1,681.3 $1,769.3 $1,829.7 Benefits and Expenses 1,505.3 1,592.2 1,769.3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income before Federal Income Taxes and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes 176.0 177.1 60.4 Federal Income Taxes 59.0 54.8 19.8 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Income before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes 117.0 122.3 40.6 Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes (after-tax) (2.4) -- -- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net Income $114.6 $122.3 $40.6 ========================================================================================================== |
12. Restructuring Charges
During 1998, LNC implemented a restructuring plan relating to the integration of existing life and annuity operations with the new business operations acquired from CIGNA, and a second restructuring plan related to downsizing LNC's corporate center operations. The aggregate charges associated with these two unrelated restructuring plans totaled $34.3 million after-tax ($52.8 million pre-tax) and were included in Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and Other Expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 1998. These aggregate pre-tax costs include $19.6 million for employee severance and termination benefits, $9.9 million for asset impairments and $23.3 million for costs relating to exiting business activities. The CIGNA restructuring plan was completed in the first quarter of 2000. During the fourth quarter of 2000, $0.5 million (pre-tax) of the original charge to downsize LNC's corporate center operations was reversed. Through December 31, 2001, actual pre-tax costs of $56.1 million have been expended or written-off under these restructuring plans and a balance of $0.3 million pre-tax related to the downsizing of LNC's corporate center operations remains in the restructuring reserves for these 1998 plans. LNC anticipates that the remaining reserves will be utilized in completing this restructuring plan. Details of the 1998 restructuring plan related to the downsizing of LNC's corporate center operations are provided below.
During the fourth quarter of 1998, LNC completed an organizational expense review that centered around the size and make-up of the parent company. LNC recorded a restructuring charge of $22 million (pre-tax) relating to the restructuring plan that resulted from this review. The objectives of this restructuring plan are to realign the activities and functions conducted within the parent company, in light of the series of acquisitions and divestitures that LNC executed in recent years, and to reduce overall costs in response to increasing competitive pressures in the businesses that LNC operates. To achieve these objectives, the restructuring plan includes reductions in the number of corporate center employees along with a reduction in the size of LNC's facilities. The following activities and associated costs are included in this restructuring plan: (1) $8.9 million for severance and termination benefits related to the elimination of 143 positions; (2) $9.9 million for the write-off of leasehold improvements related to the abandoned facilities and other impaired assets; and (3) $3.2 million for rents on abandoned facilities. During the fourth quarter of 2000, $0.5 million (pre-tax) of the original restructuring charge was reversed due primarily to changes in severance costs and outplacement costs. More employees whose positions were eliminated under the restructuring plan found employment in other areas of LNC that had been originally anticipated; therefore, actual severance and outplacement costs were less than previously estimated. All expenditures for severance and termination benefits under the plan were completed in the fourth quarter of 2000. Expenditures for rents on abandoned facilities are expected to be completed by early 2002. Through December 31, 2001, $21.2 million (pre-tax) has been expended or written-off under this restructuring plan and 118 employees have been terminated.
In 1999, LNC implemented three different restructuring plans relating to 1) the downsizing and consolidation of the operations of Lynch & Mayer, Inc. ("Lynch & Mayer"), 2) the discontinuance of HMO excess-of-loss reinsurance programs and 3) the streamlining of Lincoln UK's operations. The aggregate charges associated with these three unrelated restructuring plans totaled $21.8 million after-tax ($31.8 million pre-tax) and were included in Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and Other Expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 1999. These aggregate pre-tax costs include $8.3 million for employee severance and termination benefits, $9.8 million for asset impairments and $13.7 million for costs relating to exiting business activities. Through December 31, 2001, actual pre-tax costs of $24.3 million have been expended or written-off under these restructuring plans. During the fourth quarter of 1999, $3.0 million (pre-tax) of the original charge recorded for the Lynch & Mayer restructuring plan was reversed due primarily to a change in estimate for space cost. This reversal reduced the reported fourth quarter 1999 restructuring charges. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 1999, $1.5 million (pre-tax) associated with lease terminations was released into income. During the fourth quarter of 2000, the Lynch & Mayer restructuring plan was completed and $0.3 million (pre-tax) of the original charge for the Lynch & Mayer was reversed. Also, during the fourth quarter of 2000, $1.0 million (pre-tax) of the original charge for the discontinuance of HMO excess-of-loss restructuring plan was reversed. During the fourth quarter of 2001, the remaining restructuring reserve of $0.2 million relating to the HMO excess-of-loss reinsurance programs was transferred to Swiss Re as part of its acquisition of LNC's reinsurance operations. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $3.0 million (pre-tax) remains in the restructuring reserve for the Lincoln UK restructuring plan. LNC anticipates that the remaining reserve for this restructuring plan will be utilized. Details of the Lincoln UK restructuring plan are provided below.
During the fourth quarter of 1999, LNC recorded a restructuring charge in its Lincoln UK segment of $6.5 million after-tax ($10.0 million pre-tax). The objective of this restructuring plan is to reduce operating costs by consolidating and eliminating redundant staff functions and facilities. The restructuring plan identified the following activities and associated costs to achieve the objectives of the restructuring plan: (1) severance and termination benefits of $3.9 million related to the elimination of 119 positions, and (2) other costs of $6.1 million primarily related to the remaining lease payments on closed facilities. Expenditures and write-offs under the restructuring plan began in the fourth quarter of 1999 and were completed in the 3rd quarter of 2001 except for lease payments on closed facilities which will continue until 2016. Through December 31, 2001, $7.0 million (pre-tax) has been expended or written-off under this restructuring plan and 112 positions have been eliminated.
During 2000, LNC implemented restructuring plans relating to 1) the downsizing and consolidation of the operations of Vantage Global Advisors, Inc. ("Vantage") 2) the exit of all direct sales and sales support operations of Lincoln UK and the consolidation of its Uxbridge home office with its Barnwood home office and 3) the downsizing and consolidation of the investment management operations of Lincoln Investment Management. The Vantage restructuring charge was recorded in the second quarter, the Lincoln UK restructuring was recorded in the third and fourth quarters, and the Lincoln Investment Management restructuring charge was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2000. The aggregate charges associated with all of these restructuring plans entered into during 2000 totaled $81.8 million after-tax ($107.4 million pre-tax). These charges were included in Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and Other Expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2000. The component elements of these aggregate pre-tax costs include employee severance and termination benefits of $33.8 million, write-off of impaired assets of $40.9 million and other exit costs of $32.7 million. During the fourth quarter of 2000, $0.6 million (pre-tax) of the original charge recorded for the Vantage restructuring plan was reversed as a reduction of restructuring costs. Actual pre-tax costs totaling $90.6 million have been expended or written off for these plans through December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $16.2 million (pre-tax) remains in the restructuring reserves for the Lincoln UK and Lincoln Investment Management plans and is expected to be utilized in the completion of the plans. Details of each of these 2000 restructuring plans are provided below.
During the second quarter of 2000, LNC recorded a restructuring charge in its Investment Management segment of $2.7 million after-tax ($4.1 million pre-tax). The objective of this restructuring plan is to combine the structured products team of Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. ("Delaware") and Vantage in Philadelphia and consolidate the back office operations of Vantage into Delaware, in order to reduce ongoing operating costs and eliminate redundant facilities within this business segment. The restructuring plan identified the following activities and associated pre-tax to achieve the objectives of the restructuring plan: (1) severance and termination benefits of $2.3 million related to the elimination of 15 positions, (2) write-off of impaired assets of $1.4 million and (3) other costs of $0.4 million. Write-offs under the restructuring plan began in the second quarter of 2000. During the fourth quarter of 2000, LNC determined that part of rent expense related to abandoned office space included in (3) above would not be incurred due to the landlord allowing LNC to surrender the lease earlier than expected. In addition, Vantage determined that some of the termination benefit payments included in (1) above would not be required to be made. As a result, $0.6 million (pre-tax) of the original charge was reversed. This plan was completed during the fourth quarter of 2001. Through December 31, 2001, $3.5 million (pre-tax) has been written off under this restructuring plan and 13 positions have been eliminated under this restructuring plan.
On September 28, 2000, LNC announced the transfer of the Lincoln UK sales force to Inter-Alliance and the decision to cease writing new business in the UK through direct sales distribution. As a result of these decisions, Lincoln UK continues to manage, administer and accept new deposits on its current block of business and will only accept new business for certain products as required by UK regulations. To implement these decisions, LNC entered into an exit plan ("restructuring plan") in the third quarter of 2000. The objective of this restructuring plan is to exit all sales and sales support operations and consolidate the Uxbridge home office with the Barnwood home office. Where all commitment date and liability recognition criteria were met in the third quarter of 2000, charges for this restructuring plan were recorded in the third quarter of 2000. The charges associated with this restructuring plan that were recorded in the fourth quarter of 2000 occurred as final decisions under the contract with Inter-Alliance related to personnel and facilities were made, as regulatory requirements related to certain employee involuntary termination benefits were met, and as the decision to consolidate the Uxbridge home office with the Barnwood home office was finalized.
The charges recorded in the third and fourth quarters of 2000 related to this restructuring plan were $40.5 million after-tax ($53.5 million pre-tax) and $36.1 million after-tax ($45.9 million pre-tax), respectively. The components of the pre-tax costs include employee severance and termination benefits of $29.8 million related to the elimination of 671 positions, write-off of impaired assets of $39.2 million and other costs to exit of $30.4 million. All expenditures under this plan except for those related to abandoned office facilities are expected to be completed by the end of 2001. Expenditures for rents on abandoned office facilities are expected to be completed by 2015. Through December 31, 2001, $85.4 million (pre-tax) has been expended or written-off under this restructuring plan and 671 positions have been eliminated. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $14.0 million remains in the restructuring reserve for this plan.
During the fourth quarter of 2000, LNC recorded a restructuring charge in its Investment Management segment of $2.5 million after-tax ($3.9 million pre-tax). The objective of this restructuring plan is to combine the investment management operations of Lincoln Investment Management and Delaware in Philadelphia, in order to reduce ongoing operating costs and eliminate redundant facilities within this business segment. The restructuring plan identified the following activities and associated pre-tax costs to achieve the objectives of the restructuring plan: (1) severance and termination benefits of $1.7 million related to the elimination of 19 positions, (2) write-off of impaired assets of $0.3 million and (3) other costs of $1.9 million (primarily lease payments on abandoned office space). Expenditures and write-offs under the restructuring plan began in the fourth quarter of 2000. All remaining expenditures under this restructuring plan are expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter 2002, except for lease payments on abandoned office space, which will continue until the end of the lease term in November 2014. As of December 31, 2001, $1.7 million (pre-tax) has been expended or written-off under this restructuring plan and 19 positions have been eliminated. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $2.2 million remains in the restructuring reserve for this plan.
During 2001, LNC implemented restructuring plans relating to 1) the consolidation of the Syracuse operations of Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York into the Annuities segment operations in Fort Wayne, Indiana and Portland, Maine; 2) the elimination of duplicative functions in the Schaumburg, Illinois operations of First Penn-Pacific, and the absorption of these functions into the Annuities and Life Insurance segment operations in Fort Wayne, Indiana and Hartford, Connecticut; 3) the reorganization of the life wholesaling function within the independent planner distribution channel, consolidation of retirement wholesaling territories, and streamlining of the marketing and communications functions in LFD; 4) the reorganization and consolidation of the life insurance operations in Hartford, Connecticut related to the streamlining of underwriting and new business processes and the completion of outsourcing of administration of certain closed blocks of business 5) the consolidation of the Boston, Massachusetts investment office with the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania investment operations in order to eliminate redundant facilities and functions within the Investment Management segment 6) the combination of LFD channel oversight, positioning of LFD to take better advantage of ongoing "marketplace consolidation" and expansion of the customer base of wholesalers in certain non-productive territories and 7) the consolidation of operations and space in LNC's Fort Wayne, Indiana operations. In light of LNC's divestiture of its reinsurance operations, which were headquartered in Fort Wayne, excess space and printing capacity will not be used. The Syracuse restructuring charge was recorded in the first quarter of 2001, the Schaumburg, Illinois restructuring charge was recorded in the second quarter of 2001, the LFD restructuring charges were recorded in the second and fourth quarters of 2001, and the remaining restructuring charges were all recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001. The aggregate charges associated with all restructuring plans entered into during 2001 totaled $24.6 million after-tax ($38.0 million pre-tax) and were included in Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and Other Expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2001. The component elements of these aggregate pre-tax costs include employee severance and termination benefits of $12.2 million, write-off of impaired assets of $3.3 million and other exit costs of $22.5 million primarily related to the termination of equipment leases ($1.4 million) and rent on abandoned office space ($20.0 million). Actual pre-tax costs totaling $6.3 million have been expended or written off for these plans through December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $31.9 million remains in the restructuring reserves for these plans and is expected to be utilized in the completion of the plans. Details of each of these 2001 restructuring plans are provided below.
During the first quarter of 2001, LNC recorded a restructuring charge in its Annuities segment of $0.65 million ($1.0 million pre-tax). The objective of this restructuring plan is to consolidate the Syracuse operations of Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York into the Annuities segment operations in Fort Wayne, Indiana and Portland, Maine, in order to reduce on-going operating costs and eliminate redundant facilities. The restructuring plan identified the following activities and associated pre-tax costs to achieve the objectives of the plan: (1) severance and termination benefits of $0.8 million related to the elimination of 30 positions and (2) other costs of $0.2 million related primarily to lease payments on abandoned office space. Actual pre-tax costs totaling $1.2 million have been expended or written-off and 30 positions have been eliminated under this plan through December 31, 2001. The $0.2 million expended in excess of the restructuring charge was expensed as incurred. Expenditures under this restructuring plan are expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2002.
During the second quarter of 2001, LNC recorded restructuring charges in its Annuities and Life Insurance segments of $0.63 million ($0.97 million pre-tax) and $2.03 million ($3.12 million pre-tax), respectively, related to a restructuring plan for the Schaumburg, Illinois operations of First Penn-Pacific. The objective of this plan is to eliminate duplicative functions in Schaumburg, Illinois by transitioning them into the Annuities and Life Insurance segment operations in Fort Wayne, Indiana and Hartford, Connecticut, respectively, in order to reduce on-going operating costs. The restructuring plan identified the following activities and associated pre-tax costs to achieve the objectives of the plan: (1) severance and termination benefits of $3.19 million related to the elimination of 27 positions and (2) other costs of $0.9 million. Actual pre-tax costs totaling $2.4 million have been expended or written-off and 24 positions have been eliminated under this plan through December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $1.69 million remains in the restructuring reserve for this plan. Expenditures under this plan are expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2004.
During the second quarter of 2001, LNC recorded a restructuring charge for LFD in "Other Operations" of $1.2 million ($1.8 million pre-tax). The objectives of this restructuring plan are to reorganize the life wholesaling function with the independent planner distribution channel, consolidate retirement wholesaling territories, and streamline the marketing and communications functions. The restructuring plan identified severance and termination benefits of $1.8 million (pre-tax) related to the elimination of 33 positions. Actual pre-tax costs totaling $1.3 million have been expended and 23 positions have been eliminated under this plan through December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $0.5 million remains in the restructuring reserve for this plan. Expenditures under this restructuring plan are expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2002.
During the fourth quarter of 2001, LNC recorded a restructuring charge in its Life Insurance segment of $1.5 million ($2.3 million pre-tax). The objectives of this restructuring plan are to reorganize and consolidate the life insurance operations in Hartford, Connecticut related to the streamlining of underwriting and new business processes and the completion of outsourcing of administration of certain closed blocks of business. The restructuring plan identified severance and termination benefits of $2.3 million (pre-tax) related to the elimination of 36 positions. Actual pre-tax costs totaling $0.2 million have been expended and 10 positions have been eliminated under this plan through December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $2.1 million remains in the restructuring reserve for this plan. Expenditures under this restructuring plan are expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2003.
During the fourth quarter of 2001, LNC recorded a restructuring charge in its Investment Management segment of $0.4 million ($0.6 million pre-tax). The objectives of this restructuring plan are to consolidate the Boston, Massachusetts investment office with the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania investment operations in order to eliminate redundant facilities and functions within the segment. The restructuring plan identified the following activities and associated pre-tax costs to achieve the objectives of the plan: (1) write-off of impaired assets of $0.1 million and (2) other costs of $0.5 million primarily related to lease payments on abandoned office space. No costs have been expended or written-off under this plan through December 31, 2001. Expenditures under this plan are expected to be completed by the fourth quarter of 2005.
During the fourth quarter of 2001, LNC recorded a restructuring charge for LFD in "Other Operations" of $2.5 million ($3.8 million pre-tax). The objectives of this restructuring plan are to combine channel oversight, position LFD to take better advantage of ongoing "marketplace consolidation" and to expand the customer base of wholesalers in certain territories. The restructuring plan identified severance and termination benefits of $3.8 million (pre-tax) related to the elimination of 63 positions. Actual pre-tax costs totaling $1.2 million have been expended and 56 positions have been eliminated under this plan through December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2001, a balance of $2.6 million remains in the restructuring reserve for this plan. Expenditures under this restructuring plan are expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2002.
During the fourth quarter of 2001, LNC recorded a restructuring charge in "Other Operations" of $15.8 million ($24.4 million pre-tax). The objectives of this restructuring plan are to consolidate operations and reduce excess space in LNC's Fort Wayne, Indiana operations. In light of LNC's divestiture of its reinsurance operations, which were headquartered in Fort Wayne, excess space and printing capacity will not be used. The restructuring plan identified the following activities and associated pre-tax costs to achieve the objectives of the plan: (1) severance and termination benefits of $0.3 million related to the elimination of 9 positions; (2) write-off of leasehold improvements of $3.2 million and (3) other costs of $20.9 million primarily related to termination of equipment leases ($1.4 million) and rent on abandoned office space ($19.5 million). No costs have been expended or written-off under this plan through December 31, 2001. Expenditures under this restructuring plan are expected to be completed in 2003, except for rent on abandoned office space, which will continue until 2014. LNC estimates an annual reduction in future operating expenses of $4.6 million (pre-tax) after the plan is fully implemented.
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
Board of Directors
Lincoln National Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lincoln National Corporation as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Lincoln National Corporation at December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
As discussed in Notes 2 and 7 to the consoldiated financial statements, in 2001 the Corporation changed its method of accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities as well as its method of accounting for impairment of certain investments.
/S/Ernst & Young LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania February 1, 2002 |
Stock Market and Dividend Information
The dividend on LNC's common stock is declared each quarter by LNC's Board of Directors. In determining dividends, the Board takes into consideration items such as LNC's financial condition, including current and expected earnings, projected cash flows and anticipated financing needs. The range of market prices and cash dividends declared by calendar quarter for the past two years are as follows:
Common Stock Data: (per share) 1st Qtr 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr 4th Qtr 2001 High $48.250 $52.300 $52.750 $49.450 Low 38.000 41.280 41.000 40.000 Dividend Declared $ .305 $ .305 $ .305 $ .320 2000 High $41.375 $40.063 $56.375 $50.938 Low 22.625 29.000 35.625 40.875 Dividend Declared $ .290 $ .290 $ .290 $ .305 |
Notes:
At Dec. 31, 2001, the number of shareholders of record of LNC's common
stock was 10,609.
Exhibit 21 List of Subsidiaries of LNC
ORGANIZATIONAL CHART OF THE LINCOLN NATIONAL INSURANCE HOLDING COMPANY SYSTEM All the members of the holding company system are corporations with the exception of Delaware Distributors, L.P. and Founders CBO, L.P. Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | |---- Lincoln National Management Corporation | 100% - Pennsylvania - Management Company | | City Financial Partners Limited |---- 100% - England/Wales - Distribution of | life assurance & pension products | |---- LNC Administrative Services Corporation | 100% - Indiana - Third Party Administrator | | Lincoln National Financial Institutions Group, Inc. |---- (fka The Richard Leahy Corporation) | 100% - Indiana - Insurance Agency | |---- The Financial Alternative, Inc. | 100% - Utah - Insurance Agency | |---- Financial Alternative Resources, Inc. | 100% - Kansas - Insurance Agency | |---- Financial Choices, Inc. | 100% - Pennsylvania - Insurance Agency | | Financial Investment Services, Inc. |---- (formerly Financial Services Department, Inc.) | 100% - Indiana - Insurance Agency | | Financial Investments, Inc. |---- (formerly Insurance Alternatives, Inc.) | 100% - Indiana - Insurance Agency | |---- The Financial Resources Department, Inc. | 100% - Michigan - Insurance Agency | |---- Investment Alternatives, Inc. | 100% - Pennsylvania - Insurance Agency | |---- The Investment Center, Inc. | 100% - Tennessee - Insurance Agency | |---- The Investment Group, Inc. | 100% - New Jersey - Insurance Agency Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | | Lincoln National Financial Institutions Group, Inc. |---- (formerly The Richard Leahy Corporation) | 100% - Indiana - Insurance Agency | | | |---- Personal Financial Resources, Inc. | | 100% - Arizona - Insurance Agency | | | |---- Personal Investment Services, Inc. | | 100% - Pennsylvania - Insurance Agency | |---- LincAm Properties, Inc. | 50% - Delaware - Real Estate Investment | |---- Lincoln Life Improved Housing, Inc. | 100% - Indiana Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | | Lincoln National Investments, Inc. |---- (fka Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc.) | 100% - Indiana - Holding Company | | Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc. |---- (fka Lincoln National Investments, Inc.) | 100% - Indiana - Holding Company | |---- Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. | 100% - Delaware - Holding Company | |---- DMH Corp. | 100% - Delaware - Holding Company | |---- Delaware International Advisers Ltd. | 81.1% - England - Investment Advisor | |---- Delaware Management Trust Company | 100% - Pennsylvania - Trust Service | |---- Delaware International Holdings, Ltd. | 100% - Bermuda - Mktg. & Admin. Services | | | |---- Delaware International Advisers, Ltd. | | 18.9% - England - Investment Advisor | |---- Delvoy, Inc. | 100% - Minnesota - Holding Company | |---- Delaware Management Company, Inc. | 100% - Delaware - Holding Company | |---- Delaware Management Business Trust | 100% - Delaware - Investment Advisor | Consists of the following series: | Delaware Management Company; Delaware | Investment Advisers; Delaware Lincoln | Investment Advisers; Vantage Investment | Advisers; and Delaware Lincoln Cash | Management | |---- Delaware Distributors, L.P. | 98% - Delaware - Mutual Fund | Distributor & Broker/Dealer | 1% Equity - Delaware Capital Management, | Inc. 1% Equity - Delaware Distributors, | Inc. | |---- Founders Holding, Inc. | 100% - Delaware - General Partner | |---- Founders CBO, L.P. | 1% - Delaware - Investment Partnership | 99% held by outside investors | |---- Founders CBO Corporation | 100% - Delaware - Co-Issuer with Founders | CBO Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | |---- Lincoln National Investments, Inc. | (fka Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc.) | 100% - Indiana - Holding Company | | Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc. |---- (fka Lincoln National Investments, Inc.) | 100% - Indiana - Holding Company | |---- Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. | 100% - Delaware - Holding Company | |---- DMH Corp. | 100% - Delaware - Holding Company | |---- Delvoy, Inc. | 100% - Minnesota - Holding Company | |---- Delaware Distributors, Inc. | 100% - Delaware - General Partner | | | | Delaware Distributors, L.P. | |---- 98% - Delaware - Mutual Fund | | Distributor & Broker/Dealer | | 1% Equity - Delaware Capital | | Management, Inc. | | 1% Equity - Delaware Distributors, | | Inc. | | Delaware Capital Management, Inc. |---- (formerly Delaware Investment | Counselors, Inc.) | 100% - Delaware - Investment Advisor | | | | Delaware Distributors, L.P. | |---- 98% - Delaware - Mutual Fund | | Distributor & Broker/Dealer | | 1% Equity - Delaware Capital | | Management, Inc. | | 1% Equity - Delaware Distributors, | | Inc. | |---- Delaware General Management, Inc. | 100% - Delaware - General Partner | |---- Delaware Service Company, Inc. | 100% - Delaware - Shareholder | Services & Transfer Agent | | Retirement Financial Services, Inc. |---- (formerly Delaware Investment & | Retirement Services, Inc.) | 100% - Delaware - Registered | Transfer Agent & Investment Advisor Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | |---- The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company | 100% - Indiana | |---- AnnuityNet, Inc. | 44.9% Indiana - Distribution of annuity products | | | |---- AnnuityNet Insurance Agency, Inc. | | 100% - Indiana - Insurance Agency | | | |---- AnnuityNet Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, Inc. | | 100% - Massachusetts - Insurance Agency | | | |---- AnnuityNet of Alabama, Inc. | | 100% - Alabama - Insurance Agency | | | |---- AnnuityNet of New Mexico, Inc. | | 100% - New Mexico - Insurance Agency | |---- LFA, Limited Liability Company | 99% - Indiana - Limited Liability Company (Remaining | 1% owned by First Penn-Pacific Life Insurance Company) | |---- LFA of Delaware, Limited Liability Company | 99% - Delaware - Limited Liability Company (Remaining | 1% owned by First Penn-Pacific Life Insurance Company) | | Lincoln National Insurance Associates, Inc. |---- (formerly CIGNA Associates, Inc.) | 100% - Connecticut - Insurance Agency | | | |---- Lincoln National Insurance Associates of Alabama, Inc. | | 100% - Alabama - Insurance Agency | | | | Lincoln National Insurance Associates of Massachusetts, Inc. | |---- (formerly CIGNA Associates of Massachusetts, Inc.) | | 100% - Massachusetts - Insurance Agency | | | | Lincoln National Insurance Associates of Ohio, Inc. | |---- (formerly CIGNA Associates of Ohio Agency, Inc.) | | 100% - Ohio - Insurance Agency | | | |---- Lincoln National Insurance Associates of Hawaii, Inc. | | 100% - Hawaii - Insurance Agency | | Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. |---- (formerly Sagemark Consulting, Inc. and | CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc.) | 100% - Connecticut - Broker Dealer | |-----LFD Insurance Agency, Limited Liability Company | 99% - Delaware - Limited Liability Company (Remaining | 1% owned by First Penn-Pacific Life Insurance Company) | |---- First Penn-Pacific Life Insurance Company | 100% - Indiana | | | |---- First Penn-Pacific Securities, Inc. | | 100% - Illinois - Broker Dealer | |---- Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York | 100% - New York Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | |---- The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company | 100% - Indiana | | Lincoln Life and Annuity Distributors, Inc. |---- (formerly Lincoln Financial Group, Inc.; | Lincoln National Sales Corporation) | 100% - Indiana - Insurance Agency | | | | Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation | |---- (formerly LNC Equity Sales Corporation) | | 100% - Indiana - Broker-Dealer | | | | Corporate agencies: Lincoln Life and Annuity Distributors, | | Inc. ("LLAD") has subsidiaries of which LLAD owns from | |---- 80% - 100% of the common stock (see Attachment #1). | | These subsidiaries serve as the corporate agency offices for | | the marketing and servicing of products of The Lincoln National | | Life Insurance Company. Each subsidiary's assets are less than | | 1% of the total assets of the ultimate controlling person. | | |---- Lincoln National Aggressive Growth Fund, Inc. | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund | |---- Lincoln National Bond Fund, Inc. | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund | |---- Lincoln National Capital Appreciation Fund, Inc. | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund | |---- Lincoln National Equity-Income Fund, Inc. | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund | | Lincoln National Global Asset Allocation Fund, Inc. |---- (formerly Lincoln National Putnam Master Fund, Inc.) | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund | | Lincoln National Growth and Income Fund, Inc. |---- (formerly Lincoln National Growth Fund, Inc.) | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund | |---- Lincoln National International Fund, Inc. | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund | |---- Lincoln National Managed Fund, Inc. | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund | |---- Lincoln National Money Market Fund, Inc. | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund | |---- Lincoln National Social Awareness Fund, Inc. | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund | |---- Lincoln National Special Opportunities Fund, Inc. | 100% - Maryland - Mutual Fund Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | |---- The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company | 100% - Indiana | | | |---- Lincoln Realty Capital Corporation | | 100% - Indiana - General Business Corporation | | | | |---- Select Capital, LLC | | 100% - Indiana - Limited Liability Company | | | | | |---- Pegasus Capital, LLC | | | 99% - Indiana - Limited Liability Company | | | (Remaining 1% owned by Lincoln Realty Capital Corporation) | | | |---- Lincoln Retirement Services Company, LLC | | 100% - Indiana - Limited Liability Company | | | |---- Wakefield Tower Alpha Limited | | 100% - Cayman Islands | |---- Lincoln National Realty Corporation | 100% - Indiana - Real Estate | |---- Lincoln National Reinsurance Company (Barbados) Limited | 100% - Barbados | | | |---- Lincoln Re (Ireland) Limited | | 100% - Ireland Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | |---- Lincoln National (UK) PLC | 100% - England/Wales - Holding Company | | Allied Westminster & Company Limited |---- (formerly One Olympic Way Financial Services Limited) | 100% - England/Wales - Sales Services | |---- Culverin Property Services Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Property Development Services | |---- HUTM Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Unit Trust Management (Inactive) | |---- ILI Supplies Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Computer Leasing | |---- Lincoln Financial Advisers Limited | (formerly Laurentian Financial Advisers Ltd.) | 100% - England/Wales - Sales Company | |---- Lincoln Financial Group PLC | (formerly Laurentian Financial Group PLC) | 100% - England/Wales - Holding Company | |---- Lincoln ISA Management Limited | (formerly Lincoln Unit Trust Management Limited; | Laurentian Unit Trust Management Limited) | 100% - England/Wales - Unit Trust Management Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | |---- Lincoln National (UK) PLC | 100% - England/Wales - Holding Company | |---- Lincoln Financial Group PLC | (formerly Laurentian Financial Group PLC) | 100% - England/Wales - Holding Company | | | |---- Lincoln Milldon Limited | | (formerly Laurentian Milldon Limited) | | 100% - England/Wales - Sales Company | | |---- Laurtrust Limited | | 100% - England/Wales - Pension Scheme Trustee (Inactive) | | |---- Lincoln Management Services Limited | | (formerly Laurentian Management Services Limited) | | 100% - England/Wales - Management Services | | | |---- Laurit Limited | | 100% - England/Wales - Data Processing Systems | |---- Liberty Life Pension Trustee Company Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Corporate Pension Fund (Dormant) | | |---- LN Management Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Administrative Services (Dormant) | | | |---- UK Mortgage Securities Limited | | 100% - England/Wales - Inactive | |---- Liberty Press Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Printing Services Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | |---- Lincoln National (UK) PLC | 100% - England/Wales - Holding Company | |---- Lincoln General Insurance Co. Ltd. | 100% - Accident & Health Insurance | |---- Lincoln Assurance Limited | 100% ** - England/Wales - Life Assurance | | | |---- Barnwood Property Group Limited | | 100% - England/Wales - Property Management Co. | | | | | |---- Barnwood Developments Limited | | | 100% - England/Wales - Property Development | | | | | |---- Barnwood Properties Limited | | | 100% - England/Wales - Property Investment | | | |---- IMPCO Properties G.B. Ltd. | | 100% - England/Wales - Property Investment (Inactive) | |---- Lincoln Insurance Services Limited | 100% - Holding Company | |---- British National Life Sales Ltd. | 100% - Inactive | |---- BNL Trustees Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Corporate Pension Fund | (Inactive) | |---- Chapel Ash Financial Services Ltd. | 100% - Direct Insurance Sales Lincoln National Corporation Indiana - Holding Company | |---- Lincoln National (UK) PLC | 100% - England/Wales - Holding Company | |---- Lincoln Unit Trust Managers Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Investment Management | |---- LIV Limited (formerly Lincoln Investment Management Ltd.) | 100% - England/Wales - Investment Management Services | | | |---- CL CR Management Ltd. | | 50% - England/Wales - Administrative Services | | Lincoln Independent Limited |---- (formerly Laurentian Independent Financial Planning Ltd.) | 100% - England/Wales - Independent Financial Adviser | | Lincoln Investment Management Limited |---- (formerly Laurentian Fund Management Ltd.) | 100% - England/Wales - Investment Management | |---- LN Securities Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Nominee Company | |---- Niloda Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Investment Company | |---- Lincoln National Training Services Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Training Company | | Lincoln Independent (Jersey) Limited |---- (formerly Lincoln National (Jersey) Limited) | 100% - England/Wales - Dormant | |---- Lincoln National (Guernsey) Limited | 100% - England/Wales - Dormant | |---- Lincoln SBP Trustee Limited | 100% - England/Wales Footnotes: ** Except for director-qualifying shares. # Lincoln National Corporation has subscribed for and paid for 100 shares of Common Stock (with a par value of $1.00 per share) at a price of $10.00 per share, as part of the organizing of the fund. As such stock is further sold, the ownership of voting securities by Lincoln National Corporation will decline and fluctuate. |
ATTACHMENT #1
LINCOLN LIFE AND ANNUITY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
CORPORATE AGENCY SUBSIDIARIES
1) Lincoln Financial Group, Inc. (AL)
2) Lincoln Financial and Insurance Services Corporation (Walnut Creek, CA)
3) California Fringe Benefit and Insurance Marketing Corporation (Walnut
Creek, CA)
4) Colorado-Lincoln Financial Group, Inc. (Denver, CO)
5) Lincoln National Financial Services, Inc. (Lake Worth, FL)
6) CMP Financial Services, Inc. (Chicago, IL)
7) Lincoln Financial Group of Northern Indiana, Inc. (Fort Wayne, IN)
8) Financial Planning Partners, Ltd. (Mission, KS)
9) The Lincoln National Financial Group of Louisiana, Inc. (Shreveport, LA)
10) Benefits Marketing Group, Inc. (D.C. & Chevy Chase, MD)
11) Lincoln Financial Services and Insurance Brokerage of New England, Inc.
(fka: Lincoln National of New England Insurance Agency, Inc.)
(Worcester, MA)
12) Financial Consultants of Michigan, Inc. (Troy, MI)
13) Lincoln Financial Group of Missouri, Inc. (fka: John J. Moore &
Associates, Inc.) (St. Louis, MO)
14) Beardslee & Associates, Inc. (Clifton, NJ)
15) Lincoln Financial Group, Inc. (fka: Resources/Financial, Inc.
(Albuquerque, NM)
16) Lincoln Cascades, Inc. (Portland, OR)
17) Lincoln Financial Group, Inc. (Salt Lake City, (UT)
18) Lincoln Southwest Financial Group, Inc. (AZ)
Summary of Changes to Organizational Chart:
January 1, 1995-December 31, 1995
September 1995
a. Lincoln National (Jersey) Limited was incorporated on September 18, 1995. Company is dormant and was formed for tax reasons per Barbara Benoit, Assistant Corporate Secretary at Lincoln UK.
January 1, 1996-December 1, 1996
March 1996
a. Delaware Investment Counselors, Inc. changed its name to Delaware Capital Management, Inc. effective March 29, 1996.
August 1996
a. Lincoln National (Gernsey) Limited was incorporated on August 9, 1996; company is dormant and was formed for tax reasons.
September 1996
a. Morgan Financial Group, Inc. changed its name to Lincoln National Sales Corporation of Maryland effective September 23, 1996.
b. Addition of Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, incorporated as a New York corporation on September 27, 1996.
October 1996
a. Addition of Lincoln National (India) Inc., incorporated as an Indiana corporation on October 17, 1996.
November 1996
a. Lincoln National SBP Trustee Limited was bought off the shelf and was incorporated on November 26, 1996; it was formed to act as Trustee for Lincoln Staff Benefits Plan.
December 1996
a. Addition of Lincoln National Investments, Inc., incorporated as an Indiana corporation on December 12, 1996.
January 1, 1997-December 31, 1997
January 1997
a. Delaware Management Holdings, Inc., Lynch & Mayer, Inc. and Vantage Global Advisors, Inc. were transferred via capital contribution to Lincoln National Investments, Inc. effective January 2, 1997.
b. Lincoln National Investments, Inc. changed its name to Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc. effective January 24, 1997.
c. Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc. changed its named to Lincoln National Investments, Inc. effective January 24, 1997.
d. The following Lincoln National (UK) subsidiaries changed their name effective January 1, 1997: Lincoln Financial Group PLC (fka Laurentian Financial Group PLC); Lincoln Milldon Limited (fka Laurentian Milldon Limited); Lincoln Management Services Limited (fka Laurentian Management Services Limited).
February 1997
a. Removal of Lincoln National Financial Group of Philadelphia, Inc. which was dissolved effective February 25, 1997.
March 1997
a. Removal of Lincoln Financial Services, Inc. which was dissolved effective March 4, 1997.
April 1997
a. Acquisition of Dougherty Financial Group, Inc. on April 30, 1997. Company then changed its name to Delvoy, Inc. The acquisition included the mutual fund group of companies as part of the Voyager acquisition. The following companies all then were moved under the newly formed holding company, Delvoy, Inc. effective April 30, 1997: Delaware Management Company, Inc., Delaware Distributors, Inc., Delaware Capital Management, Inc., Delaware Service Company, Inc. and Delaware Investment & Retirement Services, Inc.
b. Acquisition of Voyager Fund Managers, Inc. and Voyager Fund Distributors, Inc. on April 30, 1997; merger is scheduled for May 31, 1997, for Voyager Fund Managers, Inc. into Delaware Management Company, Inc. and Voyager Fund Distributors, Inc. is to merge into Delaware Distributors, L.P.
c. Removal of Aseguradora InverLincoln, S.A. Compania de Seguros y Reaseguros, Grupo Financiero InverMexico. Stock was sold to Grupo Financiero InverMexico effective April 18, 1997.
May 1997
a. Name change of The Richard Leahy Corporation to Lincoln National Financial Institutions Group, Inc. effective May 6, 1997.
b. Voyager Fund Managers, Inc. merged into Delaware Management Company, Inc. effective May 30, 1997, at 10:00 p.m. with Delaware Management Company, Inc. surviving.
c. On May 31, 1997, at 2:00 a.m., Voyager Fund Distributors, Inc. merged into a newly formed company Voyager Fund Distributors (Delaware), Inc., incorporated as a Delaware corporation on May 23, 1997. Voyager Fund Distributors (Delaware), Inc. then merged into Delaware Distributors, L.P. effective May 31, 1997, at 2:01 a.m. Delaware Distributors, L.P. survived.
June 1997
a. Removal of Lincoln National Sales Corporation of Maryland -- company dissolved June 13, 1997.
b. Addition of Lincoln Funds Corporation, incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 10, 1997, at 2:00 p.m.
c. Addition of Lincoln Re, S.A., incorporated as an Argentina company on June 30, 1997.
July 1997
a. LNC Equity Sales Corporation changed its name to Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation effective July 1, 1997.
b. Addition of Solutions Holdings, Inc., incorporated as a Delaware corporation on July 27, 1997.
September 1997
a. Addition of Solutions Reinsurance Limited, incorporated as a Bermuda corporation on September 29, 1997.
October 1997
a. Removal of the following companies: American States Financial Corporation, American States Insurance Company, American Economy Insurance Company, American States Insurance Company of Texas, American States Life Insurance Company, American States Lloyds Insurance Company, American States Preferred Insurance Company, City Insurance Agency, Inc. and Insurance Company of Illinois -- all were sold 10-1-97 to SAFECO Corporation.
b. Liberty Life Assurance Limited was sold to Liberty International Holdings PLC effective 10-6-97.
c. Addition of Seguros Serfin Lincoln, S.A., acquired by LNC on 10-15-97.
December 1997
a. Addition of City Financial Partners Ltd. as a result of its acquisition by Lincoln National Corporation on December 22, 1997. This company will distribute life assurance and pension products of Lincoln Assurance Limited.
b. Removal of Lynch & Mayer Asia, Inc. which was dissolved December 24, 1997.
January 1, 1998-December 31, 1998
January 1998
a. Addition of Cigna Associates, Inc., Cigna Financial Advisors, Inc. and Cigna Associates of Massachusetts, Inc., acquired by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company on January 1, 1998. Cigna Associates of Massachusetts is 100% owned by Cigna Associates, Inc.
b. Removal of Lincoln National Mezzanine Corporation and Lincoln National Mezzanine Fund, L.P. Lincoln National Mezzanine Corporation was dissolved on January 12, 1998, and Lincoln National Mezzanine Fund, L.P. was cancelled January 12, 1998.
c. Corporate organizational changes took place in the UK group of companies on January 21, 1998: Lincoln Insurance Services Limited and its subsidiaries were moved from Lincoln National (UK) PLC to Lincoln Assurance Limited; Lincoln General Insurance Co. Ltd. was moved from Lincoln Insurance Services Limited to Lincoln National (UK) PLC.
d. Addition of AnnuityNet, Inc., incorporated as an Indiana corporation on January 16, 1998, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company.
June 1998
a. Name Change of Cigna Financial Advisors, Inc. to Sagemark Consulting, Inc. effective June 1, 1998.
b. Name Change of Cigna Associates, Inc. to Lincoln National Insurance Associates, Inc. effective June 1, 1998.
c. Addition of Lincoln National Insurance Associates of Alabama, Inc., incorporated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln National Insurance Associates, Inc. as an Alabama domiciled corporation effective June 10, 1998.
d. Dissolution of LUTM Nominees Limited effective June 10, 1998.
e. Dissolution of Cannon Fund Managers Limited June 16, 1998.
f. Dissolution of P.N. Kemp Gee & Co. Ltd. June 2, 1998.
July 1998
a. Name change of Cigna Associates of Massachusetts, Inc. to Lincoln National Insurance Associates of Massachusetts, Inc. effective July 22, 1998.
September 1998
a. Removal of Lincoln Financial Group of Michigan, Inc., voluntarily dissolved September 15, 1998.
b. Name change of Lincoln Financial Group, Inc. to Lincoln Life and Annuity Distributors, Inc. on September 29, 1998.
c. Removal of Lincoln European Reinsurance S.A. -- company dissolved September 30, 1998.
d. Removal of Lincoln Funds Corporation -- company voluntarily dissolved September 30, 1998.
October 1998
a. Addition of AnnuityNet Insurance Agency, Inc., incorporated as an Indiana corporation October 2, 1998, a wholly-owned subsidiary of AnnuityNet, Inc.
b. Removal of Lincoln National (India) Inc., voluntarily dissolved October 26, 1998.
December 1998
a. Removal of The Insurers' Fund, Inc., voluntarily dissolved December 10, 1998.
b. Addition of Lincoln National Management Corporation, a Pennsylvania corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln National Corporation, incorporated on December 17, 1998.
January 1, 1999-December 31, 1999
January 1999
a. Lincoln Unit Trust Management changed its name on January 5, 1999, to Lincoln ISA Management Limited.
February 1999
a. Removal of Lincoln Southwest Financial Group, Inc. -- company's term of existence expired July 18, 1998.
July 1999
a. Addition of First Penn-Pacific Securities, Inc., incorporated as a Illinois corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Penn-Pacific Life Insurance Company on June 18, 1999.
b. Addition of Lincoln Realty Capital Corporation, incorporated as an Indiana corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company on July 9, 1999.
August 1999
a. Deletion of Professional Financial Planning, Inc. - company dissolved August 25, 1999.
November 1999
a. Addition of Lincoln National Insurance Associates of Hawaii, Inc., incorporated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln National Insurance Associates, Inc. as a Hawaii domiciled corporation effective December 8, 1998.
b. Addition of AnnuityNet of Alabama, Inc., an Alabama corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of AnnuityNet, Inc., incorporated on November 4, 1999.
c. Addition of AnnuityNet of New Mexico, Inc., a New Mexico corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of AnnuityNet, Inc., incorporated on November 1, 1999.
December 1999
a. Addition of Wakefield Tower Alpha Limited, a Cayman Islands Corporation, effective December 15, 1999, with 100% of the ordinary shares owned by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company. One (1) G Share is held by a third party.
b. Addition of Delaware General Management, Inc. (DGM), a Delaware Corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Delvoy, Inc., effective December 9, 1999. The corporation was formed to act as the general partner of the Delaware Market Neutral Equity Fund, L.P.
January 1, 2000-December 31, 2000
January 2000
a. Addition of AnnuityNet Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, Inc., a Massachusetts Corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of AnnuityNet, Inc., incorporated on January 1, 2000.
February 2000
a. Addition of The Kyoei Lincoln Reinsurance Services Co., Ltd., a Japanese Corporation in which Lincoln National Corporation has a 90% ownership interest. The remaining 10% is owned by The Kyoei Life Insurance Co., Ltd. The date of incorporation in Japan was February 29, 2000.
March 2000
a. Name change of Underwriters & Management Services, Inc. to Lincoln Re Risk Management Services, Inc. effective March 1, 2000.
b. Lincoln National Corporation disposed of its 49% investment in Seguros Serfin Lincoln, S.A. effective March 30, 2000.
April 2000
a. Lincoln Life and Annuity Distributors, Inc. stock was transferred via capital contribution from Lincoln National Corporation to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company effective April 7, 2000.
b. Change in ownership percentage of Lincoln National Insurance Associates of Ohio, Inc. from a 91% owned subsidiary to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln National Insurance Associates, Inc. effective April 17, 2000.
c. Reinstatement of Lincoln Southwest Financial Group, Inc. in the State of Arizona effective April 25, 2000.
May 2000
a. Change in ownership percentage of AnnuityNet, Inc. from a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company to a 44.9% ownership interest effective May 8, 2000.
b. Addition of LFA, Limited Liability Company, an Indiana limited liability company and 99% owned subsidiary of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, formed May 11, 2000.
c. Addition of LFA of Delaware, Limited Liability Company, a Delaware limited liability company and 99% owned subsidiary of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, formed May 16, 2000.
d. Dissolution of Lynch & Mayer Securities Corp. (Delaware corporation) effective May 9, 2000.
November 2000
a. Dissolution of Lynch & Mayer, Inc. (Indiana corporation) effective November 30, 2000.
December 2000
a. Name change of Sagemark Consulting, Inc. to Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. effective December 4, 2000.
b. Dissolution of Vantage Global Advisors, Inc. (Delaware corporation) effective December 31, 2000.
January 1, 2001-December 31, 2001
January 2001
a. Dissolution of Lincoln Investment Management, Inc. (Illinois corporation) effective January 11, 2001.
February 2001
a. Addition of Lincoln Retirement Services Company, LLC, an Indiana Limited Liability Company and wholly-owned subsidiary of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, formed February 28, 2001.
April 2001
a. Addition of LFD Insurance Agency, Limited Liability Company, a Delaware Limited Liability Company and 99% owned subsidiary of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, formed April 25, 2001.
June 2001
a. Addition of Lincoln Re (Ireland) Limited, an Ireland corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln National Reinsurance Company (Barbados) Limited, incorporated June 20, 2001.
July 2001
a. Addition of Select Capital, LLC, an Indiana Limited Liability Company and wholly-owned subsidiary of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, formed July 17, 2001.
b. Addition of Pegasus Capital, LLC, an Indiana Limited Liability Company and 99% owned subsidiary of Select Capital, LLC, formed July 17, 2001.
December 2001
a. Removal of the following companies as a result of the December 7,
2001 sale to Swiss Re:
1) The Kyoei Lincoln Reinsurance Services Co., Ltd.
2) Lincoln National (China) Inc.
3) Lincoln National Health & Casualty Insurance Company
4) Lincoln National Intermediaries, Inc.
5) Lincoln National Management Services, Inc.
6) Lincoln National Reassurance Company
7) Lincoln National Reinsurance Company Limited
8) Lincoln National Risk Management, Inc.
9) Lincoln National Structured Settlement, Inc.
10) Lincoln National Underwriting Services, Ltd.
11) Lincoln Re Risk Management Services, Inc.
12) Lincoln Re, S.A.
13) Linsco Reinsurance Company
14) Old Fort Insurance Company, Ltd.
15) Servicios de Evaluacion de Riesgos, S. de R.L. de C.V.
16) Solutions Holdings, Inc.
17) Solutions Reinsurance Limited
18) Special Pooled Risk Administrators, Inc.
January 1, 2002 - December 31, 2002
January 2002
a. Lincoln National (UK) PLC makes the following changes:
1) Dissolution of Lincoln Pension Trustees Limited effective
January 15, 2002;
2) Reporting change for Financial Alliances Limited to Lincoln National
(UK) PLC;
3) Reporting change for Lincoln Insurance Services Limited to Lincoln
National (UK) PLC.
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
EXHIBIT 23 - CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Lincoln National Corporation and in the registration statements on Forms S-3 and S-8 (nos. 33-51415, 33-51721, 33-58113, 33-52667, 33-04711, 333-04113, 333-32667 and 333-49201) of Lincoln National Corporation and in the related prospectuses of our report dated February 1, 2002, included in the 2001 Annual Report to shareholders of Lincoln National Corporation.
Our audits also included the financial statement schedules of Lincoln National Corporation listed in Item 14(a). These schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, the financial statement schedules referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth herein.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania March 13, 2002 |